Volume 5

ERJ-170
Pilot
Operating
Handbook
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Highlights
HGH-1

Volume 5
Highlights
Revision 8
• Establishes procedures for use of the Quick Reference
Checklist (QRC).
• Establishes procedures for use of the Quick Reference
Handbook (QRH) when used in conjunction with the QRC.
• Modifies protocols for the Pilot Flying (PF) and the Pilot
Monitoring (PM) during non-normal operations.
• Updates Chapter 5, Emergency and Abnormal Checklist, with
the new QRH, removing the red Emergency Tab and the yellow
Abnormal Checklist Tab.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Highlights
HGH-2
Volume 5
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008

ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Record of Revisions
ROR- 1
Volume 5
Record of Revisions
Record the revision number and date of insertion on this page. All
additions, corrections, or changes to manuals will be issued as
manual revisions and will be numbered in ascending numerical
sequence. Revisions shall be incorporated into the manual as
soon as possible, but no later than the published effective date,
and shall not be inserted out of numerical sequence unless so
instructed on the Instruction page that accompanies the revision.
Note: This manual is FAA accepted and bears a signed and
dated stamp in the header section on the List of
Effective Pages.
REVISION NUMBER DATE ENTERED YOUR INITIALS
ORG. 14 MAR 2005 3-14-05 CEC
1 3-15-06 CEC
2 8-01-06 CEH
3 10-01-06 CEH
4 2-15-08 BAC
5 5-01-08 BAC
6 6-13-08 BAC
7 8-15-08 BAC
8 9-15-08 BAC
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Record of Revisions
ROR- 2
Volume 5
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006

VOL 5, ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Operations Bulletin Summary Record
OBS- 1
Operations Bulletin Summary Record
Bulletins are issued on an as needed basis to convey timely informa-
tion to flight crewmembers. Bulletin information may supersede cur-
rent information found in this manual or introduce new procedures due
to changes in the regulatory or operating environment. Bulletins will
have either a verbal or written FAA acceptance or approval prior to
distribution. Bulletins are to be inserted in the area so designated on
the first page of the Bulletin. Their insertion or removal is to be
recorded below. Bulletins will be removed once the material covered
is incorporated into a Company manual revision (usually the next revi-
sion), or is no longer valid. Bulletins will be numbered consecutively
unless otherwise noted. It will be the responsibility of the crew mem-
ber to insert the bulletins by the date specified on the bulletin. Current
bulletin status is available in Sabre. See Page ROR-1 for more infor-
mation on revisions
A. Instructions:
1. Bulletin No.
Enter number of bulletin as indicated on the bulletin and/or the
instructions sheet.
2. Date Issued
Enter Effective Date of the bulletin as indicated on the bulletin
and/or the instructions sheet.
3. Subject:
Enter title of bulletin as indicated on the bulletin and/or the
instruction sheet.
4. Date removed
Enter the date on which you removed the bulletin.
5. Chapter/Page Location
Enter the chapter and page number(s) where the bulletin has
been inserted (e.g. 2-34, 7-11)
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
VOL 5, ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Operations Bulletin Summary Record
OBS- 2
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006

VOL 5, ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Operations Bulletin Summary Record
OBS- 3
Operations Bulletin Summary Record
Bulletin
No.
Effectiv
e Date
Subject
Date
Removed
Chapter/
Page
Location
08-05 5-01-08 AeroData ACARS System 9-1
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
VOL 5, ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Operations Bulletin Summary Record
OBS- 4
Bulletin
No.
Effectiv
e Date
Subject
Date
Removed
Chapter/
Page
Location
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008

VOL 5, ERJ-170 Pilot Operating
Handbook
Manual Revision Status
RST- 1
Manual Revision Status
Manual holders are provided multiple ways to access current man-
ual and revision status information. The various platforms are
detailed as follows:
A. Airline Reservation System Listings/Entries
Each airline we operate for has a proprietary reservation system
with a location for posting our publication’s revision status. The
system must first be signed in with a valid ID/password that is
authorized for using these entries.
B. Through the Company Intranet
All publications issued and tracked by the Publications Depart-
ment are posted in these reports. The procedure to access them
is as follows:
• Log onto the Shuttle America, Inc. Intranet page.
(www.flyShuttle.net, click on “Employee Login”)
• Click on the “Tech Pubs” link.
• Click on the “Manual Revision Status Reports” link.
C. E-mail Status Report
The Shuttle America- Current Manual Status report is distributed,
via E-mail, by the Publications Department on a regular basis (nor-
mally each week, but no more than two weeks). This report, in
addition to listing the current revision for company and selected
maintenance/operations publications, serves as a tool for tracking
the status of work in progress and submitted to the FAA for
approval.
The distribution dates are also listed for each publication. This
report is used by the Dispatch Department for updating the Flight
Release Document.
This report is also the official list of the Primary and Secondary
contacts for each applicable publication. This serves as an aid for
other Contacts to use in coordinating publications related respon-
System/Listings: Entry
United Airlines Computer System (APOLLO)
For Shuttle America S*UAX/RPRP
Delta Air Lines Computer System (Deltamatic)
For Shuttle America G.S5*4719
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
VOL 5, ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Manual Revision Status
RST- 2
sibilities.
Note:This information is kept up to date by the Manager of
Publications or a designee, IND, at (317) 484-6038.
D. Through Flight Release Document:
Flight crews can find the relevant revision status information in the
"REMARKS" section of the flight release.
It is the flight and cabin crew's responsibility to ensure that their
manuals are up-to-date BEFORE commencing the flight. Crew
members must have available during flight duty all publications
listed in the manual revision status provided in the remarks section
of the flight release.
Note: The Flight Release is kept up to date by Dispatch
upon receipt of the Manual/Revision Status Report.
E. Bulletins
Bulletins will be issued on an as needed basis to convey timely
information. Bulletin information may supersede current opera-
tional information found in the ERJ-170 POH or introduce new
procedures due to changes in the regulatory or operating environ-
ment. Bulletins will have either a verbal or written FAA accep-
tance or approval prior to distribution.
Bulletins are to be inserted in the area so designated on the first
page of the bulletin. Record the receipt of each bulletin on page
OBS-3. Bulletins will be removed once the material covered is
incorporated in a future ERJ-170 POH revision or it is no longer
valid. Bulletins will be numbered consecutively unless otherwise
specified.
The flight release will list current bulletins in the “REMARKS” area.
F. Required Reading
Memos issued from the Operations, Flight, and Inflight Depart-
ments take on two new concepts, 1) they become required
reading and 2) they are sequentially numbered in their category of
memo.
From a crewmember perspective you must have read any new
memo(s) prior to your next trip. You will have no sign-in obligation,
but you will be held in compliance with the content of the memo.
All memos will be placed on the pilot bulletin board at each base
and on the Company’s Intranet web site under Department News.
ERJ-170 Memos E170 04-000
The number 04 refers to the year and the next three numbers
denote the memo sequence.
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
List of Effective Pages
LEP-1
Page Revision/Dated Page Revision/Dated
Volume 5
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAA Approved
HGH-1 . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
HGH-2 . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ROR-1 . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ROR-2 . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
OBS-1. . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
OBS-2. . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
OBS-3. . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
OBS-4. . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
RST-1 . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
RST-2 . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
LEP-1 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
LEP-2 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
LEP-3 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
LEP-4 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
LEP-5 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
LEP-6 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
LEP-7 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
LEP-8 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
LEP-9 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
LEP-10 . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
LEP-11 . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
LEP-12 . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
LEP-13 . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
LEP-14 . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
LEP-15 . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
LEP-16 . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-1. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-2. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-3. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-4. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-5. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-6. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-7. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-8 . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-9 . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-10 . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-11 . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-12 . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-13 . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-14 . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-15 . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-16 . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-17 . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-18 . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-19 . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-20 . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-21 . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-22 . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-23 . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-24 . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INTRO-1 . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
INTRO-2 . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
INTRO-3 . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
INTRO-4 . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
1-1. . . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
1-2. . . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
1-3. . . . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
1-4. . . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
1-5. . . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
1-6. . . . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
1-7. . . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-8. . . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-9. . . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-10. . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-11. . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-12. . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
Listing of Effective Pages
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
List of Effective Pages
LEP-2
Page Revision/Dated Page Revision/Dated
Volume 5
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAA Approved
1-13 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-14 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-15 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-16 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-17 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-18 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-19 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-20 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-21 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-22 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-23 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-24 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-25 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-26 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-27 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-28 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-29 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-30 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-31 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
1-32 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
2-1 . . . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
2-2 . . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-3 . . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-4 . . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-5 . . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-6 . . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-7 . . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-8 . . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-9 . . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-10 . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-11 . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-12 . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-13 . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-14 . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-15 . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-16. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-17. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-18. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-19. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-20. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-21. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-22. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-23. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-24. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-25. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-26. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-27. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-28. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-29. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-30. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-31. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
2-32. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
3-1. . . . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
3-2. . . . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
3-3. . . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
3-4. . . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
3-5. . . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
3-6. . . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
3-7. . . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
3-8. . . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-1. . . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
4-2. . . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
4-3. . . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-4. . . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
4-5. . . . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
4-6. . . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-7. . . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-8. . . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-9. . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-10. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
List of Effective Pages
LEP-3
Page Revision/Dated Page Revision/Dated
Volume 5
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAA Approved
4-11. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-12. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-13. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-14. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-15. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-16. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-17. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-18. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-19. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-20. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-21. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-22. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-23. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-24. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-25. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-26. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-27. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-28. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-29. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-30. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-31. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-32. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-33. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-34. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-35. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-36. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-37. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-38. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-39. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-40. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-41. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-42. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-43. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-44. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-45. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-46. . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-47. . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-48. . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-49. . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-50. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-51. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-52. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-53. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-54. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-55. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-56. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-57. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-58. . . . . . REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
4-59. . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-60. . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-61. . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-62. . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-63. . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-64. . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-65. . . . . . .REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
4-66. . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-67. . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-68. . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-69. . . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-70. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
4-71. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
4-72. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
4-73. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
4-74. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
4-75. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
4-76. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
4-77. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
4-78. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
List of Effective Pages
LEP-4
Page Revision/Dated Page Revision/Dated
Volume 5
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAA Approved
4-79 . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
4-80 . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
4-81 . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
4-82 . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
4-83 . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
4-84 . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
4-85 . . . . . .REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
4-86 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-87 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-88 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-89 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-90 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-91 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-92 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-93 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-94 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-95 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-96 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-97 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-98 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-99 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-100 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-101 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-102 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-103 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-104 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-105 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-106 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-107 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-108 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-109 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-110 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-111 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-112 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-113 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-114. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-115. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-116. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-117. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-118. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-119. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-120. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-121. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-122. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-123. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-124. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-125. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-126. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-127. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-128. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-129. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-130. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-131. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-132. . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-133. . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-134. . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-135. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-136. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-137. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-138. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-139. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-140. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-141. . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-142. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-143. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-144. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-145. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-146. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-147. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-148. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
List of Effective Pages
LEP-5
Page Revision/Dated Page Revision/Dated
Volume 5
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAA Approved
4-149. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-150. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-151. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-152. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-153. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-154. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-155. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-156. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-157. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-158. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-159. . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
4-160. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-161. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-162. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-163. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-164. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-165. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-166. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-167. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-168. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-169. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-170. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-171. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-172. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-173. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-174. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-175. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-176. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-177. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-178. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-179. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-180. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-181. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-182. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-183. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-184. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-185. . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
4-186. . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-187. . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-188. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-189. . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-190. . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-191. . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
4-192. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-193. . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
4-194. . . . . REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
4-195. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
4-196. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
5-1. . . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-2. . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
5-3. . . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-4. . . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-5. . . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-6. . . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-7. . . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-8. . . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-9. . . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-10. . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-11. . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-12. . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-13. . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-14. . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-15. . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-16. . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-17. . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-18. . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-19. . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-20. . . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
List of Effective Pages
LEP-6
Page Revision/Dated Page Revision/Dated
Volume 5
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAA Approved
5-21 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-22 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-23 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-24 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-25 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-26 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-27 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-28 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-29 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-30 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-31 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-32 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-33 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-34 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-35 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-36 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-37 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-38 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-39 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-40 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-41 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-42 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-43 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-44 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-45 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-46 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-47 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-48 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-49 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-50 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-51 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-52 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-53 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-54 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-55 . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-56. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-57. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-58. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-59. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-60. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-61. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-62. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-63. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-64. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-65. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-66. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-67. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-68. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-69. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-70. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-71. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-72. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-73. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-74. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-75. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-76. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-77. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-78. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-79. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-80. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-81. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-82. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-83. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-84. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-85. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-86. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-87. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-88. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-89. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-90. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
List of Effective Pages
LEP-7
Page Revision/Dated Page Revision/Dated
Volume 5
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAA Approved
5-91. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-92. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-93. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-94. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-95. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-96. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-97. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-98. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-99. . . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-100. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-101. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-102. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-103. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-104. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-105. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-106. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-107. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-108. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-109. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-110. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-111. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-112. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-113. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-114. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-115. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-116. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-117. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-118. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-119. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-120. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-121. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-122. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-123. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-124. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-125. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-126. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-127. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-128. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-129. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-130. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-131. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-132. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-133. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-134. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-135. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-136. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-137. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-138. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-139. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-140. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-141. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-142. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-143. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-144. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-145. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-146. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-147. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-148. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-149. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-150. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-151. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-152. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-153. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-154. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-155. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-156. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-157. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-158. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
List of Effective Pages
LEP-8
Page Revision/Dated Page Revision/Dated
Volume 5
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAA Approved
5-159 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-160 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-161 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-162 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-163 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-164 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-165 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-166 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-167 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-168 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-169 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-170 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-171 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-172 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-173 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-174 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-175 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-176 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-177 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-178 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-179 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-180 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-181 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-182 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-183 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-184 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-185 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-186 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-187 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-188 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-189 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-190 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-191 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-192 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-193 . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-194. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-195. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-196. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-197. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-198. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-199. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-200. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-201. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-202. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-203. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-204. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-205. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-206. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-207. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-208. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-209. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-210. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-211. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-212. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-213. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-214. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-215. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-216. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-217. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-218. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-219. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-220. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-221. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-222. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-223. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-224. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-225. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-226. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-227. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-228. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
List of Effective Pages
LEP-9
Page Revision/Dated Page Revision/Dated
Volume 5
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAA Approved
5-229. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-230. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-231. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-232. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-233. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-234. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-235. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-236. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-237. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-238. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-239. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-240. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-241. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-242. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-243. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-244. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-245. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-246. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-247. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-248. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-249. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-250. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-251. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-252. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-253. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-254. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-255. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-256. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-257. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-258. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-259. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-260. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-261. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-262. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-263. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-264. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-265. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-266. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-267. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-268. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-269. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-270. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-271. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
5-272. . . . . .REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
6-1. . . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-2. . . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-3. . . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-4. . . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-5. . . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-6. . . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-7. . . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-8. . . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-9. . . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-10. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-11. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-12. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-13. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-14. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-15. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-16. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-17. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-18. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-19. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-20. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-21. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-22. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-23. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-24. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
List of Effective Pages
LEP-10
Page Revision/Dated Page Revision/Dated
Volume 5
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAA Approved
6-25 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-26 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-27 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-28 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-29 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-30 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-31 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-32 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-33 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-34 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-35 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-36 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-37 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-38 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-39 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-40 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-41 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-42 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-43 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-44 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-45 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-46 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-47 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-48 . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
6-49 . . . . . .REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
6-50 . . . . . .REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
6-51 . . . . . .REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
6-52 . . . . . .REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
6-53 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
6-54 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-1 . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-2 . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-3 . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-4 . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-5 . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-6. . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-7. . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-8. . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-9. . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-10. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-11. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-12. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-13. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-14. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-15. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-16. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-17. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-18. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-19. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-20. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-21. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-22. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-23. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-24. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-25. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-26. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-27. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-28. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-29. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-30. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-31. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-32. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-33. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-34. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-35. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-36. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-37. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-38. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-39. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-40. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
List of Effective Pages
LEP-11
Page Revision/Dated Page Revision/Dated
Volume 5
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAA Approved
7-41. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-42. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-43. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
7-44. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
8-1. . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
8-2. . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
8-3. . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
8-4. . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
8-5. . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
8-6. . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
8-7. . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
8-8. . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
8-9. . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
8-10. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
8-11. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
8-12. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-1. . . . . . . .REV. 3, 01 OCT 2006
9-2. . . . . . . .REV. 3, 01 OCT 2006
9-3. . . . . . . .REV. 3, 01 OCT 2006
9-4. . . . . . . .REV. 3, 01 OCT 2006
9-5. . . . . . . .REV. 3, 01 OCT 2006
9-6. . . . . . . .REV. 3, 01 OCT 2006
9-7. . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-8. . . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-9. . . . . . . .REV. 3, 01 OCT 2006
9-10. . . . . . .REV. 3, 01 OCT 2006
9-11. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-12. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-13. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-14. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-15. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-16. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-17. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-18. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-19. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-20. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-21. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-22. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-23. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-24. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-25. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-26. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-27. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-28. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-29. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-30. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-31. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-32. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-33. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-34. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-35. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-36. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-37. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-38. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-39. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-40. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-41. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-42. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-43. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-44. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-45. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-46. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-47. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-48. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-49. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-50. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-51. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-52. . . . . . .REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
List of Effective Pages
LEP-12
Page Revision/Dated Page Revision/Dated
Volume 5
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAA Approved
9-53 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-54 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-55 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-56 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-57 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-58 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-59 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-60 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-61 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-62 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-63 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-64 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-65 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-66 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-67 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-68 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-69 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-70 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-71 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-72 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-73 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-74 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-75 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-76 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-77 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-78 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-79 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-80 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-81 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-82 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-83 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-84 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-85 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-86 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-87 . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-88. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-89. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-90. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-91. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-92. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-93. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-94. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-95. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-96. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-97. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-98. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-99. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-100. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-101. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-102. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-103. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-104. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-105. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-106. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-107. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-108. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-109. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
9-110. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
9-111. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
9-112. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
9-113. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
9-114. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
9-115. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
9-116. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
9-117. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
9-118. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
9-119. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
9-120. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-1. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
10-2. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
List of Effective Pages
LEP-13
Page Revision/Dated Page Revision/Dated
Volume 5
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAA Approved
10-3. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
10-4. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
10-5. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
10-6. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-7. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-8. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-9. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-10. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-11. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-12. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-13. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-14. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-15. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-16. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-17. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-18. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-19. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-20. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-21. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-22. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-23. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-24. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-25. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-26. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-27. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-28. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-29. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-30. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-31. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-32. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-33. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-34. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-35. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
10-36. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-1. . . . . . .REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-2. . . . . . .REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-3. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
11-4. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
11-5. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-6. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-7. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
11-8. . . . . . REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
11-9. . . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-10. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-11. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-12. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-13. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-14. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-15. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-16. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-17. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-18. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-19. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-20. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-21. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-22. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-23. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-24. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-25. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-26. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-27. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-28. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-29. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-30. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-31. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-32. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-33. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
11-34. . . . . REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
List of Effective Pages
LEP-14
Page Revision/Dated Page Revision/Dated
Volume 5
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAA Approved
11-35 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-36 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-37 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-38 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-39 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-40 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-41 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-42 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-43 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-44 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-45 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-46 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-47 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-48 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-49 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-50 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-51 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-52 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-53 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-54 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-55 . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
11-56 . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-57 . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-58 . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-59 . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-60 . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-61 . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-62 . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-63 . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-64 . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-65 . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-66 . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-67 . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-68 . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-69 . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-70. . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-71. . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-72. . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-73. . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-74. . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-75. . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-76. . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-77. . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-78. . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-79. . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-80. . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-81. . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
11-82. . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
12-1. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-2. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-3. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-4. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-5. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-6. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-7. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-8. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-9. . . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-10. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-11. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-12. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-13. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-14. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-15. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-16. . . . . . REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
12-17. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-18. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-19. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-20. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-21. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-22. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
List of Effective Pages
LEP-15
Page Revision/Dated Page Revision/Dated
Volume 5
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAA Approved
12-23. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
12-24. . . . . . REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
INX-1. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-2. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-3. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-4. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-5. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-6. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-7. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-8. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-9. . . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-10. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-11. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-12. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-13. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-14. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-15. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-16. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-17. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-18. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-19. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-20. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-21. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-22. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-23. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-24. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-25. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
INX-26. . . . . REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
List of Effective Pages
LEP-16
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
Volume 5
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAA Approved
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-1
Volume 5
Table of Contents
Highlights. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . HGH-1
Record of Revisions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ROR-1
Operations Bulletin Summary Record. . . . . . . . . . . OBS-1
Manual Revision Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . RST-1
Listing of Effective Pages. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . LEP-1
Table of Contents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TOC-1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . INTRO-1
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 1. General Statement ...................................................... 1-1
Section 2. Checklist Philosophy Normal Procedures
Flightdeck Checklist ................................................... 1-3
A. Philosophy ................................................................................. 1-3
B. Design........................................................................................ 1-3
C. Content ...................................................................................... 1-4
D. Challenge and Response Concept.............................................. 1-4
E. Checklist Format - Normal Checklists ........................................ 1-5
F. Procedures................................................................................. 1-5
Section 3. Non-Normal Checklist Philosophy ............................ 1-10
A. Policy ....................................................................................... 1-10
B. Non-Normal Checklists ............................................................. 1-11
C. Design...................................................................................... 1-11
D. PF/PM...................................................................................... 1-14
E. Assumptions............................................................................. 1-14
F. Challenge-Response-Response Concept ................................. 1-15
G. Procedures............................................................................... 1-17
H. Formats.................................................................................... 1-19
Section 4. Automation Procedures ............................................ 1-23
A. Primary Task ............................................................................ 1-23
B. Transfer of Controls.................................................................. 1-23
C. Automation............................................................................... 1-23
D. Policy ....................................................................................... 1-24
E. Procedure ................................................................................ 1-24
F. Automation Workload Tasks ..................................................... 1-24
G. Recommended Automation Usage ........................................... 1-25
H. Manipulation of Landing Gear and Flap Controls ...................... 1-25
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-2
Volume 5
I. Flight Spoiler and Thrust Usage................................................ 1-25
J. Autothrottle Usage.................................................................... 1-25
K. Changing AFCS/PFD Altitude ................................................... 1-26
L. Altitude Callouts ....................................................................... 1-26
M. Flight Crewmembers at Their Stations ...................................... 1-27
Section 5. Callout Philosophy.................................................... 1-27
Section 6. Recommended Use of Autopilot ............................... 1-27
A. After Takeoff ............................................................................. 1-27
Section 7. VNAV......................................................................... 1-27
A. General Operating Procedures ................................................. 1-27
Section 8. Definition of Terms ................................................... 1-28
A. Checklist................................................................................... 1-28
B. Expanded Checklist .................................................................. 1-28
C. Recommended Flows ............................................................... 1-28
D. Procedures ............................................................................... 1-28
E. Special Advisories .................................................................... 1-28
F. Push Button Terminology.......................................................... 1-28
G. Dark and Quiet Flight Deck....................................................... 1-29
H. Preferred Profiles...................................................................... 1-30
I. Firewall Thrust .......................................................................... 1-31
J. Maximum Thrust ....................................................................... 1-31
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 1. Type of Aircraft Operation .......................................... 2-1
A. Foreword .................................................................................... 2-1
B. Certification Status ..................................................................... 2-1
C. Types of Operations ................................................................... 2-1
Section 2. Weight Limits .............................................................. 2-2
A. Takeoff Weight ........................................................................... 2-2
B. Landing Weight........................................................................... 2-2
C. Additional Weight Penalties (C) .................................................. 2-2
D. Certificated Weight Limits ERJ-170............................................. 2-3
E. Certificated Weight Limits ERJ-175............................................. 2-3
Section 3. Operations .................................................................. 2-4
A. Operational Limits.......................................................................2-4
B. Center-of-Gravity (CG) Envelope................................................ 2-5
C. Operational Envelope ................................................................. 2-7
D. ALTIMETERS MISCOMPARE TOLERANCES ............................2-8
E. Autopilot Source ......................................................................... 2-9
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-3
Volume 5
Section 4. Speed Limits ............................................................. 2-10
A. Airspeed and Mach Number Limits ........................................... 2-10
B. Minimum Control Speed............................................................ 2-10
C. Minimum Operating Limit Speed ...............................................2-11
D. Maximum Flap Operating Speeds - VFE ................................... 2-11
E. Design Maneuvering Speed - VA .............................................. 2-11
F. Maximum Operating Speed.......................................................2-12
G. Maneuvering Speed (VA)- ERJ-170 ........................................ 2-13
H. Maneuvering Speed (VA) ERJ-175 .......................................... 2-14
Section 5. Ice and Rain Protection............................................. 2-15
A. General .................................................................................... 2-15
B. Definition of Icing Conditions .................................................... 2-15
C. Engine and Wing Anti-Ice System Operations........................... 2-15
Section 6. Fuel ........................................................................... 2-16
A. Fuel Quantity Chart ..................................................................2-16
B. Approved Fuels ........................................................................ 2-16
C. Fuel Tank Temperature ............................................................ 2-16
D. Fuel Imbalance ......................................................................... 2-16
E. Crossfeed Operations ............................................................... 2-16
Section 7. Pneumatics, Air Conditioning, & Pressurization ....... 2-17
A. Pressurization Chart ................................................................. 2-17
B. Air Conditioning ........................................................................ 2-17
Section 8. Hydraulics, Brakes, & Landing Gear ......................... 2-17
A. Brakes ...................................................................................... 2-17
B. Landing Gear Retraction........................................................... 2-17
Section 9. Flight Controls .......................................................... 2-17
A. Flaps ........................................................................................ 2-17
B. Thrust Reversers (C) ................................................................ 2-18
Section 10. Instrument, Navigation, and Communications .......... 2-18
A. Navigation ................................................................................ 2-18
B. Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning (EGPWS) .......................2-18
C. Traffic Alert And Collision Avoidance (TCAS)............................2-18
D. VNAV ....................................................................................... 2-19
E. LOC Backcourse....................................................................... 2-19
F. ILS Procedures......................................................................... 2-19
Section 11. Auto Flight Control System....................................... 2-20
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-4
Volume 5
Section 12. Power Plant ............................................................... 2-21
A. Type ......................................................................................... 2-21
B. Engine Operational Limits ..................................................... 2-21
C. EICAS Engine Limit Display Markings (C) ................................. 2-22
D. Engine Thrust ........................................................................... 2-22
E. Engine Starter Duty Cycle Limits .............................................. 2-23
F. Engine Starter Dry Motoring Duty Cycle Limits ......................... 2-23
G. AFM Compliance for Reduced Thrust Takeoff........................... 2-23
Section 13. APU Limits ................................................................ 2-24
A. Type ......................................................................................... 2-24
B. Operational Limits..................................................................... 2-24
C. Starter Duty Cycle .................................................................... 2-24
Section 14. Inertial Reference System (IRS) ................................ 2-25
A. Maximum Latitude for Stationary Alignment: ............................. 2-25
B. Time to Stationary Alignment Completion: ................................ 2-25
Section 15. Ozone Concentration ................................................ 2-26
A. North America - Maximum Ozone Criteria................................. 2-27
B. North America - TWA Ozone Criteria ........................................ 2-28
Section 16. Noise Levels ............................................................. 2-29
Section 17. Simultaneous Failure of All Three MAUs .................. 2-30
Section 18. Domestic Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum
(DRVSM) Minimum Equipment Required ................... 2-31
Chapter 3 Normal Checklists
Section 1. Normal Procedures Flightdeck Checklist Page 1 ........ 3-1
Section 2. ERJ-170 Jumpseat Briefing........................................ 3-3
A. Jammed Door Emergency Egress...............................................3-3
B. Pilot/Copilot/Observer Oxygen Mask........................................... 3-4
C. Observer Seat ............................................................................ 3-5
D. Cockpit Window Emergency Exit ................................................ 3-6
Section 3. Change Bars on Checklists......................................... 3-7
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-5
Volume 5
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 1. Interior Flight Deck Inspection ................................... 4-1
A. General ...................................................................................... 4-1
B. Flow Pattern............................................................................... 4-1
C. Logbook and Manuals - Checked ............................................... 4-1
D. Doorway..................................................................................... 4-2
E. Captain’s Side............................................................................ 4-2
F. First Officer’s Side...................................................................... 4-2
G. Aft Control Pedestal ................................................................... 4-2
H. Observer Seat ............................................................................ 4-2
Section 2. Safety & Power On Checklist ...................................... 4-3
A. General ...................................................................................... 4-3
B. Flow Patterns ............................................................................. 4-3
C. Expanded Checklist.. ................................................................. 4-3
Section 3. Establishing Electrical Power/Air Conditioning ......... 4-5
A. General ...................................................................................... 4-5
B. Electrical .................................................................................... 4-5
C. Ground Power ............................................................................ 4-5
D. APU ........................................................................................... 4-5
E. Fly By Wire Power Up Built-In Test (PBIT) ................................. 4-6
F. Air Conditioning.......................................................................... 4-7
Section 4. Exterior Inspection ..................................................... 4-8
A. General ...................................................................................... 4-8
B. Conditions/Discrepancies........................................................... 4-8
C. Procedures ................................................................................ 4-9
D. TSA Security Inspection - First Flight of the Day ........................ 4-9
E. Flow Pattern............................................................................. 4-10
Section 5. Exterior Walkaround .................................................. 4-15
A. General .................................................................................... 4-15
B. Conditions/Discrepancies......................................................... 4-15
Section 6. Interior Cabin Inspection ........................................... 4-16
A. General .................................................................................... 4-16
B. Flow Pattern............................................................................. 4-16
C. Forward Lavatory ..................................................................... 4-16
D. Forward Galley......................................................................... 4-16
E. Forward Flight Attendant Control Panel .................................... 4-16
F. Forward Wardrobe Compartment ............................................. 4-16
G. Forward Flight Attendant Jumpseat .......................................... 4-16
H. Forward Left Overhead Compartment ...................................... 4-16
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-6
Volume 5
I. Aft Lavatory .............................................................................. 4-17
J. Aft Left Overhead Bin ............................................................... 4-17
K. Aft Left Doghouse..................................................................... 4-17
L. Aft Right Doghouse................................................................... 4-17
M. Aft Bulkhead (Left and Right) .................................................... 4-17
N. Aft Flight Attendant Jumpseat ................................................... 4-17
O. Aft Flight Attendant Control Panel ............................................. 4-17
P. Aft Lavatory .............................................................................. 4-17
Section 7. Originating/Receiving Checklist ............................... 4-18
A. General .................................................................................... 4-18
B. Who.......................................................................................... 4-18
C. When........................................................................................ 4-18
D. Captain’s Flow Pattern.............................................................. 4-19
E. Captain’s Abbreviated Flow ...................................................... 4-20
F. Captain’s Expanded Flow - Panel Prep Flow Items: .................. 4-22
G. First Officer’s Flow Pattern ....................................................... 4-32
H. First Officer’s Abbreviated Flow................................................ 4-33
I. First Officer’s Expanded Flow................................................... 4-33
Section 8. Originating/Receiving Checklist ............................... 4-35
Section 9. Before Start Checklist (To the Line) ......................... 4-36
A. General .................................................................................... 4-36
B. Captain’s Flow Pattern.............................................................. 4-36
C. Captain’s Abbreviated Flow ...................................................... 4-37
D. Captain’s Expanded Flow ......................................................... 4-37
E. First Officer’s Flow Pattern ....................................................... 4-41
F. First Officer’s Abbreviated Flow................................................ 4-42
G. First Officer’s Expanded Flow................................................... 4-42
H. Before Start Checklist (To the Line) .......................................... 4-44
I. Departure Review..................................................................... 4-45
Section 10. RNAV Pre-Flight Procedures..................................... 4-46
A. Pre-flight Planning .................................................................... 4-46
B. General Operating Procedures ................................................. 4-46
C. Contingency Procedures........................................................... 4-47
Section 11. Weight & Balance (W & B) ......................................... 4-48
A. Captain’s Expanded Flow ......................................................... 4-48
B. First Officer’s Expanded Flow................................................... 4-49
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-7
Volume 5
Section 12. Before Start Checklist (Below the Line)..................... 4-50
A. Captain’s Flow Pattern ............................................................. 4-50
B. Captain’s Abbreviated Flow...................................................... 4-51
C. Captain’s Expanded Flow......................................................... 4-51
D. First Officer’s Flow Pattern....................................................... 4-52
E. First Officer’s Abbreviated Flow................................................ 4-53
F. First Officer’s Expanded Flow................................................... 4-53
G. Before Start Checklist (Below the Line) .................................... 4-53
Section 13. Pushback/Powerback Procedures ............................. 4-54
A. Pushback ................................................................................. 4-54
B. Powerback ............................................................................... 4-54
Section 14. Engine Start Procedure ............................................. 4-55
A. General .................................................................................... 4-55
B. Procedure ................................................................................ 4-55
C. Stable Engine Indications......................................................... 4-55
D. Aborted Engine Start ................................................................ 4-55
E. Delayed Engine Start Procedure .............................................. 4-56
F. Engine Warm-up ...................................................................... 4-56
G. Extended Ground Delay ........................................................... 4-56
Section 15. Alternate Engine Start Methods................................. 4-57
A. Engine Crossbleed Start On Ground ........................................ 4-57
B. Engine Ground Pneumatic Start ............................................... 4-57
C. Manual Starter Valve Operation Engine Start ........................... 4-58
Section 16. After Start Checklist .................................................. 4-59
A. General .................................................................................... 4-59
B. Captain’s Flow Pattern ............................................................. 4-59
C. Captain’s Abbreviated Flow...................................................... 4-60
D. Captain’s Expanded Flow......................................................... 4-60
E. First Officer’s Flow Pattern....................................................... 4-62
F. First Officer’s Abbreviated Flow................................................ 4-63
G. First Officer’s Expanded Flow................................................... 4-63
H. After Start Checklist ................................................................. 4-65
Section 17. Taxi Procedures......................................................... 4-66
A. Thrust Management ................................................................. 4-66
B. Speed ...................................................................................... 4-66
C. Aircraft Movement .................................................................... 4-66
D. Nosewheel/Rudder Pedal Steering........................................... 4-67
E. Brakes ..................................................................................... 4-67
F. Primary Task............................................................................ 4-67
G. Single Engine Taxi ................................................................... 4-67
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-8
Volume 5
H. General Guidelines for Single Engine Taxi ................................ 4-68
I. Specific Procedures for Single Engine Taxi .............................. 4-68
J. Delayed Engine Start ................................................................ 4-69
K. Turning Radius - ERJ-170 ........................................................ 4-70
L. Turning Radius - ERJ-175 ........................................................ 4-71
Section 18. Taxi Checklist ........................................................... 4-72
A. General .................................................................................... 4-72
B. Captain’s Flow Pattern.............................................................. 4-72
C. Captain’s Abbreviated Flow ...................................................... 4-73
D. Captain’s Expanded Flow ......................................................... 4-73
E. First Officer’s Flow Pattern ....................................................... 4-74
F. First Officer’s Abbreviated Flow................................................ 4-75
G. First Officer’s Expanded Flow................................................... 4-75
H. Takeoff Briefing ........................................................................ 4-76
I. Taxi Checklist ........................................................................... 4-77
Section 19. Before Takeoff Checklist .......................................... 4-78
A. Captain’s Flow Pattern.............................................................. 4-78
B. Captain’s Abbreviated Flow ...................................................... 4-79
C. Captain’s Expanded Flow ......................................................... 4-79
D. First Officer’s Flow Pattern ....................................................... 4-80
E. First Officer’s Abbreviated Flow................................................ 4-81
F. First Officer’s Expanded Flow................................................... 4-81
G. Before Takeoff Checklist ........................................................... 4-82
Section 20. FLEX Takeoff............................................................. 4-83
A. Procedures ............................................................................... 4-83
Section 21. Normal Takeoff.......................................................... 4-84
A. Setting Takeoff Thrust .............................................................. 4-84
B. Initial Steering .......................................................................... 4-84
C. Aft Center-of-Gravity Effects ..................................................... 4-84
Section 22. Other Takeoff Types ................................................. 4-85
A. Rolling ...................................................................................... 4-85
B. Maximum Performance............................................................. 4-85
C. Crosswind................................................................................. 4-85
D. Flaps 1, 2, and 4 Takeoff .......................................................... 4-85
Section 23. Rotation & Lift-Off..................................................... 4-86
A. At V1 ........................................................................................ 4-86
B. Rotation and Liftoff ................................................................... 4-86
C. Initial Climb............................................................................... 4-86
D. Clean-Up and Acceleration ....................................................... 4-87
E. Flap Retraction Speed Schedule............................................... 4-87
F. Slat/Flap Retraction Complete .................................................. 4-87
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-9
Volume 5
Section 24. Normal Takeoff Profile .............................................. 4-88
Section 25. Normal Takeoff Actions & Callouts ........................... 4-89
Section 26. Climb Speed and Angle............................................. 4-92
A. Climb Speed Determination...................................................... 4-92
B. VNAV....................................................................................... 4-92
C. Climb Speed Schedule ............................................................. 4-93
D. Climb Thrust ............................................................................. 4-93
E. Maximum Angle Climb.............................................................. 4-93
F. Fuel Utilization Program........................................................... 4-93
Section 27. After Takeoff Checklist ............................................. 4-94
A. General .................................................................................... 4-94
B. PF’s Flow Pattern..................................................................... 4-94
C. PF’s Abbreviated Flow.............................................................. 4-94
D. PF’s Expanded Flow................................................................. 4-94
E. PM’s After Takeoff Flow Pattern ............................................... 4-95
F. PM’s Abbreviated Flow............................................................. 4-96
G. PM’s Expanded Flow................................................................ 4-96
H. EICAS ..................................................................................... 4-96
I. APU ......................................................................................... 4-96
J. After Takeoff Checklist ............................................................. 4-96
Section 28. Passing 10,000 feet MSL ........................................... 4-97
A. General .................................................................................... 4-97
B. PF’s Flow Pattern..................................................................... 4-97
C. PF’s Abbreviated Flow.............................................................. 4-97
D. PF’s Expanded Flow................................................................. 4-97
E. PM’s Flow Pattern .................................................................... 4-98
F. PM’s Abbreviated Flow............................................................. 4-99
G. PM’s Expanded Flow After the Call Out .................................... 4-99
Section 29. Climbing Through Transition Altitude .....................4-100
A. General .................................................................................. 4-100
B. PF’s and PM Flow Pattern...................................................... 4-100
C. PF’s Abbreviated Flows.......................................................... 4-101
D. PF’s Expanded Flows............................................................. 4-101
E. PM’s Abbreviated Flows ......................................................... 4-101
F. PM’s Expanded Flows ............................................................ 4-101
Section 30. Cruise ......................................................................4-102
A. VNAV..................................................................................... 4-102
B. Fuel Calculations.................................................................... 4-102
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-10
Volume 5
Section 31. Descent ....................................................................4-103
A. Schedule ............................................................................ 4-103
B. VNAV ..................................................................................... 4-103
C. Rate ....................................................................................... 4-104
D. Descent Ratio......................................................................... 4-104
E. Factors ................................................................................... 4-104
F. Configuration .......................................................................... 4-105
G. Flight Spoiler and Thrust Usage.............................................. 4-105
H. Planning ................................................................................. 4-105
Section 32. Descent Flow and Checklist .....................................4-106
A. General .................................................................................. 4-106
B. PF’s Descent Flow Pattern at FL 180...................................... 4-107
C. PF’s Abbreviated Flow............................................................ 4-108
D. PF’s Expanded Flow............................................................... 4-108
E. PM’s Descent Flow Pattern Above FL 180 .............................. 4-109
F. PM’s Descent Flow Pattern Below FL 180 .............................. 4-110
G. PM’s Abbreviated Flow........................................................... 4-111
H. PM’s Expanded Flow.............................................................. 4-111
I. Landing Speeds...................................................................... 4-112
J. Descent Checklist ................................................................... 4-116
K. Approach Briefing ................................................................... 4-116
Section 33. Descending Through 10,000 feet MSL......................4-119
A. General .................................................................................. 4-119
B. PF’s Flow Pattern ................................................................... 4-119
C. PF’s Abbreviated Flow............................................................ 4-119
D. PF’s Expanded Flow............................................................... 4-119
E. PM’s Descending Through 10,000 Feet Flow Pattern.............. 4-120
F. PM’s Abbreviated Flow........................................................... 4-121
G. PM’s Expanded Flow.............................................................. 4-121
Section 34. Holding ....................................................................4-122
Section 35. Stabilized Approach................................................4-123
A. Definition and Parameters for Stabilized Approaches.............. 4-123
B. Minimum Stabilized Approach Heights.................................... 4-123
Section 36. Visual Approach.......................................................4-124
A. Normal Visual Approach Procedures ...................................... 4-124
B. Initial Approach....................................................................... 4-124
C. Base Leg ................................................................................ 4-124
D. On Final .................................................................................. 4-125
E. Landing Approach Path .......................................................... 4-125
F. Visual Approach Profile .......................................................... 4-126
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-11
Volume 5
G. Normal Visual Approach Actions and Callouts........................ 4-127
H. Position Orientation & Energy Management ........................... 4-127
I. Three to One Descent Profile ................................................. 4-129
J. Energy Management Factors ................................................. 4-129
K. Flap Settings.......................................................................... 4-129
Section 37. Instrument Procedures ............................................ 4-130
A. General .................................................................................. 4-130
B. Planning................................................................................. 4-131
C. Aircraft Approach Category .................................................... 4-131
D. Contact Approaches............................................................... 4-131
E. Determining Decision Altitude/Height ..................................... 4-131
F. Side-Step Maneuver............................................................... 4-131
G. ILS (CAT I) ............................................................................. 4-132
H. LDA (Precision) ...................................................................... 4-132
I. Automation............................................................................. 4-133
J. Alternate ILS Configuration .................................................... 4-135
K. ILS CAT I Actions and Callouts .............................................. 4-136
L. Precision Approach Profile ..................................................... 4-139
Section 38. ILS PRM Approach................................................... 4-140
A. Procedures ............................................................................ 4-140
Section 39. Non-Precision Procedures....................................... 4-141
A. General .................................................................................. 4-141
B. Setting Minimums................................................................... 4-141
C. Descent Profile....................................................................... 4-141
D. Calculated VDP...................................................................... 4-142
E. Target Vertical Speed ............................................................ 4-143
F. MDA to Landing ..................................................................... 4-143
G. Non-Precision Actions and Callouts ....................................... 4-144
H. Non-Precision Profile ............................................................. 4-147
I. Circling Approaches ............................................................... 4-148
Section 40. RNAV Approach ....................................................... 4-151
A. General .................................................................................. 4-151
B. Jeppesen Approach Plate Terminology .................................. 4-151
C. LNAV/VNAV Approaches ....................................................... 4-151
D. Required Navigational Performance (RNP) ............................ 4-152
E. Discontinuing the Approach.................................................... 4-153
Section 41. Landing Callout ....................................................... 4-153
A. For CAT I ILS, RNAV, and Visual Approaches ....................... 4-153
B. Prior to the “Landing” Callout ................................................. 4-153
C. After the “Landing” Callout ..................................................... 4-153
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-12
Volume 5
Section 42. Landing Checklist ....................................................4-154
A. General .................................................................................. 4-154
B. PF’s Flow Pattern ................................................................... 4-154
C. PF’s Abbreviated Flow............................................................ 4-154
D. PF’s Expanded Flow............................................................... 4-154
E. PM’s Landing Checklist Flow Pattern...................................... 4-155
F. PM’s Abbreviated Flow........................................................... 4-156
G. PM’s Expanded Landing Flow................................................. 4-156
H. Landing Checklist ................................................................... 4-157
Section 43. Go Around................................................................4-158
A. Preparation............................................................................. 4-158
B. Manual vs. Automatic Go Around Procedures......................... 4-158
C. TOGA Switch. ......................................................................... 4-158
D. Thrust And Configuration Requirements. ................................ 4-158
E. Go Around Maneuver.............................................................. 4-159
F. Go Around Actions And Callouts............................................. 4-161
Section 44. Missed Approach Point ............................................4-163
A. ILS CAT I................................................................................ 4-163
Section 45. ILS/PRM Breakouts ..................................................4-163
A. Conflicting Controller/RA Guidance......................................... 4-163
B. ILS/PRM Breakouts Actions and Callouts ............................... 4-163
Section 46. Normal Landing........................................................4-165
A. Vertical Guidance ................................................................... 4-165
B. Thrust ..................................................................................... 4-165
C. Flare....................................................................................... 4-165
D. Touchdown............................................................................. 4-166
E. Ground Spoilers...................................................................... 4-166
F. Nosewheel & Rudder Inputs after Touchdown ........................ 4-166
G. Reverse Thrust ....................................................................... 4-167
H. Braking................................................................................... 4-168
I. Landing Actions and Callouts.................................................. 4-169
J. Crosswind Landing ................................................................. 4-170
K. Land And Hold Short Operations (LAHSO) ............................. 4-172
Section 47. Landing Irregularities ..............................................4-180
A. Wing/Engine Strikes During Landing....................................... 4-180
B. Tail Strike During Landing ...................................................... 4-180
C. Bouncing at Touchdown ......................................................... 4-181
Section 48. Rejected Landing .....................................................4-181
A. Rejected Landing Maneuver ................................................... 4-181
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-13
Volume 5
Section 49. After Landing Checklist ........................................... 4-182
A. Taxi Procedures..................................................................... 4-182
B. Engine Shutdown after Landing.............................................. 4-182
C. General .................................................................................. 4-182
D. Captain’s After Landing Flow Pattern ..................................... 4-183
E. Captain’s Abbreviated Flow.................................................... 4-184
F. Captain’s Expanded Flow....................................................... 4-184
G. First Officer’s After Landing Flow Pattern ............................... 4-185
H. First Officer’s Abbreviated Flow.............................................. 4-186
I. First Officer’s Expanded Flow................................................. 4-186
J. After Landing Checklist .......................................................... 4-187
Section 50. Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Deactivation
after a Reportable Event .......................................... 4-188
A. General .................................................................................. 4-188
B. NTSB Reportable Event Checklist .......................................... 4-188
Section 51. Parking Checklist .................................................... 4-189
A. General .................................................................................. 4-189
B. Captain’s Parking Flow Pattern .............................................. 4-189
C. Captain’s Abbreviated Flow.................................................... 4-190
D. Captain’s Expanded Flow....................................................... 4-190
E. First Officer’s Parking Flow Pattern ........................................ 4-192
Section 52. Securing Checklist .................................................. 4-194
A. General .................................................................................. 4-194
B. Flow....................................................................................... 4-194
C. Securing Checklist ................................................................. 4-195
Chapter 5. Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1. Quick Reference Handbook ........................................ 5-3
Chapter 6. Abnormal Procedures
Section 1. Starting Engines ......................................................... 6-1
A. Engine Start Abort...................................................................... 6-1
B. Hung Start.................................................................................. 6-1
C. Engine Dry Motoring .................................................................. 6-1
Section 2. Takeoff Emergencies .................................................. 6-3
A. Rejected Takeoff - General ........................................................ 6-3
B. Rejected Takeoff Actions & Callouts .......................................... 6-4
C. After a Rejected Takeoff............................................................. 6-4
D. Communications ........................................................................ 6-4
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-14
Volume 5
E. Rejected Takeoff PA Announcements......................................... 6-4
Section 3. Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
.................................... 6-5
A. General ...................................................................................... 6-5
B. Considerations............................................................................ 6-5
C. Takeoff Performance ..................................................................6-5
D. Engine Failure ............................................................................ 6-6
E. Engine Fire................................................................................. 6-6
F. Engine Severe Damage.............................................................. 6-7
G. Compressor/Engine Stall ............................................................ 6-8
H. Engine Failure Recognition....................................................... 6-10
I. Engine Failure Callout .............................................................. 6-10
J. Thrust Requirements ................................................................ 6-10
K. Directional Control Prior to, and During, Liftoff .......................... 6-10
L. Rotation.................................................................................... 6-10
M. Directional Control After Liftoff .................................................. 6-11
N. Initial Climb............................................................................... 6-11
O. Ground Track Consideration ..................................................... 6-11
P. Acceleration and Clean-Up ....................................................... 6-12
Q. Max Continuous Thrust ............................................................. 6-12
R. Follow-Up Actions..................................................................... 6-12
S. Landing .................................................................................... 6-13
Section 4. Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
Profile....................... 6-14
A. Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
Actions & Callouts ..................... 6-15
Section 5. Inflight Emergencies ................................................. 6-17
A. EICAS Abnormal or Emergency Crew Coordination - Actions
and Callouts ............................................................................ 6-17
B. EICAS Advisory Crew Coordination - Actions and Callouts ....... 6-17
Section 6. Rapid Depressurization / Emergency Descent .......... 6-19
A. General .................................................................................... 6-19
B. Use of Flight Level Change (FLCH) .......................................... 6-19
C. Level off.................................................................................... 6-20
D. Manual Flight ............................................................................ 6-20
Section 7. One Engine Inoperative (OEI) Approaches ............... 6-21
A. General .................................................................................... 6-21
B. One Engine Inoperative (OEI) Visual Approach Procedure ....... 6-21
C. One Engine Inoperative Visual Approach Profile....................... 6-23
D. One Engine Inoperative (OEI) Precision Approach
Procedure................................................................................ 6-24
E. One Engine Inoperative Precision Approach Profile.................. 6-25
F. One Engine Inoperative (OEI) Non-Precision
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-15
Volume 5
Approach Procedure ................................................................ 6-26
G. One Engine Inoperative Non Precision Profile.......................... 6-27
H. No Slat / Flap Approach Procedure .......................................... 6-28
I. No Slat / Flap Landing.............................................................. 6-29
Section 8. Rejected Landing....................................................... 6-31
A. Rejected Landing Maneuver ..................................................... 6-31
Section 9. Engine Failure on Final .............................................. 6-33
A. General .................................................................................... 6-33
Section 10. Engine Out Go Around............................................... 6-34
A. Engine Out Go Around Maneuver............................................. 6-34
B. Acceleration and Clean-Up....................................................... 6-34
C. Max Continuous Thrust ............................................................ 6-35
D. Engine Out Go Around Actions And Callouts............................ 6-36
Section 11. EGPWS ...................................................................... 6-39
A. EGPWS Input Sources ............................................................. 6-39
B. Use of the EGPWS................................................................... 6-39
C. EGPWS Recovery.................................................................... 6-40
D. Other EGPWS Alerts................................................................ 6-41
Section 12. TCAS.......................................................................... 6-42
A. TCAS Procedures .................................................................... 6-42
B. TCAS Warnings ....................................................................... 6-42
Section 13. Wake Turbulence ....................................................... 6-43
A. Recognition.............................................................................. 6-43
B. Wake Turbulence Recovery Actions and Callouts .................... 6-43
Section 14. Simultaneous Failure of All Three MAUs ...................6-44
A. CASE 1 - MAU'S Failure With Automatic Restore..................... 6-44
B. CASE 2 - MAU'S Failure With Restore Upon Crew Action ........ 6-46
Section 15. Embraer Operational Bulletins .................................. 6-48
A. Introduction.............................................................................. 6-48
B. Steer Fail EICAS Message....................................................... 6-48
C. Engine Vibration and ENG EXCEEDANCE
EICAS Message....................................................................... 6-49
D. SPDA FAIL EICAS Message .................................................... 6-53
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-16
Volume 5
Chapter 7 Weather Operations
Section 1. Contaminated Runway Operations.............................. 7-1
A. General ...................................................................................... 7-1
B. Hydroplaning .............................................................................. 7-1
C. Crosswind Landings ................................................................... 7-2
D. Use of Reverse Thrust ................................................................ 7-2
Section 2. Hot Weather Operations.............................................. 7-3
A. General ...................................................................................... 7-3
B. Taxi ............................................................................................ 7-3
C. Takeoff ....................................................................................... 7-3
D. Landing. .....................................................................................7-4
E. Brake Cooling............................................................................. 7-4
Section 3. Cold Weather Operations............................................ 7-5
A. General ...................................................................................... 7-5
B. Ground Operations ..................................................................... 7-5
C. ADSP Warm-Up..........................................................................7-5
D. Hydraulic Systems Warm-Up ...................................................... 7-6
E. Engine Start................................................................................ 7-7
F. Taxi ............................................................................................ 7-7
G. Run-Ups .....................................................................................7-8
H. Takeoff ....................................................................................... 7-8
I. Reject ......................................................................................... 7-9
J. In Flight ...................................................................................... 7-9
K. Landing ...................................................................................... 7-9
L. After Landing ............................................................................ 7-10
M. De/Anti-Icing Tables ................................................................. 7-10
N. PIREPS relating to Airframe Icing ............................................. 7-11
Section 4. Hazardous Weather ................................................... 7-15
A. Clear Air Turbulence (CAT) ...................................................... 7-15
B. Mountain Wave Turbulence ...................................................... 7-15
C. Turbulence and Thunderstorms ................................................ 7-15
D. Severe or Extreme Turbulence Encounter ................................ 7-15
E. Windshear ................................................................................ 7-15
F. Terminal Weather Information for Pilots (TWIP) ........................ 7-16
G. Definitions ................................................................................ 7-16
H. ATC Terminology. ..................................................................... 7-17
I. Ozone....................................................................................... 7-18
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-17
Volume 5
Section 5. Operation in Turbulence ............................................7-19
A. Airspeeds................................................................................. 7-19
B. Altitude..................................................................................... 7-19
C. Attitude .................................................................................... 7-20
D. Aircraft Systems....................................................................... 7-20
E. Secure the Aircraft ................................................................... 7-20
F. Definitions of Turbulence Intensity ........................................... 7-21
Section 6. Windshear.................................................................. 7-23
A. General. ................................................................................... 7-23
B. Windshear Flow Chart .............................................................. 7-24
C. Windshear Recognition Techniques ......................................... 7-25
D. Windshear Detection................................................................ 7-26
E. Windshear Escape Guidance Mode.......................................... 7-27
F. Approach ................................................................................. 7-27
G. Windshear Recognition and Recovery Graphic......................... 7-28
H. Windshear Recovery Maneuver Actions and Callouts............... 7-29
I. Windshear Recovery Techniques ............................................. 7-30
J. Windshear escape maneuver due to
EGPWS announcement: .......................................................... 7-30
K. Windshear escape maneuver without
EGPWS announcement: .......................................................... 7-30
L. Table 1: Causes Of Windshear................................................. 7-31
M. Table 2: Danger Signals of Dry Microbursts ............................. 7-31
N. Microburst Guidelines/Windshear Probability ........................... 7-33
O. Table 4: Microburst Guidelines/Windshear Probability.............. 7-34
Section 7. Thunderstorms .......................................................... 7-35
A. Use of Weather Radar.............................................................. 7-35
B. Lightning Strike ........................................................................ 7-35
Section 8. Volcanic Ash.............................................................. 7-41
A. General .................................................................................... 7-41
B. On Ground Operations ............................................................. 7-42
C. In Flight Operations................................................................ 7-43
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-18
Volume 5
Chapter 8 Training Maneuvers
Section 1. General Training Procedures ...................................... 8-1
A. Minimum Altitude to conduct training maneuvers: ....................... 8-1
Section 2. Steep Turns................................................................. 8-2
A. Objective .................................................................................... 8-2
B. Configuration .............................................................................. 8-2
Section 3. Stalls........................................................................... 8-3
A. General ...................................................................................... 8-3
B. Lateral and Directional Control ................................................... 8-3
C. Effect of Flaps ............................................................................ 8-3
D. Effect of Flight Spoilers...............................................................8-3
E. Approaches to Stalls................................................................... 8-3
F. Stall Training .............................................................................. 8-3
G. Entry........................................................................................... 8-4
H. Stall Recovery Actions and Callouts ........................................... 8-5
Section 4. Unusual Attitudes/Upsets ........................................... 8-6
A. Nose High Recognition ...............................................................8-6
B. Nose High Recovery Actions and Callouts .................................. 8-6
C. Nose Low Recognition................................................................ 8-7
D. Nose Low Recovery Actions and Callouts................................... 8-7
Section 5. Flight Training Acceptable Performance .................... 8-8
A. Steep Turns................................................................................ 8-8
B. Approach to Stall ........................................................................ 8-8
C. Departure, Enroute, Holding, and Arrival..................................... 8-8
D. Precision Instrument Approaches (ILS) .......................................8-9
E. Nonprecision Instrument Approaches (VOR/NDB/LOC) .............. 8-9
F. Circling Approach ..................................................................... 8-10
G. Missed Approach...................................................................... 8-10
H. Landing .................................................................................... 8-11
I. Normal, Abnormal, and Emergency Procedures........................ 8-11
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-19
Volume 5
Chapter 9 Performance
Section 1. General ....................................................................... 9-1
A. Take-off Limitations 14 CFR 121.189 ......................................... 9-2
B. Enroute Limitations: One Engine Inoperative
14 CFR 121.191......................................................................... 9-3
C. Landing Limitations Destination Airports
14 CFR 121.195......................................................................... 9-3
D. Landing Limitations Alternate Airport
14 CFR 121.197......................................................................... 9-4
E. Aircraft Limitations: Type of Route
14 CFR 121.161......................................................................... 9-4
F. Alternate Airport for Departure
14 CFR 121.617......................................................................... 9-4
G. Fuel Computations ..................................................................... 9-5
H. Diversions to Airports ................................................................. 9-5
I. Performance Requirements....................................................... 9-6
Section 2. Performance Definitions ............................................. 9-7
A. Airspeeds................................................................................... 9-7
B. Determination of Maximum Allowable Takeoff Weight .............. 9-9
C. Thrust Rating for Takeoff.......................................................... 9-10
D. Miscellaneous .......................................................................... 9-10
Section 3. AeroData ....................................................................9-11
A. General .................................................................................... 9-11
Section 4. AeroData Takeoff Reports ......................................... 9-13
A. General .................................................................................... 9-13
B. Special Engine Failure Takeoff Path & Procedures .................. 9-15
C. Runway Conditions .................................................................. 9-16
D. Ground Vehicle Runway Friction Readings............................... 9-18
E. Takeoff On Wet, Slippery, Or Contaminated Runways ............. 9-18
F. Reduced Thrust Takeoff ........................................................... 9-20
G. Runway Naming Conventions .................................................. 9-21
Section 5. Takeoff Performance ................................................. 9-23
A. Takeoff Runway Analysis Report.............................................. 9-23
B. Takeoff Report Layout - General .............................................. 9-23
C. Takeoff Data Section................................................................ 9-26
D. Special Engine Failure Procedures .......................................... 9-27
Section 6. Takeoff Report – Max Temp Section .......................... 9-28
A. Definitions – Max Temp Section ............................................... 9-28
B. Max Temp Section ................................................................... 9-29
C. Steps For Using The Max Temp Section .................................. 9-29
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-20
Volume 5
D. Rules For Reading The Max Temp Section............................... 9-30
Section 7. Takeoff Report – Max WT Section ............................. 9-31
A. General .................................................................................... 9-31
B. Max WT Section ....................................................................... 9-31
C. Steps For Using The Max Wt Section ....................................... 9-31
D. Rules For Reading The Max Wt Section ................................... 9-32
Section 8. Takeoff Report – Single Section ............................... 9-33
A. General .................................................................................... 9-33
B. Single Section Format .............................................................. 9-33
C. Rules For Reading The Single Section ..................................... 9-33
Section 9. Takeoff Report – Runway Notes................................ 9-34
Section 10. ACARS TLR............................................................... 9-34
A. General .................................................................................... 9-34
B. ACARS Runways Section ......................................................... 9-34
C. ACARS Takeoff Performance Section....................................... 9-35
Section 11. Enroute Performance Analysis ................................. 9-36
A. General .................................................................................... 9-36
B. Method 1 .................................................................................. 9-37
C. Method 2 .................................................................................. 9-37
D. Dispatch Airport Suitability........................................................ 9-39
E. Inflight Airport Suitability ........................................................... 9-39
F. MEL/CDL Penalties .................................................................. 9-40
G. Selection Of Method 1 Or Method 2.......................................... 9-40
Section 12. Enroute Engine Failure Procedures .......................... 9-41
A. General .................................................................................... 9-41
B. Procedures When Dispatched With Method 1 - Engine
Failure Below Single Engine Service Ceiling............................. 9-41
C. Procedures When Dispatched With Method 1 - Engine
Failure At And Above Single Engine Service Ceiling................ 9-42
D. Procedures When Dispatched With Method 2 - Engine
Failure Below Single Engine Service Ceiling............................. 9-43
E. Procedures When Dispatched With Method 2 - Engine
Failure At And Above Single Engine Service Ceiling, But
Below Planned Cruise Altitude.................................................. 9-44
F. Procedures When Dispatched With Method 2 - Engine
Failure After Reaching Planned Cruise Altitude ........................ 9-45
Section 13. Landing Performance................................................ 9-46
A. General .................................................................................... 9-46
B. Runway Naming Conventions ................................................... 9-46
C. Landing Report Layout ............................................................. 9-47
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-21
Volume 5
D. Distance Section ...................................................................... 9-50
Section 14. Complex Special Procedures..................................... 9-51
Section 15. Crosswind Performance ............................................9-52
A. Demonstrated Crosswind ......................................................... 9-52
B. Wind Component Chart ............................................................ 9-52
C. Wind Component Chart .......................................................... 9-53
D. Temperature Conversion Chart ............................................... 9-54
E. Unfactored Landing Distance & Required
Landing Distance .................................................................... 9-55
Section 16. AeroData ACARS Performance System ..................... 9-58
A. System Description .................................................................. 9-58
B. ACARS Applications................................................................. 9-58
C. ACARS MAIN MENU................................................................ 9-60
D. AIR TRAFFIC SERVICES (ATS) MENU ................................... 9-65
E. AERODATA ACARS SCREENS............................................... 9-68
Section 17. Speed Charts ............................................................. 9-91
A. Overview.................................................................................. 9-91
Section 18. ERJ-175 Speed Charts and Performance Charts ..... 9-110
A. Overview................................................................................ 9-110
Chapter 10 Weight and Balance Procedures
Section 1. Weight and Balance Control Policy ........................... 10-1
Section 2. Cargo Compartments/Loading ................................... 10-3
A. Cargo Compartments Description............................................. 10-3
B. Cargo Door Operations ............................................................ 10-3
C. Cargo Compartment Limits....................................................... 10-6
D. Baggage and Cargo Loading.................................................... 10-6
E. Package size tables ................................................................. 10-6
F. Cargo Nets............................................................................ 10-11
G. Live Animals Transportation................................................... 10-14
Section 3. Weight & Balance Calculations................................ 10-16
A. General .................................................................................. 10-16
B. Basic Operating Index ........................................................... 10-17
C. Passenger Index .................................................................... 10-17
D. Cargo Index ........................................................................... 10-18
E. Fuel Index .............................................................................. 10-19
F. Forward Closet Index ............................................................. 10-19
G. Observer Index (ACM) ........................................................... 10-19
H. Passenger & Cargo Additions & Removals............................. 10-19
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-22
Volume 5
I. Final Index (CG) & Fuel Burn Off ............................................ 10-20
J. Fuel Burn Off .......................................................................... 10-21
K. Aft Limit & Inflight Movement .................................................. 10-22
L. Load Planning for the ERJ-175 ............................................... 10-22
M. Caution Zones ........................................................................ 10-23
N. See Gee Wheel for ERJ-170 .................................................. 10-24
N. See Gee Wheel for Interchange Aircraft.................................. 10-25
O. See Gee Wheel for ERJ-175................................................... 10-26
P. Weight Tables for ERJ-170..................................................... 10-27
Section 4. Weights & Indexes ...................................................10-28
A. Flight Crew and Flight Attendant Weight/Index ....................... 10-28
B. Observer Weight Index ........................................................... 10-28
C. Passenger Weight Index......................................................... 10-28
D. Child Count............................................................................. 10-29
E. Baggage Weight/Index............................................................ 10-29
F. Completing the Shuttle America Airlines
W&B Load Manifest ................................................................ 10-30
G. Load Manifest Instructions ...................................................... 10-31
H. Sample Load Manifest ............................................................ 10-36
Chapter 11 Equipment and Systems
Section 1. Minimum Equipment List / Non-Essential Equipment and
Furnishings/ Configuration Deviation List
(MEL/NEF/CDL) ........................................................ 11-1
A. General .................................................................................... 11-1
B. Discrepancies After Departure.................................................. 11-2
C. Distribution ............................................................................... 11-2
Section 2. Emergency Equipment .............................................. 11-3
A. General .................................................................................... 11-3
B. Description & Operation............................................................ 11-3
C. Flightdeck Escape Rope ........................................................... 11-4
D. Cabin Seating........................................................................... 11-5
E. Emergency Equipment Location - ERJ-170............................... 11-6
F. Emergency Equipment Location: Interchange
Aircraft 76 Seats ...................................................................... 11-9
G. Emergency Equipment Location - ERJ-175............................. 11-10
H. Emergency Lighting System ................................................... 11-11
I. Floor Proximity Emergency Escape Path Lighting System ...... 11-13
J. ERJ-170 Phase II Flightdeck Door .......................................... 11-15
K. Normal Procedures................................................................. 11-17
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-23
Volume 5
L. Emergency Flightdeck Entry ...................................................11-18
M. Cockpit Door ...........................................................................11-19
N. Emergency Exits.....................................................................11-24
O. Crash, Fire and Rescue Information........................................11-33
P. Closed Door Indications..........................................................11-34
Section 3. ADSP Heater ............................................................ 11-35
A. System Description.................................................................11-35
Section 4. FMS ......................................................................... 11-35
Section 5. EPIC Load 17.5 Differences ..................................... 11-36
A. Overview.................................................................................11-36
Section 6. SPDA 9.2 Upgrade Differences ................................ 11-38
A. Overview.................................................................................11-38
Section 7. FADEC 5.2 Upgrade Differences.............................. 11-39
A. Overview.................................................................................11-39
Section 8. Load 17.2 Ops Procedure - Bleed 1 (2)
Overpress................................................................ 11-40
A. Overview.................................................................................11-40
Section 9. LOAD 19.3 DIFFERENCES ..................................... 11-41
A. New EICAS Message..............................................................11-41
B. Reduction of Spurious EICAS Messages ................................11-41
C. Weather Radar .......................................................................11-41
D. Cruise Altitude ........................................................................11-41
E. VNAV Glide Path ....................................................................11-42
F. Vertical Display Improvements................................................11-42
G. AMS Synoptic Page ................................................................11-42
H. RTE Page ...............................................................................11-42
I. Abeam Waypoints and Altitude Constraints.............................11-42
J. Airspace Model Improvement..................................................11-42
K. Autothrottles ...........................................................................11-42
L. AP FAIL CAUTION EICAS Message .......................................11-43
M. FLCH......................................................................................11-43
N. Vertical Speed ........................................................................11-43
O. Electronic Checklists...............................................................11-43
P. NAV Radio Tuning Changes ...................................................11-43
Q. Takeoff and Landing Pages Changed .....................................11-44
R. Optimum V2............................................................................11-45
S. FGCS Priority Switching Modifications ....................................11-45
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Table of Contents
TOC-24
Volume 5
Section 10. Load 19 RNAV/GPS Approaches ..............................11-45
A. General .................................................................................. 11-45
B. Jeppesen Approach Plate Terminology................................... 11-45
C. RNAV Approaches.................................................................. 11-46
D. Missed Approach Procedures ................................................. 11-47
E. Required Navigational Performance (RNP) ............................. 11-47
F. Discontinuing the Approach .................................................... 11-47
G. Automation ............................................................................. 11-48
H. Alternate RNAV/GPS Configuration ........................................ 11-48
I. RNAV GPS Approach Actions and Callouts ............................ 11-50
Section 11. EPIC Load 21.2 Differences .....................................11-53
Section 12. Electronic Flight Bag - EFB .....................................11-56
A. General .................................................................................. 11-56
B. Crewmember Login ................................................................ 11-57
C. Main Menu.............................................................................. 11-58
D. Revision Status Menu............................................................. 11-61
E. Charts..................................................................................... 11-64
F. Terminal Procedure Plate Display........................................... 11-68
G. Enroute Chart Display............................................................. 11-70
H. Takeoff Minimums .................................................................. 11-75
I. Updating Chart Data ............................................................... 11-76
J. Memo ..................................................................................... 11-77
K. Manuals.................................................................................. 11-77
L. Abnormal EFB Operations ...................................................... 11-79
M. Aircraft Dispatch with an Abnormal EFB ................................. 11-81
Chapter 12 Abbreviations and Acronyms
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Introduction
INTRO-1
Volume 5
Introduction
Shuttle America operates the Embraer ERJ-170-LR model. Through-
out this manual, the aircraft is designated ERJ-170. This title applies
to all makes and models of the ERJ-170 in the Shuttle America fleet
unless specified differently.
The information contained in this publication represents the ERJ-170
Pilot Operating Handbook (ERJ-170 POH) for Shuttle America and
replaces the aircraft manufacturer’s Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) in
accordance with 14 CFR 121.141(b).
The Airplane Operators Manual (AOM), which contains detailed sys-
tem information, will be retained in each aircraft under a separate
cover.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Introduction
INTRO-2
Volume 5
A. Overview of ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
(ERJ-170 POH), Volume 5
Chapter 1 - General
Outlays a brief discussion of various aspects of the ERJ-170 POH.
Topics include checklist philosophy, crew coordination, flight auto-
mation and definition of terms.
Chapter 2 - Limitations
Contains FAA, Shuttle America, and Manufacturer imposed air-
plane and systems limitations.
Chapter 3 – Normal Checklists
Lists all items for each normal checklist from preflight inspection
to the terminating check. These checklists will also serve as a
backup to those carried separately onboard the aircraft.
Chapter 4 - Normal Procedures
Presents a logical sequence of events from preflight to post flight.
Sections include expanded checklists, recommended flows,
actions, callouts and flight profiles. Details are also provided on
the use of automation, briefings and crew coordination.
Chapter 5 – Emergency & Abnormal Checklists
Includes an alphabetical index of EICAS messages and Emer-
gency and Abnormal Procedures. This chapter is identical to the
Quick Reference Handbook (QRH) in the aircraft and will be
referred to in case the onboard checklist is missing or damaged.
Chapter 6 - Abnormal Procedures
Outlines the procedures, flight profiles and crew coordination to be
followed under abnormal conditions. This chapter will be a main
focus during initial and recurrent training.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Introduction
INTRO-3
Volume 5
Chapter 7 – Weather Operations
Outlines procedures, guidelines and considerations for cold
weather operations, turbulence, windshear, and thunderstorms.
Chapter 8 – Training Maneuvers
Explains the maneuvers required during initial and recurrent train-
ing and check flights as well as the applicable performance stan-
dards.
Chapter 9 – Performance
Explains the use of data provided by Aircraft Performance Group
(APG) as well as information derived from the FAA approved
Embraer AFM. Takeoff and landing speed cards are also pro-
vided as a backup to those carried separately onboard the aircraft.
Chapter 10 – Weight and Balance
Explains the use of the SeeGee
TM
Wheel and methods of calcu-
lation.
Chapter 11 – Equipment and Systems
Contains a brief explanation of the MEL, which is kept in a sepa-
rate binder in each aircraft. Includes a section on the ERJ-170
emergency equipment and basic ACARS functions.
Chapter 12 – Abbreviations and Acronyms
Contains alphabetical abbreviations and acronyms listing.
Index
Alphabetical listing by subject
B. Questions
Shuttle America encourages all flight crewmembers to address
any questions or concerns regarding this manual to Chief Pilot.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Introduction
INTRO-4
Volume 5
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 1 General Statement
1-1
Volume 5
Chapter 1
General Policies
Section 1 General Statement
The information contained in this publication represents the ERJ-
170 Pilot Operating Handbook (ERJ-170 POH) for Shuttle Amer-
ica and replaces the aircraft manufacturer’s Airplane Flight Man-
ual (AFM) in accordance with 14 CFR 121.141(b).
POH procedures, limitations, and performance information is
revised whenever a change to the AFM/AOM is issued by the
manufacturer.
The Airplane Operators Manual (AOM, VOL II), which contains
detailed system information, will be retained in each aircraft under
a separate cover.
Central to the ERJ-170 POH is the institution of Standard Operat-
ing Procedures (SOPs) for the ERJ-170 regional jet fleet.
Research has shown that standardized procedures and defined
cockpit communications are significant factors in maintaining flight
safety. SOPs form the shared mental model that flight crewmem-
bers need to perform their tasks effectively as a team. Promoting
team performance also accomplishes the main objective of Crew
Resource Management (CRM). Shuttle America is therefore com-
mitted to providing SOPs that are clear, comprehensive, and
readily available to its flight crewmembers.
At the same time, the SOPs presented in this manual aim to
reduce as much as possible the operational shortcomings com-
mon to human interaction. These may include improper coordina-
tion among flight crewmembers, improper coordination between
flight and cabin crewmembers, distraction from basic flying skills
and misunderstandings.
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 1 General Statement
1-2
Volume 5
The information contained in this publication is based on flight
tests, and accumulated airline and flight training experience, and
embraces current industry philosophies of aircraft operation.
Through strict adherence to the procedures contained in this man-
ual, flight crewmembers will achieve the objectives of Shuttle
America which are to place safety, standardization, passenger
comfort, schedule reliability and economy in their proper order.
On a routine basis, non-standard procedures are unacceptable in
a professional cockpit. However, the pilot-in-command has the
final authority as to the disposition of the aircraft and may deviate
from standard procedures as circumstances warrant.
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 2 Checklist Philosophy Normal Procedures
Flightdeck Checklist
1-3
Volume 5
Section 2 Checklist Philosophy Normal Procedures
Flightdeck Checklist
A. Philosophy
1. The use of standardized procedures and terminology reduces
confusion and promotes crew communication and
understanding throughout the flight. The proper use of the
Normal Procedures Flightdeck Checklist alleviates unsafe
practices, carelessness, and the development of
individualized procedures.
2. The Checklist is the flight crew's safety net to help ensure all
flows and procedures are accomplished correctly. The
checklist can only work effectively if it is accomplished
properly.
a. Checklists will be used in all phases of flight in accordance
with the policies and procedures listed in this section and
in the Pilot Handbook, if applicable.
b. Checklist policies and procedures will not compromise
aircraft operational capabilities for the exclusive purpose of
overall fleet standardization.
B. Design
1. The Normal Procedures Flightdeck Checklist is designed to
be quickly and easily accomplished in a logical time sequence
during the flight. Checklist groupings are selected so the items
are consistent with established flow patterns and can be
quickly accomplished. Normal checklists are used to verify
certain critical procedural steps have been accomplished.
2. Do-Verify
a. Normal checklists are "Do-Verify". Flow patterns and
procedures triggered by operation events are used to
complete all required normal actions prior to checklist
usage.
b. Exceptions:
The Safety & Power On Checklist and the Securing
Checklist are “Read and Do” Checklists.
REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 2 Checklist Philosophy Normal Procedures
Flightdeck Checklist
1-4
Volume 5
C. Content
1. The Normal Procedures Flightdeck Checklist is a
comprehensive checklist made up of twelve individual flight
phase checklists:
a. Safety & Power On
b. Originating/Receiving
c. Before Start
d. After Start
e. Taxi
f. Before Takeoff
g. After Takeoff
h. Descent
i. Landing
j. After Landing
k. Parking
l. Securing
2. These checklists contain only those procedural steps which if
omitted, have a direct and adverse impact on normal
operations.
D. Challenge and Response Concept
1. The checklist incorporates the challenge and response
concept.
a. Challenger
1) The person who reads the checklist and verbally
issues the Challenge.
2) The challenger calls aloud (except for those check-
lists which are accomplished silently) all Challenges
and ensures the associated Responses are correct.
b. Responder
1) The person who verbally issues the Response.
2) The responder visually verifies each specific switch
position or action matches the correct checklist
Response.
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 2 Checklist Philosophy Normal Procedures
Flightdeck Checklist
1-5
Volume 5
E. Checklist Format - Normal Checklists
Note: When reading the checklist and the next item is the line,
the challenger will state “Down to the Line.”
F. Procedures
Even though the following guidance clearly delineates crew-
member responsibilities, it does not alleviate the first officer from
bringing to the captain's attention a checklist or checklist item he
feels has been overlooked, improperly accomplished, or delayed
too long.
1. When?
a. The Checklist Guidance Table indicates when to call for
the appropriate checklist.
b. Checklist items should be accomplished before calling for
the pertinent checklist. The crew should accomplish their
specific functions and duties by following established flow
patterns.
c. A checklist should not be initiated until sufficient time and
attention can be devoted to its expeditious completion.
Normal Procedures Flightdeck Checklist Example
The Challenge.
Response designator (e.g., Verify, C, FO, PF, or PM) indicating which
crewmember(s) is/are responsible for verifying a particular item or action
has been accomplished and makes the verbal response.
The Response.
This symbol indicates “the line” and is placed in the checklist to indicate a
break in the sequence. Normally, some action (i.e., pushback, selecting
final landing flaps, etc.) must occur before the checklist can proceed.
TITLE
Before Start Checklist Complete
Doors Closed
Departure Review Complete
Altimeters
1
2
[PF]
Verify
Verify
3
4
__.__
Fuel Quantity Verify
__REQ, __OB
Set
[FO]
1
2
3
4
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 2 Checklist Philosophy Normal Procedures
Flightdeck Checklist
1-6
Volume 5
2. How?
a. The "Checklist Guidance Table" indicates who initiates,
reads, and responds to each specific checklist.
b. The following general procedures apply:
1) All pilots will be at their duty station while accom-
plishing the checklists.
a) Exception:
The Safety & Power ON, and the Securing Check-
lists.
c. Challenger must...
1) Read aloud, except for those checklists which may be
accomplished silently, all Challenges from the check-
list until its completion. Challenges will not be recited
from memory.
Note: If a checklist item has not been completed when
challenged, the pilot(s) responding will discuss (if
necessary) the item, complete it, and then issue the
Response.
2) Ensure the correct Response is verbalized.
d. Responder(s) must...
1) Verify the required switch position or action is correct.
2) Verbalize the exact checklist Response.
3. Verify
a. The PM reads the whole checklist item including the
“Verify” and expected Response.
b. The PF will verify that the required action is completed and
repeat the Response.
c. Example “Verify”.
PF PM
Maintain aircraft control
Read aloud “Gear, verify, down
three green
Verify gear is down and three green lights are illuminated
Repeat aloud “down three green”
1. Gear .............................Verify.............. Down, 3 Green
REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 2 Checklist Philosophy Normal Procedures
Flightdeck Checklist
1-7
Volume 5
4. Specific Responses
a. If a component is not installed on the aircraft, the
responder will state "Not Installed."
b. When blank lines are in the printed response, the
responder will state the condition or position of the item
(e.g., "29.92,"etc.).
1) Example:
PM states "Altimeters, Verify, 29.92";
PF states "29.92"
c. Italicized, bracketed "[ ]" items are added for emphasis
only, and are not required to be read.
d. If a Response is a variable setting, usually denoted by "or",
then the appropriate Response is the actual position.
5. Checklist Interruption
a. A checklist shall be called for once it is ascertained that the
checklist can be completed in its entirety without interrup-
tion. If the completion of a checklist is interrupted, the crew
will repeat the last checklist item before the interruption.
b. If the crew is unsure at which point the checklist was inter-
rupted, the whole checklist must be repeated from the
beginning.
6. Checklist “Hold”
a. It is NOT permissible to commence a checklist with the
express intent of holding at a particular checklist item.
Again, checklists are to be completed in their entirety
without interruption.
b. There are two exceptions; In the BEFORE START and
LANDING Checklists.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 2 Checklist Philosophy Normal Procedures
Flightdeck Checklist
1-8
Volume 5
7. Flightdeck Verification
a. If...
1) Maintenance is performed on the flightdeck, or
2) The flightdeck is left unattended for long periods of
time, or
3) Unsupervised visitors are permitted in the flightdeck
(i.e., no flight crewmember present)
b. Then the flight crew must...
1) Verify switches, control handles, knobs, or levers are
in the prescribed positions, and
2) Verify the associated indicator lights and instrument
readings conform the proper positioning of the appli-
cable switches, control handles, knobs, or levers of all
the items on the Originating Checklist.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 2 Checklist Philosophy Normal Procedures
Flightdeck Checklist
1-9
Volume 5
8. Checklist Guidance Table
Checklist Initiated By When Read By Response By
Safety &
Power On
1 N/A
Arriving at an aircraft with no
electrical power
N/A N/A
Originating /
Receiving
Captain
Accomplish to ensure all
equipment is operating properly
and if not, allow Maintenance
sufficient time to correct any
irregularities
Originating:
Aircraft’s first flight
2
of the day
Receiving:
Anytime a flight crew change is
involved (either seat)
First
Officer
Before Start Captain After fueling is completed and
the ATC clearance is received
First
Officer
After Start Captain Before taxiing First
Officer
Taxi Captain
After both engines are started
and a) the aircraft is clear of the
ramp area, b) no runways are
being crossed, and c) the
Captain is not executing a
series of complex taxi
instructions
First
Officer
Before
Takeoff
Captain When the aircraft is cleared to
cross the hold short line of the
active runway
First
Officer
After Takeoff PF
After selecting the flaps up
and/or accelerating to initial
climb speed
PM
3
Descent
PF Prior to enter a critical phase of
flight such as descending below
FL180
PM
Landing PF After extending the landing gear PM
After Landing Captain
After the aircraft has cleared
the active runway and the
Captain has assumed full
control of the aircraft
First
Officer
3
Parking Captain
After every flight after the
aircraft has blocked into the
gate
First
Officer
Response
Designator
Securing
1
N/A
When the aircraft is to remain
overnight or when the next crew
will not arrive at the aircraft for
more than one hour
N/A N/A
1. A “read and do” checklist. With no established flows, each item is read and
accomplished silently. The Safety and Power On Checklist is normally accomplished by
the first pilot arriving at the aircraft. The Securing Checklist is normally accomplished by
the last pilot to leave the aircraft. NOTE: The Securing Checklist does not require
verbalizing “Securing Checklist complete” if the other pilot is not present.
2. The first flight number entered in the Maintenance Log for the current operational day
shall be considered the first flight of the day.
3. Read and accomplished silently; however, verbalize appropriate “After (Takeoff or
Landing) Checklist complete”.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 3 Non-Normal Checklist Philosophy
1-10
Volume 5
Section 3 Non-Normal Checklist Philosophy
A. Policy
1. Flight crewmembers will follow the non-normal procedures
located in the Quick Reference Handbook (QRH) or the
Emergency/Abnormal Checklists in this POH, to cope with or
contain non-normal situations. All actions must be
coordinated under the captain's supervision and performed in
a deliberate, systematic manner.
2. The QRC will be the primary reference whenever a non-
normal procedure contains either a memory item or an
immediate action item.
a. Memory Item - A memory item is defined as a task that
must be started as soon as possible after the Pilot Flying
(PF) recognizes the situation. The PF accomplishes the
task from memory and states the memory item. The Pilot
Monitoring will also accomplish the Memory Item when
appropriate (e.g. Oxygen Masks - On, 100%). All Memory
Items are formatted in black bold letters, all Caps, and the
text is located within a black bordered box.
b. Immediate Action Item - An immediate action item is
defined as a task that must be started as soon as possible
after the Pilot Flying (PF) commands the accomplishment
of the non-normal checklist and the task will be accom-
plished as a read-and-do item that the Pilot Monitoring
(PM) accomplishes while reading from the QRC. All
Immediate Action Items are formatted in black bold letters
and all Caps (no black bordered box). In the QRH, a heavy
black line is used to denote the break between the Imme-
diate Action Items and the remainder of the checklist.
3. Flight crewmembers must be thoroughly familiar with non-
normal procedures and the location and use of emergency
equipment. Any flight crewmember should be able to handle
the non-normal duties of any other crewmember.
4. The phrase non-normal procedures or checklists will be used
interchangeable with emergency/abnormal procedures or
checklist throughout this manual. Both reference the same
checklists and procedures contained in the Emergency/
Abnormal Checklist and the Abnormal Procedures chapters.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 3 Non-Normal Checklist Philosophy
1-11
Volume 5
B. Non-Normal Checklists
Checklists cannot be created for all conceivable situations and are
not intended to preclude good judgement. In some cases devia-
tion from checklists may, at the discretion of the captain, be nec-
essary.
C. Design
Non-normal checklists are used to accomplish and verify each
step of a single emergency or abnormal procedure and must be
performed in sequence, one item at a time. Multiple failure situa-
tions may require crews to prioritize checklist usage. Non-normal
checklists can include immediate action items which are explicitly
identified as such, and are strictly limited to only those actions nec-
essary to stabilize the situation.
1. ERJ-170 Emergency Quick Reference Checklist (QRC)
a. The QRC is a flat card that is designed to be carried in its
holder that is located on top of the glare shield directly
underneath the standby magnetic compass (whiskey
compass).
b. When the PF calls for an non-normal checklist that
contains either a memory item or an immediate action
item, the PM will accomplish one of the following tasks:
1) QRC Checklist - Memory items and Immediate Action
Items
a) The PF (and the PM when appropriate) will
accomplish and state the memory items. The PM
will then pull out the QRC from its holder and read
the line(s) underneath the memory items which
are boxed. If there are no Immediate Action Items,
the PM will read “QRC Actions Complete. Go to
QRH Procedure Page XXX-XX.”
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 3 Non-Normal Checklist Philosophy
1-12
Volume 5
b) Example - Smoke Evacuation - The PF and the
PM will place their oxygen masks on, establish
communications (“Captain is up” - “First Officer is
up”) and the PF will state from memory:
•OXYGEN MASKS...Verify... ON, 100%
•CREW COMMUNICATIONS....ESTABLISH
The PM will pullout the QRC from its holder and
read and accomplish the line(s) underneath the
memory items:
•PRESSURIZATION DUMP BUTTON....
.......PUSH IN
•QRC ACTIONS COMPLETE
•GO TO QRH PG SMO-10.
The PM will place the QRC back in its holder and
immediately go to the appropriate page in the
QRH. The PM will accomplish the line(s) under-
neath the heavy black line in the QRH procedure
which denotes the break between the Immediate
Action Items and the remainder of the checklist.
There is no requirement to re-accomplish either
the Memory Items or the Immediate Action Items
if they were successfully accomplished using the
QRC.
2) QRC Checklist - Immediate Action Items Only
a) The PM will pull out the QRC from its holder and
read the Immediate Action Items. After reading
and accomplishing the Immediate Action Items,
the PM will read the line at the bottom of the proce-
dure.
b) Example - Engine Fire, Separation, or Damage -
The PM will read and accomplish the Immediate
Action Items and then state:
•QRC ACTIONS COMPLETE
•GO TO QRH PG EAP7-4.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 3 Non-Normal Checklist Philosophy
1-13
Volume 5
3) QRC Checklist - Exceptions
a) Emergency Descent - All items are read from the
QRC by the PM and accomplished by the PF.
There are no items that are accomplished using
the QRH.
b) Emergency Evacuation - All items are read from
the QRC by the First Officer and accomplished by
the Captain.
i) When evacuation of the aircraft is required, all
necessary actions are included in the Evacua-
tion Checklist. The items in the QRH on page
NAP-8 should only be accomplished at the
Captain’s discretion and only if imminent danger
to the flight crew is not present.
ii) If the cause for the evacuation is due to fire on
board the aircraft (Engine fire, APU fire, Cargo
fire, or Lavatory fire), the flight crew should fight
the fire first prior to initiating an evacuation. The
evacuation checklist should be accomplished
only if the fire remains out of control and there is
imminent danger to passenger and crew.
c) Smoke Procedures - All smoke procedures call for
oxygen masks on at 100%. Both flight crewmem-
bers should select the EMER position momentarily
using the oxygen supply control knob to clear the
mask when necessary if smoke or fumes are
present in the cockpit. After the EMER position is
selected and the mask is cleared, the knob should
then be returned to the 100% position since 100%
oxygen is used to prevent inhalation of contami-
nated air.
2. Confirm (Memory Items and Immediate Action Items)
a. Confirmation is accomplished by the Pilot Flying (PF) visu-
ally after the Pilot Monitoring (PM) has placed his/her hand
on the affected switch/lever.
b. The PF will state “Confirm” whenever the PM has placed
their hand on the appropriate switch/lever and is clear to
accomplish the required tasking.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 3 Non-Normal Checklist Philosophy
1-14
Volume 5
c. Whenever a confirm item involves the shutting down of an
engine, the PF must place their hand on the thrust lever of
the good engine and move the thrust lever forward out of
the idle detent. Once the thrust lever is out of the idle
detent, the FADEC will ignore any command by the Start/
Stop switch if the wrong Start/Stop switch is placed to the
Stop position.
D. PF/PM
1. Inflight, self explanatory.
2. On the ground, the captain will perform PF duties and the first
officer PM duties, respectively.
E. Assumptions
Non-normals assume the following:
a. Applicable system controls and switches are in the normal
configuration for flight.
b. All normal checklists are appropriately accomplished,
unless replaced by a corresponding non-normal checklist
(e.g., Engine Out Descent Checklist, Engine Out Landing
Checklist, etc.).
c. Any obvious actions required due to crew awareness items
will be completed. Pilots may accomplish actions not
affected by a non-normal situation (e.g., setting altimeters/
airspeed bugs, briefing an approach, etc.) at any appro-
priate time during the non-normal checklist providing the
immediate action items are completed.
d. Establish and communicate a plan with ATC, Dispatch,
flight attendant, and passengers as necessary when time
permits. ACARS may be utilized to communicate with
Dispatch.
e. The checking of circuit breakers and testing of lights are
always accomplished and only listed as an action step
when the procedure specifically requires it.
f. Non-normal checklists will be read aloud by the PM.
g. The Pilot Flying (PF) is always allowed to fly the airplane
and may accomplish any task that is appropriate to keep
the aircraft in a safe flight regime.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 3 Non-Normal Checklist Philosophy
1-15
Volume 5
h. Circuit Breakers will not be pulled or reset in flight unless
specifically called for in a Emergency/Abnormal/QRH
procedure. On the ground, Circuit Breakers will only be
reset by maintenance personnel or by the flight crew when
directed to do so by appropriate maintenance personnel.
i. Oxygen masks are donned in accordance with the
following table:
WARNING: Some fumes (visible or not) can cause either
temporary or permanent loss of vision.
j. If oxygen mask is required, appropriately select the
following:
1) Emergency oxygen to provide positive pressure and
to clear smoke, when necessary.
2) 100% oxygen to prevent inhalation of contaminated
air.
3) Normal oxygen to prolong usage when the situation
permits.
F. Challenge-Response-Response Concept
1. General
a. Non-normal checklists incorporate the challenge-do-verify
or challenge-response-response concept.
b. Only the red memory items require action prior to reading
the challenge and response.
c. There are three types of non-normal checklist items: stan-
dard, confirm, and verify.
Condition Oxygen Mask
Loss of cabin pressure
Yes-if cabin altitude is 10,000’
or greater
Use of fire extinguisher Yes
First indication of smoke or
noxious fumes/odors
Yes
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 3 Non-Normal Checklist Philosophy
1-16
Volume 5
2. Standard
a. For standard non-normal checklist items, the PM reads
aloud the checklist challenge and response, selects the
proper control, accomplishes the action, then repeats the
response aloud.
b. Example “Standard”
3. Verify
a. Accomplished the same as standard non-normal checklist
items except the response is repeated by the PF.
b. Example “Verify”
.
p
PF PM
Maintain aircraft control
- Read aloud “speedbrake closed”
- Position speedbrake to closed
position
- Repeat aloud “Closed”
1. SpeedBrake...................................................... Closed
PF PM
Maintain aircraft control
Read aloud “Gear, verify, down
three green
Verify gear is down and three green lights are illuminated
Repeat aloud “down three green”
1. Gear .............................Verify.............. Down, 3 Green
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 3 Non-Normal Checklist Philosophy
1-17
Volume 5
G. Procedures
When a non-normal situation is evident, methodically accomplish
the following steps:
1. Maintain Aircraft Control
The PF will devote total awareness to the control and
navigation of the airplane and use automation as appropriate
to help reduce the workload.
2. Identify the Non-Normal
The first crewmember recognizing the nonnormal situation will
clearly announce it (e.g., "Engine Fire".) Do not identify which
engine has malfunctioned at this time. If not immediately
obvious which procedure to use, additional analysis may be
necessary. The captain will determine which procedure is
appropriate.
3. Cancel the Warning
The PM will cancel any warning and ensure the PF is aware
of the warning.
4. Accomplish Memory Items and/or Immediate Action
Items
PF accomplishes the Memory Items and/or calls for the
appropriate Checklist so that the PM can accomplish the
Immediate Action Items from the QRC.
5. Captain Assigns PF
a. In-flight, the captain will assign the flying duties after the
Memory Items or the Immediate Action Items are
complete. The Captain should assign the flying duties to
the F/O while non-normal checklists are being completed
unless conditions dictate otherwise.
1. PF - Maintain Aircraft Control
2. Identify the Non-normal
PM Cancel the Warning
3. Accomplish Memory Items
5. Accomplish the Checklist
4. Captain Assigns PF
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 3 Non-Normal Checklist Philosophy
1-18
Volume 5
b. This allows the captain to direct full attention to the accom-
plishment of the non-normal checklist and communications
with external resources.
c. The captain should verbalize if it is desirable for the PF to
temporarily handle ATC communications.
d. Once all non-normal checklists and communications with
external resources are completed and prior to
commencing the approach, the captain will determine
which crewmember will be the PF for approach and
landing.
6. Accomplish the QRH Checklist
a. If using the QRC, the PM will accomplish the QRH Check-
list when:
1) The airplane flightpath and configuration are properly
established,
2) The airplane is not in a critical stage of flight (e.g.,
takeoff, landing).
3) Memory Items and/or Immediate Action Items have
been completed and the PM is directed to the QRH
Checklist by the QRC.
b. If not using the QRC, the PF will call for the appropriate
QRH checklist when:
1) The airplane flightpath and configuration are properly
established,
2) The airplane is not in a critical stage of flight (e.g.,
takeoff, landing).
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 3 Non-Normal Checklist Philosophy
1-19
Volume 5
H. Formats
1. QRC and QRH Format
QRC and QRH Memory Items and Immediate Action Items
2. QRC and QRH Memory Items and Immediate Action Items
Example
a. Title. Similar, if not identical, to the alerting light or condi
tion.
b. Memory Item(s). Memory items are shown in all capital
letters, black, bold, and inside a black bordered box.
These items should be accomplished by the PF without
delay.
c. Immediate Action Item(s). Immediate Action Items are in
all capital letters, black, bold, but not inside a black
bordered box. Immediate Action Items are read aloud and
those tasks are accomplished by the PM after the memory
items have been completed.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 3 Non-Normal Checklist Philosophy
1-20
Volume 5
3. QRH Non-Normal Checklist Format.
The following checklist is generic and used for formatting reference only.
PRESSURIZATION DUMP BUTTON........ PUSH IN
LAND AT NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
Cockpit Door ............................................ CLOSE
Cabin Rate ................................................ VERIFY
Pressurization Mode Selector.....MAN
Pack 1 Button.......................PUSH OUT
Pack 2 Button.......................PUSH OUT
Recirc Fan Button...............PUSH OUT
EMERGENCY DESENT
Procedure.....................................ACCOMPLISH
After smoke is cleared:
Pressurization Mode Selector........AUTO
Pressurization Dump Button.....PUSH OUT
Pack 1 Button.....................................PUSH IN
Pack 2 Button.....................................PUSH IN
Recirc Fan Button.............................PUSH IN
NOTE: Identify the smoke origin and do the applicable
procedure.
Establish And Communicate A Plan.
END
SMOKE EVACUATION
OXYGEN MASKS..............Verify.........ON, 100%
CREW COMMUNICATIONS...........ESTABLISH
CABIN RATE IS LESS THAN 1000 FT/MIN?
Yes
No
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 3 Non-Normal Checklist Philosophy
1-21
Volume 5
a. Non-normal checklists may contain some of the
following elements:
1) Title. Similar, if not identical, to the alerting light or
condi tion.
2) Condition or Indication. When additional informa-
tion is required, a brief description of the abnormal
condition is provided.
3) Memory Item(s). Memory items are shown in all
capital letters, black, bold, and inside a black
bordered box.
4) Immediate Action Item(s). Immediate Action Items
are in all capital letters, black, bold, but not inside a
black bordered box.
5) Black Bold Line. This line is provided as a reference
for the PM as the break between any Immediate
Action Items and the remainder of the QRH Checklist.
A black line is not provided when there are no Imme-
diate Action Items in the Checklist. The PM should
begin reading the QRH Checklist at the first item
below the black bold line when transitioning from the
QRC to the QRH.
6) Land at Nearest Suitable Airport. This information
is provided to the pilot immediately after any Memory
Items or Immediate Action Items are accomplished.
Whenever this item is included in a QRH Checklist,
the PF should ensure that an emergency is declared
with Air Traffic Control and turn the aircraft without
delay towards the nearest suitable airport.
7) Logic Tree. The PM should follow the Logic Tree in
order to read and accomplish the appropriate tasks
for the condition of the aircraft.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 3 Non-Normal Checklist Philosophy
1-22
Volume 5
8) Establish and Communicate a Plan. The PM
should coordinate with the PF to establish a plan of
action. This plan of action should be communicated
with Air Traffic Control, Flight Attendant and Passen-
gers, and Dispatch. An easy mnemonic is “Advise,
Advise, Advise,” which will prompt the pilot to
remember to notify all of the appropriate entities.
Anytime the QRH Checklist contains the phrase
“Establish and Communicate a Plan, ” the PF will
ensure that an emergency is declared and the PM will
accomplish all of the communication tasking.
9) END. Indicates the end of the procedure.
4. EICAS Message Index
Located at the back of the QRH, the EICAS Message Index is
listed in alphabetical order and contains all non-normal EICAS
messages as they appear in the flightdeck with the non-
normal checklist page numbers beside them.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 4 Automation Procedures
1-23
Volume 5
Section 4 Automation Procedures
A. Primary Task
1. Pilot Flying (PF)
The primary task of the pilot flying is to fly the aircraft.
2. Pilot Monitoring (PM)
a. The primary task of the pilot monitoring is to monitor and
assist the pilot flying as well as manage systems and
radio communications.
b. The PM is responsible to monitor the actions of the PF and
advise the PF anytime the aircraft deviates from assigned
parameters.
B. Transfer of Controls
1. Assignment of the Pilot Flying (PF)
The Captain always assigns the Pilot Flying (PF), both on the
ground and in the air.
2. Callouts
a. If there is a transfer of aircraft controls while in the air, the
transfer will always be initiated by the Captain.
b. If the Captain becomes the Pilot Flying (PF), the callouts
are:
1) Captain: “I have the Controls”
2) First Officer: “You have the Controls”
c. If the Captain becomes the Pilot Monitoring (PM), the call-
outs are:
1) Captain: “You have the Controls”
2) First Officer: “I have the Controls”
d. If the transfer of the aircraft controls occurs while on the
ground (e.g. at the end of the runway prior to takeoff), the
callouts are the same. The PF is responsible for the
control of the brakes while on the ground.
C. Automation
When used properly, automation enhances safety, improves oper-
ational capabilities and efficiencies, and reduces workload. During
autoflight, crew coordination and communications have an
increased importance.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 4 Automation Procedures
1-24
Volume 5
D. Policy
Comply with specific automation procedures and requirements
listed below. When specific automation procedures are not
required, pilots must choose what they believe to be an appro-
priate level of automation based upon task loading and situational
awareness (e.g., compliance time, area of operation, etc.). Main-
tain proficiency in the use of all automation levels and the skills
required to readily shift between the various automation levels.
E. Procedure
When making autoflight systems inputs
1. Confirm FMS inputs with the other pilot when airborne.
2. Activate the input.
3. Monitor mode annunciations to ensure autoflight system
performs as desired, and
4. Intervene if necessary.
F. Automation Workload Tasks
Condition
Mode Control
Inputs
Flight
Management
System Inputs
On Autopilot
Low Workload PF PF
High Workload
PF or PM on
command of PF
PM on
command of PF
Manual Flight
PM or PF when
PM is task
loaded/saturated
PM
Ground Movement
F/O and as
defined in this
POH
F/O
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 4 Automation Procedures
1-25
Volume 5
G. Recommended Automation Usage
When specific automation procedures are not required, use the
following guidelines to choose an appropriate level of automation.
1. Enroute (Long Range Planning)
The highest level of automation is appropriate. This level
takes advantage of preflight programming. When significant
modification to long-range planning occurs, reverting to a
lower level of automation (at least temporarily) may be
appropriate.
2. Terminal (Short Range Planning)
For short-range planning (i.e., radar vectors, short-range
speed or climb rate control, etc.) mode control or flight
guidance inputs may be most effective. This level of
automation should be used predominantly in the terminal
environment when responding to clearance changes and
restrictions, including in-close approach/runway changes.
3. Immediate Action (Time Critical)
When immediate control of aircraft path is required, hand
flying may be necessary.
H. Manipulation of Landing Gear and Flap Controls
1. In flight, the pilot monitoring (PM) will normally move the
landing gear and flap controls upon the command of the pilot
flying (PF).
2. Prior to moving the landing gear or flap handle, the PM will
check the airspeed to ensure that it is in the normal operating
envelope for the aircraft configuration.
3. After checking the airspeed, the PM will repeat the command,
then select the landing gear or flaps to the commanded
position.
I. Flight Spoiler and Thrust Usage
Thrust should be at flight idle when deploying spoilers. Retract the
flight spoilers before adding thrust.
J. Autothrottle Usage
When hand-flying, Autothrottles may be used at pilot’s discretion.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 4 Automation Procedures
1-26
Volume 5
K. Changing AFCS/PFD Altitude
1. Aircraft On Autopilot
a. PF sets AFCS altitude via the guidance panel, points to the
PFD Selected Altitude Readout and verbally states the
cyan preselect altitude.
b. PM points to and verbally states the cyan preselect altitude
in the PFD Selected Altitude Readout.
c. Under high workload conditions, the PF may request the
PM to set the required altitude which is accomplished
using the procedure below.
2. Manually Controlled Flight
a. PM sets AFCS altitude via the guidance panel, points to
the PFD Selected Altitude Readout and verbally states the
cyan preselect altitude.
b. PF points to the new AFCS altitude and verbally states the
cyan preselect altitude in the PFD Selected Altitude
Readout.
L. Altitude Callouts
1. Pilot Monitoring (PM)
The Pilot Monitoring will normally be the first crewmember to
call the altitude. Generally speaking, the callout should occur
after the aural warning approximately 1,000 feet above/below
the assigned altitude.
2. Callouts
a. The altitude callouts should always reference the actual
altitude of the aircraft; e.g. 14,000 for 15,000, or FL230 for
FL 240.
b. The callouts “1,000 feet” or “1,000 to go” are not appro-
priate.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 5 Callout Philosophy
1-27
Volume 5
M. Flight Crewmembers at Their Stations
Both pilots must be seated in the cockpit whenever the aircraft is
moving during ground operations. Each required flight crewmem-
ber shall remain at their station while the aircraft is in the takeoff
or landing phase. They must also remain at their station while
enroute unless the absence of one crewmember is necessary for
the performance of duties in connection with the operation of the
aircraft or in connection with physiological needs.
If a pilot leaves their station and the aircraft is operating at or
above FL 250, the remaining pilot must don and use supplemental
oxygen until the other pilot returns to their position.
Observe the GOM cockpit security procedures.
Section 5 Callout Philosophy
The PF will call out each item in the order listed in the Actions and
Callouts tables. The PF must be aware of the actions of the PM
and not call for the next action item until the previous action item
is completed.
It is the responsibility of the PF not to overload the PM with too
many tasks in a short period of time.
Section 6 Recommended Use of Autopilot
A. After Takeoff
It is recommended to turn on the autopilot after takeoff only upon
reaching 210 KIAS (or V
FS
if single engine).
Section 7 VNAV
A. General Operating Procedures
Whenever the VNAV Flight Director mode is active, the PIC will be
responsible to ensure that the aircraft properly complies with all
altitude restrictions.
The Pilot Flying (PF) shall have the Vertical Profile displayed on
their MFD anytime the VNAV Flight Director mode is active
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 8 Definition of Terms
1-28
Volume 5
Section 8 Definition of Terms
A. Checklist
A formal printed list used to identify, schedule, compare, or verify
a group of elements or actions.
B. Expanded Checklist
A detailed and sequential description of every checklist item and
an explanation of how each element shall be completed.
C. Recommended Flows
A systematic approach to accomplishing action items pertaining to
specific phases of flight prior to calling for a checklist.
D. Procedures
An itemized or narrative format utilized to describe how to com-
plete action items which are not covered by a formal checklist but
are inherent to the operation of aircraft systems and/or flight oper-
ations.
E. Special Advisories
WARNING: Operating procedures, techniques and other related
information, which may result in personal injury or
loss of life, if not followed.
CAUTION: Operating procedures, techniques and other related
information, which may result in damage or destruction
of equipment, if not followed.
Note: Operating procedures, techniques and other related
information, which are considered essential to
emphasize.
F. Push Button Terminology
1. Push buttons have dual purposes.
2. They are used as switches (position) and as lights (indication).
3. Position will be either IN, Guarded, or OUT.
4. “Guarded” indicates the guard is in place and the underlying
switch light is dark (i.e., normal flight position).
5. Indication will be either dark (normal flight position) or an
illuminated white bar when the button is deselected.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 8 Definition of Terms
1-29
Volume 5
G. Dark and Quiet Flight Deck
1. The flight deck is designed to operate in flight with all systems
normal when the
a. overhead, main, glareshield, and control pedestal panels
have no lights ON,
b. there are no aural warnings, and
c. the selector knobs are at the twelve o’clock position.
2. A white bar illuminates on any button indicating it is not in its
normal position.
3. Shuttle America procedures follow the quiet flight deck
philosophy and include the following basic principles:
a. Limited Callouts
1) The pilots are required to state the callout exactly as
it is listed in the POH (i.e. the callouts are the callouts
- nothing more, nothing less).
2) Extraneous language is not appropriate during a
Callout.
b. CRM
1) The Pilot Monitoring (PM) advises the Pilot Flying
(PF) anytime the aircraft deviates from assigned
parameters.
2) The reverse of that is also true, which means that as
long as the PF is flying within assigned parameters,
the flight deck should be quiet.
c. Limited Briefings
1) Briefings should be, by definition, brief.
2) Briefings should be timely and cover safety of flight
items clearly and succinctly.
3) The briefings listed in the POH should be conducted
with the same principles as the Callouts.
a) The briefings should be conducted using as few
words as possible.
b) The format listed in the POH for each briefing
should be closely followed by all pilots.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 8 Definition of Terms
1-30
Volume 5
d. Loss of an engine on takeoff (V1 Cut)
1) The quiet flight deck will be maintained anytime the
aircraft is below 1,000 feet AFE. The only exceptions
to this are:
a) The required callout at 400 feet AFE of “HDG” or
“FMS NAV.”
b) Communication with ATC if the engine out proce-
dure is different from the clearance issued by the
Control Tower or Departure.
c) Radio calls below 1,000 feet AFE are not appro-
priate with an engine out.
H. Preferred Profiles
1. General
a. The Captain will utilize the Preferred Profile to the
maximum extent possible consistent with a safe operation.
b. The Captain should elect to use the alternate (allowed)
profile only when there is an obvious operational require-
ment.
c. The Captain has permission to utilize the alternate
(allowed) profile; however, that permission should not be
abused.
2. Specific Profiles
a. Profile for Takeoff
1) Preferred - Flaps 2
2) Allowed - Flaps1, Flaps 4
a) The approved runway performance (AeroData)
must be available to perform a Flaps 1 or Flaps 4
takeoff.
3) Preferred - Rolling Takeoff
a) A rolling takeoff may be used anytime a FLEX
takeoff is performed regardless of flap setting.
4) Allowed - Normal Takeoff
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 8 Definition of Terms
1-31
Volume 5
b. Profile for Landings
1) Preferred - Flaps 5
2) Allowed - Flaps Full
a) The approved runway performance (APG/Aero-
Data) must be available to perform a Flaps Full
landing.
c. Profile for Single Engine Taxi
1) Preferred - Engine 1 as the running engine.
2) Allowed - Engine 2 as the running engine.
Note: On taxi out, Hydraulic System 1, 2, and 3A Electric
Pumps must be ON until the second engine is started.
On taxi in, Hydraulic System 1, 2, and 3A Electric Pumps
must be ON anytime the taxi in is accomplished using
Engine 2 instead of Engine 1.
d. Profile for Vertical Navigation
1) Preferred - VNAV using V-PTH or V-FLCH
2) Allowed - Manually using VS, FPA, or FLCH
I. Firewall Thrust
1. Firewall thrust is defined as advancing the thrust levers to the
mechanical stops.
2. Overboosting the engines when the situation is not sufficiently
serious, or prior to performing all other recovery actions
available, would shorten engine life and increase the potential
for engine failure proportionate to the time and amount of
overboost, engine condition, and environment.
J. Maximum Thrust
1. Maximum thrust is defined as maximum certified N
1
.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 1 General Policies
Section 8 Definition of Terms
1-32
Volume 5
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 1 Type of Aircraft Operation
2-1
Volume 5
Chapter 2
Limitations
Section 1 Type of Aircraft Operation
A. Foreword
1. The ERJ-170 must be operated in accordance with the
limitations presented in this chapter.
2. Flight crew members will be aware of and comply with all
limitations.
3. Limitations are of such importance that flight crew members
must be continuously aware of them in order to avoid
exceeding the limitation, prevent equipment damage, and/or
ensure safety.
4. All limitations are Airplane Flight Manual (AFM) limitations
unless otherwise noted:
a. (C) indicates a Shuttle America imposed limitation that is
more restrictive than the AFM limitation.
B. Certification Status
Shuttle America’s ERJ-170 aircraft are certificated in the Trans-
port Category (14 CFR 25 and 36).
C. Types of Operations
1. The ERJ-170 is certified for the following types of operation
when the required equipment is installed, in operable
condition, and approved in accordance with the applicable
Federal Aviation Regulations:
a. Visual flight
b. Night flying
c. Instrument flight
d. Icing conditions
e. CAT I (C)
f. RVSM
2. The aircraft configuration must not vary from those described
in the Normal Procedures, Training Maneuvers, and
Emergency/Abnormal Procedures Chapters of the ERJ-170
POH or from those described in the Quick Reference
Handbook (QRH) procedures.
REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 2 Weight Limits
2-2
Volume 5
Section 2 Weight Limits
A. Takeoff Weight
The maximum takeoff weight (weight at brake release or at start
of takeoff roll) is limited by the most restrictive of the following:
1. Maximum takeoff weight (climb limited)
2. Maximum field length limited takeoff weight
3. Maximum certificated takeoff weight
4. Obstacle clearance, enroute, and landing limitations
5. Brake energy limit weights
B. Landing Weight
Maximum landing weight is limited by the most restrictive of the
following:
1. Maximum approach and landing weight (runway length plus
obstacle, altitude and temperature, and including limitations
for inoperative equipment)
2. Maximum landing weight (climb limited)
3. Maximum certificated landing weight
C. Additional Weight Penalties (C)
1. Additional weight penalties may apply due to weather
conditions, runway conditions, and MEL/CDL items.
2. Refer to the MEL/CDL Manual and this manual’s performance
chapter to calculate weight penalties as applicable.
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 2 Weight Limits
2-3
Volume 5
D. Certificated Weight Limits ERJ-170
Note: Interchange aircraft are restricted to a maximum Zero
Fuel Weight (MZFW) of 65,256 lbs.
E. Certificated Weight Limits ERJ-175
Parameter Limit
Maximum Ramp Weight (MRW) 82,364 lbs.
Maximum Takeoff Weight (MTOW) 82,011 lbs.
Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 72,310 lbs.
Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 65,256 lbs.
Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) - Tail
No. N646RW and higher** (see note below)
66,446 lbs.
Parameter Limit
Maximum Ramp Weight (MRW) 85,870 lbs.
Maximum Takeoff Weight (MTOW) 85,517 lbs.
Maximum Landing Weight (MLW) 74,957 lbs.
Maximum Zero Fuel Weight (MZFW) 69,886 lbs.
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 3 Operations
2-4
Volume 5
Section 3 Operations
A. Operational Limits
Parameter Limit
Minimum Flight Crew Pilot & Copilot
Max. takeoff and landing tailwind component 10 knots
Max. runway slope +/- 2.0%
Runway Surface Type PAVED
Flap maneuvering load acceleration limits. Flaps...
- Up
-1.0 G to +2.5 G
- Down (1,2,3,4,5,and Full)
0.0 G to +2.0 G
Max. operating altitude 41,000 feet
Max. takeoff and landing altitude 8,000 feet
Max. ambient air temperature for T/O and landing 52°C
Max. flap extension altitude 20,000 feet
Max. flight operating latitude
78
o
N to 78
o
S
Min. ambient temperature approved for takeoff -40°C
Min. ambient temperature for operation -54°C
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 3 Operations
2-5
Volume 5
B. Center-of-Gravity (CG) Envelope
The maximum permissible center of gravity range with landing
gear extended is shown in the Center-of-Gravity Limits. The effect
of landing gear retraction on CG position is negligible.
1. Center-of-Gravity Limits ERJ-170 LR
35000
40000
45000
50000
55000
60000
65000
70000
75000
80000
85000
90000
-10 -5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45
1
7
0
F
A
A
0
0
2

-

1
8
M
A
R
2
0
0
4
W
E
I
G
H
T

-

l
b
CG POSITION - %MAC
MTOW
8.8%
4%
MZFW
4%
50706 lb
18.8%
7%
82011 lb
27%
INFLIGHT LIMITS (FLAPS AND GEAR UP)
TAKEOFF AND LANDING LIMITS
REGION 1 - NOT ALLOWED FOR TAKEOFF
1
48060 lb
MLW
72310 lb
11.8%
65256 lb
50706 lb
75728 lb
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 3 Operations
2-6
Volume 5
2. Center-of-Gravity Limits ERJ-175 LR
EMBRAER 175 LR MODEL
35000
40000
45000
50000
55000
60000
65000
70000
75000
80000
85000
90000
95000
-5 0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40
CG POSITION - %MAC
W
E
I
G
H
T

-

l
b
MTOW
1
7
0
C
T
A
0
0
5

-

2
4
A
U
G
2
0
0
4
8.1%
4%
21%
7%
85517 lb
49604 lb
MZFW
69886 lb
MLW
74957 lb
REGION 1 -
INFLIGHT LIMITS (FLAPS AND GEAR UP)
TAKEOFF AND LANDING LIMITS
NOT ALLOWED FOR TAKEOFF
27% 30%
11.1%
25.1%
28.1%
60627 lb
1
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 3 Operations
2-7
Volume 5
C. Operational Envelope
-5000
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
40000
45000
-80 -70 -60 -50 -40 -30 -20 -10 0 10 20 30 40 50 60
A
L
T
I
T
U
D
E

-

f
t

STATIC AIR TEMPERATURE - °C
ISA + 35°C
TAKEOFF, LANDING & GROUND START
c
41000 ft
-21.5°C
52°C
-54°C
8000 ft
-65°C
-40°C
c
-1000 ft
NOTE: In the event of a landing below -40°C, the airplane may not
takeoff without further maintenance inspection.
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 3 Operations
2-8
Volume 5
D. ALTIMETERS MISCOMPARE TOLERANCES
The EMBRAER 170 Air Data System (ADS) relies on a total of four
Air Data SmartProbes (ADSPs) and two Total Air Temperature
probes (TATs) to determine air total pressure, static pressure and
total temperature. Three Air Data Applications (ADAs) compute
this information to provide air data to the PFDs and other aircraft
systems. IESS (Integrated Electronic Standby System) performs
both the functions of computing air information and presenting air
data to flight crew.
There are four ADS, which interact with flight crew. In normal oper-
ation, ADS 1 provides information to captain’s PFD, ADS 2 pro-
vides information to co-pilot’s PFD and ADS 3 is the backup
source for both PFDs whereas ADS 4 is the IESS.
Differences between pilot and co-pilot altitude readings may occur
due to a number of reasons. Altitude, airspeed, aircraft configura-
tion and the ADSP’s locations influence the altitude reading mis-
compare. As long as the miscompare is within a certain tolerance,
it is acceptable.
To verify if altimeter difference is within tolerance, the flight crew
should proceed as follows:
Altitude...........................................................STABILIZE
Maintain variation within +/- 50 ft.
Air Speed........................................................STABILIZE
Maintain variation within +/- 5 kt.
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 3 Operations
2-9
Volume 5
Wait a minimum of 15 seconds in straight and level flight, prefera-
bly with Autopilot engaged, to compare the difference between
altitudes using the following table:
Note: (1) These are comparative, not absolute values.
(2) Message ADS 3 (4) SLIPCOMP FAIL must not be dis-
played.
(3) ADS 3 and IESS use the same pressure sensors.
Comparison between them is not applicable.
If a difference above the tolerance is noticed, report to the mainte-
nance personnel.
E. Autopilot Source
When the altitude between the Captain’s and First Officer’s dis-
play exceed 100 feet, use PFD 1 as the selected source for auto-
pilot.
AIRCRAFT ALTITUDE
MAXIMUM DIFFERENCE
BETWEEN ALTITUDES (1)
ADS 1 to ADS 2
ADS 1 to ADS 3/IESS (2)
ADS 2 to ADS 3/IESS (3)
ft ft
-2000 UP TO 10000 50
10000 UP TO 20000 120
20000 UP TO 41000 180
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 4 Speed Limits
2-10
Volume 5
Section 4 Speed Limits
A. Airspeed and Mach Number Limits
WARNING: Maximum operating speeds V
MO
/M
MO
and
maximum flap operating speeds may not be
deliberately exceeded in any regime of flight (climb,
cruise, or descent).
Note: V
LO
is the maximum speed at which the landing gear can
be safely extended and retracted.
Note: V
LE
is the maximum speed at which the aircraft can be
safely flown with the landing gear extended and locked.
Note: Reference V
MCA
and V
MCL
are figured into V
R
and V
2

numbers.
B. Minimum Control Speed
The minimum control speeds are presented by the CAFM outputs
associated to takeoff flaps and engine models.
Parameter Limit
Maximum operating airspeed V
MO
Maximum operating mach number .82 (M
MO
)
Maximum airspeed for RAT operation V
MO
/M
MO
Turbulent airspeed (below 10,000 feet) 250 KIAS
Turbulent airspeed (at or above 10,000 feet) 270 KIAS/.7M
Maximum tire limit ground speed 195 knots (C)
(225 mph)
Maximum windshield wiper operation speed 250 KIAS (C)
Maximum gear extension speed (V
LO
) 250 KIAS
Maximum gear extended speed (V
LE
) 250 KIAS
Maximum gear retraction speed (V
LO
) 250 KIAS
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 4 Speed Limits
2-11
Volume 5
C. Minimum Operating Limit Speed
Intentional speed reduction below the onset of stall warning, as
defined by stick shaker operation, is prohibited unless a lower
speed is specifically authorized for flight test or training opera-
tions. (C)
D. Maximum Flap Operating Speeds - V
FE

E. Design Maneuvering Speed - V
A
Full application of rudder and aileron controls, as well as maneu-
vers that involve angles of attack near the stall, must be confined
to speeds below 240 KIAS. (C)
Flap Position
V
FE
(KIAS)
1 230
2 215
3 200
4 180
5 180
Full 165
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 4 Speed Limits
2-12
Volume 5
F. Maximum Operating Speed
Note: V
MO
/M
MO
may not be deliberately exceeded in any
regime of flight (climb, cruise, or descent).
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
40000
45000
200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300 310 320 330 340 350
A
L
T
I
T
U
D
E

-

f
t
AIRSPEED - KIAS
1
7
0
C
T
A
0
0
3

-

2
3
A
P
R
2
0
0
4
M
MO
=0.82
V
MO
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 4 Speed Limits
2-13
Volume 5
G. Maneuvering Speed (V
A
)- ERJ-170
Note: Maneuvers that involve angle of attack near the stall or
full application of rudder, elevator, and aileron controls
should be confined to speeds below V
A
. In addition, the
maneuvering flight load factor limits, presented in this
chapter, should not be exceeded.
CAUTION: Rapid and large alternating control inputs, especially in
combination with large changes in pitch, roll, or yaw
(e.g. large side slip angles) may result in structural
failures at any speed, even below V
A
.
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
40000
45000
200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300
A
L
T
I
T
U
D
E

-

f
t
AIRSPEED - KIAS
1
7
0
C
T
A
0
1
1

-
0
3
M
A
R
2
0
0
4
M
MO
=0.82
V
A
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 4 Speed Limits
2-14
Volume 5
H. Maneuvering Speed (V
A
) ERJ-175
MANEUVERING SPEED (V
A
) - (EMBRAER 175 MODELS)
0
5000
10000
15000
20000
25000
30000
35000
40000
45000
200 210 220 230 240 250 260 270 280 290 300
A
L
T
I
T
U
D
E

-

f
t
AIRSPEED - KIAS
1
7
0
C
T
A
0
1
6

-
1
2
N
O
V
2
0
0
4
M
MO
=0.82
V
A
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 5 Ice and Rain Protection
2-15
Volume 5
Section 5 Ice and Rain Protection
A. General
1. There is no temperature limitation for anti-icing system
automatic operation.
B. Definition of Icing Conditions
1. Icing conditions exist when Static Air Temperature (SAT) on
the ground/takeoff or Total Air Temperature (TAT) in flight is
10 °C or below and...
a. Visible moisture in any form is present such as clouds, fog
with visibility of one mile or less, rain, snow, sleet and ice
crystals;
or
b. When operating on ramps, taxiways, or runways where
surface snow, ice, standing water, or slush may be
ingested by the engines; or freeze on engines, nacelles, or
engine sensor probes.
C. Engine and Wing Anti-Ice System Operations
1. On the ground (C)
During taxi out and takeoff, the MCDU TO DATASET MENU
must be set to ALL when SAT is 10
o
C or below and icing
conditions exist or are anticipated.
2. In flight
The engine and wing anti-ice systems operate automatically in
case of ice encounter when the ICE PROTECTION Mode
Selector is in AUTO. If either one or both ice detectors are
failed, the crew must set the mode selector to ON when icing
conditions exist or are anticipated below 10ºC TAT with visible
moisture.
CAUTION: On the ground, do not rely on visual icing evidence or
ice detector actuation to turn on the engine anti-icing
system. Use the temperature and visual moisture
criteria specified in this section.
CAUTION: Delaying the use of the anti-icing system until ice build-
up is visible from the flight deck may result in ice
ingestion and possible engine damage and/or flameout.
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 6 Fuel
2-16
Volume 5
Section 6 Fuel
A. Fuel Quantity Chart
Note: Fuel density of 6.767 lbs/gal is used in these limitations.
Different fuel densities may be used provided the
volumetric limits are not exceeded.
B. Approved Fuels
1. Fuels conforming to any of the following specifications are
approved for use.
a. Primary fuel
1) Jet A (ATSM D1655)
2) Jet A-1 (ATSM D1655)
b. Alternate fuel
1) JP-8 (MIL-T-83133A)
c. Brazilian Specification
1) QAV1
C. Fuel Tank Temperature
- Minimum .................................................... - 40°C
D. Fuel Imbalance
- Maximum fuel imbalance between tanks.....800 lbs (C)
E. Crossfeed Operations
The XFEED Selector must be set to OFF during takeoff and
landing.
Fuel Quantity ERJ-170 LR
Maximum usable quantity per tank 10367 lbs
(1532 US Gal)
Unusable quantity per tank 100 lbs
(15 US Gal)
Aircraft maximum fuel capacity
(usable + unusable fuel)
20,935 lbs
(3094 US Gal)
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 7 Pneumatics, Air Conditioning, &
2-17
Volume 5
Section 7 Pneumatics, Air Conditioning, & Pressurization
A. Pressurization Chart
B. Air Conditioning
The maximum altitude for single pack operation is 31,000 feet. (C)
Section 8 Hydraulics, Brakes, & Landing Gear
A. Brakes
Cooling Limitation - do not takeoff with amber brake temperature
indicators. (C)
B. Landing Gear Retraction
Activation of the landing gear downlock release button is
prohibited for all takeoffs unless obstacle clearance is required.
(C)
Section 9 Flight Controls
A. Flaps
1. Maximum Altitude with Flaps Extended
- Maximum altitude...................... 20,000 feet.
2. Enroute use of flaps is prohibited. (C)
3. Do not hold in icing conditions with Flaps extended. (C)
Pressure PSI
Maximum Differential Pressure
• Up to 37,000 feet
7.80 psi
• Above 37,000 feet 8.34 psi
Maximum Differential Overpressure 8.77 psi
Maximum Differential Negative Pressure -0.5 psi
Maximum Differential Pressure
for Takeoff and Landing
0.20 psi
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 10 Instrument, Navigation, and Communications
2-18
Volume 5
B. Thrust Reversers (C)
1. Approved for ground use only.
2. Intended for use during full stop landings.
3. Do not attempt a go-around maneuver after deployment of the
thrust reversers.
4. Power back operations using thrust reversers are prohibited.
5. Landing rollout below 60 KIAS:
a. Application of maximum reverse thrust is not permitted.
b. Reduce reverse thrust to IDLE.
6) After selecting reverse thrust, do not move the thrust levers
into the forward thrust range until the REV icon on the EICAS
is shown in amber or green.
Section 10 Instrument, Navigation, and Communications
A. Navigation
1. TAS, TAT, and SAT are only valid above 60 KIAS.
2. Standby magnetic compass indication is not valid while
transmitting on VHF #1.
3. Barometric altimeter minimums must be used for all CAT I
approaches.
B. Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning (EGPWS)
1. The Enhanced Ground Proximity Warning System (EGPWS)
limitations are as follows:
a. Aircraft navigation must not be predicated upon the use of
the Terrain Awareness Display.
b. The use of predictive EGPWS functions should be manu-
ally inhibited when landing at an airport that is not in the
airport database to avoid unwanted alerts.
c. Pilots are authorized to deviate from their current ATC
clearance to the extent necessary to comply with an
EGPWS Warning.
d. The Terrain Display is intended to be used as a situational
tool only and may not provide the accuracy and/or fidelity
on which to solely base terrain avoidance maneuvering.
e. The use of predictive EGPWS functions should be manu-
ally inhibited during QFE operations if GPS data is unavail-
able or inoperative.
C. Traffic Alert And Collision Avoidance (TCAS)
Pilots are authorized to deviate from their current ATC clearance
to the extent necessary to comply with a Resolution Advisory - RA.
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 10 Instrument, Navigation, and
2-19
Volume 5
D. VNAV
The VNAV Flight Director mode may only be used when both
pilots have completed the Shuttle America VNAV Course.
E. LOC Backcourse
LOC Backcourse approaches using IESS is not authorized.
F. ILS Procedures
1. The appropriate ILS procedure must be programmed into the
EPIC System via the NAV INDEX / ARRIVAL page prior to
commencing any ILS approach. (C)
2. Before initiating an approach to landing with AUTOPILOT
engaged, make sure the correct ILS identifier has been
verified on the FMS PROGRESS PAGE 1/3, Lines 5L and 5R.
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 11 Auto Flight Control System
2-20
Volume 5
Section 11 Auto Flight Control System
Note: All altitudes are AGL
- Minimum Engagement Height (Takeoff) ........... 400 ft
- Minimum Enroute Height (Cruise) .............. 500 ft
- Minimum Use Height (Coupled ILS Approach).... 50 ft
Note: The ERJ-170 is certified with a “zero-loss” auto flight
control system. This is why there is a 50 foot AFL limit
on coupled ILS approaches.(FAR 121.579)
- Do not engage the autopilot at altitudes below 400 ft
AGL except when performing the following:
For ______ approaches the minimum height for
autopilot use is ____ feet
AGL
Visual and Non-precision 200 (C)
Precision - Coupled ILS 50
Takeoff 400
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 12 Power Plant
2-21
Volume 5
Section 12 Power Plant
A. Type
Two General Electric CF-34-8E5
B. Engine Operational Limits
Note: (1) Time limited to the first 2 minutes of the total 5
minute limit.
Note: (2) Time limited to the remaining 3 minutes of the
total 5 minute limit.
Note: (3) Time limited to 15 minutes for transient operation
above 155
o
C.
Parameter Min. Max.
N
1
-- 99.5%
N
2
58.5% 99.4
ITT
• Start
-- 815ºC
•Normal Takeoff and
Go Around
--
965ºC
(1)
949ºC
(2)

•Maximum Takeoff and
Go Around
--
1006ºC
(1)
990ºC
(2)

•Maximum Continuous
-- 960ºC
Oil Pressure 25 psi 95 psi
Oil Temperature
•Continuous
-- 155ºC
•Transient
--
163ºC
(3)
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 12 Power Plant
2-22
Volume 5
C. EICAS Engine Limit Display Markings (C)
The engine limit display markings on EICAS must be used to
determine compliance with the maximum/minimum limits and pre-
cautionary ranges.
CAUTION: If EICAS markings show more conservative limits than
those specified below, the limit markings on the EICAS
must be used.
D. Engine Thrust
1. Operation at reduced takeoff thrust based on the assumed
temperature higher than the actual ambient temperature is
permissible if the aircraft meets all applicable performance
requirements at the planned takeoff weight and reduced thrust
setting.
2. The total thrust reduction must not exceed 25% of the full
takeoff thrust.
3. As a condition to the continuous use of the reduced thrust
procedures, operators must periodically check system to
ensure that engines are capable of producing full takeoff
thrust.
4. Use of reduced takeoff thrust procedures is not allowed on
runways contaminated with standing water, slush, snow, or
ice.
Note: Takeoff with the Automatic Takeoff Thrust Control
System (ATTCS) OFF is not authorized.
Red Maximum and Minimum Limitations
Amber Caution Range
Green Normal Operating Range
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 12 Power Plant
2-23
Volume 5
E. Engine Starter Duty Cycle Limits
Note: For ground starts, the maximum cumulative starter run
time per start attempt is 90 seconds (monitoring plus
start time).
Note: For in-flight starts, the maximum cumulative starter run
time per start attempt is 120 seconds (monitoring plus
start time).
F. Engine Starter Dry Motoring Duty Cycle Limits
The dry-motoring cycle (with thrust levers at IDLE) may be used
for engine ground starts and engine airstarts.
Note: (1) After 5 sequential motorings, cycle may be
repeated following a 15 minute cool down period.
G. AFM Compliance for Reduced Thrust Takeoff
As a condition to the continuous use of the reduced thrust proce-
dures, Shuttle America periodically checks to ensure that the
engines are capable of producing full takeoff thrust by performing
a not reduced thrust takeoff (No FLEX) at regular intervals. Shuttle
America takes credit for the full thrust takeoffs completed for per-
formance or other normal operational reasons. The procedures to
assure AFM compliance by using the FAA approved engine con-
dition monitoring program are located in the GOM, Chapter 5,
Section 15.
Number of Start Maximum Time...
Followed by
Cool Down of...
1st and 2nd 90 seconds ON
(ground)
120 seconds ON (in
flight)
10 seconds OFF
3rd through 5th 5 minutes OFF
Number of Start Maximum Time...
Followed by
Cool Down of...
1
st

90 Seconds ON 5 minutes OFF
2 through to 5
(1)

30 Seconds ON 5 minutes OFF
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 13 APU Limits
2-24
Volume 5
Section 13 APU Limits
A. Type
Sundstrand APS 2300
B. Operational Limits
C. Starter Duty Cycle
Parameter Min. Max.
Start
Temperature -54ºC ISA + 35ºC
Altitude -- 30,000 ft
Operation
Temperature -62ºC ISA + 35ºC
Altitude
Electrical -- 33,000 ft
Bleed -- 15,000 ft
To Assist Engine Start -- 21,000 ft
Rotor Speed -- 108%
EGT
Start -- 1032ºC
Continuous
-- 717ºC
Start Cycle Maximum... Followed By...
1st and 2nd 60 seconds ON 60 seconds OFF
3rd cycle 60 seconds ON 5 minutes OFF
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 14 Inertial Reference System (IRS)
2-25
Volume 5
Section 14 Inertial Reference System (IRS)
The aircraft may be operated within the North and South magnetic
polar cut-out regions specified in the table below, but IRS mag-
netic heading and track angle magnetic data will not be available.
Note: Whenever operating within North or South magnetic
polar cutout regions, current aircraft heading must be
referenced to true heading, if not already selected.
Otherwise, the Heading Failure Indication flag will be
displayed.
A. Maximum Latitude for Stationary Alignment:
- 78.25° Northern and Southern
- IRS stationary alignment will complete only after a
valid aircraft present position (latitude and
longitude) is received either from the FMS (pilot
entry) or automatically from GPS.
B. Time to Stationary Alignment Completion:
MAGNETIC
CUT-OUT
REGIONS
LATITUDE LONGITUDE
Between 73.125°N
and 82°N
Between 80°W and
130°W North
North of 82°N Between 0° and 180°W/E
Between 60°S and
82°S
Between 120°E and
160°E South
South of 82°S Between 0° and 180°W/E
0
5
10
15
20
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80
A
L
I
G
N
M
E
N
T

T
I
M
E

-


m
i
n
u
t
e
s
.
.
.
.
.
ALIGNMENT LATITUDE - degrees Northern and Southern
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 15 Ozone Concentration
2-26
Volume 5
Section 15 Ozone Concentration
The tables below show the aircraft altitude limitations due to ozone
concentration in atmosphere for airplanes not equipped with the
Ozone Converters.
Note: These tables are based on FAA ADVISORY CIRCULAR
120.38.
Note: The tables show altitude limitations calculated for
constant ozone concentration and cabin stabilized at
8000 ft.
Note: For conditions other than those specified in item 2
above, an optimized flight plan must be approved by
regulatory agencies.
Note: For longitudes, the following apply:
- W = Western
- E = Eastern
- Reference = 100°W longitude
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 15 Ozone Concentration
2-27
Volume 5
A. North America - Maximum Ozone Criteria
FLIGHT
LEVEL
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN
LATITUDE W E W E W E W E W E W E
80°N - 323 - 323 - 314 - 313 - 307 - 326
75°N - 327 - 323 - 321 - 314 - 314 - 327
70°N - 341 - 323 - 326 - 321 - 314 - 334
65°N 356 346 333 326 328 327 328 321 326 321 338 336
60°N 376 356 347 336 338 334 327 326 327 326 341 336
55°N 394 362 376 346 347 341 327 334 327 327 347 356
50°N 407 376 409 362 366 346 327 336 334 336 356 366
45°N - 396 - 376 376 366 346 346 346 362 376 396
40°N 406 - 366 386 376 396 382 366 402 396 - -
35°N - - - - - - - - - - - -
FLIGHT
LEVEL
JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
LATITUDE W E W E W E W E W E W E
80°N - 336 - 382 - 394 - 382 - 346 - 346
75°N - 346 - 396 - 386 - 382 - 362 - 356
70°N - 346 - 406 - 396 - 382 - 382 - 356
65°N 346 356 396 406 406 406 382 394 406 386 376 366
60°N 347 366 402 - - - 396 401 407 394 386 382
55°N 356 382 406 - - - - - 407 401 401 396
50°N 366 406 - - - - - - - 406 - -
45°N - - - - - - - - - - - -
40°N - - - - - - - - - - - -
35°N - - - - - - - - - - - -
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 15 Ozone Concentration
2-28
Volume 5
B. North America - TWA Ozone Criteria
Note: Values below are the altitude limitations which the
aircraft is allowed to fly more than 3 continuous hours.
FLIGHT
LEVEL
JAN FEB MAR APR MAY JUN
LATITUDE W E W E W E W E W E W E
80°N - 274 - 270 - 270 - 270 - 270 - 270
75°N - 278 - 274 - 270 - 270 - 270 - 270
70°N - 292 - 274 - 270 - 270 - 270 - 274
65°N 312 294 298 270 301 273 292 270 270 270 303 274
60°N 321 298 311 278 303 291 274 270 270 270 311 274
55°N 332 298 321 292 311 291 270 274 270 270 311 292
50°N 338 312 354 298 315 298 270 274 274 274 311 312
45°N 338 314 338 312 315 311 274 294 294 294 318 318
40°N 332 334 312 318 312 317 312 311 318 318 334 334
35°N 374 354 374 354 338 353 354 334 374 334 392 374
FLIGHT
LEVEL
JUL AUG SEP OCT NOV DEC
LATITUDE W E W E W E W E W E W E
80°N - 270 - 298 - 298 - 298 - 292 - 298
75°N - 274 - 314 - 312 - 298 - 294 - 298
70°N - 274 - 321 - 314 - 312 - 298 - 298
65°N 294 294 332 332 334 318 321 314 334 298 318 301
60°N 298 312 332 334 338 334 323 318 334 298 321 312
55°N 301 312 332 334 354 334 334 334 338 314 334 318
50°N 312 318 332 334 374 334 354 354 338 334 354 334
45°N 321 334 354 354 - 374 374 354 353 334 354 334
40°N 294 354 - 398 - - - 374 394 354 354 334
35°N - 394 - - - - - - - 398 - 374
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 16 Noise Levels
2-29
Volume 5
Section 16 Noise Levels
The following information is derived from the Embraer 170 Air-
plane Flight Manual, Supplement 3, Operation with CF34-8E5
Engines:
The following Effective Perceived Noise Levels (EPNLs) comply
with FAA Part 36, Appendix C, Stage 3 noise limits and were
obtained by analysis of approved data from noise tests conducted
under the provisions of ICAO Annex 16, Volume 1, Chapter 3 as
well as FAA Part 36.
Flyover and Lateral noise levels were established for the
EMBRAER 170 equipped with APU Sundstrand APS 2300, with
two GE CF34-8E5 engines, with the chevron nozzle, at maximum
takeoff weight, with all engines at maximum takeoff power setting
and flaps 1.
Approach noise levels were established from a 3° glide slope at
the maximum landing weight, VREF + 10 KIAS, and flaps FULL.
NOISE LEVEL IN EPNdb
Airplane
Model
CONDITION
Flyover Lateral Approach
EMB 170-SE/
EMB 170-SU
84.1 92.3 94.9
NOISE LEVEL IN dBA
Airplane
Model
CONDITION
Flyover
Approach
Flaps 5
Approach
Flaps Full
EMB 170-SE/
EMB 170-SU
71.5 84.6 85.5
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 17 Simultaneous Failure of All Three MAUs
2-30
Volume 5
Section 17 Simultaneous Failure of All Three MAUs
Note: All operational procedures for the simultaneous failure of
all 3 MAUs are located in Chapter 6, Abnormal
Procedures.
The MAUs monitor the PRIMUS EPIC routed information full time
in order to detect any synchronization loss and, if it occurs, the
MAU's attempt to re-synchronize in order to protect the system.
During flight tests, it has been detected that a specific case of PRI-
MUS EPIC synchronization loss, which is not successfully resyn-
chronized within an acceptable period and leads to a
simultaneous failure of the three MAUs.
As a consequence of the failure of all three MAUs, all five Display
Units (DUs) will also fail. In addition, the Flight Control System
(FCS) reverts to direct mode and both the Autopilot and the Auto-
throttle will disengage. After this event, two different scenarios will
arise.
1. CASE 1: MAU's failure and auto restore.
2. CASE 2: MAU's failure and manual restore upon crew
action.
Note: In face of this temporary condition, Shuttle America
Airlines will not dispatch an aircraft with the Integrated
Electronic Standby System (IESS) inoperative even
though that is allowed by the MEL.
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 18 Domestic Reduced Vertical Separation
2-31
Volume 5
Section 18 Domestic Reduced Vertical Separation Minimum
(DRVSM) Minimum Equipment Required
The ERJ-170 requires a defined set of equipment that must be
operational prior to operations within DRVSM airspace. All of the
following equipment must be in proper operating condition before
dispatching into DRVSM airspace.
Note: For the purposes of this document, DRVSM=RVSM. The
“D” represents “Domestic” and refers to RVSM
operations in the United States.
If any of this minimum equipment becomes inoperative while
enroute, the pilot will notify ATC and request an altitude below FL
290.
- 2 RVSM Compliant Air Data Systems
- 1 Autopilot with Altitude Hold Mode operative
- 1 Altitude Alerter
- 1 Transponder
Note: The ADS 1, ADS 2 and ADS 3 are compliant with RVSM
operation. The ADS3 is not considered RVSM compliant
in case of loss of sideslip compensation, EICAS
message ADS3 SLIPCOMP FAIL displayed.
Note: The Integrated Electronic Standby System (IESS) must
not be used for RVSM operation.
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 2 Limitations
Section 18 Domestic Reduced Vertical Separation
Minimum (DRVSM) Minimum Equipment Required
2-32
Volume 5
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 3 Normal Checklists
Section 1 Normal Procedures Flightdeck Checklist
Page 1
3-1
Volume 5
Chapter 3
Normal Checklists
Section 1 Normal Procedures Flightdeck Checklist Page 1
ERJ-170
NORMAL
PROCEDURES
CHECKLIST
REV: 3
DATE: 13 JUN 2008
Maintenance Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checked
GPU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OUT
APU GEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN
BATT 1 & BATT 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FUEL DC PUMP & AC PUMPs 1 & 2 . . . . . . AUTO
EMER LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
WINDSHIELD WIPERs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HYD SYS 1,2, & 3B ELEC PUMPs . . . . . . . . AUTO
HYD SYS 3 ELEC PUMP A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Landing Gear Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DN
POWERPLANT START/STOP 1&2 . . . . . . . STOP
Speed Brake Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CLOSE
Thrust Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE
BATT 1 / BATT 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .ON / AUTO
Displays 2 & 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Available
EICAS Messages . . . . . . None annunciated first
5 seconds
BATT 1 & BATT 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .22.5 vDC Min
SLAT/FLAP Lever . Agrees with surface position
FIRE EXTINGUISHER. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checked
Electrical Power/Air Conditioning . . . . Establish
Preflight Inspections . . . . . . .Verify . . .Complete
Logbook, Forms & Manuals .Verify . . . Checked
QRH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Verify . . . .Installed
Gear/RAT Pins . . . . . . . . . . . .[FO] . . . . . Stowed
CB Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Verify . . . Checked
Panel Prep. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Verify . . .Complete
O2 & Interphone . . . . . . . . . . .Verify . . . Checked
Receiving Checklist . . . . . . .[FO] . . . .Complete
SAFETY & POWER ON
ORIGINATING / RECEIVING
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAA Approved
REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 3 Normal Checklists
Section 1 Normal Procedures Flightdeck Checklist
Page 1
3-2
Volume 5
Normal Procedures Flightdeck Checklist Page 2
Fuel Quantity . . . . . . . . .Verify . . .___Req,___OB
MCDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . Set
O2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Verify . . . . . . . . Checked
Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . .Verify . . . . . . . . __.__Set
PASSENGER SIGNS . . .[C] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Departure Review . . . . .[PF] . . . . . . . . Complete
___________________________________
Doors/Windows . . . . . . VerifyClosed and Locked
RED BCN . . . . . . . . . . . .[FO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
PARKING BRAKE . . . . .[C] . . . . . . . . Set or OFF
Before Start Checklist . .[FO] . . . . . . . . Complete
Flight Controls . . . . . . . .Verify . . . . . . . . Checked
PITCH & TRIM. . . . . . . . .Verify . . . . . . _._&Green
Takeoff Data . . . . . . . . . .Verify . . . __,__,__,__/__
EICAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[FO] . . . . . . . . . Checked
Shoulder Harness . . . . .Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . On
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . __
After Start Checklist . . .[FO] . . . . . . . . Complete
EICAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . Checked
Brake Temp . . . . . . . . . . . . [FO] . . . . . . . . Green
Takeoff Briefing . . . . . . . . . [PF]. . . . . . Complete
Taxi Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . [FO] . . . . . Complete
Flight Attendants . . . . . . . . [FO] . . . . . . Notified
T.O. MIN Fuel Quantity . . . Verify___Req,___OB
Transponder. . . . . . . . . . . . [FO] . . . . . . . . TA/RA
T/O CONFIG . . . . . . . . . . . . [FO] . . . . . . Checked
Before Takeoff Checklist. . [FO] . . . . . Complete
Landing Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
After Takeoff Checklist . . . [PM] . . . . . Complete
Shoulder Harness. . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . On
FSTN BELTS. . . . . . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . ON
Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . .__.__Set
Landing Data. . . . . . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . Set
EICAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . Checked
Approach Briefing . . . . . . . [PF] . . . . . .Complete
Descent Checklist . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . .Complete
Flight Attendants . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . Notified
EICAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . Checked
Landing Gear . . . . . . . . Verify . . Down, 3 Green
___________________________________
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . __
Landing Checklist . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . .Complete
Transponder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As Required
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
APU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As Required
After Landing Checklist . . . [FO]. . . . . .Complete
PARKING BRAKE. . . . . . . . [C] . . . . . .Set or OFF
Thrust Levers . . . . . . . . . . . [C} . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE
START/STOP 1 & 2. . . . . . . [C] . . . . . . . . . . STOP
PASSENGER SIGNS. . . . . . [C] . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
RED BCN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [C] . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HYDRAULICS . . . . . . . . . . . [C] . . . . . . . . . . . . Set
Parking Checklist . . . . . . . . [FO]. . . . . .Complete
Chocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN
EXTERNAL LIGHTS Switches (All) . . . . . . . . OFF
EMER LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
GPU/APU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BATT 1 & 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
DOME Light Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Entrance Light Switchlight (Fwd FA Panel) . OFF
Securing Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Complete
CVRs-. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [C] . . . . . . Deactivate
Logbook Enrties. . . . . . . . . [C} . . . . . . .Complete
CVR Deactivation Checklist[C] . . . . . . .Complete
BEFORE START
AFTER START
TAXI
BEFORE TAKEOFF
AFTER TAKEOFF
DESCENT
LANDING
AFTER LANDING
PARKING
SECURING
NTSB REPORTABLE EVENT
REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 3 Normal Checklists
Section 2 ERJ-170 Jumpseat Briefing
3-3
Volume 5
Section 2 ERJ-170 Jumpseat Briefing
Seat belt and shoulder harness is to be worn at all times.
Sterile cockpit must be followed during critical phases and all
operations below 10,000 feet.
The combined smoke goggles and the oxygen mask unit is in a
compartment to your right for your use.
In the event of an emergency you may be asked to take a seat in
the cabin if available.
Review the following pictorials and ask the Captain if you have
any questions concerning the pictorials.
A. Jammed Door Emergency Egress
1. Check the red indication to
assure the door is unlatched.
2. Remove the quick release
pin.
3. Push the door outboard
while holding the handle
4. Remove the door.
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 3 Normal Checklists
Section 2 ERJ-170 Jumpseat Briefing
3-4
Volume 5
B. Pilot/Copilot/Observer Oxygen Mask
CYellow indicates oxygen
is flowing.
CTest /Reset button
COXY ON FLAG appears
when oxygen is supplied
to the mask.
CPurge Valve


CHarness Inflation Button - Pressing inflates the harness so the mask
may be donned.
©Regulator - “Emerg” supplies 100% under positive pressure
“100%” supplies pure oxygen, “Norm” oxygen/air mixture
C
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 3 Normal Checklists
Section 2 ERJ-170 Jumpseat Briefing
3-5
Volume 5
C. Observer Seat
CRelease the seat.
CLet the seat down slowly into
position.
CRelease the strap
CBring the seat bottom to a
horizontal position.
CPull the backrest up to top-off
fitting.
©Lock the backrest.
1
2
3
4
5
6
6
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 3 Normal Checklists
Section 2 ERJ-170 Jumpseat Briefing
3-6
Volume 5
D. Cockpit Window Emergency Exit
1 2
3
4 5
6
7
Press lock button.
Pull the handle in & backward.
Pull escape rope from
overhead panel.
Deploy escape rope.
Exit flightdeck
Use escape rope loops.
Assist others after
reaching ground.
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 3 Normal Checklists
Section 3 Change Bars on Checklists
3-7
Volume 5
Section 3 Change Bars on Checklists
Checklists will no longer require change bars. They will display the
classification (approval) block, containing the current revision
number and date. This is done to ensure the checklists flow
cleanly. Details of checklist changes will be reflected in the
Expanded Checklist chapter.
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 3 Normal Checklists
Section 3 Change Bars on Checklists
3-8
Volume 5
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 1 Interior Flight Deck Inspection
4-1
Volume 5
Chapter 4
Normal Procedures
Section 1 Interior Flight Deck Inspection
A. General
1. The interior flight deck inspection ensures flight deck
emergency equipment is on board and operational.
2. Who - Normally accomplished by the Captain.
3. When - This inspection is accomplished prior to the Safety and
Power On Checklist on the first flight of the day and is
accomplished on subsequent flights when flight deck crew
changes occur.
B. Flow Pattern
A circle flow pattern starting at the doorway, then to the Captain’s
side, First Officer’s side, and ending at the doorway.
C. Logbook and Manuals - Checked
1. Check that the following manuals are on board and current:
a. Maintenance Logbook
1) Review the Maintenance Log for MEL’d items, CDL’d
items, open write-ups, and a current Airworthiness
Release
b. Minimum Equipment List (MEL)
c. EMB Operations Manual (AOM Vol 2)
d. EMB Supplemental Performance Manual
e. Normal Checklists (2)
f. Data Cards
g. Emergency and Abnormal Checklists (QRH)
h. Quick Reference Checklist (QRC)
i. Honeywell Pilot’s FMS Guide (Vol II)
j. APG Airport Analysis Manual
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 1 Interior Flight Deck Inspection
4-2
Volume 5
k. Registration and Certificate of Airworthiness
Note: Should the Normal Checklists, Data Cards, or
Emergency and Abnormal Procedures be lost,
mutilated, or otherwise unusable, the ERJ-170 POH
may be used until a replacement is made.
D. Doorway
1. PBE (1) ......................................................................Check
2. Halon Fire Extinguisher (1) Pressure in green, pin installed
3. Crash Axe (1) ........................................................... Stowed
E. Captain’s Side
1. Flashlight........................................................... LED steady
2. Life Vest(1)..............................Installed in seat back pocket
3. Circuit Breakers ...................................... Closed or collared
4. Escape Rope .............................................................Check
5. Headset.................................................................. Installed
F. First Officer’s Side
1. Flashlight........................................................... LED steady
2. Circuit Breakers ...................................... Closed or collared
3. Life Vest(1)..............................Installed in seat back pocket
4. Jumpseat Life Vest (1) ............Installed in seat back pocket
5. Escape Rope .............................................................Check
6. Landing Gear and RAT Safety Pins...................... On board
7. Headset.................................................................. Installed
G. Aft Control Pedestal
1. ERJ-170 C.G. Calculator ...................................... On board
H. Observer Seat
1. Observer Seat ........................................... Check Condition
2. Observer O
2
...............................................................Check
3. Observer Audio Panel .................................................... Set
4. Headset.................................................................. Installed
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 2 Safety & Power On Checklist
4-3
Volume 5
Section 2 Safety & Power On Checklist
A. General
1. This checklist safely configures the aircraft for application of
electrical power and/or air conditioning.
2. Who - Normally accomplished by the first pilot arriving at the
aircraft.
3. When - Arriving at an aircraft with no electrical power after the
Interior Flight Deck Inspection is complete.
B. Flow Patterns
This is a “read and do” checklist with no established flows. Each
item is read and accomplished silently.
C. Expanded Checklist..

If not already accomplished as part of the Interior Flight Deck
Inspection, verify all maintenance items are appropriate and all
MEL/CDLs are considered or cleared. Circuit breakers are either
in (closed) or out (collared) as appropriate. Verify all applicable
safety items are on board.
Note: To read the battery voltage, the GPU Pushbutton must
be disconnected (pushed out).

Note: Photo luminescent escape path marking strips (cabin)
must be charged prior to the first flight of the day by
Interior Cabin Lighting. 15 minutes of Ceiling and
Entrance Cabin Lighting Exposure in Bright Mode.
Maintenance Status . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checked
GPU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OUT
APU GEN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IN
BATT 1 & BATT 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
FUEL DC PUMP & AC PUMPS 1 & 2. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
EMER LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 2 Safety & Power On Checklist
4-4
Volume 5
Note: Ensure airplane is not moved until IESS is initialized.
Initialization occurs within 90 seconds after power-up.
After turning BATT 1 / BATT 2 to ON/AUTO, there may be a brief
cycling of screens until only Display Units 2 and 3 are available. DU 2
displays the Status Page and DU 3 displays EICAS.
Check the batteries’ voltage in the MFD Status page.
CAUTION: Each battery voltage must be at least 22.5 volts at this
point in order to continue the checklist.
CAUTION: Ensure the surface area is clear prior to moving any
flight control surfaces.
Perform Originating/Receiving Fire Extinguisher flow item.
WINDSHIELD WIPERs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HYDRAULIC SYS 1, 2, & 3B ELEC PUMPs . . . . . . . . . . . . . . AUTO
HYDRAULIC SYS 3 ELEC PUMP A. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Landing Gear Lever . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . DN
POWERPLANT START/STOP 1 & 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STOP
Speed Brake Lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CLOSE
Thrust Levers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . IDLE
BATT 1/BATT 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON/AUTO
Displays 2 & 3. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Available
EICAS Messages . . . . . . . . . . . None annunciated first 5 seconds
BATT 1/BATT 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 22.5 vDC Min
SLAT/Flap Lever. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Agrees with surface position
FIRE EXTINGUISHER PANEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Checked
Electrical Power/Air Conditioning . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Establish
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 3 Establishing Electrical Power/Air
Conditioning
4-5
Volume 5
Section 3 Establishing Electrical Power/Air Conditioning
A. General
With all of the variables to consider (i.e., ground equipment, air-
craft equipment, the temperature inside the aircraft, outside air
temperature, ground time, departure time, etc.), use the following
priorities when applying electrical power and/or air conditioning.
B. Electrical
1. Preferred priority is to utilize ground power whenever
available to reduce APU cycles.
2. To allow the flight controls built-in test, wait three (3) minutes
after power up to turn any hydraulic pump on.
3. Ensure the aircraft is not moved before the IESS is initialized.
C. Ground Power
If “AVAIL” light is illuminated, do the following:
1. GPU Switch........................................................... PUSH IN
Note: If the source of AC power is lost, power down the
airplane utilizing the Parking & Securing Checklist and
then perform the power up procedure utilizing the Safety
& Power On Checklist.
D. APU
Refer to the Receiving/Originating Checklist, “APU”.
REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 3 Establishing Electrical Power/Air
Conditioning
4-6
Volume 5
E. Fly By Wire Power Up Built-In Test (PBIT)
1. The FBW PBIT test consists of two different checks:
a. An electrical PBIT test which lasts 3 minutes
b. A hydraulic PBIT test which lasts 1 minute
2. If either test fails, a FLT CTRL BIT EXPIRED EICAS message
is displayed 50 hours (elapsed time) after the last successful
PBIT when the aircraft is on the ground and the EICAS
messages are no longer inhibited. The message will continue
being displayed on the EICAS until a new electrical and
hydraulic PBIT is successfully completed.
3. FLT CTRL BIT EXPIRED
a. If the FLT CTRL BIT EXPIRED EICAS message is
displayed, perform the hydraulic PBIT as follows:
1) Do not move any flight control surface.
2) Turn the electrical hydraulic pumps 1, 2, and 3A to ON
3) Wait 60 seconds
4) At this point, the FLT CTRL BIT EXPIRED EICAS
message should extinguish
5) Turn the electrical hydraulic pumps 1, 2, and 3A to
OFF if no longer needed
Note: If the FLT CTRL BIT EXPIRED EICAS message remains
displayed after accomplishing the hydraulic PBIT, the
flight crew must power down the aircraft utilizing the
Parking & Securing Checklist, wait one minute, and then
perform the power up procedure utilizing the Safety &
Power On Checklist.
4. Electrical PBIT
a. The electrical PBIT provides detection of out-of-tolerance
conditions and failures in the FCMs, P-ACEs, and S-ACEs.
b. The electrical PBIT is automatically performed during
power-up, after the airplane is powered by any AC source.
c. The electrical PBIT test takes approximately 3 minutes to
complete and can be observed by the flight crew on the
Flight Control synoptic page on the MFD.
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 3 Establishing Electrical Power/Air
Conditioning
4-7
Volume 5
d. After the 3 minute electrical test is complete, the clock for
the ELEC PBIT on the flight control synoptic page will show
50 hours. The hydraulic PBIT test must also be performed
to complete a valid Fly-By-Wire PBIT test.
e. The electrical PBIT test will be interrupted if:
1) Any electric hydraulic pump is running
2) The Flight Control Mode Panel switches are cycled
3) The AC power supply is interrupted
5. Hydraulic PBIT
a. Activate the hydraulic system using the AC electric pumps
as follows:
1) EICAS STEER OFF ..............................Annunciate
WARNING: Serious injury may result if hydraulics are introduced
without STEER OFF annunciated.
2) HYD SYS 1 ELEC PUMP.................................. ON
3) HYD SYS 2 ELEC PUMP.................................. ON
4) HYD SYS 3 ELEC PUMP A .............................. ON
b. The hydraulic PBIT provides functional test of the flight
control actuators.
c. The hydraulic PBIT is performed when all 3 hydraulic
systems are pressurized for one minute.
d. After the 1 minute hydraulic test is complete, the clock for
the HYD PBIT on the flight control synoptic page will show
50 hours.
e. The hydraulic PBIT will be interrupted if any flight control
surface is moved white the test is running.
F. Air Conditioning
Preferred priority is to utilize ground air whenever available to
reduce APU cycles. When necessary, start the APU to ensure
passenger comfort.
CAUTION: To avoid cabin air contamination, do not operate air
conditioning packs using the ground pneumatic start
cart.
Note: Comfortable outside air temperatures may not require air
conditioning to be applied to the aircraft.
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 4 Exterior Inspection
4-8
Volume 5
Section 4 Exterior Inspection
A. General
1. The exterior inspection ensures the overall condition of the
aircraft and its visible components and equipment are safe for
flight.
2. Who - Normally accomplished by the First Officer.
3. When - This inspection is accomplished on the first flight of the
day and subsequent flights when flight deck crew changes
occur.
4. Before beginning the inspection, review the Maintenance Log
and if electrical power is not established; complete the Safety
& Power On Checklist.
5. Check - The word “Check” is used throughout this inspection
to describe a visual examination to detect obvious
unsatisfactory conditions/discrepancies.
B. Conditions/Discrepancies
Verify the aircraft is acceptable for flight. Even though not noted
individually, the aircraft and its visible components must be
checked for the following:
1. Proximate area is free of potential foreign object damage
(FOD) items.
2. Passenger walkway and boarding stairs are safe and clear.
3. Flight control surfaces are unobstructed and free from
contamination.
4. All vents, ports, intakes, and exhausts are unobstructed.
5. Tire condition and pressure are acceptable.
6. All covers, plugs, picket/mooring lines removed.
7. Pay particular attention to any evidence of fluid leaks from
components, drains, panels, aircraft skin, and in ground
vicinity.
8. Condition of skin (visible damage) on radome section,
fuselage, wings, nacelles, pylons, and empennage.
9. All access panels and doors not actually involved in
maintenance are secured.
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 4 Exterior Inspection
4-9
Volume 5
10. Pitot static probes for evidence of freezing, severe
discoloration, condition, and security.
C. Procedures
Prior to commencing the inspection:
1. Review the Maintenance logbook IAW the GOM
2. Complete the Safety & Power On Checklist, if electrical power
is not established
3. Turn on the RED BCN and NAV lights and turn off the RED
BCN when the Exterior Inspection is complete or after the
RED BCN function has been verified.
4. Initialize either the Captain or First Officer FMS positions
D. TSA Security Inspection - First Flight of the Day
1. Per the Shuttle America TSA Amendment to the Aircraft
Operator Standard Security Program (which provides for a
TSA compliant exterior inspection of the aircraft for the first
flight of the day), the Exterior Inspection is compliant with the
TSA guidelines with the following additions:
a. All aircraft access panels are to be inspected from the
outside looking for signs of obvious tampering but do not
have to be opened.
b. In addition, the following access panels must be opened
for inspection on the first flight of the day and then secured.
1) Oxygen Supply Gauge access panel
Note: Note: If the Oxygen Supply Gauge access panel
requires a special tool (e.g. screwdriver, etc.), do not
open the panel.
2) Engine Fire Extinguishing Bottle access panel located
underneath the aircraft near the aft cargo hold.
3) Right and Left Water Drain Valve access panels
located underneath the aircraft just aft of the main
gear wheel well.
4) Open the aft door of both Hydraulic System 1 and 2
compartments to inspect the entire compartment.
5) Potable Water access panel
6) Waste Service Panel
Note: If there is fluid leaking from the Waste Service Panel, do
not open the panel.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 4 Exterior Inspection
4-10
Volume 5
E. Flow Pattern
Start at the Forward Entry Door and proceed in the direction indi-
cated in the external route below, and terminate at the bottom of
the passenger stair unit.
Nose
Nosewheel
& Gear

Right Wing
Tail
Cone
Left
Main Gear
Right
Main Gear
Left Wing
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 4 Exterior Inspection
4-11
Volume 5
1. Nose Section
a. Exterior Lights .................................................... CHECK
b. External Power Receptacle................................ CHECK
c. Smart Probes/TAT Sensors/Ice Detectors......... CHECK
d. RVSM Critical Areas .................................NO DAMAGE
e. Windshield Wipers ............................................. CHECK
f. Radome.............................................................. CHECK
g. Forward Avionics Compartment .................... SECURED
2. Nosewheel and Gear
a. Nose Gear............................................................ Check
Check if the nose wheel position indication mark is within
the nose wheel position indication scale limits.
b. Wheels and Tires ................................................. Check
c. Nose Gear Up Lock Hook ................................Unlocked
d. Nose Gear Strut/Wheel Well/Doors ..................... Check
e. Ground Locking Pin......................................... Removed
f. Landing and Taxi Lights....................................... Check
3. Right Forward Fuselage
a. RAT Safety Lock Pin....................................... Removed
b. Oxygen Discharge Indicator........................ Green DISC
c. Fwd Cargo Door................................................... Check
d. Inspection Light .................................................... Check
e. Landing Lights...................................................... Check
f. Air Inlets and Outlets.............................................. Clear
g. Red Beacon Light................................................. Check
h. Antennas.............................................................. Check
i. Ram Air Inlets......................................................... Clear
4. Right Wing
a. Wing Leading Edges............................................ Check
b. Pylon .................................................................... Check
c. Right Engine......................................................... Check
d. Thrust Reverser Cowl ................... Flushed with Nacelle
e. Refueling Compartment Door ........................... Secured
f. Access Panels................................................... Secured
g. Magnetic Level Indicators .............................. Pushed In
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 4 Exterior Inspection
4-12
Volume 5
h. Pressure Relief Valve ...........................................Check
i. Fuel Tank Vent ...................................................... Clear
j. Navigation and Strobe Lights................................Check
k. Static Discharges............................. Number and Check
l. Ensure three (3) on the aileron and six (6) on the winglet.
m. Flight Control Surfaces and Fairings.....................Check
5. Right Main Gear
a. Right Main Gear....................................................Check
b. Wheels and Tires..................................................Check
c. Right Main Gear Up lock Hook ........................ Unlocked
d. Right Gear Strut/Wheel Wells...............................Check
e. Right Ground Locking Pin............................... Removed
f. Brake Wear Indicators ..........................................Check
6. Right Rear Fuselage
a. Engine Cowls........................................................Check
b. Thrust Reverser .................................................. Stowed
c. Right Pylon ...........................................................Check
d. Antennas...............................................................Check
7. Empennage
a. Horizontal Stabilizer ..............................................Check
b. Ensure proper clearance of all flight control surfaces from
all ground equipment or other obstructions and all surfaces
are clear of any contaminates.
c. Elevators...............................................................Check
d. Static Discharges (13)...........................................Check
e. Navigation and Strobe Lights................................Check
f. Antennas...............................................................Check
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 4 Exterior Inspection
4-13
Volume 5
8. Tail Cone
a. Air Inlets and Outlets.............................................. Clear
b. Aft Cargo Door ..................................................... Check
c. Antennas.............................................................. Check
d. Access Doors and Panels................................. Secured
e. Battery Air Outlet .................................................... Clear
f. Flight Control Surfaces......................................... Check
g. Static Discharges .............................Number and Check
Ensure 4 on the rudder and 4 on each elevator
h. APU...................................................................... Check
i. External Power Receptacle.................................. Check
j. Potable Water Service Panel ............................... Check
k. Pressurization Static Port....................................... Clear
9. Left Rear Fuselage
a. Left Pylon ............................................................. Check
b. Thrust Reverser ..................................................Stowed
c. Engine Cowls ....................................................... Check
10. Left Main Gear
a. Left Main Gear ..................................................... Check
b. Wheels and Tires ............................................ Condition
c. Left Main Gear Up Lock Hook..........................Unlocked
d. Left Gear Strut/Wheel Wells................................. Check
e. Left Ground Locking Pin.................................. Removed
f. Brake Wear Indicators.......................................... Check
11. Left Wing
a. Air Inlets and Outlets.............................................. Clear
b. Flight Control Surfaces and Fairings.................... Check
c. Static Discharges .............................Number and Check
Ensure three (3) on the aileron and six (6) on the winglet.
d. Navigation and Strobe Lights............................... Check
e. Fuel Tank Vent ....................................................... Clear
f. Pressure Relief Valve........................................... Check
g. Magnetic Level Indicators .............................. Pushed IN
h. Access Doors and Panels................................. Secured
i. Thrust Reverser Cowl ................... Flushed with Nacelle
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 4 Exterior Inspection
4-14
Volume 5
j. Left Engine............................................................Check
k. Pylon.....................................................................Check
l. Wing Leading Edges.............................................Check
12. Left Forward Fuselage
a. Air Conditioning Connection Access Door ............Check
b. Inspection Light.....................................................Check
c. Landing Lights ......................................................Check
d. Air Inlets and Outlets ............................................. Clear
e. Red Beacon Light .................................................Check
f. Antennas...............................................................Check
g. Ram Air Inlets ........................................................ Clear
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 5 Exterior Walkaround
4-15
Volume 5
Section 5 Exterior Walkaround
A. General
1. The exterior walkaround ensures the overall condition of the
aircraft is safe for flight and/or ready for the next day’s
operations.
2. Who - Accomplished by one of the flight deck crew members.
3. When - This walkaround is accomplished at each intermediate
stop when a flight deck crew change does not occur and after
the last flight of the day.
Note: If any discrepancies are found after the last flight of the
day, the Captain will inform the maintenance controller
through the dispatcher of any mechanical
discrepancies.
B. Conditions/Discrepancies
Verify the aircraft is acceptable for flight. Check the aircraft is free
of damage and fluid leakage and the following:
1. Flight Controls ................................................ Unobstructed
2. Doors & Access Panels (not in use)....................... Secured
3. Main cabin door vent flaps .................... Closed if inclement
weather or last flight of the day
4. Ports & Vents ................................................. Unobstructed
5. Tires ......................................................Condition and wear
6. Gear Struts......................................... Not fully compressed
7. Engines ................................................................. Checked
Check fan blades after engine has stopped rotating.
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 6 Interior Cabin Inspection
4-16
Volume 5
Section 6 Interior Cabin Inspection
A. General
1. The interior cabin inspection ensures cabin emergency
equipment is on board and operational and the cabin is ready
for departure.
2. Who - Normally accomplished by the Flight Attendant; on
flights without Flight Attendants, a flight deck crew member.
3. When - This inspection is accomplished on the first flight of the
day and subsequent flights when flight crew changes occur.
B. Flow Pattern
A “front” to “back” flow pattern from the galley to the lavatory.
When proceeding ensure the overhead bins are closed and
locked.
C. Forward Lavatory
1. Smoke Detector ................................................ Operational
D. Forward Galley
1. Galley Doors .............................................Closed & latched
2. Forward Entry Door....................................................Check
3. Forward Service Door ................................................Check
E. Forward Flight Attendant Control Panel
1. Emergency Light Switch (ELS) .............................. Guarded
F. Forward Wardrobe Compartment
1. PBE (1) ......................................................................Check
2. First Aid Kit................................................ Sealed & secure
3. Halon Fire Extinguisher (2) ........................................Check
4. Portable O
2
Bottle & 2 Masks ....................................Check
G. Forward Flight Attendant Jumpseat
1. Life Vest (1) ............................................ Check in Package
2. Flashlight (1) ........................................................... LED On
3. Manual Release Tool .................................................Check
H. Forward Left Overhead Compartment
1. Grab-and-Go Kit.........................................................Check
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 6 Interior Cabin Inspection
4-17
Volume 5
I. Aft Lavatory
1. Galley Doors............................................. Closed & latched
2. Aft Entry Door............................................................ Check
3. Aft Service Door ........................................................ Check
J. Aft Left Overhead Bin
1. EEMK (1)................................................................... Check
K. Aft Left Doghouse
1. First Aid Kit (1)........................................... Sealed & secure
2. Portable O
2
Cylinder & 2 Masks ............................... Check
3. Halon Fire Extinguisher (1)........................................ Check
L. Aft Right Doghouse
1. Megaphone (1).......................................................... Check
2. Automated External Defibrillator (AED)..................... Check
3. Halon Fire Extinguisher (1)........................................ Check
M. Aft Bulkhead (Left and Right)
1. PBE (2)...................................................................... Check
N. Aft Flight Attendant Jumpseat
1. Life Vest (1) ............................................. Check in package
2. Flashlight (1)............................................................LED On
3. Manual Release Tool ................................................ Check
O. Aft Flight Attendant Control Panel
1. Emergency Light Switch (ELS)...............................Guarded
P. Aft Lavatory
1. Smoke Detector................................................. Operational
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 7 Originating/Receiving Checklist
4-18
Volume 5
Section 7 Originating/Receiving Checklist
A. General
1. This checklist ensures all equipment is operating properly and
set up for engine start. Call for Originating Checklist on the
first flight of the day, Receiving when flight deck crew
changes.
B. Who
1. Initiated by the Captain, read by the First Officer
C. When
1. Accomplish early enough to ensure all equipment is operating
properly and if not, allow maintenance sufficient time to
correct any irregularities.
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 7 Originating/Receiving Checklist
4-19
Volume 5
D. Captain’s Flow Pattern
O2 MASK
COMPASS
CAPTAIN ORIGINATING/RECEIVING FLOW
S
F
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 7 Originating/Receiving Checklist
4-20
Volume 5
E. Captain’s Abbreviated Flow
Captain’s Abbreviated Originating/Receiving
Checklist Flow
- Panel Prep Flow Items -
• FMS - POS INIT
• CB / DVDR - Checked & On
• DVDR control panel - Tested
• Electrical Panel- Set
• Cockpit Lights Panel - As Required
• Fuel Panel - Checked
• Passenger Signs Panel - Set
• Fire Extinguisher Panel - Checked
• APU Control Panel - Set
• Windshield Wipers - Off
• External Lights Panel - As Required
• Hydraulic Panel - Set
• Pressurization Panel - Set
• Windshield Heating - IN
• Ice Protection Panel - Set
• Air Conditioning/Pneumatic Panel - Set
• Passenger Oxygen - Set
• Standby Compass - Check
• Guidance Panel - Set
• Display Controller Unit - Set
• Glareshield Light Control Panel - As Required
• Reversionary Panel - Checked
• PFD - Checked
• MFD - Checked
• IESS - Checked & Set
• Gnd Prox Terr Inhib - OUT
• Parking Brake Light - Checked
• EICAS - Checked
• Clock - Set
• Landing Gear - DN
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 7 Originating/Receiving Checklist
4-21
Volume 5
• ELT - Arm
• GND PROX G/S INHIB - OUT
• LG WRN INHIB - Guarded
• Flight Control Mode Panel - Checked
• Stall Warning - Checked
• Powerplant Panel - Checked
• EICAS FULL - OUT
• Speed Brake Lever - 0
• Thrust Levers - Idle
• RAT Manual Deploy - Stowed
• Parking Brake - Set or OFF
• Audio Panel - Set
• O
2
& Interphone - Check/100%
• Audio Panel - Set
• GND PROX Flap OVRD- Guarded
• SLAT / Flap - 0
• Trim Panel- Checked
• COCKPIT DOOR CONTROL - Checked
• ELEVATOR DISCONNECT - IN
• AILERON DISCONNECT - IN
Captain’s Abbreviated Originating/Receiving
Checklist Flow
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 7 Originating/Receiving Checklist
4-22
Volume 5
F. Captain’s Expanded Flow - Panel Prep Flow Items:
1. FMS ..................................................................... POS INIT
Initialize position on either pilot’s FMSs if not previously done.
Note: If a “VERIFY POSITION” message appears after
initializing, both pilots will verify the correct position prior
to any further FMS POS INIT entries.
2. CB and DVDR.............................................. Checked & On
a. Electronic CBs ..................................................Checked
1) On the MCDU, do the following:
a) CB Function Key ...................................... Select
b) OUT / LOCK (1L) ..................................... Select
Note: Ensure agreement with maintenance status.
b. DVDR......................................................................... On
1) On the MCDU, do the following:
a) Menu Function Key.................................. Select
b) Misc (1L) .................................................. Select
c) DVDR (5R)............................................... Select
Note: This check is accomplished on the first flight of the day.
Note: Ensure recording ON (green) is active. Use the 1L key to
toggle from ON to OFF and vice versa.
3. DVDR CONTROL PANEL .....................................Checked
4. ELECTRIC AC POWER................................................. Set
a. IDG 1 Selector ...................................................... AUTO
b. IDG 2 Selector ...................................................... AUTO
c. GPU............................................................. As required
Note: If AVAIL light is illuminated and ground power usage is
appropriate.
1) GPU .................................................................... IN
d. AC BUS TIES Selector ......................................... AUTO
e. APU GEN.................................................................... IN
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 7 Originating/Receiving Checklist
4-23
Volume 5
5. ELECTRIC DC POWER................................................. Set
a. TRU 1....................................................................AUTO
b. TRU ESS...............................................................AUTO
c. TRU 2....................................................................AUTO
d. BATT 1 Selector........................................................ ON
e. DC BUS TIES........................................................AUTO
f. BATT 2 Selector....................................................AUTO
6. COCKPIT LIGHTS ............................................ As required
a. MAIN PNL, OVHD PNL & PEDESTAL Knobs ................
..................................................................... As required
b. ANNUCIATORS TEST Button .............................. Press
c. Pushbutton Striped Bars & Caption Indications ... Check
d. DOME .......................................................... As required
7. FUEL ..................................................................... Checked
a. XFEED Selector ...................................................... OFF
b. DC PUMP Selector ...............................................AUTO
c. AC PUMP 1 Selector.............................................AUTO
d. AC PUMP 2 Selector.............................................AUTO
8. PASSENGER SIGNS..................................................... Set
a. EMER LT Selector ........................................... Checked
1) EMER LT Selector............................................. ON
Ensure EMER LT ON and ENMER LT NOT ARMED
EICAS messages annunciate.
2) EMER LT Selector......................................ARMED
Note: This check is accomplished on the first flight of the day.
b. NO PED .................................................................. OFF
c. FSTN BELTS .......................................................... OFF
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 7 Originating/Receiving Checklist
4-24
Volume 5
9. FIRE EXTINGUISHER PANEL ..............................Checked
a. Prior to performing the FIRE Panel Test ensure that no
“FAIL” fire detection/extinguishing system messages are
displayed on the EICAS.
b. # 1 & # 2 EXTG Handles .................................... Stowed
c. CARGO SMOKE FWD/AFT.............................. Guarded
d. APU .................................................................. Guarded
e. APU CONTROL EMER STOP.......................... Guarded
f. Fire Detection TEST Button....................... Press & Hold
g. Observe the following Lights:
1) # 1 Engine Fire Extinguishing handle
2) # 2 Engine Fire Extinguishing handle
3) FIRE EXTINGUISHER CARGO SMOKE FWD push-
button
4) FIRE EXTINGUISHER CARGO SMOKE AFT push-
button
5) FIRE EXTINGUISHER APU pushbutton
6) APU CONTROL EMER STOP pushbutton (upper
half)
7) Captain and First Officer master WARN lights
(flashing)
If a FIRE EXTINGUISHER Check ___
done in conjunction with the Safety
& Power On Checklist...
Then this check is considered...
was
complete and not done during the
Originating/Receiving Checklist.
was not
not accomplished and must be
done during the Originating/
Receiving Checklist.
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 7 Originating/Receiving Checklist
4-25
Volume 5
h. Observe the following EICAS messages:
1) ENG 1 FIRE
2) ENG 2 FIRE
3) APU FIRE
4) CARGO FWD SMOKE
5) CARGO AFT SMOKE
6) Left and right FIRE warning icon on ITT EICAS
indicators
i. Observe the following Aural warnings:
1) Continuous bell, silence by pressing either master
WARN lights
Note: This check is accomplished on the first flight of the day.
10. APU CONTROL ............................................................. Set
The following procedure is a flow since it is accomplished when-
ever necessary throughout the course of a normal flight.
Note: BATT 1 must be ON and BATT 2 must be in the AUTO
for the APU to start.
a. EMER STOP Button..........................................Guarded
b. APU CONTROL MASTER.... ON, START, then release
Note: Wait 2-3 seconds with the switch in the ON position prior
to Start to ensure that the FADEC is active(i.e. the APU
RPM and EGT status on the EICAS goes from dashes to
numbers). Hold the switch in the Start position for
approximately 2 seconds, and then place the switch
back to ON.
Note: With APU FADEC Software 2.1, the APU will shut down
after a one minute cool down period with pneumatics off
and electrical power on during the cool down period.
c. Air Conditioning........................................... As Required
1) Preferred priority is to utilize ground air whenever
available to reduce APU cycles. When necessary,
start the APU to ensure passenger comfort.
2) Comfortable outside air temperatures may not require
air conditioning to be applied to the aircraft.
11. WINDSHIELD WIPER 1 & 2......................................... OFF
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 7 Originating/Receiving Checklist
4-26
Volume 5
12. EXTERNAL LIGHTS......................................... As required
a. NAV .......................................................................... ON
b. STROBE..................................................................OFF
c. RED BCN.................................................................OFF
1) When exterior inspection is complete.
d. LOGO .......................................................... As required
1) Day time...........................................................OFF
2) Night time.......................................................... ON
During sunset to sunrise and during low visibility
procedures.
e. TAXI NOSE & SIDE.................................................OFF
f. INSP ........................................................................OFF
g. LANDING LEFT/NOSE/RIGHT................................OFF
13. HYDRAULIC ..........................................................Checked
a. SYS 1 ENG PUMP SHUTOFF.......................... Guarded
b. PTU Selector ........................................................ AUTO
c. SYS 2 ENG PUMP SHUTOFF.......................... Guarded
d. SYS 1 ELEC PUMP.............................................. AUTO
e. SYS 2 ELEC PUMP.............................................. AUTO
f. SYS 3 ELEC PUMP A..............................................OFF
g. SYS 3 ELEC PUMP B........................................... AUTO
Note: If the AC Hydraulic pumps were activated to accomplish
the Fly-by-Wire PBIT test, the Captain is allowed to keep
the hydraulic pumps on at his/her discretion.
14. PRESSURIZATION ....................................................... Set
a. CABIN ALT Selector ............................................. STOP
b. MODE Selector ..................................................... AUTO
c. DUMP ............................................................... Guarded
d. LFE Selector ......................................................... STOP
15. WINDSHIELD HEATING 1 & 2 ........................................ IN
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 7 Originating/Receiving Checklist
4-27
Volume 5
16. ICE PROTECTION......................................................... Set
a. ENGINE 1 ................................................................... IN
b. WING .......................................................................... IN
c. ENGINE 2 ................................................................... IN
d. MODE Selector .....................................................AUTO
e. TEST Selector......................................................... OFF
Note: The TEST function is a maintenance procedure.
17. AIR COND / PNEUMATIC.............................................. Set
a. CKPT Knob ................................................. As required
b. RECIRC ...................................................................... IN
c. PAX CABIN Knob......................................... As required
d. PACK 1 ....................................................................... IN
e. PACK 2 ....................................................................... IN
f. XBLEED...................................................................... IN
g. BLEED 1 ..................................................................... IN
h. APU BLEED................................................................ IN
i. BLEED 2 ..................................................................... IN
18. PASSENGER OXYGEN................................................. Set
a. MASK DEPLOY Selector .....................................AUTO
b. MASK DEPLOYED ........................................... No Light
19. Standby Compass................................................. Checked
a. Cross check heading against pilot and copilot HSIs on the
PFD and MFD.
Note: Heading information may be inaccurate due to ground
equipment magnetic disturbance at the gate.
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 7 Originating/Receiving Checklist
4-28
Volume 5
20. Guidance Panel ............................................................. Set
a. ALT SEL ............................................................. Ft. only
b. SPEED.................................................................... MAN
c. SRC ........................................................................... PF
Display Controller UnitSet
d. BARO SET.............................................. IN (inches Hg.)
1) Set current station pressure by rotating the selector
and verify on PFD that FL<###> is not displayed in
the altitude select window.
e. HSI ....................................................... Compass or Arc
f. BRG................................................................. On or Off
21. GLARESHIELD Lights Control Panel ............... As required
22. REVERSIONARY PANEL.............................................. Set
a. DISPLAYS Selector .............................................. AUTO
b. SENSORS Selectors (ADS/IRS).................. As required
23. PFD........................................................................Checked
a. Airspeed Tape .................................. Speeds not shown
b. EADI .....................................................Level & flag-free
c. Altitude Tape................................................Within limits
d. VSI ................................................................................ 0
e. EHSI and compass ............... No flags & same headings
24. MFD .......................................................................Checked
a. Hydraulic Synoptic page .......................................Check
1) Verify hydraulic fluid quantity and pressure.
b. Status page...........................................................Check
Verify the following:
1) Hydraulic brake accumulator pressures
2) Oil quantities
3) Oxygen quantity
a) Use the color coding to determine the appropriate
number of crewmembers; i.e. Green for 3, Blue
(cyan) for 2, and Amber to determine that the
oxygen must be serviced prior to departure.
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 7 Originating/Receiving Checklist
4-29
Volume 5
25. IESS.............................................................Checked & Set
a. Attitude................ Compare with PFD attitude indicators
b. Altimeter ...................................................... Set if known
1) Compare readout with the PFD altitude tapes
c. ALT or SPD Flags .................................. None displayed
d. VSI ................................................................................0
26. GND PROX TERR INHIB............................................. OUT
27. EMERG/PRKG BRAKE Light ................................ Checked
ON light indicates brakes are applied.
28. EICAS.................................................................... Checked
a. Verify all displayed EICAS messages are normal for the
current operational aircraft configuration.
29. Clock .............................................................................. Set
a. GPS/INT/SET Selector............................................ GPS
If the clock displays dashes (-- -- --), adjust as follows:
1) GPS/INT/SET Selector .....................................SET
2) Enter the correct time
3) GPS/INT/SET Selector ...................................... INT
30. Landing Gear Lever........................................................ DN
31. ELT...............................................................................ARM
Note: Testing is a maintenance function.
32. GRD PROX GS INHIB ................................................. OUT
33. LG WRN INHIB ......................................................Guarded
34. FLIGHT CONTROLS MODE................................. Checked
a. ELEVATORS.....................................................Guarded
b. RUDDER...........................................................Guarded
c. SPOILERS ........................................................Guarded
35. STALL WARNING................................................. Checked
a. SHAKER 1 CUTOUT .............................................. OUT
b. SHAKER 2 CUTOUT .............................................. OUT
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 7 Originating/Receiving Checklist
4-30
Volume 5
36. POWERPLANT......................................................Checked
a. START/STOP 1 Selector ...................................... STOP
b. START/STOP 2 Selector ...................................... STOP
c. IGNITION 1 Selector............................................. AUTO
d. IGNITION 2 Selector............................................. AUTO
37. EICAS FULL ................................................................ OUT
38. Speed Brake Lever ..................................................CLOSE
39. Thrust Levers ............................................................... IDLE
40. RAT MANUAL DEPLOY Handle.............................. Stowed
a. Cover ..................................................................... Flush
41. PARKING BRAKE Handle ................................. Set or OFF
42. Audio Control Panel (ACP) ............................................ Set
43. Oxygen Masks & Regulators ............................CHECK/100%
Carry out the test as follows:
a. Set the regulator controller to “100%”.
b. Press and hold the “TEST/RESET” button.
c. Verify a short illumination or “blink” of the indicator.
d. Verify audible pressurization in the headset or over the
speaker.
e. Once the mask fully pressurizes the indicator must go out,
showing that the system is leak free.
f. Switch the controller to the “EMER” position and depress
the “TEST/RESET” button to verify indicator continuously
showing oxygen flow until the “TEST/RESET” button is
released and/or the “EMER” mode is turned OFF.
g. Return the regulator controller to 100%.
h. Speaker on ACP will automatically turn on during the test.
Select the speaker off if not desired by the flight crew.
44. GND PROX Flap OVRD ........................................ Guarded
45. SLAT / Flap Lever .............................................................. 0
46. TRIM............................................................ Checked & Set
a. SYS 1 CUTOUT................................................ Guarded
b. SYS 2 CUTOUT................................................ Guarded
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 7 Originating/Receiving Checklist
4-31
Volume 5
Note: Verify that Roll, Yaw, and Pitch (Main and Backup) trims
are operating properly both ways. Verify system’s 3-
second protection working properly. Adjust Yaw and Roll
trims to the neutral position, and Pitch trim to the green
band.
Note: This check is accomplished on the first flight of the day.
47. COCKPIT DOOR CONTROL................................ Checked
a. Upon entry, with both flightdeck crewmembers present in
the flightdeck, close the flightdeck door.
b. Visually check that the Flightdeck Access System button,
located on the center control pedestal, is in the LOCK
(covered) position.
c. Press the TEST button
d. Continually tests the flightdeck aural alert while pressed,
regardless of audio selection.
e. Press the LOCK button to unlock the flight door.
f. The door red indicator light is steady if the emergency
cockpit access is denied;
g. A green indicator light is steady if the door is unlocked.
h. The flightdeck door will now open.
i. Re-close the flightdeck door.
j. A cabin crewmember, present at the Flightdeck Access
Panel, will press the button on the Flightdeck Access
Panel.
k. A requisite 30-second time interval will pass after which the
flightdeck door will automatically unlock allowing the cabin
crewmember to enter.
l. The test is considered complete if all the above steps are
followed and successful.
Note: This check is accomplished on the first flight of the day.
Note: If a Flight Attendant is not available, steps j. and k. may
be accomplished by the FO or a qualified ACM.
48. ELEVATOR DISCONNECT ....................... IN & NO EICAS
49. AILERON DISCONNECT........................... IN & NO EICAS
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 7 Originating/Receiving Checklist
4-32
Volume 5
G. First Officer’s Flow Pattern
FIRST OFFICER ORIGINATING/RECEIVING
O2 MASK
ALTERNATIVE
GEAR EXTENTION
S
F
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 7 Originating/Receiving Checklist
4-33
Volume 5
H. First Officer’s Abbreviated Flow
I. First Officer’s Expanded Flow - Panel Prep Flow Items:
1. FMS...................................................................... POS INIT
Initialize position on either pilot’s FMSs if not previously done.
Note: If a “VERIFY POSITION” message appears after
initializing, both pilots will verify the correct position prior
to any further FMS POS INIT entries.
2. Guidance Panel .............................................................. Set
a. SRC............................................................................ PF
b. SPEED....................................................................MAN
c. ALT SEL.............................................................. Ft. only
3. Display Controller Unit.................................................... Set
a. BARO SET..............................................IN (inches Hg.)
1) Set current station pressure by rotating the selector
and verify on PFD that FL<###> is not displayed in
the altitude select window.
b. HSI ....................................................... Compass or Arc
c. BRG ................................................................. On or Off
4. GLARESHIELD LIGHTS CONTROL PANEL.... As required
First Officer’s Originating/Receiving Checklist Flow
- Panel Prep Flow Items -
• FMS - POS INIT
• Guidance Panel - Set
• Display Controller Unit - Set
• Glareshield Light Control Panel - As required
• Reversionary Panel - Checked
• PFD - Checked
• MFD - Checked
• Audio Panel - Set
• O
2
& Interphone - Check/100%
• Audio Panel - Set
• Alt Gear Extension - Checked
• Gear and RAT Pins - 4 Pins Stowed
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 7 Originating/Receiving Checklist
4-34
Volume 5
5. REVERSIONARY PANEL.............................................. Set
a. DISPLAYS Selector .............................................. AUTO
b. SENSORS (ADS/IRS).................................. As required
6. PFD........................................................................Checked
a. Airspeed Tape .................................. Speeds not shown
b. EADI .....................................................Level & flag-free
c. Altitude Tape................................................Within limits
d. VSI ................................................................................ 0
e. EHSI and compass ............... No flags & same headings
7. MFD .......................................................................Checked
a. Status page...........................................................Check
8. Audio Control Panel (ACP) ............................................ Set
9. Oxygen Masks & Regulators ............................CHECK/100%
Carry out the test as follows:
a. Set the regulator controller to “100%”.
b. Press and hold the “TEST/RESET” button.
c. Verify a short illumination or “blink” of the indicator.
d. Verify audible pressurization in the headset or over the
speaker.
e. Once the mask fully pressurizes the indicator must go out,
showing that the system is leak free.
f. Switch the controller to the “EMER” position and depress
the “TEST/RESET” button to verify indicator continuously
showing oxygen flow until the “TEST/RESET” button is
released and/or the “EMER” mode is turned OFF.
g. Return the regulator controller to 100%.
h. Speaker on ACP will automatically turn on during the test.
Select the speaker off if not desired by the flight crew.
10. Alternate Gear Extension Compartment ................Checked
a. Alternate Gear Extension Lever...................... Full down
b. Electrical Override Switch............................... NORMAL
Open the door to ensure switch position.
11. Gear and RAT Pins ...................................... 4 Pins Stowed
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 8 Originating/Receiving Checklist
4-35
Volume 5
Section 8 Originating/Receiving Checklist
This is a “Do-Verify” checklist.
Verifies the appropriate exterior/interior preflight inspections are
complete.
Refer to the GOM (forms and manuals required under Flight Prep-
aration) for the list of items required to be onboard the aircraft.
Place in the center pedestal holder with the ERJ-170 C.G. CAL-
CULATOR.
If the QRH in the aircraft is missing, use the Emergency and
Abnormal Checklists in the ERJ-170 POH.
Verifies the landing gear and RAT safety pins are stowed (may be
done during the Preflight - Interior Flight Deck Inspection).
Verifies the CB panels are checked (done during the Preflight -
Interior Flight Deck Inspection).
Verifies the Captain and First Officer Panel Prep flow items are
completed.
Preflight Inspections . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complete
Logbook, Forms, & Manuals. . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checked
QRH. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Installed
Gear/RAT Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [FO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Stowed
CB Panels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checked
Panel Prep . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complete
O
2
& Interphone . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checked
Receiving Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . [FO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complete
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 9 Before Start Checklist (To the Line)
4-36
Volume 5
Section 9 Before Start Checklist (To the Line)
A. General
1. This flow and checklist is used to prepare for starting the
engines.
2. Who - Initiated by the Captain; read by the First Officer.
3. When - After fueling is completed, and ATC clearance is
received.
B. Captain’s Flow Pattern
CAPTAIN BEFORE START – TO THE LINE
S
F
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 9 Before Start Checklist (To the Line)
4-37
Volume 5
C. Captain’s Abbreviated Flow
D. Captain’s Expanded Flow
At least three (3) minutes after AC electrical power is established
and done early enough to allow maintenance action (if required)
CAUTION: To allow the flight controls built in tests, wait three (3)
minutes after establishing AC electrical power prior to
turning on any hydraulic pump(s).
1. HYDRAULIC.........................................................Checked
a. EICAS STEER OFF ......................................Annunciate
WARNING: Serious injury may result if hydraulics are introduced
without STEER OFF annunciated.
b. HYD SYS 1 ELEC PUMP.......................................... ON
c. HYD SYS 2 ELEC PUMP.......................................... ON
d. HYD SYS 3 ELEC PUMP A ...................................... ON
e. FLT CTRL NO DISPATCH................... Not annunciated
Note: If the Hydraulic System was previously checked as part
of the aircraft power up and the pumps were left on, this
check may be considered accomplished and need not
be repeated at this time.
Captain’s Before Start Checklist Flow (To the Line)
At least three (3) minutes after AC electrical power is estab-
lished and done early enough to allow maintenance action (if
required)
• HYDRAULIC - Checked
After fueling is completed and ATC clearance is received
• PARKING BRAKE - Set
• O2 - Checked
• MCDU - Set (if PF) Crosschecked (if PM)
• Guidance Panel - Set
• PFD - Checked
• MFD - Checked
• PASSENGER SIGNS- ON
• Departure Review - Brief if PF
• Call for “Before Start Checklist”
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 9 Before Start Checklist (To the Line)
4-38
Volume 5
After fueling is completed and ATC clearance is received:
2. PARKING BRAKE......................................................... Set
a. PARKING BRAKE..................................................Raise
b. EMERG/PRKG BRAKE Light........................ Illuminated
3. MCDU (if PF) ................................................................. Set
a. FMS ....................................................................... Load
1) Enter flight plan route.
a) FMS Routing. The PF normally enters the routing
into the FMS. The PM will verify the routing is
entered correctly and active. Compare the total
distance on the FMS Progress Page against the
Flight Release. Resolve any discrepancies.
b. T/O DATASET MENU........................................... Select
c. Enter the following data:
1) T/O MODE (TO-1)
2) T/O TEMP ( __°C)
3) ATTCS (ON)
4) REF ECS (ON or Select OFF from the performance
attachment of the flight release)
Note: ENG REF DISAG message will always be annunciated
when the REF ECS is set to on with the APU running and
thrust levers at idle.
5) REF A/I (OFF or if in icing conditions, ALL)
d. Transponder Code...................... Ensure assigned code
Normally, the transponder code is already entered after
receipt of the ATC clearance. If not done, enter the
assigned code now.
4. Guidance Panel ............................................................ Set
a. Set the following information:
1) Initial Heading
2) Altitude
3) Source
4) Course
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 9 Before Start Checklist (To the Line)
4-39
Volume 5
5. PFD.......................................................................Checked
a. ALT SEL..................................... Initial Assigned altitude
b. EHSI .......... Departure course and NAV source selected
c. Heading Bug ...................... Set for departure procedure
Note: Placing the Heading Bug on the Runway Heading is not
appropriate unless assigned by ATC.
6. MFD.......................................................................Checked
a. MAP ..................................................................... Check
1) Select appropriate settings for Radar/TCAS/Navaids/
Waypoints, etc.
a) Ensure STBY is checked in the Weather menu.
b. PFD, HSI, and MAP ..................................... Crosscheck
1) Crosscheck initial heading, altitude, source and
course on the PFD, HSI, and MAP.
c. Hydraulic Synoptic page ...................................... Check
1) Ensure hydraulic fluid quantity green
Note: If the Hydraulic System was previously checked as part
of the aircraft power up and the pumps were left on, this
check may be considered accomplished and need not
be repeated at this time.
d. Status page.......................................................... Check
1) Ensure the following are green:
a) BRAKES EMER ACCUM SYS 1 & SYS 2
b) ENGINE OIL LEVEL
c) CREW OXY PRESSURE
Note: If the Status Page was previously checked as part of the
aircraft power up, this check may be considered
accomplished and need not be repeated at this time.
e. Ensure required fuel on board and balanced
7. EICAS ...................................................................Checked
a. Ensure required fuel on board and balanced
b. Check STEER OFF message illuminated
Note: If the EICAS and Steer Off message was previously
checked as part of the aircraft power up, this check may
be considered accomplished and need not be repeated
at this time.
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 9 Before Start Checklist (To the Line)
4-40
Volume 5
8. PASSENGER SIGNS .................................................... ON
a. PED .......................................................................... ON
b. FSTN BELTS............................................................ ON
9. Departure Review (if PF) .................................. Complete
If PF and after the first officer has completed his flows, review
the performance attachment to the flight release and accom-
plish the Departure Review IAW the POH.
Note: The Release Briefing should be included in the
Departure Review if not previously briefed.
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 9 Before Start Checklist (To the Line)
4-41
Volume 5
E. First Officer’s Flow Pattern
FIRST OFFICER BEFORE START – TO THE LINE
S
F
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 9 Before Start Checklist (To the Line)
4-42
Volume 5
F. First Officer’s Abbreviated Flow
G. First Officer’s Expanded Flow
1. Guidance Panel ............................................................ Set
a. Set the following information:
1) Initial Heading
2) Altitude
3) Source
4) Course
2. PFD....................................................................... Checked
a. ALT SEL .................................... Initial Assigned altitude
b. EHSI ......... Departure course and NAV source selected
c. Heading Bug .......................Set for departure procedure
3. MFD ...................................................................... Checked
a. MAP......................................................................Check
1) Select appropriate settings for Radar/TCAS/Navaids/
Waypoints, etc.
a) Ensure STBY is checked in the Weather menu.
b. PFD, HSI, and MAP..................................... Crosscheck
1) Crosscheck initial heading, altitude, source and
course on the PFD, HSI, and MAP.
First Officer’s Before Start Checklist Flow
After fueling is completed and ATC clearance is received
• Guidance Panel - Set
• PFD - Checked
• MFD - Checked
• MCDU - Set
• O2 - Checked
• Departure Review - Brief if PF
After the captain calls for the “Before Start Checklist”
• Accomplish Before Start Checklist (To the Line)
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 9 Before Start Checklist (To the Line)
4-43
Volume 5
4. MCDU.................................................................. Set
a. ACARS..........................................................Initialized
1) MCDU...........................................................DLK
2) Main Menu........................................PRE FLT (1L)
3) Preflight.............................................Initialize (1L)
4) Data.................................................Enter/Confirm
b. FMS (if PF)..............................................................Load
1) Enter flight plan route.
a) FMS Routing. The PF normally enters the routing
into the FMS. The PM will verify the routing is
entered correctly and active. Compare the total
distance on the FMS Progress Page against the
Flight Release. Resolve any discrepancies.
c. T/O DATASET MENU (if PF) ................................Select
d. Enter the following data:
1) T/O MODE (TO-1)
2) T/O TEMP ( __°C)
3) ATTCS (ON)
4) REF ECS (ON or Select OFF from the performance
attachment to the flight release)
Note: ENG REF DISAG message will always be annunciated
when the REF ECS is set to on with the APU running and
thrust levers at idle.
e. REF A/I (OFF or if in icing conditions, ALL)
f. Transponder Code (if PF) ........... Ensure assigned code
Normally, the transponder code is already entered after
receipt of the ATC clearance. If not done, enter the
assigned code now.
5. Departure Review ( if PF).................................. Complete
If PF and when the Captain is ready, review the performance
attachment to the flight release and accomplish the Departure
Review IAW the POH.
Note: The Release Briefing should be included in the
Departure Review if not previously briefed.
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 9 Before Start Checklist (To the Line)
4-44
Volume 5
H. Before Start Checklist (To the Line)
This is a “Do-Verify” checklist.
Crosscheck the fuel on board against the required “RAMP FUEL
on the Flight Release and ensure the wing tanks are balanced.
Note: The required fuel for this checklist is Company required
fuel and not FAR required fuel. The Captain, as the
representative of the Company, is allowed to accept the
onboard fuel if it is less than Company required fuel as
long as FAR required fuel is available prior to takeoff at
brake release.
1. Captain cross checks the left field elevation and barometric
settings.
2. First Officer cross checks the right altimeter field elevation and
barometric settings.
3. Compare indicated altitude, max difference ± 75 feet (FAA)
within field elevation and cross check left and right field
elevation indications within ± 75 feet of each other. .
Fuel Quantity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . __Req, __OB
MCDU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set
O2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Checked
Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . ___.___ Set
PASSENGER SIGNS . . . . . . . . . . .[C] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Departure Review. . . . . . . . . . . . . [PF] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complete
The preceding portion of the Before Start Checklist may
be accomplished anytime prior to start. The following
portion should be accomplished after W & B
calculations are completed and just prior to pushback
(or just prior to engine start if no pushback).
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 9 Before Start Checklist (To the Line)
4-45
Volume 5
I. Departure Review
1. Clearance
2. Standard Instrument Departure (SID) including RNAV
procedures if appropriate.
3. Special Considerations:
a. Unique...
1) Airport Advisory Information
2) Acceleration Altitude if greater than 1,000 ft. AFE
3) Noise Abatement Procedures
4) Engine Failure Procedures
5) Emergency Return Plan
6) Rejected Takeoff Considerations due to field length
7) Lower-than-standard Takeoff and Alternate
b. Significant...
1) Terrain/Obstacles
2) Weather Conditions
c. Any other known risks
d. Intentions
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 10 RNAV Pre-Flight Procedures
4-46
Volume 5
Section 10 RNAV Pre-Flight Procedures
This section provides the basic information concerning RNAV
procedures using the Honeywell EPIC System.
A. Pre-flight Planning
1. Verify the appropriate flight plan suffix code (Q) is designated
on the flight release.
2. Ensure the onboard navigation data base in the FMS is
current.
3. Ensure there is no degradation of the EPIC System prior to
flight; i.e. there are no EICAS or FMS messages that relate to
the normal operation of the FMS and/or the GPS system.
B. General Operating Procedures
1. Crosscheck the cleared flight plan against the Jeppesen
charts or other applicable resources, as well as the navigation
system textual display and the aircraft map display.
2. While operating on RNAV segments including RNAV SIDs
and STARS, both pilots must be in LNAV mode on their
displays (i.e. magenta needles on their PFD).
3. When loading the route of flight into the FMS and using an
RNAV SID or STAR:
a. The SID or STAR must be retrievable by procedure name
from the FMS navigation data base
Note: Manual entry of any published procedure waypoints into
the aircraft system is not permitted and pilots must not
change any RNAV SID or STAR waypoint type from a
fly-by to a fly-over or vice versa.
b. Both pilots must verify that the correct departure airport,
active runway, RNAV SID, and initial waypoint are properly
entered into the FMS data base for the active flight plan,
that any discontinuities are resolved (deleted) with respect
to the departure procedure, and the route of flight is veri-
fied either on the Map page or on the Plan page of the
MFD.
c. The information regarding the RNAV SID should be
included as part of the Departure Review briefing when
covering "Clearance and SID."
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 10 RNAV Pre-Flight Procedures
4-47
Volume 5
d. When utilizing an RNAV SID (Type B SID)
1) The correct departure runway must be programmed
into the FMS prior to taking the active runway.
2) An RNP of 1.0 must be displayed on both PFDs.
3) The correct call by the PF at 400 feet AFE is “FMS
NAV” and the flight crew must follow the flight guid-
ance.
Note: If on vectors to join the RNAV SID, utilize HDG Mode
until cleared by ATC to proceed on the published
RNAV procedure.
4) Any changes to the departure clearance by ATC must
be loaded in the FMS by the PM on the command of
the PF.
e. The most important element of the cockpit setup for an
RNAV SID is for both pilots to verify that the magenta CDI
is centered on their HSI after taking the active runway. If
the magenta CDI is not centered for any reason after the
aircraft takes the active runway, the Captain must taxi clear
of the runway and not takeoff.
C. Contingency Procedures
1. While on the ground and prior to takeoff, request an amended
clearance from ATC if you are unable to comply with an RNAV
SID.
2. During flight, the pilot must notify ATC of any loss of the RNAV
capability, together with the proposed course of action. If
unable to comply with the requirements of an RNAV
procedure (e.g. an RNAV SID or STAR) the pilots must advise
Air Traffic Control as soon as possible.
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 11 Weight & Balance (W & B)
4-48
Volume 5
Section 11 Weight & Balance (W & B)
See Chapter 11, "Weight & Balance" for policy and procedures.
Note: The Captain is allowed to re-assign the Weight and
Balance calculation listed below between the Captain
and the First Officer as long as the tasking is
accomplished safely and all calculations for ZFW, CG,
and V Speeds are verified by the other crewmember.
A. Captain’s Expanded Flow
1. Passenger seating zones ........................................ Verify
2. ZFW............................................................................... Set
3. V Speeds....................................................................... Set
4. V
FS
................................................................................. Set
a. Set speed using the Speed Select Knob on the Guidance
Panel and verify speed on the PFD or select FMS mode on
the Speed Selector Knob.
1) FMS mode will be operative whenever the flight plan
is closed out, the PERF INIT is initialized, the V
Speeds are entered into Takeoff Perf Page 3/3, and
the TOGA button is active.
5. MCDU - TRS - T/O DATASET....................................... Set
a. Verify takeoff data and select Flex temperature
Captain’s Weight & Balance Calculations
After Weight and Balance paperwork is received (5 minutes
prior to scheduled departure)
• Confirm Passenger seating zones with “A” F/A
• Enter Zero Fuel Weight (Perf Init Page 3/3)
• Compute V speeds and enter Perf T/O Page 3/3 or review
the V speed calculation from the ACARS Takeoff Data
screen
• Set V
FS
(Speed Select on Guidance Panel) or select FMS
mode on the Speed Selector Knob.
• MCDU - TRS - TO Dataset
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 11 Weight & Balance (W & B)
4-49
Volume 5
B. First Officer’s Expanded Flow
1. Loading .....................................................................Verify
2. ACARS or LF-001 .............................................. Complete
3. CG Calculation................................................... Complete
4. Takeoff Trim.................................................................. Set
a. Set takeoff trim according to the setting established on the
load manifest or from the ACARS.
First Officer’s Weight & Balance Calculations
After Weight and Balance paperwork is received (6 minutes prior to
scheduled departure)
• Crosscheck the loading with the Captain
• Complete the ACARS Loadsheet Screen or LF-001 Load Form
• Perform CG calculations via the Whiz Wheel or review the CG
calculation from the ACARS
• Set Takeoff Trim
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 12 Before Start Checklist (Below the Line)
4-50
Volume 5
Section 12 Before Start Checklist (Below the Line)
A. Captain’s Flow Pattern
CAPTAIN BEFORE START – BELOW THE LINE
COCKPIT
WINDOW/DOORS
S
F
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 12 Before Start Checklist (Below the Line)
4-51
Volume 5
B. Captain’s Abbreviated Flow
C. Captain’s Expanded Flow
1. STERILE COCKPIT LIGHT ........................................... ON
2. Cockpit Window / Doors...................... Closed & Locked
a. Verify the window is closed and locked, the cockpit door is
locked, the Cockpit Door Control Unlocked light is out, and
all doors show green on the Status Page.
3. PARKING BRAKE........................................... SET or OFF
a. If pushback is required
1) Parking Brake.................................................. OFF
Note: The Captain will not release the Parking Brake until
receiving confirmation first from the Push Back Crew that
it is safe to release the brake.
Note: Ensure that both the Captain and the First Officer verify
the “POWER OFF/OUT” signal from the ground crew
when disconnecting the GPU prior to taxi.
b. If pushback is not required
1) Parking Brake...................................................SET
Note: Ensure that both the Captain and the First Officer verify
the “POWER OFF/OUT” signal from the ground crew
when disconnecting the GPU prior to taxi.
4. EICAS ....................................................................... Check
a. Verify the STEER OFF annunciator is shown on the EICAS
prior to pushback.
Note: The Captain will verbalize to the Push Back Crew that
the Parking Brake is OFF and the Steer is OFF.
Captain’s Before Start Checklist (Below the Line) Flow
Just prior to pushback (or just prior to engine start if no pushback)
• Sterile Sign On
• Cockpit Window / Doors - Closed & Locked
• PARKING BRAKE - As required
• EICAS - Check
• Call for “Below the line”
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 12 Before Start Checklist (Below the Line)
4-52
Volume 5
5. Call for “Below the Line.”
D. First Officer’s Flow Pattern
FIRST OFFICER BEFORE START – BELOW THE LINE
COCKPIT
WINDOW/DOORS
S
F
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 12 Before Start Checklist (Below the Line)
4-53
Volume 5
E. First Officer’s Abbreviated Flow
F. First Officer’s Expanded Flow
1. RED BCN....................................................................... ON
2. Cockpit Window / Doors...................... Closed & Locked
a. Verify the window is closed and locked, the cockpit door is
locked, the Cockpit Door Control Unlocked light is out, and
all doors show green on the Status Page.
3. EICAS ....................................................................... Check
a. Verify the STEER OFF annunciator is shown on the EICAS
prior to pushback.
4. Accomplish Before Start Checklist - Below the Line.
G. Before Start Checklist (Below the Line)
This is a “Do-Verify” checklist.
1. Status Page.............................No red indications displayed
First Officer’s Before Start Checklist (Below the Line) Flow
Just prior to pushback (or just prior to engine start if no pushback)
• RED BCN - ON
• Cockpit Window / Doors - Closed & Locked
• EICAS - Check
After the captain calls “Below the line”
• Accomplish Before Start Checklist (Below the Line)
Doors/Windows . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Closed
RED BCN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [FO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
(D) PARKING BRAKE. . . . . . . . . . [C]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . SET or OFF
Before Start Checklist . . . . . . . . . [FO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complete
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 13 Pushback/Powerback Procedures
4-54
Volume 5
Section 13 Pushback/Powerback Procedures
A. Pushback
1. Pushback procedures are accomplished IAW the GOM.
WARNING: Ensure EICAS annunciates STEER OFF.
B. Powerback
1. Powerback is not authorized.
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 14 Engine Start Procedure
4-55
Volume 5
Section 14 Engine Start Procedure
A. General
1. Normally start the #1 engine first.
B. Procedure
The first officer initiates the engine start and monitors the start pro-
cess. Start the engine using the following procedures:
1. START/STOP #__ Selector ................... START, then RUN
a. Momentarily hold in Start position
2. EICAS Display........................................................ Observe
a. N
2
................................................................... Increasing
at 7% N
2
...
b. IGN A or B....................................................... Displayed
at approximately 20% N
2
...
c. N
1
................................................................... Increasing
d. Fuel Flow........................................................ Increasing
at light-off (within 5 seconds after fuel flow)...
e. ITT.................................................................. Increasing
at approximately 50%N
2
...
f. IGN A or B.................................................. Extinguishes
g. Oil Pressure .......................................Positive Indication
C. Stable Engine Indications
The following parameters indicate a stable engine at ISA:
1. N
1
................................................................................. 27%
2. ITT..............................................................................460°C
3. N
2
................................................................................. 62%
4. Fuel Flow.................................... Approximately 550 lbs./hr.
5. Oil Pressure........................................... Greater than 25 psi
D. Aborted Engine Start
Refer to QRH, Aborted Engine Start.
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 14 Engine Start Procedure
4-56
Volume 5
E. Delayed Engine Start Procedure
1. Complete the entire BEFORE START checklist, start the
desired engine (normally #1) and when finished starting the
first engine, complete the entire AFTER START checklist.
(Gate or ramp conditions may require both engines to be
operating until clear of the area. In this case, shutdown an
engine for a known ground delay when appropriate.)
2. To start the second engine, accomplish the following:
a. Start the second engine.
b. Accomplish the TAXI checklist when appropriate.
F. Engine Warm-up
Before applying takeoff thrust, allow the engines to warm up for a
minimum of two (2) minutes. Taxi time at or near idle can be
included in the warm-up period.
G. Extended Ground Delay
In the event both engines are shut down due to an extended
ground delay, accomplish the following:
Note: This procedure assumes the aircraft is not chocked or
connected to a tug.
1. APU.......................................................................... START
2. PARKING BRAKE.......................................................... Set
3. HYDRAULIC .................................................................. Set
a. HYD SYS 1 ELEC PUMP ......................................... ON
b. HYD SYS 2 ELEC PUMP ......................................... ON
c. HYD SYS 3 ELEC PUMP A...................................... ON
4. Engines ................................................................ Shutdown
5. PASSENGER SIGNS .................................................... Set
a. PED ............................................................. As required
b. FSTN BELTS............................................... As required
At the end of the ground delay, complete the Before Start Check-
list, start engines and complete the remaining checklists.
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 15 Alternate Engine Start Methods
4-57
Volume 5
Section 15 Alternate Engine Start Methods
A. Engine Crossbleed Start On Ground
1. Operating Engine
Thrust Lever ........................... ADVANCE AS REQUIRED
a. The minimum bleed duct pressure is 33 minus 0.5 psi for
each 1000 ft above sea level.
b. Check on the Status Page of the MFD for the required
minimum bleed duct pressure.
2. Engine Start ............................................... ACCOMPLISH
Note: 33 psi is the absolute minimum for start, but the higher
the duct pressure the cooler the engine start. Consider
using approximately 40% N1 setting on the good engine
which should provide around 45 psi for the duct pressure
and a cooler start on the second engine.
AFTER CROSSBLEED START
3. Thrust Levers.............................................AS REQUIRED
B. Engine Ground Pneumatic Start
It is recommended to start the #2 engine first.
Consider an engine crossbleed start to avoid hazard to the ground
personnel.
BEFORE START
1. PACKS......................................................... PUSHED OUT
a. Before connecting the ground pneumatic cart, the packs
must be pushed out in order to avoid any cabin air contam-
ination.
2. Minimum duct pressure...........................................33 PSI
a. The minimum bleed duct pressure is 33 minus 0.5 psi for
each 1000 ft above sea level.
b. With the ground cart connected, check on ECS status
page (MFD) the required minimum bleed duct pressure.
AFTER START
3. PACKS............................................................. PUSHED IN
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 15 Alternate Engine Start Methods
4-58
Volume 5
C. Manual Starter Valve Operation Engine Start
Accomplish an engine start with the following differences:
1. Prior to turning the start selector to START coordinate with the
ground crew to keep the Starter Control Valve (SCV) in open
position.
2. When N
2
reaches 53% ask the ground crew to close the SCV.
REV. 2, 15 AUG 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 16 After Start Checklist
4-59
Volume 5
Section 16 After Start Checklist
A. General
1. This flow and checklist is used to configure the aircraft for
taxiing.
2. Who - Initiated by the Captain; read by the First Officer
3. When - Before taxiing.
B. Captain’s Flow Pattern
CAPTAIN AFTER START
RUDDER CHECK
SHOULDER
HARNESS
S
F
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 16 After Start Checklist
4-60
Volume 5
C. Captain’s Abbreviated Flow
D. Captain’s Expanded Flow
After engine start, before taxiing:
1. APU CONTROL MASTER Selector .................ON or OFF
Note: After First Officer selects Flight Control Synoptic Page
2. Flight Controls .................................................... Checked
WARNING: Ensure the tow bar is disconnected prior to
accomplishing this check.
a. Nosewheel steering .................................................OFF
1) Steering disengage switch on back of control wheel
................................................................... Activate
2) Ensure nosewheel steering EICAS message
displayed STEER OFF.
b. Rudder Pedals ..................... Full left and right deflection
1) Move the rudder from neutral to full left taking more
than one second to deflect the rudder.
2) Move the rudder from full left to neutral taking more
than one second to move the rudder.
3) Wait in the neutral position for 2-3 seconds to allow
the rate sensor to zero out.
4) Move the rudder from neutral to full right taking more
than one second to deflect the rudder.
5) Move the rudder from full right to neutral taking more
than one second to move the rudder.
Captain’s After Start Checklist Flow
After engine start, before taxiing
• APU - OFF, unless operationally required
After First Officer selects FLIGHT CONTROL Synoptic Page
• Flight Controls - Checked
• TRS Settings - Set / Verify
• V Speeds - Set / Verify
• Shoulder Harness - On
• Call for “After Start Checklist”
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 16 After Start Checklist
4-61
Volume 5
6) Check for smooth movement without binding.
7) Verify proper RUD movement on the Flight Controls
synoptic page.
Note: If the Number 2 engine is the only engine running when
the rudder check is accomplished, wait until the First
Officer has completed his/her flight control check prior
to checking the rudders.
3. TRS Thrust Settings........................................... ......Verify
a. Verify the following data:
1) T/O MODE (TO-1)
2) T/O TEMP ( __°C)
3) ATTCS (ON)
4) REF A/I (OFF or if in icing conditions, ALL)
5) REF ECS (ON or Select OFF from performance
attachment to the flight release)
Note: If the Captain accomplishes the TRS Thrust
Settings, then the First Officer must verify these
settings.
Note: If the Captain decides to accomplish an ECS
OFF takeoff for any reason, leave the APU ON (if
available) to ensure there is some air pressure in
the manifold during the takeoff roll. The Captain
should shut down the APU after passing through
1,000 feet AFE.
4. V Speeds
...............................................................................
Verify
a. Verify the V Speeds set in Takeoff Perf Page 3/3. Verify
V
FS
on PFD or verify FMS mode on the Speed Selector
knob.
Note: If the Captain accomplishes the input of the V
Speeds into the Takeoff Perf Page 3/3, then the
First Officer must verify these settings.
5. Shoulder Harness..........................................................On
a. Ensure the shoulder harness is on for takeoff IAW the
GOM.
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 16 After Start Checklist
4-62
Volume 5
E. First Officer’s Flow Pattern
FIRST OFFICER AFTER START
CONTROL
WHEEL
SHOULDER
HARNESS
S
F
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 16 After Start Checklist
4-63
Volume 5
F. First Officer’s Abbreviated Flow
G. First Officer’s Expanded Flow
1. Flaps....................................................................... ___ Set
a. SLAT/Flap Lever ........................................Set flaps ___
b. EICAS S/F Display .......Agrees with SLATS/Flaps Lever
CAUTION: Do not move the flaps during Push Back until after the
tow bar has been disconnected and the Push Back
Crew is safely away from the aircraft.
2. Flight Controls Synoptic Page............................... Select
3. Flight Controls.....................................................Checked
a. Control Wheel ......................Full left and right deflection
1) Check for smooth movement without binding.
2) Verify proper AIL movement on the FLIGHT
CONTROLS Synoptic Page.
b. Control Wheel ...................Full front and back deflection
1) Check for smooth movement without binding.
2) Verify proper ELEV movement on the FLIGHT
CONTROLS synoptic page.
Note: If the Number 2 engine is the only engine running when
the flight controls are checked, the flight controls must be
moved slowly one at a time to avoid a FLT CTRL NO
DISPATCH message.
First Officer’s After Start Checklist Flow
After engine start, before taxiing
• Flaps - Set - T.O. Setting display agrees with SLAT/Flap Lever
• Flight Control Synoptic Page - Select
• Flight Controls - Checked
• Pitch and Trim - Set
• Takeoff Data - Set
• EICAS - Checked
• Shoulder Harness - On
After the captain calls “After Start Checklist”
• Accomplish After Start Checklist
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 16 After Start Checklist
4-64
Volume 5
4. PITCH & TRIM............................................__.__ & Green
a. EICAS....................................................................Verify
1) Trim Position Display (Roll, Yaw, & Pitch)
2) Pitch Trim in the Green & the takeoff setting (e.g 3.5
degrees).
5. MCDU ............................................................................ Set
Note: Accomplish the following MCDU data input only if not
previously done
a. PERFORMANCE INIT pg 3/3 ............................... Select
1) Enter the ZFW and initialize
b. T/O DATASET MENU........................................... Select
c. Enter the following data (From either the TLR or the
ACARS Takeoff Data Screen):
1) T/O MODE (TO-1)
2) T/O TEMP ( __°C)
3) ATTCS (ON)
4) REF A/I (OFF or if in icing conditions, ALL)
5) REF ECS (ON or Select OFF from performance
attachment to the flight release)
d. TAKEOFF PERF pg 3/3........................................ Select
e. Enter the following data:
1) V
1,
V
R,
V
2,
V
FS
2) Set speed at V
FS
on FGP or select FMS on the speed
knob.
f. Takeoff Performance pg 2/3.................................. Select
1) Enter the proper Flap Setting at LSK 1L
g. Takeoff Pitch (Takeoff pg 3/3) ................. ___ Degrees
1) Verify the T/O Pitch at LSK 5R on Takeoff Page 3 is
set to the following approximate settings:
a) Flap Position 1 - T/O Pitch 11 degrees
b) Flap Position 2 - T/O Pitch 10 degrees
c) Flap Position 4 - T/O Pitch 12 degrees
Note: EPIC will calculate the actual initial pitch setting once the
pilot inputs the aircraft weight, flap setting, and V
Speeds. After the initial pitch setting is displayed on the
Takeoff Performance Page 3/3, the pilot can then select
the TOGA switch on the thrust levers.
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 16 After Start Checklist
4-65
Volume 5
6. EICAS ...................................................................Checked
a. Check the following:
1) Engine indications
2) Oil pressure
3) Oil temperature
4) Engine vibrations
b. Ensure all displayed EICAS messages are normal for the
current operational aircraft configuration.
7. Shoulder Harness..........................................................On
8. Accomplish After Start Checklist.
H. After Start Checklist
This is a “Do-Verify” checklist
Flight Controls . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checked
Pitch and Trim . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . __.__ & Green
Takeoff Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . __,__,__,__/__
EICAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [FO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checked
Shoulder Harness . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . On
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . __
After Start Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . [FO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complete
REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 17 Taxi Procedures
4-66
Volume 5
Section 17 Taxi Procedures
A. Thrust Management
1. Use only the thrust necessary to start the aircraft rolling.
2. Thrust use during ground operations demands sound
judgement and techniques.
3. The air blast effects at relatively low thrust can be destructive
and cause injury.
4. Be aware of aircraft behind and likewise avoid following other
aircraft too closely.
5. Consider tow out if the thrust required could cause injury/
damage.
CAUTION: Jet blast is a major cause of foreign object damage
(FOD).
B. Speed
1. The tendency is to taxi faster than desired, especially during
runway turnoff after landing.
2. The appropriate taxi speed will depend on the turn radius and
surface condition.
3. Nosewheel scrubbing indicates excessive steering angle and/
or excessive taxi speed for surface condition.
4. The normal straight ahead taxi speed should not exceed thirty
(30) knots.
5. When approaching a turn, adjust speed for the surface
conditions.
C. Aircraft Movement
1. Initial - To begin taxiing, release the brakes and smoothly
increase thrust to the minimum required for the aircraft to
move forward.
Note:
Allow time for aircraft response to each thrust change.
2. Sustaining - Once taxi has commenced, idle thrust is more
than adequate for most conditions.
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 17 Taxi Procedures
4-67
Volume 5
3. Do not start a turn until sufficient forward speed has been
attained to allow the aircraft to turn at idle thrust.
Note: The nosewheel should not be turned when the aircraft is
static.
D. Nosewheel/Rudder Pedal Steering
1. During a turn, maintain positive pressure on the nose steering
tiller to prevent the nose gear from returning to center
abruptly.
2. Straight ahead steering and large radius turns should be
accomplished with rudder pedal steering only.
3. Avoid stopping the aircraft in a turn, as excessive thrust will be
required to start taxiing again.
4. After completing a turn, and prior to stopping, center the
nosewheel and allow the aircraft to roll straight ahead for short
distance.
E. Brakes
1. Avoid riding the brakes to control taxi speed.
2. If taxi speed is too high, reduce the speed with a steady brake
application and then release the brakes to permit brake
cooling.
3. Continuous braking should be avoided. Allow for decreased
braking effectiveness on slick surfaces.
F. Primary Task
1. The Captain will taxi the aircraft.
2. The flight crew’s primary task is to safely taxi the aircraft and
should not be diverted from this task.
CAUTION: Do not taxi so close behind other aircraft as to ingest
foreign objects.
G. Single Engine Taxi
1. Single engine taxi procedures are permitted.
2. Normally taxi with the #1 engine running.
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 17 Taxi Procedures
4-68
Volume 5
H. General Guidelines for Single Engine Taxi
Use the following general guidelines and specific procedures:
1. Consider crew experience, workload requirements, and
passenger comfort.
2. Consider single engine taxi if anticipated delay time will
exceed 15 (fifteen) minutes.
3. Consider gross weight, temperature, ramp congestion and
taxiway surface conditions before deciding to single engine
taxi away from the gate.
CAUTION: High thrust settings required for breakaway can
damage equipment in close proximity to the aircraft.
4. If possible, begin single engine taxi with a slight turn toward
the non-operating engine. There will be less resistance,
resulting in a lower thrust setting.
5. Sharp turns toward the operating engine will be difficult.
6. Constant pressure on the tiller will be required due to
asymmetric thrust. Do not use rudder trim to counteract this
turning tendency.
7. Keep the APU running for taxi-out; an APU start is more
efficient than a crossbleed start.
8. If lengthy ground delays after gate departure are encountered
with both engines operating, consider shutting down an
engine.
I. Specific Procedures for Single Engine Taxi
1. Single engine taxi is not authorized:
a. on ramps and taxiways when braking action is less than
“Good”.
b. with reported RVR less than 1,200 feet
c. at stations that use power-out taxi
2. Fuel balancing limitations must be observed.
3. Single Engine Taxi after landing:
a. Wait a minimum of 2 minutes after landing prior to
shutting down the Number 2 engine.
b. Wait a minimum of 1 additional minute after engine
shutdown prior to starting the APU.
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 17 Taxi Procedures
4-69
Volume 5
c. For fuel utilization purposes, delay the start of the
APU during Single Engine Taxi until approaching
the gate area.
d. If the Captain elects to start the APU prior to shut-
ting down an engine during the taxi-in, do not shut
down any engine until the APU has stabilized at
95% (or greater) for a minimum of 3 seconds.
J. Delayed Engine Start
1. Start the remaining engine using the normal start procedure.
If APU is unavailable, perform a crossbleed start (see
Supplemental Normals).
2. Allow enough time to complete the Before Takeoff Checklist.
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 17 Taxi Procedures
4-70
Volume 5
K. Turning Radius - ERJ-170
The turning radius illustration shows the minimum turning radius
capability. The tail tip has the largest arc while turning and detem-
ines the minimum obstruction clearance path.
ERJ-170 Turning Radius
Steering
Angle
Nose Right Winglet Right Tail Tip
R1 R5 R6
76° 48 ft. 9 in. 51 ft. 54 ft. 3 in.
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 17 Taxi Procedures
4-71
Volume 5
L. Turning Radius - ERJ-175
ERJ-175 Turning Radius
Steering
Angle
Nose Right Winglet Right Tail Tip
R1 R5 R6
76° 52 ft. 5 in. 54 ft. 8 in 57 ft. 3 in.
7
6
°
18.04 m
59ft 2in
(RUNWAY MINIMUM WIDTH)
R

1
1
.
7
8

m
3
8
f
t

8
i
n
R

5
.
4
5

m
1
7
f
t

1
1
i
n
R
1
R
3
R
5
R
6
R
2
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 18 Taxi Checklist
4-72
Volume 5
Section 18 Taxi Checklist
A. General
1. This flow and checklist is used to ensure the aircraft is ready
for takeoff.
Note: If performing single engine taxi procedures, do not
accomplish this checklist until both engines are started.
2. Who - Initiated by the Captain; read by the First Officer.
3. When - After a runway assignment is issued.
B. Captain’s Flow Pattern
CAPTAIN TAXI CHECKLIST FLOW
S
F
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 18 Taxi Checklist
4-73
Volume 5
C. Captain’s Abbreviated Flow
Note: If the Captain has already accomplished these checks
prior to the start of the taxi out, this tasking may be
considered accomplished and need not be repeated at
this time. This flow allows the Captain to update the
takeoff data during the taxi out if there is a change
required due to a change in the runway assignment,
weather conditions, etc.
D. Captain’s Expanded Flow
1. EICAS..................................................................CHECK
a. Check the following information is displayed:
1) Proper Power Setting
2) White ATTCS displayed
2. Weather Radar............................................... As Required
a. On the Map Menu select “Weather”, and on the Weather
Menu select “FSBY OVRD” if ATIS includes information
about thunderstorms in the vicinity of the airport.
CAUTION: Do not use FSBY OVRD mode near buildings, fueling
facilities/trucks, or ground personnel.
b. On the Map Menu, de-select Weather if weather is VMC.
c. If the aircraft will encounter IMC conditions immediately
after takeoff, ensure that “Weather” is selected on the Map
Menu. At the Captain’s discretion, the flight crew may
select either STBY or WX on the Weather Menu. If WX is
selected, the weather radar will automatically display on
the MFD immediately after takeoff.
3. Takeoff Briefing (if PF)..........................................Complete
Note: The Takeoff Briefing may be accomplished at the end of
the runway prior to takeoff when called for as part of the
Taxi Checklist.
4. Call for “Taxi Checklist.”
Captain’s Taxi Checklist Flow
After a runway assignment is issued and both engines are started
• EICAS Check - Proper power setting and ATTCS On
• Weather Radar - As required
• Takeoff Briefing - Brief if PF
• Call for “Taxi Checklist”
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 18 Taxi Checklist
4-74
Volume 5
E. First Officer’s Flow Pattern
FIRST OFFICER TAXI CHECKLIST FLOW
S
F
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 18 Taxi Checklist
4-75
Volume 5
F. First Officer’s Abbreviated Flow
G. First Officer’s Expanded Flow
1. Brake Temp.............................................................. Green
a. Status Page........................................................... Verify
1) Brake Temperature .......................................Green
Note: After the brake temperatures have been checked, the
First Officer may select the Map mode on the MFD.
2. HYDRAULIC.................................................................. Set
a. SYS 1 ELEC PUMP ..............................................AUTO
b. SYS 2 ELEC PUMP ..............................................AUTO
Note: Hydraulic pumps may be turned to auto anytime after the
second engine has been started.
3. Takeoff Briefing (if PF)...................................... Complete
Note: The Takeoff Briefing may be accomplished at the end of
the runway prior to takeoff when called for as part of the
Taxi Checklist.
4. Accomplish Taxi Checklist.
First Officer’s Taxi Checklist Flow
After a runway assignment is issued
• Brake Temp - Green
• HYDRAULIC - Set
• Takeoff Briefing - Brief if PF
After the captain calls “After Start Checklist”
• Accomplish the “Taxi Checklist”
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 18 Taxi Checklist
4-76
Volume 5
H. Takeoff Briefing
1. Initial...
a. Heading
b. Altitude
c. Fix
2. Special Considerations:
a. Unique...
1) Airport Advisory Information
2) Noise Abatement Procedures
3) Engine Failure Procedures
b. Significant...
1) Terrain/Obstacles
2) Weather Conditions
c. Any other known risks
d. Intentions
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 18 Taxi Checklist
4-77
Volume 5
I. Taxi Checklist
This is a “Do-Verify” checklist.
1. Verify all displayed EICAS messages are normal for the
current operational aircraft configuration.
.
1. Ensure the Takeoff Briefing has been completed by the PF IAW
the POH. .
EICAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checked
Brake Temp. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [FO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Green
Takeoff Briefing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PF] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complete
At this point, the Taxi Checklist is considered complete.
The Before Takeoff Checklist will be called for after
being cleared onto the takeoff runway and completed
prior to the takeoff roll.
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 19 Before Takeoff Checklist
4-78
Volume 5
Section 19 Before Takeoff Checklist
A. Captain’s Flow Pattern
CAPTAIN BEFORE TAKEOFF FLOW
S
F
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 19 Before Takeoff Checklist
4-79
Volume 5
B. Captain’s Abbreviated Flow
C. Captain’s Expanded Flow
1. TOGA Switches ....................................................... TOGA
Press the TOGA switch(es) and verify ROLL & TO are
displayed in the FMA.
Note: The TOGA switches may be pressed at any time prior to
taking the active runway. The Captain is allowed to
press the TOGA switches early to ensure a proper
display prior to the arriving at the runway end. The use
of the Flight Director (if available) is required for all
flights.
2. A/T............................................................................. Select
The Captain will confirm the Autothrottles on and the
Autothrottles armed mode (white TO) is annunciated in the
FMA.
3. Speed Selector Knob ...............................................Verify
The Captain will verify the position of the Speed Selector
Knob. Use FMS if VNAV Procedures are going to be
utilized by the flight crew. Use MAN if VNAV procedures
are not going to be utilized by the flight crew
4. External Lights ...............................................As required
a. STROBE lights are used for all flight operations as long as
they do not create a distraction to the flight crew.
b. LOGO lights should be ON for all operations below 10,000
feet at night. External lights are required for all operations
conducted below 10,000 feet, as long as their use does not
create a distraction to the flight crew.
Captain’s Before Takeoff Checklist Flow
After being cleared on to the takeoff runway; completed prior
to takeoff roll
• TOGA Switch(es) - TOGA (if not previously selected)
• A/T - Select
• Speed Selector Knob - Verify
• External Lights - As required
• Call for “Before Takeoff Checklist”
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 19 Before Takeoff Checklist
4-80
Volume 5
D. First Officer’s Flow Pattern
FIRST OFFICER BEFORE TAKEOFF FLOW
S
F
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 19 Before Takeoff Checklist
4-81
Volume 5
E. First Officer’s Abbreviated Flow
F. First Officer’s Expanded Flow
1. Flight Attendants .................................................... Notified
a. PA Switch................................................Press and hold
Notify the Flight Attendants when takeoff is imminent
Note: At the Captain’s direction, the First Officer is allowed to
notify the Flight Attendants early when the Captain
believes it is appropriate for the Flight Attendants to take
their seats and when takeoff is imminent.
2. Transponder ............................................................TA/RA
a. Radio Function Button...........................................Select
b. TA/RA....................................................................Select
3. T/O CONFIG........................................................... ..Check
a. T/O CONFIG...........................................................Press
b. Verify “TAKEOFF OK” aural message
WARNING: Do not reconfigure the aircraft after completing this
checklist item.
First Officer’s Before Takeoff Checklist Flow
After being cleared on to the takeoff runway; completed prior
to takeoff roll
• Flight Attendants - Notified
• MCDU - Set XPDR to TA/RA
• Takeoff Config - Checked
• Accomplish the Before Takeoff Checklist
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 19 Before Takeoff Checklist
4-82
Volume 5
G. Before Takeoff Checklist
This is a “Do-Verify” checklist.
.
.
Crosscheck the fuel on board against the required “T.O. MIN” fuel
on the Flight Release. Ensure at least this amount of fuel is on
board prior to beginning the takeoff roll. If the amount is less, an
amended Flight Release or more fuel is required.
WARNING: Do not reconfigure the aircraft after completing this
checklist item.
Flight Attendants . . . . . . . . . . . . . [FO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notified
T/O Min Fuel . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . ___ Req, ___ OB
Transponder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [FO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . TA/RA
T/O CONFIG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [FO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Checked
Before Takeoff Checklist . . . . . . . [FO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complete
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 20 FLEX Takeoff
4-83
Volume 5
Section 20 FLEX Takeoff
A. Procedures
1. Flight Crews should use a FLEX takeoff to the maximum
extent possible. Anytime a FLEX takeoff is used, the
preferred technique is to use the Rolling Takeoff Procedure.
2. If a FLEX takeoff is not going to be used, the recommended
technique is to use the Normal Takeoff Procedure.
3. A max performance takeoff (static) must be performed if a
FLEX takeoff cannot be used and the following parameters
are met:
a. The actual aircraft weight is equal to or slightly less than
the maximum takeoff weight per the approved runway
performance (APG/AeroData) (i.e., unable to meet the
minimum temperature for a Flex Takeoff), and
b. The limiting takeoff weight is Field Length Limited (FL) and
the aircraft is neither structurally limited nor climb limited,
and
c. The Autothrottles are inop.
Note: If all 3 parameters listed above are not met, a max
performance (static) is not appropriate. The Normal
Takeoff Procedure should be utilized in lieu of a static
takeoff.
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 21 Normal Takeoff
4-84
Volume 5
Section 21 Normal Takeoff
A. Setting Takeoff Thrust
1. Once the aircraft is aligned with the runway centerline,
advance the thrust levers to approximately 40% N
1
and verify
the engines are spooled.
2. After the engines are stabilized, the PF releases the brakes,
advances the thrust levers to approximately 60 degrees TLA
(thrust lever angle), verifies Autothrottle engagement (TO &
AT annunciates green) and calls “TOGA”.
3. The PM will confirm the thrust levers advance, ATTCS is
enabled (displayed in green), TO-1 or FLEX TO-1 (if used) is
annunciated on the EICAS.
4. The PM then calls “TOGA Set”.
Note: The exact amount of the setting is not as important as
setting symmetrical thrust.
B. Initial Steering
Keep the airplane on the runway centerline with nosewheel steer-
ing until rudder effectiveness. The rudder becomes effective
between 40 and 60 KIAS.
C. Aft Center-of-Gravity Effects
At aft CG and light weights nose wheel steering effectiveness may
be reduced. Hold the control wheel slightly forward to improve
nose wheel steering.
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 22 Other Takeoff Types
4-85
Volume 5
Section 22 Other Takeoff Types
A. Rolling
The rolling takeoff is the same as the normal takeoff except that
brakes are not applied.
Note: The Rolling Takeoff profile should be used to the
maximum extent possible. Anytime a FLEX takeoff is
performed, a Rolling Takeoff profile should be utilized.
B. Maximum Performance
The maximum performance takeoff is the same as the normal
takeoff except the brakes are held until after takeoff thrust N
1
is
achieved.
Note: A maximum performance takeoff should only be used
when the actual aircraft weight is equal to or slightly less
than the maximum allowable takeoff weight and the
Autothrottles are inoperative.
C. Crosswind
1. The aircraft demonstrates good crosswind control capability
during the takeoff roll.
2. Directional deviations should be corrected immediately with
smooth and positive control inputs.
3. The aileron becomes effective as the aircraft accelerates
through approximately 80 KIAS. Use aileron as needed to
maintain wings level and rudder to maintain center line.
D. Flaps 1, 2, and 4 Takeoff
1. The procedures are the same for a Flaps 1, Flaps 2, or Flaps
4 takeoff
2. The approved runway performance (APG/AeroData) for the
specific flap setting must be available for a Flaps 1, Flaps 2,
or Flaps 4 takeoff.
3. Acceleration altitude is the same for a Flaps 1, Flaps 2, or
Flaps 4 takeoff.
4. Callouts are the same for a Flaps 1, Flaps 2, or Flaps 4
takeoff.
5. When using a Flaps 4 takeoff, the first retraction callout is
Flaps 3 (then Flaps 2, Flaps 1, Flaps Up) when at or above the
F Bug.
6. When setting the airspeed knob, the pilot will set V
FS
or the
flap limit speed, whichever is less. When bringing up the flaps
after acceleration altitude, the PM will set the requested speed
(e.g. 210) at the first available opportunity when the requested
speed is higher than the flap limit speed.
REV. 7, 15 AUG 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 23 Rotation & Lift-Off
4-86
Volume 5
Section 23 Rotation & Lift-Off
A. At V
1
At V
1
, no earlier than V
1
- 5 knots, the PM calls out “V
1
” and the
Captain removes his/her hand from the thrust levers.
B. Rotation and Liftoff
1. At V
R
, rotate smoothly toward the target pitch attitude in one
continuous motion.
2. Use a rotation rate of approximately 2° to 3° per second.
3. High weights and temperatures or engine failure will require a
lower rotation rate.
4. Correct rotation technique is important to ensure adequate
performance is obtained.
5. Lift-off will occur prior to reaching initial climb target attitude.
6. After lift-off, and once a positive rate of climb has been
established, select landing gear up.
Note: At lighter weights, the flight director can command pitch
attitudes in excess of 20 degrees nose up. In those
cases, the PF may use 15 degrees nose up as an initial
pitch reference for passenger comfort. At 15 degrees
nose up, the aircraft will climb in excess of 2,000 feet per
minute and will exceed all TERPS criteria for a Standard
Instrument Departure (SID).
C. Initial Climb
1. With all engines operating, adjust the pitch attitude to maintain
V
2
+ 10 to 15 knots to the acceleration altitude.
2. Flight Director following liftoff continue the rotation rate as
follows: with the flight director...
a. Operative fly the flight director pitch commands.
b. Inoperative fly a maximum deck angle limited to 12°.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 23 Rotation & Lift-Off
4-87
Volume 5
D. Clean-Up and Acceleration
At acceleration altitude (1,000 feet AFE), adjust the pitch attitude
to maintain a slight climb rate while accelerating to 210 KIAS.
E. Flap Retraction Speed Schedule
Retract flaps at or above the F Bug.
F. Slat/Flap Retraction Complete
Once the SLAT/Flap retraction is complete and above 3,000 ft.
AFE, select 250 knots and resume normal climb.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 24 Normal Takeoff Profile
4-88
Volume 5
Section 24 Normal Takeoff Profile
Normal Takeoff Profile
4
0
0

f
e
e
t

A
F
E
A
c
c
e
l
e
r
a
t
i
o
n

A
l
t
i
t
u
d
e
1
,
0
0
0

f
e
e
t

A
F
E
3
,
0
0
0

f
e
e
t

A
F
E
2
5
0

K
I
A
S
T
a
k
e
o
f
f

R
o
l
l

t
o

4
0
0

f
e
e
t

A
F
E

A
u
t
o
p
i
l
o
t

O
n


(
i
f

d
e
s
i
r
e
d
)
E
n
g
a
g
e

A
u
t
o
p
i
l
o
t


S
e
l
e
c
t

F
l
a
p
s

U
P
V
2

+

1
0

-

1
5

F
i
r
s
t

f
l
a
p

r
e
t
r
a
c
t
i
o
n
A
c
c
e
l
e
r
a
t
e

t
o



C
o
m
p
l
e
t
e

A
f
t
e
r
T
a
k
e
o
f
f

C
h
e
c
k
l
i
s
t


P
r
e
s
s

T
O
G
A

S
w
i
t
c
h
(
s
)


A
d
v
a
n
c
e

T
h
r
u
s
t

L
e
v
e
r
s

t
o

4
0
%

N
1
t
o

s
p
o
o
l

e
n
g
i
n
e
s



A
d
v
a
n
c
e

T
h
r
u
s
t

L
e
v
e
r
s

6
0
°

T
h
r
u
s
t

L
e
v
e
r

A
n
g
l
e



T
O
G
A



V
e
r
i
f
y

T
a
k
e
o
f
f

N
1



T
O
G
A

S
e
t


8
0

k
t
s


C
h
e
c
k
e
d


V
1


R
o
t
a
t
e

R
o
t
a
t
e
t
o
w
a
r
d
s

F
D

P
o
s
i
t
i
v
e

R
a
t
e


G
e
a
r

U
p

S
e
l
e
c
t

G
e
a
r

U
p
V
2

+

1
0

t
o

1
5
P
F

D
u
t
i
e
s
P
M

D
u
t
i
e
s
T
a
k
e
o
f
f

R
o
l
l

t
o

4
0
0

f
e
e
t

A
F
E
R
e
t
r
a
c
t

f
l
a
p
s

o
n

s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e

H
D
G

o
r

N
A
V

S
e
l
e
c
t

H
D
G

o
r

N
A
V

F
l
i
g
h
t

L
e
v
e
l

C
h
a
n
g
e
,

2
1
0

S
e
l
e
c
t

F
L
C
H
A
c
c
e
l
e
r
a
t
e

t
o

2
1
0

K
I
A
S

F
l
a
p
s

_
_




F
l
a
p
s

_
_




A
f
t
e
r

T
a
k
e
o
f
f

C
h
e
c
k
l
i
s
t



F
l
a
p
s

U
P



C
h
e
c
k

a
i
r
s
p
e
e
d



F
l
a
p
s

U
P



C
h
e
c
k

a
i
r
s
p
e
e
d


S
e
l
e
c
t

F
l
a
p
s

_
_
o
r

a
s

r
e
q
u
i
r
e
d
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 25 Normal Takeoff Actions & Callouts
4-89
Volume 5
Section 25 Normal Takeoff Actions & Callouts
Normal Takeoff to Flap Retraction
Trigger PF PM
Commencing
takeoff roll
• Verify Autothrottle
armed (TO white)
• Verify Flight Director
modes ROLL & TO on
FMA
• Verify modes ROLL &
TO on FMA
• Advance thrust levers
to approx 40% N
1
• Ensure engines are
spooled
• Verify ATTCS
annunciates green
• Advance thrust levers
to approximately 60
degrees TLA
• Verify TO & AT
annunciates green
“TOGA” • Verify takeoff N
1
“TOGA Set”
80 kts “80 Knots”
• Verify HOLD is
annunciated on FMA
“Checked”
V
1
- 5 knots
Captain removes his/her
hand from thrust levers.
“V
1

V
R
“Rotate”
• Rotate to F/D
commanded attitude
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 25 Normal Takeoff Actions & Callouts
4-90
Volume 5
After liftoff • Verify positive rate of
climb on VSI
“Positive Rate”
• Verify positive rate of
climb
“Gear Up”
• Establish initial climb
speed of V
2
+10-15
kts
• Position gear lever up
“Gear Up”
• Monitor speed and
altitude
400 AFE “HDG” or “FMS NAV” • Select HDG or FMS
NAV
1000 AFE “VNAV” (if using VNAV
procedures)
• Select VNAV
1000 ft. AFE If not using VNAV proce-
dures:
“Flight Level Change,
210” (or speed as
required)
• Accelerate to 210 kts
• Select FLCH
• Set Speed Bug to 210
kts or requested
speed
• Check airspeed • Check airspeed
“Flaps __”
(Retract flaps at or above
F Bug)
“Flaps __”
• Select proper flap
setting, when
requested
• Check airspeed
“Flaps UP, After Takeoff
Checklist”
Check airspeed
“Flaps UP”
• Retract Flaps
• Accomplish After
Takeoff Checklist
Normal Takeoff to Flap Retraction (Continued)
Trigger PF PM
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 25 Normal Takeoff Actions & Callouts
4-91
Volume 5
Flap/slat
retraction
complete, at
or above
3000 ft. AFE
• Accelerate to 250
knots
Normal Takeoff to Flap Retraction (Continued)
Trigger PF PM
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 26 Climb Speed and Angle
4-92
Volume 5
Section 26 Climb Speed and Angle
A. Climb Speed Determination
1. Maintain flaps-up maneuvering speed until clear of obstacles
or above minimum crossing altitudes.
2. If there are no altitude or airspeed restrictions, accelerate to
the desired climb speed schedule.
3. If considerable maneuvering is required during the departure,
the flaps-up maneuvering speed is recommended until the
maneuvering phase is complete and the aircraft is en route
toward the destination.
B. VNAV
1. If the flight crew is using VNAV procedures, they should
ensure that the FGCS Vertical Mode on the FMA is in
magenta.
2. The PF will monitor the active flight plan in the MCDU to
ensure that all altitudes listed on the right hand column of the
flight plan page can be met using a normal climb profile.
3. If at any time the flight crew is not able to ensure the VNAV
functions are performing as desired, the PF must intervene if
necessary and de-select the VNAV button on the Guidance
Panel.
4. If the flight crew is using VNAV procedures, the preferred
selection for executing a climb is V-FLCH (FLCH in magenta).
Note: If the crew elects to utilize either Vertical Speed or Flight
Path Angle to execute a portion of the climb, the VNAV
button must be re-selected after reaching the desired
altitude and the PF should ensure that the FGCS Vertical
Mode on the FMA is in V-ALT (ALT in magenta).
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 26 Climb Speed and Angle
4-93
Volume 5
C. Climb Speed Schedule
1. The following climb speed schedule presents four (4) climb
speeds above 10,000 ft. The speed selected would be
determined by the operational requirements.
D. Climb Thrust
Set climb thrust by selecting FLCH on the Guidance Panel. The
FADEC will maintain the correct thrust setting automatically
throughout the flight.
E. Maximum Angle Climb
1. Maximum angle climb speed is normally used for obstacle
clearance or to reach a specified altitude/flight level in a
minimum distance.
2. Maximum angle climb speed varies with gross weight and can
be referenced by using the pitch limiter indicator (PLI) as a
reference.
F. Fuel Utilization Program
1. CLB-1 is associated with TO-1. CLB-2 is associated with TO-
2 and/or TO-1 with a FLEX takeoff. The selection of either
CLB-1 or CLB-2 is at the discretion of the PF. There is not a
preferred climb power with respect to fuel utilization.
2. Pilots should consider delaying the acceleration from 210
KIAS to 250 KIAS until on course (traffic permitting).
Up to 10,000 feet MSL 250 KIAS
10,000 feet And above
Long Range 250 KIAS/M 0.70
Normal 290 KIAS/M 0.74
Alternate 290 KIAS/M 0.70
High Speed 320 KIAS/M 0.77
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 27 After Takeoff Checklist
4-94
Volume 5
Section 27 After Takeoff Checklist
A. General
1. This flow and checklist is used to configure the aircraft for
climb/cruise.
2. Who - Initiated by the PF; PM reads and accomplishes
silently; however verbalizes “After Takeoff Checklist
Complete”.
3. When - After flap/slat retraction, accelerating to climb speed,
and prior to 10,000 feet MSL.
B. PF’s Flow Pattern
No flow pattern.
C. PF’s Abbreviated Flow
No flow. Maintain aircraft control.
D. PF’s Expanded Flow
No flow. Maintain aircraft control.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 27 After Takeoff Checklist
4-95
Volume 5
E. PM’s After Takeoff Flow Pattern
PM - AFTER T/0
S
F
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 27 After Takeoff Checklist
4-96
Volume 5
F. PM’s Abbreviated Flow
G. PM’s Expanded Flow
1. Flaps............................................................................... UP
a. SLAT/Flap Lever ......................................... Up, 0 detent
2. Landing Gear ................................................................. UP
a. LDG GEAR Lever ...................................................... UP
H. EICAS Checked
I. APU OFF, unless operationally required
J. After Takeoff Checklist
This is a “Do-Verify” checklist.
PM After Takeoff Checklist Flow
After slat/flap retraction, accelerating to climb speed, and prior to
10,000 feet MSL.
• SLAT/Flap Lever - UP, 0 detent
• Landing Gear Lever - UP
• EICAS - Checked
• APU - As required
• Accomplish After Takeoff Checklist silently; verbalize “After
Takeoff Checklist Complete”
Landing Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .UP
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .UP
After Takeoff Checklist . . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complete
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 28 Passing 10,000 feet MSL
4-97
Volume 5
Section 28 Passing 10,000 feet MSL
A. General
1. This flow is used to configure the aircraft’s external lights for
cruise and notify the Flight Attendants the flight is leaving the
sterile flight deck environment.
2. There is no checklist.
3. Who - Initiated by the PM.
4. When - Leaving 10,000 feet MSL.
B. PF’s Flow Pattern
No flow pattern, only altitude callout made.
C. PF’s Abbreviated Flow
D. PF’s Expanded Flow
1. Altitude Callout.............................................“10,000 feet”
PF Passing 10,000 Feet MSL Flow
After climbing through 10,000 feet MSL.
• “10,000 feet”
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 28 Passing 10,000 feet MSL
4-98
Volume 5
E. PM’s Flow Pattern
PM - CLIMBING THROUGH 10,000 FT
S F
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 28 Passing 10,000 feet MSL
4-99
Volume 5
F. PM’s Abbreviated Flow
G. PM’s Expanded Flow After the Call Out
1. External Lights ...............................................As required
a. STROBE lights are used for all flight operations as long as
they do not create a distraction to the flight crew.
b. LOGO lights should be ON for all operations below 10,000
feet at night. External lights are required for all operations
conducted below 10,000 feet, as long as their use does not
create a distraction to the flight crew.
2. STERILE...................................................................... OFF
Notifies the Flight Attendants the aircraft is leaving the sterile
flight deck environment.
3. PED.............................................................................. OFF
PM Passing 10,000 Feet MSL Flow
After climbing through 10,000 feet MSL
• External Lights - As required
• STERILE - OFF
• PED - OFF
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 29 Climbing Through Transition Altitude
4-100
Volume 5
Section 29 Climbing Through Transition Altitude
A. General
1. This flow is used to set the altimeters to 29.92.
2. Who - Initiated by the PF.
3. When - Passing the transition altitude (e.g., 18,000 feet MSL).
B. PF’s and PM Flow Pattern
PM / PF - CLIMBING THROUGH TRANSITION ALTITUDE
S S
F F
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 29 Climbing Through Transition Altitude
4-101
Volume 5
C. PF’s Abbreviated Flows
D. PF’s Expanded Flows
1. Baro Set..............................................................Push STD
Selects the standard reference barometric pressure of 1013
hPa/29.92 in hg.
WARNING: Ensure inches of mercury displayed to prevent
altitude deviations and possible conflicts.
2. Altitude Callout................................... “18,000 Standard”
3. PFD........................................................... Cross Checked
Crosscheck STD set in both PFDs.
E. PM’s Abbreviated Flows
F. PM’s Expanded Flows
1. Baro Set..............................................................Push STD
Selects the standard reference barometric pressure of 1013
hPa/29.92 in hg.
WARNING: Ensure inches of mercury displayed to prevent
altitude deviations and possible conflicts.
2. PFDs ............................................................... Crosscheck
Crosscheck STD set in both PFDs.
PF Climbing Through Transition Altitude Flow
Upon climbing through the transition altitude (e.g.,18,000 feet MSL.)
• Baro - STD
• “18,000 Standard”
• PFD - Cross checked
PM Climbing Through Transition Altitude Flow
Upon climbing through the transition altitude (e.g.,18,000 feet MSL.)
• Baro - STD
• PFD - Crosscheck
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 30 Cruise
4-102
Volume 5
Section 30 Cruise
A. VNAV
1. If the flight crew is using VNAV procedures, they should
ensure that the FGCS Vertical Mode on the FMA is in V-ALT
(ALT in magenta).
2. The PF will monitor the active flight plan in the MCDU to
ensure that all altitudes listed on the right hand column of the
flight plan page can be met.
3. If at any time the flight crew is not able to ensure the VNAV
functions are performing as desired, the PF must intervene if
necessary and de-select the VNAV button on the Guidance
Panel.
4. The PF will ensure that the actual final cruising altitude of the
aircraft is properly entered into the Perf Init on Page 3.
5. If the flight crew is using VNAV procedures, the preferred
selection for executing a climb is V-FLCH and the preferred
selection for executing a descent is V-PTH
6. If the crew elects to utilize either Vertical Speed or Flight Path
Angle to execute a cruise-climb or a cruise-descent, the
VNAV button must be re-selected after reaching the desired
altitude and the PF should ensure that the FGCS Vertical
Mode on the FMA is in V-ALT (ALT in magenta).
B. Fuel Calculations
1. Anytime the flight plan shows a planned flight time in excess
of 2 hours, the PIC is responsible for ensuring that the score
is kept on the flight release in terms of flight time and fuel burn.
2. The score will be initialized at or abeam the first fix after the
Top of Climb.
3. The score will be updated approximately once each hour at an
appropriate fix after the flight plan score is initialized at the first
fix after the Top of Climb.
4. Any significant differences between planned and actual flight
time and/or planned and actual fuel burn will be
communicated to Dispatch via the ACARS system. If
required, the PIC will establish and communicate a plan to
ensure the safe conclusion of the flight.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 31 Descent
4-103
Volume 5
Section 31 Descent
A. Schedule
The following descent speed schedule presents three (3) descent
speeds above 10,000 feet. The speed selected would be deter-
mined by operational requirements.
B. VNAV
1. If the flight crew is using VNAV procedures, they should
ensure that the FGCS Vertical Mode on the FMA is in either
V-PTH (PTH in magenta) or V-FLCH (FLCH in magenta) for
all VNAV descents.
2. The PF will monitor the active flight plan in the MCDU to
ensure that all altitudes listed on the right hand column of the
flight plan page can be met.
3. If at any time the flight crew is not able to ensure the VNAV
functions are performing as desired, the PF must intervene if
necessary and de-select the VNAV button on the Guidance
Panel.
4. The PF will ensure that the target altitude for a particular
waypoint in the MCDU matches the target altitude shown on
the Vertical Profile on the MFD and that the green line shown
on the Vertical Profile passes through the target altitude at or
before the listed waypoint.
5. For descents during an RNAV arrival, the flight crew will input
the lowest altitude that the aircraft is cleared to in the AFCS
via the guidance panel. Both pilots must verbally re-confirm
all intermediate altitudes by cross-checking the altitudes listed
in the Jeppesen Chart with the altitudes listed in the right hand
column of the Active Flight Plan in the MCDU. The PF is
responsible to ensure that all altitude crossing restrictions are
met when the VNAV button is engaged.
Descent Speed Schedule
10,000 feet and above
Long Range LRC to 250 KIAS
Normal M 0.78 to 290 KIAS
High Speed M 0.78 to 320 KIAS/
Below 10,000 feet MSL 250 KIAS
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 31 Descent
4-104
Volume 5
6. The VNAV button must be selected prior to the start of any
RNAV / GPS approach when using LNAV / VNAV minimums.
The VNAV button must be de-selected prior to the start of any
localizer based or VOR based instrument approach, or when
using LNAV minimums for an RNAV / GPS approach.
7. The Preferred Descent Angle in the Perf Init (Page 1) is a 3.0
degree descent as it will provide the closest angle for an idle
power at lower and intermediate altitudes (below FL 240). At
higher altitudes (above FL 240), a 3.5 or a 4.0 degree descent
may be used.
8. If the flight crew is using VNAV procedures, the preferred
selection for executing a descent is V-PTH (PTH in magenta).
Note: If the crew elects to utilize either Vertical Speed or Flight
Path Angle to execute a descent, the VNAV button must
be re-selected after reaching the desired altitude and the
PF should ensure that the FGCS Vertical Mode on the
FMA is in V-ALT (ALT in magenta).
C. Rate
When a flight reports leaving an altitude, the PF maintains a
descent rate consistent with ATC requirements and fuel conserva-
tion procedures.
D. Descent Ratio
1. The distance required for the descent is approximately
three (3) miles per 1,000 feet (3 to 1).
2. As a guide, in level flight without speed brakes, it takes
approximately ten (10) seconds and one (1) mile to decelerate
each ten (10) knots of airspeed.
E. Factors
From a typical cruise altitude, the top-of-descent (TOD) point
should be advanced two (2) miles for each ten (10) knots of tail-
wind during the descent, and by two (2) miles for each 1,000 feet
of anti-ice use.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 31 Descent
4-105
Volume 5
F. Configuration
1. Normally, descent is initiated with partial cruise thrust, at high
altitude, in a clean configuration (no speed brakes).
2. If necessary, use speed brakes or airspeed to correct the
descent profile.
3. For small adjustments, allow the airspeed to vary initially,
using the speed brakes at a lower altitude if further speed
adjustments are required.
G. Flight Spoiler and Thrust Usage
1. Thrust should be at flight idle when deploying spoilers.
Retract the flight spoilers before adding thrust.
H. Planning
1. Good descent planning is necessary to arrive at the desired
altitude and correct speed & configuration.
2. Plan all descents to arrive at traffic pattern altitude at flaps-up
maneuvering speed about
a. twelve (12) miles out for a straight-in approach or
b. eight (8) miles out for an abeam approach.
3. A good crosscheck is to be at 10,000 feet AFE, thirty (30)
miles from the airport at 250 KIAS.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 32 Descent Flow and Checklist
4-106
Volume 5
Section 32 Descent Flow and Checklist
A. General
1. The Descent Flow is used to set up the aircraft for a descent
and approach while the workload is relatively light.
2. Who - Initiated by the PF; Descent Checklist is read by the PM
after passing FL 180.
3. When - Descent flow is accomplished prior to Top of Descent
when approximately 100 NM out. The Descent Checklist is
called for when passing through FL 180 (or prior to top of
descent if cruising at an altitude below FL 180).
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 32 Descent Flow and Checklist
4-107
Volume 5
B. PF’s Descent Flow Pattern at FL 180
PF DESCENT CHECKLIST – AT FL180
SHOULDER
HARNESS
S
F
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 32 Descent Flow and Checklist
4-108
Volume 5
C. PF’s Abbreviated Flow
D. PF’s Expanded Flow
Upon receiving the weather and after the PM has completed his
flow
1. Approach Briefing............................................. Complete
UPON PASSING THROUGH THE TRANSITION LEVEL:
2. Altitude Callout .....“18,000” or “<appropriate transition
level>”
3. Altimeter ....................................................................... Set
a. BARO SET............................................................ Select
Turn to select destination altimeter setting.
WARNING: Ensure inches of mercury displayed to prevent
altitude deviations and possible conflicts.
4. Shoulder Harness ......................................................... On
Ensure the shoulder harness is on for landing.
PF’s Descent Flow
Upon receiving the destination weather and after the PM has com-
pleted his flow
• Approach Briefing
PF’s Descent Flow
Passing through the transition level
• “18,000” or “<appropriate transition level>”
• Altimeter - Set
• Shoulder Harness - On
• Call for the “Descent Checklist”
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 32 Descent Flow and Checklist
4-109
Volume 5
E. PM’s Descent Flow Pattern Above FL 180
PM DESCENT CHECKLIST FLOW - ABOVE FL180
ATIS
S
F
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 32 Descent Flow and Checklist
4-110
Volume 5
F. PM’s Descent Flow Pattern Below FL 180
PM DESCENT CHECKLIST FLOW BELOW FL 180
SHOULDER
HARNESS
S
F
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 32 Descent Flow and Checklist
4-111
Volume 5
G. PM’s Abbreviated Flow
H. PM’s Expanded Flow
APPROXIMATELY 120 NM OUT AND BEFORE TOP OF DESCENT
(TOD)
1. Wx............................................................................ Obtain
2. MCDU............................................................................. Set
a. PROGRESS..........................................................Select
1) Determine landing weight by subtracting projected
burn to destination from current aircraft weight. Verify
runway is acceptable for landing by using the Perfor-
mance Manual/Attachment to the flight release
Landing Data Section.
Note: See Chapter 9 of the POH on the approved runway
performance (APG/AeroData). If runway and/or landing
conditions are not defined in the Performance Manual/
Attachment, use Speed & Performance Flip Charts
Landing Weight Tables or Pilot Handbook section on
“Landing”.
Note: If LAHSO is in effect, determine whether or not LAHSO
can be accepted.
PM’s Descent Flow
Approximately 120 NM out and before Top of Descent
• Wx - Obtain
• MCDU - Determine landing weight
• Landing Data - V
REF,
V
AP,
V
AC,
V
FS,
via the MCDU
PM’s Descent Checklist Flow
Passing through the transition level
• FSTN BELTS - ON
• Altimeter - Set
• Arrival Announcement
• Should Harness - On
After accomplishing flow and after passing FL 180 PF calls for
“Descent Checklist”
• Accomplish Descent Checklist
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 32 Descent Flow and Checklist
4-112
Volume 5
b. LANDING Speeds..................................................... Set
1) PERF Function Key........................................Press
2) LANDING Line Select Key (4R) .....................Press
3) (Optional) On LANDING page 1/3, enter destination
surface wind (i.e., 270/15, etc.) in 2R.
Note: This optional step displays headwind/tailwind and
crosswind on LANDING page 2/3 line 2R if landing
runway is designated.
4) Select LANDING page 3/3
I. Landing Speeds
Enter the following speeds:
1. V
REF
(1L) ....................................................................... Set
Target airspeed at 50 ft. AGL over landing threshold. 1.23V
S
.
a. Enter the landing reference speed (V
REF
) from the appro-
priate Landing Speed Chart (i.e. Flaps 5 - No Ice Accre-
tion, Flaps 5 - Ice, Flaps Full - No Ice Accretion, Flaps Full
- Ice). Use the Ice Landing Speed Chart whenever the
EICAS message "Stall Prot Ice Speed" is annunciated in
flight.
2. V
APP
(2L) ....................................................................... Set
Note: The minimum for V
APP
is V
REF
plus 5 knots, and the
maximum is V
REF
plus 20 knots. The PF is allowed to
use any airspeed between the minimum and the
maximum that is considered appropriate for the weather
conditions at the landing airport.
a. Approach Speed. V
REF
(from Step 1 above) + wind addi-
tive.
b. Standard callouts are based on V
APP
.
Wind Additive (KIAS)
Minimum Maximum
5 20
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 32 Descent Flow and Checklist
4-113
Volume 5
c. Wind Additive - Add one-half (1/2) of the reported steady
headwind component plus the full gust increment.
Note: Do not apply wind corrections for tailwinds.
d. Steady Headwind - The steady additive may be bled off as
the aircraft approaches touchdown.
e. One half of the reported steady headwind component can
be estimated by using:
1) 50% for a direct headwind,
2) 35% for a 45 degree crosswind,
3) 0 for a direct crosswind, and
4) Interpolation in between.
f. Headwind components may also be determined from the:
1) QRH Ops Data Section WIND COMPONENTS Table,
or
2) LANDING page 2/3 line 2R.
g. Gust Increment - Maintain the gust additive until touch-
down.
h. Examples: Aircraft weighs 71,000 lbs. for a Flaps 5 landing
on runway 36. With the Flip Card V
REF
= 130, for...
1) A normal approach with winds calm, V
APP
= 135
2) An approach with STALL PROT ICE SPEED annun-
ciated with winds 090 @ 15, set V
APP
= 140
3. V
AC
(3L) ......................................................................... Set
a. Approach climb speed.
1) Single engine/go around climb speed.
b. Example: Aircraft weighs 71,000 lbs. for a Flaps 5 landing.
From Speed & Performance Flip Cards
1) Set V
AC
= 155
4. V
FS
(1R) ......................................................................... Set
a. Final segment speed. Speed to be attained during final
segment climb with gear and flaps retracted. 1.25 V
S
with
40° bank.
b. Example: Aircraft weighs 71,000 lbs. for a Flaps 5 landing.
From Speed & Performance Flip Cards
1) Set V
FS
= 187
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 32 Descent Flow and Checklist
4-114
Volume 5
5. Setting Non-Normal Landing Speeds.
a. For a non-normal situation, when the procedure dictates a
modified V
REF
(e.g., V
REF
FULL + 15 KIAS, V
REF
FULL +
30 KIAS, etc.) for
1) An approach flown with STALL PROT ICE SPEED
annunciated, the 10 KIAS adjustment must be made
to the modified V
REF
.
2) Example: Aircraft weighs 63,000 lbs., winds calm,
STALL PROT ICE SPEED annunciated, non-normal
procedure directs a Flaps 5 landing using a modified
V
REF
FULL + 20 KIAS.
a) Setting V
REF
in the MCDU
i) From the Speed & Performance Flip Card for
Flaps FULL V
REF
= 115
ii) Per the non-normal procedure V
REF
= 115 + 20
= 135
Note: In case of multiple non-normals dictating modified
VREFs, use the non-normal with the highest VREF.
iii) For the STALL PROT ICE SPEED annunciated
V
REF
= 135 + 10 = 145
b) Setting V
APP
in the MCDU
i) V
APP
= V
REF
+ wind additive V
APP
= 145 + 5
(minimum wind additive) = 150
c) Setting V
AC
in the MCDU
Note: If V
AC
< V
REF
, then set V
AC
= V
REF
.
i) From the Speed & Performance Flip Card for
Flaps 5 V
AC
= 146. Since 146 > 145 (V
REF

above), set 146
d) Setting V
FS
in the MCDU
i) From the Speed & Performance Flip Card for
Flaps 5 V
FS
= 176
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 32 Descent Flow and Checklist
4-115
Volume 5
PASSING THROUGH THE TRANSITION LEVEL
6. FSTN BELTS................................................................. ON
7. Altimeter........................................................................ Set
a. BARO SET............................................................Select
b. Turn to select destination altimeter setting.
WARNING: Ensure inches of mercury displayed to prevent
altitude deviations and possible conflicts.
c. IESS Barometric Pressure ........................................ Set
d. Set destination altimeter.
8. Arrival Announcement.................................. Accomplish
a. The arrival announcement should be accomplished as
soon as possible after accomplishing the Descent Check-
list after passing Flight Lever 180.
b. This announcement should be not be confused with the
announcement at 10,000 feet which is made when the
PED and Sterile Cockpit are illuminated.
c. The arrival announcement should be kept short and
include pertinent operational items as the current weather
conditions at the airport and gate information if known.
Note: Using the terminology “Prepare the cabin for arrival” is
not appropriate at this time. The flight crew should wait
until turning on the PED light at 10,000 feet before using
this terminology.
9. Shoulder Harness..........................................................On
Ensure the shoulder harness is on for landing
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 32 Descent Flow and Checklist
4-116
Volume 5
J. Descent Checklist
This is a “Do-Verify” checklist.
1. Verify __.__.................................................................... Set
2. Verbally state “__.__ Set” and crosscheck __.__ set in both
PFDs and IESS
3. EICAS Messages ..................................................Checked
4. Verify all displayed EICAS messages are normal for the
current operational aircraft configuration
.
K. Approach Briefing
1. The approach briefing must be tailored to the specific
approach situation and should include the items listed below
as appropriate.
2. For approaches utilizing VNAV procedures (i.e. RNAV / GPS
approaches using LNAV/VNAV minimums), the flight crew will
input the lowest altitude that the aircraft is cleared to in the
AFCS via the guidance panel. Both pilots must verbally re-
confirm all intermediate altitudes by cross-checking the
altitudes listed in the Jeppesen Chart with the altitudes listed
in the right hand column of the Active Flight Plan in the MCDU.
The PF is responsible to ensure that all altitude crossing
restrictions are met when the VNAV button is engaged.
Shoulder Harness . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
FSTN BELTS. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ON
Altimeters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . __.__ Set
Landing Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set
EICAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Checked
Approach Briefing . . . . . . . . . . . . [PF] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complete
Descent Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complete
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 32 Descent Flow and Checklist
4-117
Volume 5

1) Approach, Runway, Date,
2) Frequency
3) Course
4) FAF Verify Altitude
1
5) DA(H), AH, or MDA/MAP
1
6) TDZE, Highest MSA
7) Missed Approach
8) Required Visibility
1
9) Special Considerations:
a) Unique...
1. Airport Advisory Information
2. Noise Abatement Procedures
3. Engine Failure Procedures
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 32 Descent Flow and Checklist
4-118
Volume 5
b) Significant...
1. Terrain/Obstacles
2. Weather Conditions
c) Any other known risks
d) Intentions
Note: Not required if a day visual approach can be expected
and IMC will not be encountered during approach.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 33 Descending Through 10,000 feet MSL
4-119
Volume 5
Section 33 Descending Through 10,000 feet MSL
A. General
1. This flow is used to configure the aircraft’s external lights for a
descent and notify the flight attendants the flight is entering
the sterile flight deck environment.
2. Who - Initiated by the PM.
3. When - Leaving 10,000 feet MSL.
B. PF’s Flow Pattern
No flow pattern, only altitude callout made.
C. PF’s Abbreviated Flow
D. PF’s Expanded Flow
1. Altitude Callout............................................“10,000 feet,”
a. The PF will ensure that 250 KIAS is shown on the PFD as
the selected airspeed.
Note: The selection of 250 KIAS meets all FAA requirements
to maintain 250 KIAS below 10,000 feet.
Note: The PF may select a speed less than 250 KIAS if
requested by ATC.
Note: Whenever the aircraft exceeds 250 KIAS and does not
appear to be correcting, the Pilot Flying is expected to
make an adjustment of some kind (such as pulling the
thrust levers towards idle) so that the aircraft corrects
back towards 250 KIAS.
PF Descending Through 10,000 Feet MSL Flow
Just prior to descending through 10,000 feet MSL.
• “10,000 feet”
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 33 Descending Through 10,000 feet MSL
4-120
Volume 5
E. PM’s Descending Through 10,000 Feet Flow Pattern
1. No checklist, only flow accomplished.
PM DESCENDING THROUGH 10, 000 FT
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 33 Descending Through 10,000 feet MSL
4-121
Volume 5
F. PM’s Abbreviated Flow
G. PM’s Expanded Flow
1. External Lights ...............................................As required
a. STROBE lights are used for all flight operations as long as
they do not create a distraction to the flight crew.
b. LOGO lights should be ON for all operations below 10,000
feet at night. External lights are required for all operations
conducted below 10,000 feet, as long as their use does not
create a distraction to the flight crew.
2. STERILE........................................................................ ON
Notifies the Flight Attendants the aircraft is entering the
sterile flight deck environment.
3. PED................................................................................ ON
Note: In high workload environments such as arrivals at major
hub airports, the PED and STERILE lights may be turned
on prior to descending through 10,000 feet.
4. ANNOUNCEMENT ......................................... Accomplish
Accomplish announcement per the GOM “Prepare the
cabin for approach and landing.” This announcement is
associated with the illumination of the PED and STERILE
lights in the cabin.
PM Descending Through 10,000 Feet MSL Flow
Just prior to descending through 10,000 feet MSL.
• External Lights - As required
• STERILE - ON
• PED - ON
• Announcement - “Prepare the cabin for approach and landing”
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 34 Holding
4-122
Volume 5
Section 34 Holding
1. Speed
The FMS will reduce aircraft speed three minutes prior to
holding entry. It may be advantageous to request a clearance
to reduce to holding speed immediately. This will reduce the
required holding time and fuel burn at the holding fix.
2. Entries
The FMS offers three (3) types of entries into holding patterns:
1) Direct
2) Teardrop
a) If the leg toward the holding fix is on a “limit”
between a teardrop entry and a parallel entry, the
FMS may compute and display either of the two
entries. Do not assume the FMS is malfunctioning.
3) Parallel
a) If the flight plan leg toward the holding fix is on a
course that is the reciprocal of the inbound course
of the holding pattern, the aircraft will fly a parallel
entry.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 35 Stabilized Approach
4-123
Volume 5
Section 35 Stabilized Approach
A. Definition and Parameters for Stabilized Approaches
A Stabilized Approach is one of the key features of safe
approaches and landings. It means the aircraft must be in an
approved landing configuration (including a circling configuration,
if appropriate), must maintain the proper approach speed, and
must be established on the proper flight path before descending
below the minimum "stabilized approach height" specified for the
type of operation being conducted. These conditions must be
maintained throughout the remainder of the approach. A stabilized
approach is characterized by a constant-angle, constant-rate of
descent approach profile ending near the touchdown point, where
the landing maneuver begins.
B. Minimum Stabilized Approach Heights
1. 500 feet above the airport elevation during VFR or visual
approaches and during straight in instrument approaches in
VFR weather conditions.
2. MDA or 500 feet above airport elevation whichever is lower, if
a circling maneuver is to be conducted after completing an
instrument approach.
3. 1000 feet above the airport or TDZ elevation during any
straight-in instrument approach in instrument flight conditions.
4. In any type of abnormal or emergency situation, the approach
must be stabilized no later than 1000 feet above the airport or
TDZ elevation under VFR conditions.
CAUTION: If the above conditions are not met, a missed approach
or go-around must be executed.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 36 Visual Approach
4-124
Volume 5
Section 36 Visual Approach
A. Normal Visual Approach Procedures
1. Use the most precise navigation and visual aids available (i.e.,
select and monitor an ILS to the landing runway).
2. To assist in situational awareness, enter the best available
approach to the landing runway into the FMS. If an approach
is not available, enter the landing runway, then create an
intercept leg to the runway with the runway heading as
course.
3. Autopilot and flight director use is at pilot discretion.
4. The airspeeds listed in the callouts for the flap settings are
recommended speeds only. The pilot is allowed to call for any
speed that is less than the maximum speed for the flap setting
and greater than the “Green Dot Speed”.
B. Initial Approach
1. Fly at an altitude of 1,500 feet AFE and enter downwind with
Flaps 1 at approximately 200 knots. The callout is “Flaps 1,
Set Speed 200.”
Note: If the Pilot Flying elects to set the airspeed instead of
requesting the airspeed, no airspeed callout is required.
The PM will monitor the airspeed setting and advise the
PF anytime the aircraft deviates from assigned
parameters.
2. Select Flaps 2 abeam the runway numbers at approximately
180 knots. The callout is “Flaps 2, Set Speed 180.”
C. Base Leg
1. When turning onto base leg, select Flaps 3, slow to 160 knots.
The callout is “Flaps 3, Set Speed 160”. Then extend the
landing gear. The callout is “Gear Down, Landing Checklist”.
If the approach pattern must be extended, delay extending
gear and selecting Flaps 3 until approaching the normal visual
approach profile.
2. Extend landing flaps 5, when turning final. The callout is
“Flaps 5, Set Speed V
APP
.”
Note: If landing Flaps Full, the callout for Flaps 5 is “Flaps 5,
Set Speed 140.” The next callout is “Flaps Full, Set
Speed V
APP
.”
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 36 Visual Approach
4-125
Volume 5
D. On Final
1. Roll-out on runway center line and maintain the appropriate
approach speed and select Flaps FULL.
2. Make thrust changes as required to hold approach speed and
desired rate of descent.
3. Re-trim the stabilizer to maintain zero elevator forces on final.
4. Stabilize the airplane on the selected approach airspeed with
a constant rate of descent between 600 FPM and 800 FPM on
the desired glide-path, in-trim.
E. Landing Approach Path
1. The recommended landing approach path is approximately
2½° to 3°.
2. Once the final approach is established, the aircraft
configuration remains fixed and only small adjustments need
to be made to the glide-path, approach speed, and trim.
3. This results in the same approach profile under all conditions
regardless of weather.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 36 Visual Approach
4-126
Volume 5
F. Visual Approach Profile
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 36 Visual Approach
4-127
Volume 5
G. Normal Visual Approach Actions and Callouts
H. Position Orientation & Energy Management
1. The Pilot Flying is always allowed to utilize Energy
Management techniques when flying into the terminal area,
including:
a. Extending the Landing Gear prior to the extension of any
flaps when the aircraft is slightly above the normal descent
profile.
b. Using both Landing Gear and Speed Brakes when the
aircraft is well above a normal descent profile
c. Extending the Landing Gear after Flaps 1, 2, or 3 settings
are requested
Note: Flaps 4 is a Takeoff Only mode and is not to be utilized
under any circumstances while flying an approach.
2. Position orientation and energy management are critical to a
stabilized visual approach.
3. Align with runway approximately 5 miles on final at 1,500 feet
AFE or 3 miles on final at 1,000 feet AFE, as shown below.
4. Use speedbrakes for minor speed and altitude adjustments,
and flight spoilers/gear for larger adjustments.
5. Maintain stabilized approach rate of descent and flight
parameters; if unable to maintain a stabilized approach, go
around.
Normal Visual Approach
Trigger PF PM
1,000’ AFE • Verify altitude “1,000 Feet”
500’ AFE • Verify altitude, speed
and sink rate
“500 Feet,
BUG ± ___,
Sink ___”
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 36 Visual Approach
4-128
Volume 5
Normal Visual Approach Profile
15 nm

3 nm
Flaps 2
Flaps 3
(preferred)
Flaps FULL
4500’
3000’
1500’
1200’
1000’
10 nm 8 nm

nm = flying distance to runway
Flaps 2
Flaps 3
10 nm

5 nm
4 nm
Flaps 5
To avoid aural warning, do not
select Flaps 5/FULL until gear
is down & locked.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 36 Visual Approach
4-129
Volume 5
I. Three to One Descent Profile
1. This profile is based on an approximate 300ft (AFE) per NM
reference, (3:1 Ratio). For example, 5NM, from touchdown
would equate to 1500ft AFE.
2. The objective is to constantly monitor the profile and take
actions to maintain a stabilized approach.
J. Energy Management Factors
1. There are numerous factors such as aircraft weight, weather
conditions, and a pilot’s “comfort zone” that will dictate energy
management techniques for each approach.
2. Energy Management Factors for a Visual Approach
a. On a visual approach when other traffic is not a factor, plan
to arrive over the FAF on glide slope at Flaps 1 and 200
KIAS.
b. After that point (or its equivalent on a short base to final),
use energy management techniques so that the thrust
levers remain in the idle position until just prior to 500 feet
AFE.
1) Time the use of various flap settings, and the exten-
sion of the landing gear so that the aircraft arrives at
a point 500 feet AFE with:
a) Gear down,
b) Flaps at the final landing configuration
c) Airspeed at the final approach speed
d) Engines spooled (thrust levers moving forward)
3. Regardless of the techniques employed, the decision to go
around is not an indication of poor performance, but rather
good judgement.
K. Flap Settings
1. Preferred landing flap setting is 5.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 37 Instrument Procedures
4-130
Volume 5
Section 37 Instrument Procedures
A. General
1. The instrument approach begins when the aircraft is over the
initial approach fix for the procedure being used and ends
when the aircraft either contacts the runway or completes the
transition to a missed approach.
2. The recommended speeds and callouts for flap extension
listed in the Visual Approach section applies to all instrument
approaches.
3. Tune, Identify, and Monitor
a. Navaids must be tuned and identified prior to beginning an
instrument approach.
b. Crosscheck of navigation guidance must occur by both
pilots continually during approaches.
c. If instrument and/or navigation discrepancies become
evident, abandon the approach, climb to the missed
approach altitude but delay required turns until arriving at
the published missed approach point (MAP).
d. Establish and communicate a plan.
4. Actions and Callouts
a. Actions and callouts have been created to specify “trigger”
events and define the callouts and actions required by
each pilot during approaches.
b. They are constructed for training purposes to depict the
ideal situation.
c. However, ATC vectoring, the pilots own navigation, or a
particular set of circumstances may preclude doing things
exactly as specified. Alterations to the ideal must be
accomplished when it makes sense to do so.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 37 Instrument Procedures
4-131
Volume 5
B. Planning
Each type of approach and each approach to a particular runway,
requires study and coordination, so that all questions are
answered before commencing an approach:
1. to determine how it fits against the profile,
2. where should gear and flaps be extended,
3. when should airspeed be established,
4. when should timing begin,
5. how to establish a VDP where required, and
6. how to identify the MAP (missed approach point)
C. Aircraft Approach Category
Use Category C minimums.
D. Contact Approaches
Not authorized.
E. Determining Decision Altitude/Height
1. CAT I decision altitude is based on the barometric altimeter.
2. A published RA less than 100 feet may be set when
associated with a DH greater than or equal to 100 feet (e.g.,
setting a published RA of 91 feet to achieve a DH of 100 feet,
etc.) is acceptable.
F. Side-Step Maneuver
1. Side-step maneuver is authorized using published side-step
minima.
2. Definition: A side-step maneuver is a visual maneuver
accomplished by the pilot at the completion of an instrument
approach to permit a straight-in landing on a parallel runway
not more than 1,200 feet to either side of the runway to which
the instrument approach was conducted.
3. Landing Minimums: Landing minimums to the adjacent
runway will be higher than the minimums to the primary
runway, but will normally be lower than the published circling
minimums.
4. If a full procedure turn is required, select flaps 2 prior to the
IAF outbound.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 37 Instrument Procedures
4-132
Volume 5
5. Fly the appropriate maneuver speed. Approximately 30
seconds after station/ fix passage, commence procedure turn.
6. A normal procedure turn outbound leg is 45 seconds to 1
minute.
7. Some procedure turns are specified by a Procedural Track, as
identified by a bold track in the Jeppesen Manual. These turns
must be flown as depicted.
G. ILS (CAT I)
1. ILS precision approach procedures are flown using the APP
mode of the AFCS system.
2. Decision Altitude (DA) - The DA is the point at which the pilot
commences the vertical portion of the missed approach. In
some instances, the lateral portion of the missed approach
may require the aircraft to proceed to the missed approach fix
before commencing a turn.
3. The appropriate ILS procedure must be programmed into the
EPIC System via the NAV INDEX / ARRIVAL page prior to
commencing any ILS approach.
4. Use the LNAV capabilities of the aircraft to the maximum
extent possible when turning onto the localizer course.
a. By using Preview Mode, the Pilot Flying can fly with
magenta needles and still verify that the aircraft is within
the proper RNP for the ILS approach (i.e. the blue dashed
line that represents the localizer is remaining within a one
dot deflection on the HSI).
b. Once the aircraft is flying inbound on the localizer course,
and the navigation radios are properly tuned and identified
(using either autotune or manually tuning the frequency
using the 4 letter identifier on the Progress Page), the Pilot
Flying can arm the approach and fly the remainder of the
ILS approach normally using green needles.
H. LDA (Precision)
1. LDA approaches with minimums depicted as a DA(H) are
precision approaches. Set up and fly these LDA approaches
with the APP mode selected.
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 37 Instrument Procedures
4-133
Volume 5
I. Automation
1. The Autopilot (A/P) is routinely used during Precision
Approach Operations.
Note: If the autopilot has been placed on the MEL list, the flight
director must be operative.
2. The PF selects the respective autopilot, in preparation of the
approach.
3. The autopilot may be disengaged or turned off after final flap
selection or 200 feet AGL, and a target speed (V
REF
+
additive) is established.
4. The ILS is considered tuned and identified anytime the pilots
hear the proper morse code identifier or the correct 4 letter
identifier is shown either on the PFD or on the Progress Page
of the FMS and no primary instrument flags are displayed.
a. Aircraft with EPIC Load 17.5 should utilize the following
procedure when tuning and identifying a frequency for
an ILS Approach
1) Ensure neither pilot is in Preview Mode
2) Set the ILS identifier on the FMS PROGRESS
Page 1/3, lines 5L and/or 5R.
3) After the proper frequency is shown on the
Progress Page in normal video (not in green
inverse video), each pilot may select the Preview
Mode when appropriate and all functionality will be
normal.
4) If a frequency change is desired while in Preview
Mode
a) De-select Preview Mode
b) Set the new ILS identifier on FMS PROGRESS
Page 1/3, lines 5L and/or 5R
c) Re-select Preview Mode.
Note: In addition to the above procedure, the Autotune
Mode may also be used to tune the desired
frequency as well as the use of Radio Page 1/2 on
aircraft with EPIC Load 17.5. If these options are
used, both pilots must confirm that the proper ILS
frequency is tuned and identified prior to
commencing the approach.
b. Aircraft with EPIC Load 19.3 should utilize the following
procedure when tuning and identifying a frequency for an
ILS Approach
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 37 Instrument Procedures
4-134
Volume 5
1) Use autotune whenever possible and when the Pilot
Flying (PF) believes the aircraft will intercept the final
approach course within 25 nm of the airport. Use
manual tuning whenever the PF believes the aircraft
will intercept the final approach course more than 25
nm from the airport.
2) Whenever autotune is used, the Pilot Monitoring (PM)
must re-confirm the NAV radios are properly tuned
and identified when the aircraft is within 25 nm of the
airport.
Note: If autotune does not work when within 25 nm of the
airport, the PM upon command of the PF should
delete any discontinuities in the active flight plan.
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 37 Instrument Procedures
4-135
Volume 5
J. Alternate ILS Configuration
1. It is not uncommon to intercept the localizer and glideslope
and be cleared for the ILS approach while still a considerable
distance from the runway.
2. When it is prudent to delay configuring the aircraft for landing,
the following general guidelines should be used:
Aircraft distance (nm) with
reference to the final approach
intercept altitude
Accomplish the procedures
associated with
2 1 1/2 dots
1 1/2 dot
G/S Intercept
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 37 Instrument Procedures
4-136
Volume 5
K. ILS CAT I Actions and Callouts
ILS CAT I
Trigger PF PM
Initial
approach;
Airspeed and
glideslope
triggers
• Check Airspeed
“Flaps 1”
• Set/request speed
bug (not less than
green dot)
• Check Airspeed
“Flaps 1”
* Select Flaps 1
* Set speed if requested
• Check Airspeed
“Flaps 2”
• Set/request speed
bug (not less than
green dot)
• Check Airspeed
“Flaps 2”
• Select Flaps 2
• Set speed if
requested
• Check Airspeed
“Flaps 3”
• Set/request speed
bug (not less than
green dot)
• Check Airspeed
“Flaps 3”
• Select Flaps 3
• Set speed if
requested
Cleared for
the approach;
engage APP
mode on GP
“Localizer Alive”
“Glideslope Alive”
Verify that the FMA annunciations change from
white (armed) to green (captured).
GS Alive;
1 1/2 dots
• Check Airspeed
“Gear down, Landing
Checklist”
• Check Airspeed
• “Gear Down”
• Position Gear Lever
DN
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 37 Instrument Procedures
4-137
Volume 5
1/2 dot • Check airspeed
“Flaps 5”
• Set/request speed
bug (not less than
green dot)
• Check Airspeed
• “Flaps 5”
• Select Flaps 5
• Set speed if
requested
On GS • Check airspeed
“Flaps Full”
(if desired)
• Set/request speed
bug to V
APP

“Set Missed Approach
Altitude”
• Check Airspeed
• “Flaps Full”
• Select Flaps Full
• Set speed if
requested
• Set missed approach
altitude
1,000’ AFE • Verify altitude “1,000 Feet”
500’ AFE • Verify altitude, speed
and sink rate
“500 Feet,
BUG ± ___,
Sink ___”
100 feet
above DA (H)
“Approaching
Minimums”
(Auto callout)
Verify Altitude Divide time between
monitoring instruments
and scanning outside
for runway environment.
ILS CAT I (Continued)
Trigger PF PM
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 37 Instrument Procedures
4-138
Volume 5
Note:
1
Not required if “Landing” callout has been made by PF
DA (H) Run-
way NOT in
sight
“Go Around”
• Execute go around
procedure
“Minimums” (Auto call
out) “No Contact”
1
or
DA (H) Run-
way in sight
“Minimums” (Auto call
out) “<Visual Cues> In
Sight”
1
“Landing”
• Disconnect autopilot
and land the aircraft
ILS CAT I (Continued)
Trigger PF PM
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 37 Instrument Procedures
4-139
Volume 5
L. Precision Approach Profile
E M 1 7 0 A O M 9 8 0 0 1 1 . D G N
P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N

A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H

(
I
L
S
)
A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H
I
N
G

I
N
T
E
R
C
E
P
T

H
E
A
D
I
N
G
·

F
L
A
P
S


2
A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H
I
N
G

F
I
E
L
D
M
I
S
S
E
D

A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H
L
O
C
A
L
I
Z
E
R

C
A
P
T
U
R
E
G
L
I
D
E

S
L
O
P
E

A
L
I
V
E
·

W
A
I
T

F
O
R

1

1
/
2

D
O
T
S
·

G
E
A
R

D
O
W
N
G
L
I
D
E

S
L
O
P
E

I
N
T
E
R
C
E
P
T
F
I
X
·

F
L
A
P
S


1
·

A
P
P
R
O
P
R
I
A
T
E

V
E
R
T
I
C
A
L

A
N
D

L
A
T
E
R
A
L

M
O
D
E
S
·

P
U
S
H

T
O
/
G
A

S
W
I
T
C
H
·

G
O

A
R
O
U
N
D

T
H
R
U
S
T
·

G
O

A
R
O
U
N
D

A
T
T
I
T
U
D
E
·

F
L
A
P
S

2

·

P
O
S
I
T
I
V
E

R
A
T
E

/

G
E
A
R

U
P
·

C
O
M
P
L
E
T
E

G
O

A
R
O
U
N
D

P
R
O
C
E
D
U
R
E
·

A
F
T
E
R

T
A
K
E
O
F
F

C
H
E
C
K
L
I
S
T
·


F
L
A
P
S

3
,

A
R
M

A
P
P

M
O
D
E
·

F
L
A
P
S

5

·

S
E
T

G
O

A
R
O
U
N
D

A
L
T
I
T
U
D
E
·

L
A
N
D
I
N
G

C
H
E
C
K
L
I
S
T
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 38 ILS PRM Approach
4-140
Volume 5
Section 38 ILS PRM Approach
A. Procedures
1. If ATIS broadcasts or ATC advises ILS/PRM approaches are
in progress and approach will be accepted, accomplish the
following:
2. Inform ATC on initial contact if unable to meet approach
requirements.
3. Captain assumes PF duties prior to commencing approach.
4. Use autopilot, flight directors and, if available, A/THR.
5. Leave TCAS in TA/RA. If a Resolution Advisory (RA) is
received without an ATC Traffic Alert, accomplish TCAS
Warning RA procedure.
6. Review ILS/PRM Breakout procedures.
If breakout initiated by:
a. ATC Traffic Alert - follow controller’s vertical and lateral
instructions.
b. ATC Traffic Alert and TCAS RA - follow RA vertical guid-
ance and controller’s lateral instructions.
Note: If the controller’s instructions include vertical guidance
that conflicts with RA vertical guidance, follow RA
vertical guidance while complying with controller’s lateral
instructions.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 39 Non-Precision Procedures
4-141
Volume 5
Section 39 Non-Precision Procedures
A. General
1. When the weather is below 1000/3, the autopilot shall be
utilized from at least the FAF until leveling at the MDA
selected on the GP, or until a “Landing” call is made during
non-precision approaches.
Note: If the autopilot is required by this section but has been
placed in the MEL list, the flight director must be
operative.
2. When the weather is above these minimums, the use of the
autopilot is at the pilots discretion.
3. Use of the autopilot reduces crew workload, particularly in
respect to flight path control, and allows more time for
management and monitoring the approach.
4. Also, correct use of the autoflight altitude select feature can
help prevent descents below authorized altitudes.
B. Setting Minimums
1. When the published MDA is not a multiple of 100’, round it up
to the next 100’ (e.g. 620’ is rounded up to 700’).
2. When setting MDA, set the “adjusted” MDA in the altitude
window using the GP. This number now becomes the “new”
MDA for the approach. When an intermediate step-down
altitude(s) is designated, set the GP altitude to the step-down
altitude(s), then to the “adjusted” MDA.
3. Some approaches may have a step down of 100 feet between
an intermediate fix and the MDA.
C. Descent Profile
1. Once ALT is annunciated on the FMA, set the next lower
intermediate step down altitude until the MDA is set.
2. The V/S for the descent should be managed to avoid level
flight at intermediate altitudes and/or the MDA and places the
aircraft at the MDA concurrent with the VDP or “calculated”
VDP.
Note: The use of FPA (or PTH with VNAV) is recommended so
as to stay close to the glide path indicated by the VTA.
3. The objective is to arrive at the MDA at a distance from the
runway that permits a normal 3 degree profile without leveling
off and maintain this profile to the TDZ.
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 39 Non-Precision Procedures
4-142
Volume 5
D. Calculated VDP
1. If a non-precision approach does not contain a published
VDP, a calculated VDP can be created for better situational
awareness during the approach. The purpose of determining
a ‘calculated’ VDP is to validate the aircraft is at the proper
position on the approach corresponding to the point of
intercept with a 3 degree profile to the touchdown zone. There
are number of ways to calculate a VDP.
2. If using DME or FMS mileage the calculated VDP can be
derived by determining the distance to the runway and using
the 3 to 1 rule. For each one mile from touchdown, the normal
glide path is a multiple of 300 feet above the TDZ elevation.
3. For example, the MDA places you 480 feet above the TDZ
elevation. That means the normal glide path intercepts the
MDA approximately 1.5 miles from the arrival end of the
runway. At this point during the approach you should be at the
proper location to begin normal pitch and thrust adjustment to
establish a 3 degree profile, (700-800 FPM) descent rate.
4. Alternative Method
a. Another method is based on timing and the normal
descent rate for a 3 degree glide path. On a normal glide
path the aircraft descends approximately 100 feet every
nine (9) seconds of flight. For example, the MDA places
you at 480 feet above the TDZ elevation. This means that
it will take approximately 45 seconds (9 times 5), to
descend from the MDA to the landing runway.
b. In this example, the timing from the FAF to the MAP is two
minutes and twenty seconds, (2:20). By subtracting the 45
seconds from the 2:20 you have determined the point of
intercept for a 3 degree profile to the landing runway. At
1:35 seconds past the FAF you should be in a position to
adjust the pitch and thrust for normal descent to the
landing runway.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 39 Non-Precision Procedures
4-143
Volume 5
E. Target Vertical Speed
Non-precision approaches with a steep descent gradient may
require approximately 1000 fpm to ensure reaching the MDA by
the charted VDP position, or “calculated” VDP. By 1000 ft. AFE,
the descent rate will be transitioning to no greater than 1000 fpm.
The descent rate should be stabilized at 700-800 fpm when tran-
sitioning to the visual flight phase.
F. MDA to Landing
After leveling off at the MDA (the MDA set on the GP is the mini-
mum altitude for the approach), request the altitude window on the
GP to the missed approach altitude after ALT (green) is displayed
on the FMA, or after the landing callout is made. Maintain the MDA
until a 3 degree glide path can be established to the TDZ. When
leaving MDA, the autopilot must be disengaged. Complete the
landing manually.
Note: (1) If a discrepancy occurs between LNAV and raw
data, use HDG SEL to correct and maintain
desired track.
Note: (2) FPA is used because it compensates for winds.
VS may also be used.
Approach
Mode
(Lateral Path)
Mode
(Vertical Path)
VOR
LNAV
(1)
FPA
(2)
LOC LOC
LDA (non-precision) LOC
LOC (BC)
LNAV
(1)
RNAV LNAV
GPS LNAV
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 39 Non-Precision Procedures
4-144
Volume 5
G. Non-Precision Actions and Callouts
Non-Precision Approach
Trigger PF PM
Initial
approach;
Airspeed and
glideslope
triggers
• Check airspeed
“Flaps 1”
• Set/request speed
bug (not less than
green dot)
• Check airspeed
“Flaps 1”
• Select Flaps 1
• Set speed if
requested
• Check airspeed
“Flaps 2”
• Set/request speed
bug (not less than
green dot)
• Check airspeed
“Flaps 2”
• Select Flaps 2
• Set speed if
requested
• Check airspeed
“Flaps 3”
• Set/request speed
bug (not less than
green dot)
• Check airspeed
“Flaps 3”
• Select Flaps 3
• Set speed if
requested
Cleared for
the approach
“Course Alive”
Verify that the FMA annunciations change from white
(armed) to green (captured).
Approx. 3
miles prior to
FAF
• Check airspeed
“Gear Down,
Landing Checklist”
• Check airspeed
“Gear Down”
• Position gear lever
DN
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 39 Non-Precision Procedures
4-145
Volume 5
Approx. 2
miles prior to
FAF
• Check Airspeed
“Flaps 5”
• Set/request speed
bug (not less than
green dot)
• Check airspeed
“Flaps 5”
• Select Flaps 5
• Set speed if
requested
Approx. 1
mile prior to
FAF
• Check airspeed
“Flaps FULL”
(if desired)
• Set/request speed
bug to V
APP
• Check airspeed
“Flaps FULL”
• Select Flaps Full if
requested
• Set speed if
requested
1,000 feet
above AFE
• Verify altitude “1000 Feet”
100 feet
above MDA
“Approaching
Minimums”
(Auto callout)
1
• Verify altitude
MDA • Level off, if
appropriate
• After ALT
annunciated on
FMA
“Minimums” (Auto call
out)
1
“Set Missed Approach
Altitude”
• Set missed approach
altitude
Non-Precision Approach (Continued)
Trigger PF PM
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 39 Non-Precision Procedures
4-146
Volume 5
1
Not required if “Landing” callout has been made by PF.
At MAP
(Runway
environment
not in sight)
“Missed Approach
Point, No Contact”
“Go Around”
See go around procedure
or
“<Visual Cues> In
Sight”
1
Before MAP
(Runway
environment
is in sight)
“Landing”
“Set Missed Approach
Altitude” (if not
previously accom-
plished)
• Disconnect autopilot
and land the aircraft
• Set missed approach
altitude
Non-Precision Approach (Continued)
Trigger PF PM
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 39 Non-Precision Procedures
4-147
Volume 5
H. Non-Precision Profile
E M 1 7 0 A O M 9 8 0 0 1 0 . D G N
N
O
N

P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N

A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H
A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H
I
N
G

I
N
T
E
R
C
E
P
T

H
E
A
D
I
N
G
F
A
F
·

F
L
A
P
S

2
·

F
L
A
P
S


1
A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H
I
N
G

F
I
E
L
D
M
I
S
S
E
D

A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H
R
U
N
W
A
Y

I
N
S
I
G
H
T
·

I
N
T
E
R
C
E
P
T

L
A
N
D
I
N
G


P
R
O
F
I
L
E
·

D
I
S
C
O
N
N
E
C
T

A
U
T
O

P
I
L
O
T
I
N
B
O
U
N
D
·

F
L
A
P
S

3
·

G
E
A
R

D
O
W
N
A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H
I
N
G

F
A
F
D
E
S
C
E
N
D
I
N
G

T
O

M
D
A
·

A
P
P
R
O
P
R
I
A
T
E

V
E
R
T
I
C
A
L

A
N
D

L
A
T
E
R
A
L

M
O
D
E
S
·

S
E
T

P
R
O
P
E
R

F
L
I
G
H
T

P
A
T
H

A
N
G
L
E
·

P
E
R
F
O
R
M

A

P
R
E
C
I
S
I
O
N



L
I
K
E


A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H
·

P
U
S
H

T
O
/
G
A

S
W
I
T
C
H
·

G
O

A
R
O
U
N
D

T
H
R
U
S
T
·

G
O

A
R
O
U
N
D

A
T
T
I
T
U
D
E
·

S
E
T

G
O

A
R
O
U
N
D

F
L
A
P
S
·

P
O
S
I
T
I
V
E

R
A
T
E

/

G
E
A
R

U
P
·

C
O
M
P
L
E
T
E

G
O

A
R
O
U
N
D

P
R
O
C
E
D
U
R
E
·

A
F
T
E
R

T
A
K
E
O
F
F

C
H
E
C
K
L
I
S
T
·

S
E
T

L
A
N
D
I
N
G

F
L
A
P
S
·

S
E
T

G
O

A
R
O
U
N
D

A
L
T
I
T
U
D
E
·

L
A
N
D
I
N
G

C
H
E
C
K
L
I
S
T

REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 39 Non-Precision Procedures
4-148
Volume 5
I. Circling Approaches
1. Shuttle America’s Restrictions
a. Shuttle America aircrews are permitted to accept instru-
ment approaches that terminate in a "circle-to-land"
maneuver only if the reported ceiling is at or above 1000
feet HAA and the visibility is better than 3 SM.
b. If the flightcrew requests or ATC assigns a circling
approach, the CA must fly the approach and landing.
c. The aircrew must use the highest of the following landing
minimums for an instrument approach that requires a
circle-to-land maneuver to align the aircraft with the
runway of intended landing when a straight-in landing from
an instrument approach is not possible or is not desirable:
1) The circling landing minimum specified by the appli-
cable instrument approach procedure,
or
2) 1,000 FT HAA ceiling and 3 Statute Miles Visibility,
whichever is higher.
2. Procedure
a. Proper planning is the key to a well-executed circling
approach. The circling approach must be thoroughly
briefed during the approach briefing with emphasis on
crew duties, callouts, direction of circle, and missed
approach considerations.
b. Prior to each approach, the Descent Check will be
accomplished. When crossing the final approach fix, the
Captain will establish a descent rate using the appropriate
Flight Path Angle for the approach. Fly the first part of the
Non-Precision Approach in accordance with the Non-
Precision Approach Procedures found in this chapter.
c. This maneuver will be initially flown on the autopilot with
the Autothrottles connected to allow both pilots the ability
to spend the maximum time looking outside the cockpit for
visual cues and other aircraft in the pattern.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 39 Non-Precision Procedures
4-149
Volume 5
d. When both pilots have acquired the airport visually, the
Captain will verify the heading bug is on the initial heading
to start the circling approach and select the Heading Mode
on the Flight Guidance Panel. During the remainder of the
circling maneuver, the Captain can either command the
PM to move the heading bug to a specific heading or move
the heading bug himself. As a technique, the pilots are
allowed to back up the circling approach with the ILS for
the landing runway.
e. During the circling maneuver, when the aircraft intercepts
a normal visual glide path to the landing runway, the
Captain will disconnect the autopilot but leave the Auto-
throttles engaged. Once a stabilized descent towards the
landing runway has been established, Autothrottles may
be disconnected at the discretion of the Captain.
f. The FO will make the appropriate visual approach callouts
as previously described.
g. Do not exceed 30° angle of bank during the circling
maneuver.
3. Missed Approach from a Circling Maneuver
a. A missed approach must be initiated at any point if the
approach is not stabilized, if the aircraft is not in a position
from which a normal landing can be made, or any time
visual reference with the airport and runway is lost.
b. Initially perform a climbing turn toward the landing runway.
Continue turning until established on the prescribed
missed approach course. Then follow the specific missed
approach procedures for that particular instrument
approach that has been flown, unless an alternate missed
approach procedure has been specified by ATC. Adher-
ence to the procedure will assure that the aircraft will
remain within the circling and missed approach obstruction
clearance areas.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 39 Non-Precision Procedures
4-150
Volume 5
4. Circling Approach Profile
E M 1 7 0 A O M 9 8 0 0 1 2 . D G N
C
I
R
C
L
I
N
G


A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H
R
U
N
W
A
Y

I
N
S
I
G
H
T
M
I
S
S
E
D

A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H
F
I
N
A
L
T
U
R
N
I
N
G

B
A
S
E

L
E
G
A
B
E
A
M

T
H
R
E
S
H
O
L
D
I
N
I
T
I
A
L

A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H

C
O
N
F
I
G
U
R
A
T
I
O
N
·

I
N
T
E
R
C
E
P
T

V
I
S
U
A
L

P
A
T
H
·

A
U
T
O

P
I
L
O
T

D
I
S
C
O
N
N
E
C
T
E
D

·

P
U
S
H

T
O
/
G
A

S
W
I
T
C
H
·

G
O

A
R
O
U
N
D

T
H
R
U
S
T
·

G
O

A
R
O
U
N
D

A
T
T
I
T
U
D
E
·

S
E
T

G
O

A
R
O
U
N
D

F
L
A
P
S
·

P
O
S
I
T
I
V
E

R
A
T
E

/

G
E
A
R

U
P
·

C
O
M
P
L
E
T
E

G
O

A
R
O
U
N
D

P
R
O
C
E
D
U
R
E
·

A
F
T
E
R

T
A
K
E
O
F
F

C
H
E
C
K
L
I
S
T
·

L
E
V
E
L

O
F
F

A
T

C
I
R
C
L
I
N
G

A
L
T
I
T
U
D
E
·

P
R
O
C
E
E
D

T
O

D
O
W
N
W
I
N
D

L
E
G
·

G
E
A
R

D
O
W
N
·

F
L
A
P
S

5
·

S
E
T

C
I
R
C
L
I
N
G

M
I
N
I
M
U
M
S
·

S
T
A
R
T

C
H
R
O
N
O
M
E
T
E
R
·

M
A
I
N
T
A
I
N

V
I
S
U
A
L

R
E
F
E
R
E
N
C
E
S
·

L
A
N
D
I
N
G

F
L
A
P
S
·

B
E
F
O
R
E

L
A
N
D
I
N
G

C
H
E
C
K
L
I
S
T
·

S
E
T

G
O

A
R
O
U
N
D

A
L
T
I
T
U
D
E
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 40 RNAV Approach
4-151
Volume 5
Section 40 RNAV Approach
A. General
1. The ERJ-170 is authorized to conduct RNAV approaches that
provide lateral guidance to the runway threshold.
2. This FMS generated guidance can use a variety of sensor
inputs of which GPS is primary. The RNAV approach is a non-
precision approach using an MDA based on LNAV or LNAV/
VNAV minimums, whichever is appropriate.
Note: LPV minimums are not authorized.
B. Jeppesen Approach Plate Terminology
1. Jeppesen approach plates may be labeled RNAV (GPS),
RNAV, GPS, VOR or GPS, etc. In other words, if the title of the
approach contains RNAV or GPS and the approach is stored
in the nav database, then the approach may be flown.
Note: Pilot modifications to the stored procedures (to include
fixes, altitudes or angles) are not permitted.
2. The approach plate in the “PRE-APPROACH BRIEFING
INFORMATION” section, will list approach requirements. For
instance, “GPS or RNP - 0.3 required” means that if you have
GPS or no GPS, but your RNP is 0.3 NM or less, you are legal
to execute the approach. “DME/DME RNP - 0.3 not
authorized” means that if you do not have GPS, you are not
authorized to execute the approach.
C. LNAV/VNAV Approaches
1. When conducting LNAV/VNAV approaches, the PF (or the PM
upon the command of the PF) will set the LNAV/VNAV MDA
(rounded up to the nearest 100 feet) into the AFCS altitude via
the guidance panel when ATC issues the clearance for the
RNAV approach.
2. The PF will descend the aircraft via the VNAV button on the
flight guidance panel. The PM will monitor the aircraft to
ensure that all intermediate altitudes are properly maintained
throughout the approach.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 40 RNAV Approach
4-152
Volume 5
3. For approaches utilizing LNAV/VNAV minimums, the flight
crew will input the lowest altitude that the aircraft is cleared to
in the AFCS via the guidance panel. Both pilots must verbally
re-confirm all intermediate altitudes by cross-checking the
altitudes listed in the Jeppesen Chart with the altitudes listed
in the right hand column of the Active Flight Plan in the MCDU.
The PF is responsible to ensure that all altitude crossing
restrictions are met when the VNAV button is engaged.
4. Missed Approach Procedures
a. Missed approach procedures are the same as any other
non-precision instrument approach except that the missed
approach will be commenced upon reaching the LNAV/
VNAV MDA if the runway is not distinctly visible.
b. In the event the runway is distinctly visible at or prior to
reaching the LNAV/VNAV MDA, the PF will use the
following procedures
1) Announce intentions (“Landing”)
2) Disconnect the autopilot
3) Callout “Set Missed Approach Altitude”
WARNING: Depending on which vertical mode is annunciated on
the FMA (FPA, ASEL, or ALT), when the missed
approach altitude is set the flight director may
command a climb. The PF should continue the
descent visually on a 3 degree glide path and land the
aircraft.
4) Callout “Set FPA 3 Degrees”
5. All other procedures are identical to the LNAV Approach
procedures.
D. Required Navigational Performance (RNP)
1. Currently, all published RNAV approaches have an RNP of
0.3 NM which is depicted on the approach plate. Selection of
the RNP is automatic in the ERJ-170/175 Honeywell FMS and
will change from the terminal setting of “1.0” to the approach
setting of “0.3” two miles from the final approach fix. RNP is
displayed on the PFD HSI and on the PROG page (1).
2. Estimated Position Uncertainty (EPU) is displayed on the
PROG page (1). If the EPU exceeds the RNP, a DGRAD
message is displayed on the PFD HSI. By switching the SRC
(the FMS source), the EPU may be within limits and the
approach continued.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 41 Landing Callout
4-153
Volume 5
E. Discontinuing the Approach
The approach must be discontinued if any of the following mes-
sages annunciate:
1. The DGRAD message on the PFD
Note: The SRC (the FMS source) may be switched to maintain
the EPU within limits. After accomplishing this switch
and the ensuring DGRAD message is not annunciated,
the approach may be continued.
2. GPS RAIM ABOVE LIMIT, GPS RAIM UNAVAILABLE, or
GPS FAILED messages on the MCDU
Section 41 Landing Callout
A. For CAT I ILS, RNAV, and Visual Approaches
The PF may call “Landing” when:
1. the aircraft is cleared to land
2. the aircraft is in position to land safely, and
3. the runway environment will remain in sight until touchdown.
B. Prior to the “Landing” Callout
1. All approach callouts will be made in accordance with the
procedures outlined in this manual.
2. The PM will callout any visual cues associated with the
runway (e.g., strobe/approach lights, threshold location -left/
right/ahead) until the PF calls out “Landing.”
C. After the “Landing” Callout
1. The PM will continue to monitor instruments and call out any
deviations that would prevent a safe landing, and revert to
visual approach callouts.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 42 Landing Checklist
4-154
Volume 5
Section 42
Landing Checklist
A.
General
1.
This flow and checklist is used to configure the aircraft for
landing.
2.
Who - Initiated by the PF.
3.
When -
After extending the landing gear.
B. PF’s Flow Pattern
No flow pattern.
C. PF’s Abbreviated Flow
No flow. Maintain aircraft control.
D. PF’s Expanded Flow
No flow. Maintain aircraft control.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 42 Landing Checklist
4-155
Volume 5
E. PM’s Landing Checklist Flow Pattern
PM LANDING
S
F
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 42 Landing Checklist
4-156
Volume 5
F. PM’s Abbreviated Flow
G. PM’s Expanded Landing Flow
1. Landing Gear Lever ................................................. Down
2. Flight Attendants .....................................................Notify
a. Notify FA for brace position when the landing gear is
extended (approximately 5 miles from touchdown) by
selecting the ATTND CALL (FA Call Button) twice.
3. EICAS.................................................................. Checked
a. Verify all displayed EICAS messages are normal for the
current operational aircraft configuration.
PM Landing Checklist Flow
After extending the landing gear.
• Landing Gear Lever - Down
• Give Flight Attendants 2 Bell Signal
• EICAS - Check
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 42 Landing Checklist
4-157
Volume 5
H. Landing Checklist
This is a “Do-Verify” checklist.
Notify Flight Attendant by pressing the ATTND CALL (FA Call But-
ton) twice.
1. EICAS Messages .................................................. Checked
a. Verify all displayed EICAS messages are normal for the
current operational aircraft configuration.
2. LANDING GEAR Lever .............................................. Down
3. LANDING GEAR Display ........................................3 Green
.
4. EICAS......................................................................... Verify
a. SLAT/Flap Position Display......... <LDG Setting>, Green
.
Flight Attendant . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notified
EICAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checked
Landing Gear . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . Down, 3 Green
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . ___
Landing Checklist . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complete
At this point, the Landing Checklist is referred to as
“Down to the line.” The remainder of the checklist will
be called for when landing flaps have been called for
and selected.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 43 Go Around
4-158
Volume 5
Section 43 Go Around
A. Preparation
Maintain “Mode Awareness” by monitoring the FMA to determine
the engaged pitch and roll modes.
B. Manual vs. Automatic Go Around Procedures
Go around procedures maximize the use of the automation. Pilots
must remain mentally prepared to execute a F/D or raw data go
around in the event of equipment failure or malfunction.
C. TOGA Switch.
All go around procedures begin by pressing either TOGA switch.
The TOGA switch engages the highest level of automation avail-
able. This includes autopilot, Autothrottle and flight director use.
D. Thrust And Configuration Requirements.
1. 1000 feet AFE and Below: All go-arounds initiated below
1000 feet AFE must follow the go around thrust and
configuration requirements of this section. The TOGA
functions of the AFCS system and the autothrottle will
operate.
2. Above 1000 feet AFE: Thrust usage and configuration
requirements are at the pilot’s discretion. For example, while
descending through 2000 feet with gear down and flaps 3,
ATC asks for a right turn to downwind for additional spacing,
expect a turn to final in 2 miles. The pilot may elect to level off,
keep the gear and flaps extended and complete the
configuration after re-established inbound.
3. Thrust Levers: Normal thrust lever operation is with the
autothrottle function engaged. Thrust levers may be set
manually with the autothrottle function disengaged to either
the TOGA or maximum thrust positions
4. Flight Director Go Around: Flap retraction is accomplished
by reference to the indicated airspeed display. Retract flaps at
or above the F Bug.
5. Raw Data Go Around: Flap retraction is accomplished
identically to Flight Director Go Around.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 43 Go Around
4-159
Volume 5
6. Executing the Go Around:
a. Sufficient visual cues must exist to continue the approach
below DH or MDA. If visual cues are lost after DH or MDA
due to shallow fog, snow flurries, or heavy precipitation,
the pilot shall immediately initiate a go-around and fly the
published missed approach procedure as required by the
14 CFR’s. Go arounds, when properly executed, involve
little loss of altitude below the altitude at which the go
around is “started”.
Note: Either pilot (Pilot Flying or Pilot Monitoring) can call for a
go-around at any time during the approach and transition
to landing. If either pilot calls for a go around, the PF
must execute the go around maneuver without
hesitation.
b. Missed approach procedures for straight-in approaches
rarely present a problem. Conducting a missed approach
when not established on a final approach course should be
as follows:
1) If a go around is required at any time while maneu-
vering in the traffic pattern and visual conditions
cannot be maintained, perform a climbing turn toward
the runway of intended landing (this maneuver will
position the aircraft over the airport and climbing).
2) When over the airport and climbing, turn (in the
shortest direction) to the missed approach fix and
proceed with published procedure.
E. Go Around Maneuver
1. To initiate the go around press either TOGA switch. If an
automatic approach has been flown, the autopilot and
autothrottle can remain engaged. If the approach has been
flown manually, rotate smoothly to a 12° pitch attitude and
then follow flight director commands. Verify thrust levers move
to TOGA thrust.
2. Verify the GA modes are annunciated on the FMA. The GA
pitch mode initially commands a go around attitude and then
transitions to speed as the rate of climb increases. This speed
is normally between V
AC
and V
AC
+ 15 knots. The GA roll
mode maintains existing ground track.
3. Accomplish the missed approach procedure. If a turning
missed approach procedure is required, accomplish the
missed approach procedure through gear up before initiating
the turn. Delay further flap retraction until initial maneuvering
is complete and a safe altitude and appropriate speed are
attained.
REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 43 Go Around
4-160
Volume 5
4. At 1,000 feet RA or obstacle clearance altitude (OCA)
(whichever is higher), accelerate to flap retraction speed by
selecting FLCH and 210 knots.
5. As the airspeed increases, retract flaps at or above the F Bug
and complete the After Takeoff checklist.
6. After flaps are retracted verify desired altitude is displayed in
PFD.
Go Around Flap Settings
If landing flap setting is ... Then the go around flap setting is ...
5 2
FULL 4
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 43 Go Around
4-161
Volume 5
F. Go Around Actions And Callouts
Go-Around
Trigger PF PM
Go around “Go Around”
• Press either TOGA
switch
“TOGA”
• Verify thrust levers
move to TOGA
thrust.
• Rotate toward 12°
pitch attitude, then
follow
F/D commands
• Check Airspeed
“Flaps (2 or 4)” as
appropriate
• Verify GA
annunciates
• Verify thrust levers
move to TOGA
thrust
“TOGA Set”
• Check airspeed
“Flaps (2 or 4)”
• Select Flaps (2 or 4)
Positive rate
of climb
• Verify positive rate of
climb
“Gear Up”
“Advise ATC”
• Execute published
missed approach or
proceed as
instructed by ATC
• Verify positive rate of
climb on VSI
“Positive Rate”
“Gear Up”
• Position gear lever
UP
• Advise ATC
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 43 Go Around
4-162
Volume 5
Note: It is recommended to turn on the autopilot only after
reaching 210 KIAS if desired.
At or above
400 ft AFE
At or above
1,000 ft AFE
Select/Request
“HDG” or “FMS NAV”
• Select HDG or FMS
NAV
“Flight Level Change,
210” (or speed as
required)
• Accelerate to 210 kts
• Verify Climb Thrust
• Select FLCH
• Set Speed Bug to
210 kts or requested
speed
• Monitor Missed
Approach
At flap
retraction
speeds
• Check airspeed
“Flaps __”
(Retract flaps at or
above F Bug)
• Check airspeed
“Flaps __”
• Select proper flap
setting, when
requested
• Check airspeed
“Flaps UP, After Take-
off Checklist”
Check airspeed
“Flaps UP”
• Retract Flaps
• Accomplish After
Takeoff Checklist
Go-Around (Contin-
Trigger PF PM
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 44 Missed Approach Point
4-163
Volume 5
Section 44 Missed Approach Point
A. ILS CAT I
The Missed Approach Point (MAP) is the point during an approach
where the aircraft on glideslope arrives at the published decision
altitude, based on a barometric altimeter.
Section 45 ILS/PRM Breakouts
A. Conflicting Controller/RA Guidance
If the controller’s instructions include vertical guidance that con-
flicts with RA vertical guidance, follow RA vertical guidance while
complying with controller’s lateral instructions.
B. ILS/PRM Breakouts Actions and Callouts
ILS/PRM Climbing Breakout
Trigger Capt (PF) FO (PM)
Alert Simultaneously:
“Breakout, TOGA”
• Select either TOGA
button
• TCS - Press and hold
• Turn to heading
• Establish climb
(follow RA, if
received)
• Ensure thrust levers
advance to TOGA
position
• Select HDG and set
heading on GP
• Set altitude on GP
• Monitor flight path;
call out deviations
Established
on heading
• Reconfigure aircraft,
as desired
• Reconfigure aircraft,
as desired
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 45 ILS/PRM Breakouts
4-164
Volume 5
ILS/PRM Descending Breakout
Trigger Capt (PF) FO (PM)
Alert Simultaneously:
“Breakout”
• TCS - Press and hold
• Turn to heading,
• Establish descent
(follow RA, if
received)
• Do not exceed
1,000 FPM unless
directed by RA
• Select HDG and set
heading on GP
• Set altitude on GP
• Monitor flight path;
call out deviations
Leveled off
and estab-
lished on
heading
• Reconfigure aircraft,
as desired
• Reconfigure aircraft,
as desired
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 46 Normal Landing
4-165
Volume 5
Section 46 Normal Landing
A. Vertical Guidance
1. As with any aircraft, the key to a successful landing is to make
a stabilized approach by using:
a. glideslope (ILS),
b. glidepath (vertical guidance), and/or
c. visual cues (VASI, PAPI, etc.).
2. By doing this, the aircraft should cross the landing threshold at
a height of approximately 50 feet, which corresponds to a
touchdown point of 1,000 feet.
3. The acceptable touchdown range is 750 to 1,250 feet from the
runway threshold.
B. Thrust
1. The PF should decide when to retard the thrust levers
considering all external circumstances (e.g., landing
configuration, aircraft speed versus target, speed trend arrow,
aircraft acceleration/deceleration rate, aircraft height versus
descent path, aircraft rate of closure with the ground, gusts,
shears, outside perception of the runway, etc.).
2. Unless unusual conditions dictate otherwise, the thrust levers
should be at IDLE prior to starting the flare at approximately
20 feet. It is recommended not to attempt to touchdown with
the thrust above idle.
C. Flare
1. A concerted flare is neither required nor desirable.
2. A slight increase in pitch (1-2°), at approximately 20 feet, is all
that is needed to check the rate of descent.
3. This will produce a consistent touchdown point, while
protecting against a tailstrike and excessive float.
4. The landing should occur without a long flare.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 46 Normal Landing
4-166
Volume 5
D. Touchdown
1. After main gear touchdown, begin to smoothly fly the nose
wheel onto the runway by relaxing aft control column
pressure. Control column movement forward of neutral should
not be required.
CAUTION: Pitch rates sufficient to cause aircraft structural
damage can occur if large nose down control column
movement is made prior to nose wheel touchdown.
E. Ground Spoilers
1. The ground spoilers “spoil” the lift from the wings, which
places the aircraft weight on the main landing gear, providing
excellent brake effectiveness.
2. Effectiveness: Unless ground spoilers are extended after
touchdown, braking effectiveness may be reduced initially as
much as 60 percent, since very little weight will be on the
wheels and brake application may cause rapid anti-skid
modulation.
3. Auto-Deploy: Normally, ground spoilers will extend
automatically.
F. Nosewheel & Rudder Inputs after Touchdown
1. Nosewheel: If the nosewheel is not promptly lowered to the
runway, braking and steering capability are significantly
degraded and no drag benefit will be gained.
2. Rudder: Rudder control is effective to approximately 60
knots. Rudder pedal steering is sufficient for maintaining
directional control during the roll-out.
3. Nosewheel Steering: Do not use the nosewheel steering
tiller until reaching taxi speed. In a crosswind, displace the
control wheel into the wind to maintain wings-level which aids
directional control.
CAUTION: Nose wheel steering tiller should not be used above
normal taxi speeds (30 knots).
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 46 Normal Landing
4-167
Volume 5
G. Reverse Thrust
1. The importance of establishing the desired reverse thrust as
soon as possible after touchdown can not be
overemphasized.
2. Immediate initiation of maximum reverse thrust at main gear
touchdown is the preferred technique and full reverse thrust
will minimize brake temperature, tire and brake wear, and
reduce the stopping distance on very slippery runways. Under
normal circumstances, the pilot should be able to routinely use
maximum reverse and minimum braking to bring the aircraft to
a safe taxi speed.
Note: Use of minimum reverse thrust is not recommended and
will almost double the brake energy requirements which
can result in brake temperatures much higher than
normal.
Note: Reverse thrust is most effective at high speeds.
3. Use of minimum reverse thrust will almost double the brake
energy requirements and can result in brake temperatures
much higher than normal.
Note: Reverse thrust is most effective at high speeds.
4. Application: After touchdown and when the thrust levers are
retarded to idle, lift the reverse thrust triggers on the thrust
reverser levers. Select maximum reverse thrust consistent
with runway conditions and modulate reverse thrust as
required.
Note: If an engine surges during reverse thrust operation,
quickly select reverse idle on both engines.
5. Callouts: The PM will call out:
a. the number of green REV annunciations
b. any limits being approached and/or exceeded
c. any other abnormalities
d. “80 KNOTS” and “60 KNOTS” to assist the PF in
programming the reverse thrust
6. Reduction: Maintain up to maximum reverse thrust until the
airspeed approaches 80 knots. Then start reducing the
reverse thrust so the reverse levers are moving down at a rate
commensurate with the deceleration rate of the aircraft.
Reverse idle should be reached by 60 knots, then to full down
after the engines have decelerated to idle.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 46 Normal Landing
4-168
Volume 5
7. Engine Inoperative: Reverse thrust may be used with one
engine inoperative. Use normal reversing procedures and
techniques. If directional control becomes a concern during
deceleration, return the operating engine lever to reverse idle
detent.
H. Braking
The following procedure will give optimum braking for all runway
conditions:
1. The pilot’s seat and rudder pedals should be adjusted so it is
possible to apply maximum braking with full rudder deflection.
2. After main gear touchdown, smoothly apply a constant brake
pedal pressure for the desired braking. For short or slippery
runways, use full brake pedal.
3. Pumping the brakes will degrade braking effectiveness. Keep
a steadily increasing brake pressure applied, allowing the
anti-skid system to function at its optimum.
4. The anti-skid system will stop the aircraft for all runway
conditions in a shorter distance than is possible with either
anti-skid off or brake pedal modulation.
5. The anti-skid system adapts pilot-applied brake pressure to
runway conditions by sensing an impending skid condition
and adjusting the brake pressure to each individual wheel for
maximum braking effort. When brakes are applied on a
slippery runway, several skid cycles will occur before the anti-
skid system establishes the right amount of brake pressure for
the most effective braking.
6. Do not attempt to modulate, pump, or improve the braking by
any other special techniques.
7. If the pilot modulates the brake pedals, the anti-skid system is
forced to readjust the brake pressure to establish optimum
braking. During this re-adjustment time, braking efficiency is
lost.
8. Do not release the brake pedal pressure until the airplane
speed has been reduced to a safe taxi speed.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 46 Normal Landing
4-169
Volume 5
9. Anti-Skid Inoperative: When the anti-skid system is
inoperative, the following procedures apply:
a. Ensure the nosewheel is on the ground and the speed
brakes are extended (assume automatic deployment
unless appropriate EICAS messages are displayed)
before applying the brakes.
b. Initiate wheel braking using very light pedal pressure and
increase pressure as ground speed decreases.
Note: Apply steady pressure. Do not pump the pedals.
c. Anti-skid-off braking requires even greater care during
light-weight landings.
10. Brake Cooling: A series of taxi-back or stop-and-go landings,
without additional in-flight cooling, can cause excessive brake
temperature. The energy absorbed by the brakes from each
landing is cumulative.
I. Landing Actions and Callouts
LANDING
Trigger PF PM
Touchdown • Select reverse thrust • Verify green REV
icon(s)
“Two (One, No)
Reverse”
Nose wheel
touchdown
• Apply brakes, as
required
• Monitor deceleration
• Monitor engine
instruments
80 kts “80 Knots”
60 kts • Ensure idle reverse
thrust or less
“60 Knots”
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 46 Normal Landing
4-170
Volume 5
J. Crosswind Landing
1. Methods
a. Four methods of performing crosswind landings are
presented. They are the sideslip, de-crab technique (with
removal of crab in flare), crab technique for slippery
runways, and combination crab/sideslip technique.
b. Whenever a crab is maintained during a crosswind
approach, offset the cockpit on the upwind side of center-
line so the main gear touches down on the runway center-
line.
2. Sideslip
a. The sideslip crosswind technique aligns the aircraft with
the extended runway course so main gear touchdown
occurs on the runway centerline.
b. The initial phase of the approach to landing is flown using
the crab method to correct for drift. Prior to the flare, the
aircraft centerline is aligned on or parallel to the runway
centerline.
c. Downwind rudder is used to align the longitudinal axis to
the desired track as aileron is applied into the wind to
prevent drift. A steady sideslip is established, with opposite
rudder and low wing into the wind to hold the desired
course.
d. Touchdown is accomplished with the upwind wheels
touching just before the downwind wheels. Overcontrolling
the roll axis must be avoided because over-banking could
cause the engine nacelle or outboard wing flap to contact
the runway.
e. Properly coordinated, this maneuver will result in nearly
fixed rudder and aileron control positions during the final
phase of the approach, touchdown, and beginning of the
landing roll.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 46 Normal Landing
4-171
Volume 5
3. De-Crab During Flare
a. The objective of this technique is to maintain wings-level
throughout the approach, flare, and touchdown.
b. On final approach, a crab angle is established with the
wings-level to maintain the desired course.
c. Just prior to touchdown while flaring the aircraft, downwind
rudder is applied to eliminate the crab and align the aircraft
with the runway centerline.
d. As rudder is applied, the upwind wing will sweep forward,
developing roll due to lifting forces.
e. Hold the wings level with simultaneous application of
aileron control into the wind.
f. The touchdown is made with cross-controls and both gear
touching down simultaneously.
g. Throughout the touchdown phase, upwind aileron applica-
tion is utilized to keep the wings level.
4. Touchdown in Crab on Slippery Runways
a. On very slippery runways, the crosswind crab angle may
be maintained to touchdown.
b. This will reduce drift toward the downwind side when
touching down.
c. Since the aircraft does not have to be de-crabbed, pilot
workload is reduced.
d. Proper rudder and upwind aileron must be maintained to
ensure directional control is maintained.
e. On slippery runways, crosswind capability is a function of
runway surface conditions, aircraft loading, and pilot tech-
nique.
5. Combining Crab and Sideslip
a. It may be necessary to combine crab and sideslip during
strong crosswinds.
b. Main gear touchdown is made with the wing low and crab
angle applied.
c. As the upwind gear touches first, a slight increase in down-
wind rudder is applied to straighten the nose.
d. A simultaneous application of aileron is applied to maintain
wings-level.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 46 Normal Landing
4-172
Volume 5
K. Land And Hold Short Operations (LAHSO)
LAHSO is an acronym for "Land And Hold Short Operations".
These operations include landing and holding short of an inter-
secting runway, an intersecting taxiway, or some other designated
point on a runway other than an intersecting runway or taxiway.
1. Approved LAHSO Airports and Runway Configurations
Shuttle America is authorized to conduct Land and Hold Short
Operations at the destination airports and runway configura-
tions listed in General Operations Manual (GOM) in accor-
dance with the Operations Specifications A027.
2. LAHSO Policies and Procedures
The following paragraphs outline specific pilot/operator
responsibilities when conducting LAHSO.
a. Pilot Notification of LAHSO
When LAHSO operations are expected to be utilized, an
announcement will be made on the ATIS; e.g. "LAHSO in
effect" or "Expect landing on Runway 22 to hold short of
Runway 27". The Available Landing Distance (ALD) may
or may not be added to the ATIS message.
When LAHSO is conducted at locations not served by an
ATIS, or the ATIS is out of service, pilots will be advised on
initial contact, or as soon as practical thereafter, to expect
a LAHSO clearance.
Aircraft conducting closed traffic operations need only be
advised once that LAHSO is in effect. Acknowledgement
of the current ATIS meets this requirement.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 46 Normal Landing
4-173
Volume 5
b. Planning
To conduct LAHSO, pilots should become familiar with all
available information concerning LAHSO at their
destination airport. Pilots should have, readily available,
the published ALD and runway slope information for all
LAHSO runway combinations at each airport of intended
landing. Additionally, knowledge about landing
performance data permits the pilot to readily determine
that the ALD for the assigned runway is sufficient for safe
LAHSO. As part of a pilot's preflight planning process,
pilots should determine if their destination airport has
LAHSO. If so, their preflight planning process should
include an assessment of which LAHSO combinations
would work for them given their aircraft's required landing
distance. Good pilot decision making is knowing in
advance whether one can accept a LAHSO clearance if
offered.
Note: The maximum required field length for landing at the
destination airport for the ERJ-170 at its respective
maximum allowable landing weight is always within the
6000' minimum landing distance.
Upon receipt of the Automatic Terminal Information
Service (ATIS), or notification by ATC that LAHSO is being
conducted on the expected landing runway, the pilot in
command shall determine the capability to accept the
LAHSO clearance. When the ATIS is acknowledged, and
upon initial contact with the appropriate control tower, the
PIC will advise ATC when unable to accept the LAHSO
clearance.
A LAHSO clearance shall not be accepted by the flight
crew if provided after the aircraft has descended below
1,000 feet above ground level (AGL) on final approach to
the landing runway.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 46 Normal Landing
4-174
Volume 5
c. Minimum Equipment List Requirements
LAHSO is prohibited if the aircraft is subject to any
minimum equipment list item that affects the stopping
capability of the aircraft. The following table shows these
MEL items. If any one of the items listed is deferred, do not
accept a LAHSO clearance.
d. Required Landing Distance for LAHSO
If the computation of LAHSO data interferes with other
cockpit safety of flight duties, the LAHSO shall not be
accomplished.
Required landing distances or maximum weights for
LAHSO are readily available to the PIC in these sources:
- Landing weight cards in the airplane.
- The ERJ-170 POH Chapter 9.
- The General Operations Manual (GOM) Chapter 7.
e. Importance of a Stabilized Approach and Touchdown
Accuracy when Conducting LAHSO
Aircraft Type
Sys./Seq
Number
Item
ERJ-170 78-30-00 Thrust Reversers
78-34-04 ENG 1 (2) REV DEPLOYED
Warning EICAS Message
78-34-06 ENG 1 (2) REV PROT FAULT
Caution EICAS Message
78-34-08 ENG 1 (2) REV FAIL
Caution EICAS Message
78-34-10 ENG 1 (2) REV TLA FAIL
Caution EICAS Message
78-34-12 ENG 1 (2) REV INHIBIT
Status EICAS Message
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 46 Normal Landing
4-175
Volume 5
1) Stabilized Approach
It is essential that a stabilized approach to the landing
runway be flown. A stabilized approach must be
established before descending below the following
minimum stabilized approach altitudes:
• 500 feet above the airport elevation during visual flight
rules (VFR) or visual approaches and during straight-in
instrument approaches in Visual Meteorological
Conditions (VMC).
• Minimum descent altitude (MDA) or 500 feet above
airport elevation, whichever is lower, if a circling
maneuver is to be conducted after completing an
instrument approach.
• 1,000 feet above the airport or touchdown zone (TDZ)
elevation during any straight-in instrument approach in
instrument flight conditions.
2) Touchdown Accuracy
It is essential that the airplane touch down in the first one-
third of the ALD, but in no case greater than 3,000 feet
down the runway, whichever is less.
3) Rejected Landing
If touchdown in the first one-third of the ALD, but in no case
greater than 3,000 feet down the runway is not assured, a
rejected landing must be executed.
3. Limitations and Provisions
a. Only the Captain will perform LAHSO.
b. LAHSO on contaminated runways is prohibited.
c. LAHSO will not be authorized to a runway that does not
have visual or electronic vertical guidance.
d. Minimum Weather Requirements:
LAHSO requires the following prevailing weather
conditions:
- Ceiling of no less than 1,500 feet.
- Visibility of no less than 5 statute miles.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 46 Normal Landing
4-176
Volume 5
Where a Precision Approach Path Indicator (PAPI) or
Visual Approach Slope Indicator (VASI) is installed and
operational, the following weather minima can exist:
- Ceiling of no less than 1,000 feet.
- Visibility of no less than 3 statute miles.
At locations where a rejected landing procedure is
published, the ceiling and visibility minima will be
established in local flying directives.
e. Pilots will only accept a LAHSO clearance when the above
weather conditions exist as listed above. The intent of
having "basic" VFR weather conditions is to allow pilots to
maintain visual contact with other aircraft and ground
vehicle operations. Pilots should consider the effects of
prevailing inflight visibility (such as landing into the sun)
and how it may affect overall situational awareness.
f. LAHSO is not authorized if windshear has been reported
within the previous 20 minutes prior to the LAHSO clear-
ance being issued.
g. The tailwind on the hold short runway shall be calm (less
than 3 knots).
h. Night LAHSO may only be conducted where an approved
LAHSO lighting configuration is installed and operating.
4. Pilot Requirements when conducting LAHSO
Pilots may accept a LAHSO clearance provided that the pilot-
in-command determines that the aircraft can safely land and
stop within the Available Landing Distance (ALD).
Pilots receiving instructions "cleared to land, runway "xx""
from air traffic control are authorized to use the entire landing
length of the runway and should disregard any holding posi-
tion markings located on the runway.
Pilots receiving and accepting instructions "cleared to land
runway "xx," hold short of runway "yy" from air traffic control
must either exit runway "xx", or stop at the holding position
prior to runway "yy".
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 46 Normal Landing
4-177
Volume 5
A pilot is expected to promptly inform ATC, ideally even before
the clearance is issued, if for any reason, the pilot elects to
land on the full length of the runway, to land on another
runway, or to decline LAHSO.
A LAHSO clearance, once accepted, must be adhered to, just
as any other ATC clearance, unless an amended clearance is
obtained or an emergency occurs. A LAHSO clearance does
not preclude a rejected landing.
If a rejected landing becomes necessary after accepting a
LAHSO clearance, the pilot should maintain safe separation
from other aircraft or vehicles, and should promptly notify the
controller.
Controllers need a full read back of all LAHSO clearances.
Pilots should read back their LAHSO clearance and include
the words, "HOLD SHORT OF (RUNWAY/TAXIWAY/OR
POINT)" in their acknowledgment of all LAHSO clearances.
In order to reduce frequency congestion, pilots are required to
read back the LAHSO clearance without prompting. Don't
make the controller have to ask for a read back!
EXAMPLE:
ATC: "(Aircraft ID) cleared to land runway six right, hold short
of taxiway bravo for crossing traffic (type aircraft)."
Aircraft: "(Aircraft ID), wilco, cleared to land runway six right
to hold short of taxiway bravo."
ATC: "Aircraft ID) cross runway six right at taxiway bravo,
landing aircraft will hold short."
Aircraft: "(Aircraft ID), wilco, cross runway six right at bravo,
landing traffic (type aircraft) to hold."
5. Rejected Landing Procedure (RLP)
If a rejected landing becomes necessary, the PIC must
promptly notify ATC.
A rejected landing must be initiated immediately if any doubt
exists whether a safe landing will occur within the first one-
third of the ALD, or within 3,000 feet down the runway,
whichever is less.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 46 Normal Landing
4-178
Volume 5
a. With Published RLP
1) Upon conducting an instrument approach and cleared
to land and hold short, and a go-around becomes
necessary:
a) Below 1000 feet AGL and in VMC, execute the
published rejected landing procedure and main-
tain clear of clouds.
b) At or above 1000 feet AGL, and in IMC or VMC,
execute the published missed approach for the
instrument procedure being flown.
2) If conducting a visual approach and cleared to land
and hold short, and a go around becomes necessary:
a) Below 1000 feet AGL, execute the published
rejected landing procedure and maintain clear of
clouds.
3) Heading and/or altitude assignments must be flown
as published until directed otherwise by ATC.
b. Without Published RLP
1) Upon conducting an instrument approach and cleared
to land and hold short, and a go around becomes
necessary:
a) Below 1000 feet AGL and in VMC, remain clear of
clouds and maintain visual separation from all
other traffic.
b) At or above 1000 feet AGL, and in IMC or VMC,
execute the published missed approach for the
instrument procedure being flown.
2) Upon conducting a visual approach and cleared to
land and hold short, and a go around becomes neces-
sary below 1000 feet AGL, pilots are expected to
remain clear of clouds and maintain visual separation
from all other traffic.
3) The pilot is expected to comply with specific heading
and/or altitude instructions issued by ATC.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 46 Normal Landing
4-179
Volume 5
c. PIC Final Authority
The pilot-in-command has the final authority to accept or
decline any land and hold short clearance.
6. Use of Anti Skid and Thrust Reverse
The anti skid system and/or thrust reverse system must be
functional during a landing under LAHSO conditions. LAHSO
is prohibited if either aircraft system is inoperable that would
adversely affect the stopping capability.
7. Crew Briefing
There have been several instances where the pilot operating
the radios accepted a LAHSO clearance but forgot to tell the
pilot flying the aircraft. Effective communication between
cockpit crewmembers is critical. The approach briefing must
cover the required LAHSO items.
a. If LAHSO is in effect for the planned landing runway, the
flight crew will include the following items with the
approach briefing:
1) LAHSO Runway and Hold Short Point(s);
2) Available Landing Distance (ALD);
3) Will ALD permit landing in actual configuration/
weight?;
4) Stabilized Approach Criteria; and
5) Rejected Landing Procedure.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 47 Landing Irregularities
4-180
Volume 5
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
Section 47 Landing Irregularities
A. Wing/Engine Strikes During Landing
Wing tip or engine nacelle strike occurs if bank exceeds 18° at
touchdown (16° with gear struts compressed).
B. Tail Strike During Landing
1. Tail strikes are more frequent during landings than takeoffs. In
fact, tail strikes occur more frequently during landings by a
factor of two to one.
2. Based upon information gathered from tail strike occurrences,
deviation from the normal landing maneuver above, is the
main cause of tail strikes.
3. The mistakes most commonly made are:
4. allowing the airspeed to decrease well below V
APP
,
a. prolonged hold-off for a smooth touchdown, and
b. starting to flare the aircraft too high above the runway.
5. Flaring Too High:
a. Of these three commonly made mistakes, flaring the
aircraft too high above the runway has the greatest poten-
tial for a tail strike and resulting damage.
b. When the flare is started too high above the runway,
airspeed will decrease below V
APP
causing the PF to
compensate.
c. When placed in this situation, the tendency is to continue
to increase pitch in an effort to arrest the excessive sink
rate.
d. The correct action to take is to immediately lower the pitch
attitude and fly the aircraft to the runway before the
airspeed dissipates any further.
e. While the touchdown will be firm, taking this corrective
action will prevent a tail strike.
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 48 Rejected Landing
4-181
Volume 5
C. Bouncing at Touchdown
Do not allow the pitch attitude to increase, particularly following a
firm touchdown with a high pitch rate.
1. In case of a light bounce
a. Maintain the pitch attitude and complete the landing while
keeping the thrust at idle.
2. In case of a high bounce
a. Maintain the pitch attitude and initiate a go around.
Note: Do not try to avoid a second touchdown during the go
around. Should the aircraft touchdown, the impact will be
soft enough to prevent damage to the aircraft provided
pitch attitude is maintained.
CAUTION: A landing should not be attempted immediately after a
high bounce.
b. When safely established in the go around, accomplish
normal go around procedures.
Section 48 Rejected Landing
A. Rejected Landing Maneuver
1. The rejected landing maneuver is identical to the go around
maneuver.
2. Apply go around thrust and select go around flaps while
rotating to go around attitude.
3. Retract the landing gear after a positive rate of climb is
established and retract the flaps on schedule at a safe
altitude.
WARNING: After reverse thrust is initiated, a full stop landing
must be made. Factors dictating this are five seconds
are required for a reverser to stow in the forward
thrust position and possibility exists a reverser may
not stow in the forward thrust position.
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 49 After Landing Checklist
4-182
Volume 5
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
Section 49 After Landing Checklist
A. Taxi Procedures
See taxi procedures at the beginning of this chapter for applicable
guidance
B. Engine Shutdown after Landing
In addition to applicable guidance on “Single Engine Taxi,” do the
following prior to shutting down #2 engine on taxiing into the gate:
1. Thrust Lever (as appropriate) ...................................IDLE
Note: Following high power operations (e.g. maximum reverse
thrust, etc.), run the engines at IDLE for two (2) minutes
to allow for engine thermal stabilization before shutting
down an engine.
2. START/STOP Selector (as appropriate) ................. STOP
C. General
1. This flow and checklist is used to ensure the aircraft is ready
for taxiing to parking.
2. Who - Initiated by the Captain; the First Officer reads and
accomplishes silently; however, verbalizes “After Landing
Checklist Complete”.
3. When - After the aircraft has cleared the active runway and if
the First Officer performed the landing, after the Captain has
assumed full control of the aircraft.
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 49 After Landing Checklist
4-183
Volume 5
D. Captain’s After Landing Flow Pattern
CAPTAIN AFTER LANDING
S F
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 49 After Landing Checklist
4-184
Volume 5
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
E. Captain’s Abbreviated Flow
F. Captain’s Expanded Flow
1. External Lights ............................................... As required
LOGO lights should be ON for all operations at night.
Captain’s After Landing Checklist Flow
After the aircraft has cleared the active runway
• External Lights - As required
• Call for “After Landing Checklist”
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 49 After Landing Checklist
4-185
Volume 5
G. First Officer’s After Landing Flow Pattern
FIRST OFFICER AFTER LANDING
S
F
TRIM
REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 49 After Landing Checklist
4-186
Volume 5
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
H. First Officer’s Abbreviated Flow
I. First Officer’s Expanded Flow
1. Trim............................................................................... Set
a. PITCH..................................................................... UP 4
b. Rudder & Aileron ................................................ Neutral
2. Flaps............................................................................... UP
a. SLAT/Flap Lever .............................UP & in the 0 detent
b. Verify on the EICAS the Flaps/Slats are in the up position
3. Transponder ..................................................As Required
a. Turn transponder to standby or leave it on at airports that
require the transponder to be active while on the ground.
4. Wx Radar Mode ........................................... FSBY or OFF
a. Verify RADAR is in FSBY for a through flight or OFF for the
last flight of the day.
5. APU ................................................................As Required
CAUTION: Select ON or OFF as required for current operational
conditions.If starting the APU during taxi-in, do not
shut down any engine until the APU has stabilized at
95% (or greater) for a minimum of 3 seconds.
First Officer’s After Landing Checklist Flow
After the aircraft has cleared the active runway and if the First
Officer performed the landing, after the Captain has assumed
full control of the aircraft
• Trim - PITCH to UP 4; Rudder & Aileron to neutral
• SLAT/Flap Lever - 0 Detent
• Transponder - As Required
• Wx radar - confirm FSBY or OFF
• APU - As Required
• Accomplish the After Landing Checklist silently; verbalize
“After Landing Checklist Complete”
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 49 After Landing Checklist
4-187
Volume 5
J. After Landing Checklist
This is a “Do-Verify” checklist.
Transponder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As Required
Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . UP
APU . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . As Required
After Landing Checklist. . . . . . . . [FO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complete
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 50 Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Deactivation
after a Reportable Event
4-188
Volume 5
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
Section 50 Cockpit Voice Recorder (CVR) Deactivation after a
Reportable Event
A. General
The Captain is responsible to deactivate both CVRs immediately
upon completion of a flight during which a reportable event
according to NTSB 830 occurred (see GOM Chapter 1 for details).
Thereafter, the CA will inform Dispatch and Maintenance Control
of the reportable event and preserve the CVR data. The CA will
make one logbook entry for the event and a separate one for the
deactivated CVR circuit breaker.
B. NTSB Reportable Event Checklist
This is a “Do-Verify” checklist.
- Deactivate both CVRs via the MCDU.
- Make two logbook entries:
• one for the event,
• one for the deactivated CVRs.
Both CVR . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[C] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Logbook Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[C] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complete
Logbook Entry . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .[C] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complete
NTSB 830 Reportable Event . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complete
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 51 Parking Checklist
4-189
Volume 5
Section 51 Parking Checklist
A. General
1. This flow and checklist is used to configure the aircraft for
parking and if applicable, a subsequent flight.
2. Who - Initiated by the Captain; read by the First Officer.
3. When - After the aircraft is stopped at the gate and the parking
brake is set.
B. Captain’s Parking Flow Pattern
CAPTAIN PARKING CHECKLIST FLOW
S
F
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 51 Parking Checklist
4-190
Volume 5
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
C. Captain’s Abbreviated Flow
D. Captain’s Expanded Flow
1. Parking Brake.................................................. Set or OFF
a. Verify EMERG/PRKG BRAKE light illuminated when set.
2. Thrust Levers .............................................................IDLE
3. Electrics .............................................................. Establish
a. APU is the primary means of establishing electrics to shut
down the engines unless the Captain can visually verify
that the ramp crew is standing by with external power from
the Gate or a GPU. Once the external power is estab-
lished, the APU will be shut down.
1) APU...........................................Verify Up to Speed
OR
2) GPU .................................................................... IN
Captain’s Parking Checklist Flow
After the aircraft is stopped at the gate and the parking brake is set
• PARKING BRAKE - Set or OFF
• Thrust Levers - IDLE
• Electrics - Establish
• START/STOP 1 & 2- STOP
• Passenger Signs - OFF
• RED BCN - OFF
• HYDRAULICS - SET
• Call for “Parking Checklist”
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 51 Parking Checklist
4-191
Volume 5
4. START/STOP 1 & 2................................................... STOP
Following high power operations (e.g. maximum reverse
thrust, etc.), run the engine(s) at IDLE for two (2) minutes to
allow for engine thermal stabilization before shutting down the
engine(s).
CAUTION: Thrust levers must be at IDLE for engines to shutdown.
5. PASSENGER SIGNS................................................... OFF
6. RED BCN..................................................................... OFF
7. HYDRAULICS................................................................ Set
Verify that both System 1 and System 2 electric pumps are set
to Auto and ensure System 3A electric pump is set to Off.
Note: Do not press any rudder pedals up to fifteen (15)
seconds after hydraulic power is shut down.
REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 51 Parking Checklist
4-192
Volume 5
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
E. First Officer’s Parking Flow Pattern
FIRST OFFICER PARKING CHECKLIST FLOW
S
F
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 51 Parking Checklist
4-193
Volume 5
1. First Officer’s Abbreviated Flow
2. First Officer’s Expanded Flow.
a. ACARS.................................................................... Sent
Note: Reporting ON & IN times and fuel on board (FOB) will
normally be sent automatically.
3. Parking & Securing Checklist (Parking Portion)
This is a “Do-Verify” checklist.
.
SYS 3 ELEC PUMP A ..................................................... OFF
First Officer’s Parking Checklist Flow
After the aircraft is stopped at the gate and the parking brake is set
• ACARS - ON & IN Times
• Accomplish the “Parking Checklist”
PARKING BRAKE. . . . . . . . . . . . . [C]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set or OFF
START/STOP 1& 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . [C]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . STOP
PASSENGER SIGNS. . . . . . . . . . . [C]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
RED BCN. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [C]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
HYDRAULICS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [C]. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Set
Parking Checklist. . . . . . . . . . . . . [FO] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Complete
REV. 6, 13 JUN 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 52 Securing Checklist
4-194
Volume 5
REV. 5, 01 MAY 2008
Section 52 Securing Checklist
A. General
1. This checklist safely configures the aircraft for power down.
2. Who - Normally accomplished by the last pilot leaving the
aircraft.
3. When - When leaving the aircraft with no electrical power
(e.g., extended delays, remaining over night, etc.)
B. Flow
1. This is a “read and do” checklist with no established flows.
2. Each item is read and accomplished silently.
CAUTION: Whenever the securing flight crew is leaving the aircraft
at the end of the operational day with external electrical
power on the Ground Service Bus (e.g. cabin lights on,
cockpit lights off), the Captain will verify that all lights
in the cockpit are off and the batteries are in the “OFF”
position prior to exiting the aircraft.
Note: If during the operational day the securing flight crew
wants to leave the aircraft powered on external power for
the next flight crew, turn the batteries off and the
emergency lights off in case external power is
inadvertently disconnected. If the securing flight crew is
not certain that the outbound flight crew will be on the
aircraft within one hour, then the entire Securing
Checklist must be accomplished.
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 52 Securing Checklist
4-195
Volume 5
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
C. Securing Checklist
If the APU is running
a. APU CONTROL MASTER...................................... OFF
1) Allow for a complete two (2) minute cool down
2) EICAS Display “APU SHUTTING DOWN” appears
3) Completes the APU shutdown logic sequence
If using a GPU
b. GPU Pushbutton ............................................ Push OUT
Note: One of the crewmembers will accomplish the post flight
exterior walkaround prior to leaving the aircraft.
Note: On a ferry flight when a flight deck crew member
accomplishes the Interior Cabin Inspection, the PIC
is responsible to ensure that all doors are disarmed
prior to the flight crew leaving the aircraft.
Chocks . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . In
EXTERNAL LIGHTS Switches (All). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
EMER LT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
GPU/APU. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
BATT 1 & 2 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
DOME Light Switch . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
Entrance Light Switchlight (Forward FA Panel) . . . . . . . . . . . OFF
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 4 Normal Procedures
Section 52 Securing Checklist
4-196
Volume 5
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Table of Contents
5-1
Volume 5
Chapter 5
Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Chapter Table of Contents
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5-3
THE PAGES IN THIS CHAPTER CONTAIN EXACT DUPLI-
CATIONS OF THE QUICK REFERENCE HANDBOOK
(QRH) FOUND ON THE AIRCRAFT.
This Chapter may be used by the Flight Crew whenever the air-
craft QRH is missing or damaged.
The Alphabetical Index of EICAS Messages, the Table of Con-
tents of Non-Announced Non-Normal Procedures, and the Table
of Contents by Systems reference the page numbers of the orig-
inal QRH.
Always use the QRH page numbers to find the respective check-
list procedure.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section
5-2
Volume 5
This Page Intentionally Left Blank

REV. 4, 15 FEB 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-3
Volume 5
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
QRH170
Uncontrolled copy when downloaded or printed from an electronic document.
ERJ170 Quick Reference
Handbook
This manual is current through:
Revision 01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-4
Volume 5

QRH170
Uncontrolled copy when downloaded or printed from an electronic document.
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-5
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
QRC
Page QRC- 1 Revision
QRH170
ERJ-170 Emergency
Quick Reference Checklist
FLY THE AIRPLANE - SILENCE THE WARNING - DO NOT RUSH
„ AUTOTHROTTLES ...................... DISENGAGE
„ #__ THRUST LEVER...... Confirm............ IDLE
„ #__ START/STOP........... Confirm........... STOP
„ #__ FIRE HANDLE......... Confirm........... PULL
QRC Actions Complete. Go to QRH Pg NAP-10.
„ AIRSPEED.................................. 250 KIAS MIN
„ RAT MANUAL DEPLOY LEVER ............. PULL
QRC Actions Complete. Go to QRH Pg NAP-5.
„ PARKING BRAKE........................................ ON
„ THRUST LEVERS ..................................... IDLE
„ START/STOP 1 & 2 .................................. STOP
„ FIRE HANDLES..................... PULL & ROTATE
(1L AND 2R)
„ APU EMER STOP................................ PUSH IN
„ APU FIRE EXT .................................... PUSH IN
„ PRESSURIZATION DUMP.................. PUSH IN
„ ATC....................................................... NOTIFY
„ EVACUATION COMMAND .................INITIATE
„ BATTERIES................................................ OFF
QRC Actions Complete. If there is no imminent
danger to the flight crew, go to QRH Pg NAP-8.
ENGINE FIRE, SEVERE DAMAGE, OR
SEPARATION
DUAL ENGINE FAILURE
EMERGENCY EVACUATION
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-6
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
QRC
Page QRC- 2 Revision
QRH170
„ OXYGEN MASKS.....Verify............... ON, 100%
„ CREW COMM.................................ESTABLISH
„ ALTITUDE .......................... 10,000 FT OR MEA
(whichever is higher)
„ THRUST LEVERS......................................IDLE
„ SPEED BRAKE LEVER................ FULL OPEN
„ AIRSPEED....................... MAX/APPROPRIATE
„ TRANSPONDER ........................................ 7700
„ ATC........................................................NOTIFY
QRC Actions Complete. Go to QRH Pg EAP2-3.
„ FSTN BELTS SIGN...................................... ON
„ ALTITUDE .......................... 10,000 FT OR MEA
(whichever is higher)
„ THRUST LEVERS......................................IDLE
„ SPEED BRAKE LEVER................ FULL OPEN
„ AIRSPEED....................... MAX/APPROPRIATE
„ TRANSPONDER ........................................ 7700
„ ATC........................................................NOTIFY
QRC Actions Complete.
„ #___START/STOP ................................... STOP
QRC Actions Complete. Go to QRH Pg NAP-9.
CABIN ALTITUDE HI
EMERGENCY DESCENT
ENGINE ABNORMAL START
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-7
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
QRC
Page QRC- 3 Revision
QRH170
CAUTION:Do not discharge the cargo fire
extinguisher on the ground with the
cargo door open.
„ ASSOCIATED CARGO FIRE
EXTINGUISHING BUTTON......................PUSH
QRC Actions Complete. Go to QRH Pg SMO-4.
„ APU EMER STOP................................ PUSH IN
QRC Actions Complete. Go to QRH Pg EAP7-3.
„ ASSOCIATED BATTERY........................... OFF
QRC Actions Complete. Go to QRH Pg EAP5-3.
„ AP/TRIM DISC BUTTON.........PRESS & HOLD
„ PITCH TRIM SYS 1 & 2 CUTOUT
BUTTONS.................................................PUSH
QRC Actions Complete. Go to QRH Pg NAP-16.
„ AP/TRIM DISC BUTTON.........PRESS & HOLD
QRC Actions Complete. Go to QRH Pg NAP-17.
„ STEER DISC SWITCH........................... PRESS
„ STEER THE AIRPLANE USING DIFFERENTIAL
BRAKING AND RUDDER.
QRC Actions Complete.
CRG FWD (AFT) SMOKE
APU FIRE
BATT 1 (2) OVERTEMP
PITCH TRIM RUNAWAY
ROLL (YAW) TRIM RUNAWAY
STEERING RUNAWAY
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-8
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
QRC
Page QRC- 4 Revision
QRH170
„ OXYGEN MASKS.....Verify............... ON, 100%
„ CREW COMM.................................ESTABLISH
QRC Actions Complete. Go to QRH Pg SMO-3.
„ OXYGEN MASKS......Verify.............. ON, 100%
„ CREW COMM.................................ESTABLISH
QRC Actions Complete. Go to QRH Pg SMO-5.
„ OXYGEN MASKS.....Verify............... ON, 100%
„ CREW COMM.................................ESTABLISH
„ PRESSURIZATION DUMP BUTTON.. PUSH IN
QRC Actions Complete. Go to QRH Pg SMO-10.
„ ELEVATOR DISCONNECT HANDLE...... PULL
QRC Actions Complete. Go to QRH Pg NAP-13.
„ AILERON DISCONNECT HANDLE......... PULL
QRC Actions Complete. Go to QRH Pg NAP-14
AIR CONDITIONING SMOKE
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FIRE OR
SMOKE
SMOKE EVACUATION
JAMMED CONTROL COLUMN - PITCH
JAMMED CONTROL WHEEL - ROLL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-9
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Preface Page
Page PRF-1 Revision
QRH170
Preface Page
PRF.1 Cover Page
The Cover Page will be issued with each revision to the ERJ 170
Quick Reference Handbook. It will include the current revision
number and date printed in the block below the title, validating the
current revision status of this manual.
PRF.2 Cover Page Color
The Cover Page will have a colored border framing the page. The
border color will alternate with each revision cycle. The color code
will also be a portion of the part number. The part number label is
affixed in the lower block on the Cover Page for all aircraft issued
QRH.
PRF.3 Purpose and Intent
This manual is carried in the cockpit of each ERJ170 series aircraft
for the use of our flight crews in addressing emergency and abnor-
mal situations that might arise during flight operations. More details
are found in the ERJ170 Pilot Operating Handbook. The policies
and procedures in this manual are to be followed by all company
and contract personnel performing flight crew duties.
8900.1 Volume 3, Chapter 32, Section 6
PRF.4 Compliance
The procedures and policies in this manual are to be followed by all
company and contracted personnel.
PRF.5 Proposing Manual Changes
The Program Manager 170 has the authority to make changes to
this manual. Forward all requested changes to this manual via
email or telephone to the Program Manager 170. Reference the
SME list on the company intranet for the SMEs name and phone
number, or submit the change to your supervisor or company con-
tact.
PRF.6 Manual Revision Status
The effective date of the current revision to this manual will be
tracked on the Manual Status Report. Each page of this manual will
have a revision number and date on it. The manual may be verified
for currency and completeness, by referencing the LCPs.
PRF.7 Classification of this Publication
This publication is classified as Approved.
PRF.8 Proprietary Company Information
The information contained herein is considered proprietary to
Shuttle America. Any reproduction or release of this information
without the express written consent of Shuttle America is prohib-
ited.
FAA Approved
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-10
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Preface Page
Page PRF-2 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-11
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
List of Controlled Pages
Page LCP-1 Revision
QRH170
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAAApproved
List of Controlled Pages
Chapter/Page Revision/Date
QRC-1.................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
QRC-2.................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
QRC-3.................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
QRC-4.................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
PRF-1..................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
PRF-2..................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
LCP-1..................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
LCP-2..................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
LCP-3..................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
LCP-4..................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
LCP-5..................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
LCP-6..................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-1 .................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
TOC-2 .................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
SMO-1.................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
SMO-2.................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
SMO-3.................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
SMO-4.................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
SMO-5.................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
SMO-6.................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
SMO-7.................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
SMO-8.................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
SMO-9.................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
SMO-10.................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
SMO-11.................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
SMO-12.................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
SMO-13.................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
SMO-14.................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-1 .................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-2 .................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-3 .................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-4 .................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-5 .................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-6 .................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-7 .................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-8 .................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-9 .................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-10 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-11 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-12 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-13 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-14 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-15 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-16 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-17 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-18 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-19 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-20 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-12
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
List of Controlled Pages
Page LCP-2 Revision
QRH170
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAAApproved
Chapter/Page Revision/Date
NAP-21 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-22 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-23 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-24 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-25 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-26 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-27 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-28 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-29 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-30 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-31 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-32 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-33 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-34 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-35 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-36 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-37 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-38 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-39 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-40 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-41 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-42 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-43 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-44 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-45 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-46 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-47 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-48 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-49 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-50 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-51 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-52 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-53 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-54 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-55 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-56 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-57 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-58 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-59 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
NAP-60 .................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP1-1................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP1-2................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP1-3................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP1-4................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP1-5................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP1-6................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP2-1................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP2-2................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP2-3................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP2-4................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-13
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
List of Controlled Pages
Page LCP-3 Revision
QRH170
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAAApproved
Chapter/Page Revision/Date
EAP2-5................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP2-6................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP2-7................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP2-8................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP2-9................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP2-10................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP2-11................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP2-12................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP2-13................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP2-14................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP3-1................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP3-2................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP3-3................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP3-4................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP3-5................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP3-6................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP4-1................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP4-2................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP4-3................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP4-4................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-1................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-2................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-3................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-4................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-5................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-6................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-7................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-8................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-9................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-10................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-11................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-12................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-13................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-14................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-15................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-16................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-17................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-18................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-19................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP5-20................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP6-1................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP6-2................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP6-3................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP6-4................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP6-5................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP6-6................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP6-7................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP6-8................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP6-9................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP6-10................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-14
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
List of Controlled Pages
Page LCP-4 Revision
QRH170
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAAApproved
Chapter/Page Revision/Date
EAP6-11................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP6-12................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP6-13................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP6-14................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP6-15................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP6-16................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP7-1................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP7-2................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP7-3................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP7-4................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP7-5................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP7-6................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP7-7................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP7-8................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP7-9................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP7-10................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-1................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-2................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-3................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-4................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-5................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-6................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-7................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-8................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-9................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-10................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-11................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-12................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-13................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-14................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-15................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-16................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-17................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-18................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-19................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-20................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-21................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-22................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-23................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP8-24................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP9-1................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP9-2................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP9-3................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP9-4................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP9-5................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP9-6................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP9-7................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP9-8................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP9-9................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP9-10................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-15
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
List of Controlled Pages
Page LCP-5 Revision
QRH170
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAAApproved
Chapter/Page Revision/Date
EAP9-11................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP9-12................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP9-13................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP9-14................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP9-15................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP9-16................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP9-17................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP9-18................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP10-1................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP10-2................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP10-3................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP10-4................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP10-5................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP10-6................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP10-7................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP10-8................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP11-1................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP11-2................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP11-3................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP11-4................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP11-5................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP11-6................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP11-7................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP11-8................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP11-9................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP11-10............................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP11-11............................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP11-12............................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP11-13............................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP11-14............................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP11-15............................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP11-16............................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP12-1................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP12-2................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP12-3................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP12-4................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP12-5................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP12-6................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP13-1................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP13-2................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP13-3................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP13-4................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP13-5................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP13-6................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP13-7................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP13-8................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP13-9................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP13-10............................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP13-11............................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP13-12............................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-16
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
List of Controlled Pages
Page LCP-6 Revision
QRH170
This manual is FAA approved.
The signed master List of Controlled Pages is kept
on file with Technical Publications. Changes are
only issued with FAA administrator approval.
FAAApproved
Chapter/Page Revision/Date
EAP14-1................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP14-2................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP14-3................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
EAP14-4................................................................. 01, 15 SEP 2008
CA-1....................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
CA-2....................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
CA-3....................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
CA-4....................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
CA-5....................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
CA-6....................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
CA-7....................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
CA-8....................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
CA-9....................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
CA-10..................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
INX-1...................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
INX-2...................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
INX-3...................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
INX-4...................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
INX-5...................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
INX-6...................................................................... 01, 15 SEP 2008
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-17
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Table of Contents
Page TOC-1 Revision
QRH170
Table of Contents
ERJ-170 Emergency
Quick Reference Checklist.............................................QRC-1
Preface Page ....................................................................PRF-1
List of Controlled Pages..................................................LCP-1
Table of Contents............................................................ TOC-1
Smoke ..............................................................................SMO-1
Non-Annunciated............................................................ NAP-1
Airplane General ........................................................... EAP1-1
AMS (Pneumatics/Air Conditioning/Pressurization).. EAP2-1
Autoflight ....................................................................... EAP3-1
Auxiliary Power Unit ..................................................... EAP4-1
Electrical ........................................................................ EAP5-1
Engine............................................................................ EAP6-1
Fire Protection............................................................... EAP7-1
Flight Controls .............................................................. EAP8-1
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments........................... EAP9-1
Fuel............................................................................... EAP10-1
Hydraulics.................................................................... EAP11-1
Ice & Rain Protection.................................................. EAP12-1
Landing Gear & Brakes .............................................. EAP13-1
Oxygen......................................................................... EAP14-1
Crew Awareness ................................................................CA-1
EICAS Index.......................................................................INX-1
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-18
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Table of Contents
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
Page TOC-2 Revision
QRH170
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-19
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Smoke
Page SMO- 1 Revision
QRH170
Smoke
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WARNING
CAUTION
CHECKLISTS
SMOKE AND FUMES DESCENT/LANDING
CHECKLIST..................................................SMO-12
FLAPS 5 UNFACTORED LDG DIST ............SMO-13
FLAPS FULL UNFACTORED LDG DIST .....SMO-14
AIR CONDITIONING SMOKE....................... SMO-3
CRG FWD (AFT) SMOKE............................. SMO-4
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FIRE OR SMOKE.. SMO-5
LAV SMOKE................................................. SMO-9
SMOKE EVACUATION............................... SMO-10
RECIRC SMOKE......................................... SMO-11
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-20
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Smoke
Page SMO- 2 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-21
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Smoke
Page SMO- 3 Revision
QRH170
LAND AT NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
Recirc. Fan Button......................PUSH OUT
END
Pack 1 Button................................PUSH OUT
Bleed 1 Button............................PUSH OUT
Altitude...................................MAX 31,000 FT
END
Pack 1 Button..........................PUSH IN
Pack 2 Button......................PUSH OUT
Bleed 2 Button.....................PUSH OUT
Altitude............................MAX 31,000 FT
If Required Accomplish:
Smoke Evacuation Procedure
(SMO-10)........................ACCOMPLISH
END
AIR CONDITIONING SMOKE
OXYGEN MASKS..................Verify...... ON, 100%
CREW COMMUNICATIONS.............ESTABLISH
SMOKE STOPS OR DECREASES?
Yes
No
SMOKE STOPS OR DECREASES?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-22
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Smoke
Page SMO- 4 Revision
QRH170
Light: Associated Cargo Fire-Extinguishing Button Illu-
minates.
CAUTION: DO NOT DISCHARGE THE CARGO FIRE
EXTINGUISHER ON THE GROUND WITH THE
CARGO DOOR OPEN.
ASSOCIATED CARGO FIRE
EXTINGUISHING BUTTON.......................PUSH
LAND AT NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
Confirm the CRG FWD (AFT) FIREX HI ARM message
extinguishes and the CRG AFT (FWD) FIREX LO ARM
message is displayed.
..........................Wait 1 minute...............................
Confirm the CRG FWD (AFT) FIREX LO ARM message
and the cargo fire-extinguishing button light
extinguish.
Establish And Communicate A Plan.
If Required Accomplish:
Smoke Evacuation Procedure (Pg SMO-10
and/or
Emergency Evacuation Procedure (Pg NAP-8)
CAUTION: NOTIFY GROUND PERSONNEL IF THE
EXTINGUISHING AGENT HAS BEEN
DISCHARGED PRIOR TO THEIR OPENING THE
CARGO DOOR.
END
CRG FWD (AFT) SMOKE
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-23
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Smoke
Page SMO- 5 Revision
QRH170
LAND AT NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
Recirc. Fan Button......................PUSH OUT
Affected source..............REMOVE
END
Emergency Lights......................OFF
RAT Manual Deploy Lever........PULL
Airspeed.........................MIN 130 KIAS
Altitude.................................10000 FT OR MEA,
WHICHEVER IS HIGHER
IDG 1 Selector...................................OFF
IDG 2 Selector...................................OFF
APU Gen Button..................PUSH OUT
NOTE: - Do not accomplish the Elec Emergency
Procedure (Pg EAP5-4).
- Refer to the Elec Emergency Procedure (Pg
EAP5-4) to be aware of the relevant
inoperative items.
IDG 1 or 2 Selector...............................AUTO
(Continues on the next page)
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FIRE OR SMOKE
OXYGEN MASKS...............Verify........ ON, 100%
CREW COMMUNICATIONS .............ESTABLISH
SMOKE ORIGIN IDENTIFIED?
Yes
No
BATT DISCHARGING MESSAGE PRESENTED?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-24
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Smoke
Page SMO- 6 Revision
QRH170
(Continued from previous page)
IDG 1 Selector........................AUTO
IDG 2 Selector........................AUTO
DC BUS TIES Switch..............OFF
TRU 1 Switch............................OFF
Battery 1....................................OFF
DC ESS BUS 1 AND DC BUS 1 ARE DEENERGIZED.
Accomplish the DC BUS 1 OFF (Pg EAP5-8) and
DC ESS BUS 1 OFF (Pg EAP5-10) Procedures.
When Appropriate Accomplish:
Smoke / Fumes Descent Checklist &
Landing Checklist (Pg SMO-12)
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS UNFACTORED
LANDING DISTANCE (SMO-14) BY 2.30.
END
Battery 1............................ON
TRU 1 Switch..............AUTO
TRU 2 Switch.................OFF
Battery 2..........................OFF
DC ESS BUS 2 AND DC BUS 2 ARE
DEENERGIZED.

(Continues on the next page)
SMOKE PERSISTS AND SUITABLE
Yes
No
AIRPORT IS DISTANT?
SMOKE STOPS OR DECREASES?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-25
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Smoke
Page SMO- 7 Revision
QRH170
(Continued from previous page)
Accomplish the DC BUS 2 OFF (Pg EAP5-9) and
DC ESS BUS 2 OFF (Pg EAP5-11) procedures.
When Appropriate Accomplish:
Smoke / Fumes Descent Checklist &
Landing Checklist (Pg SMO-12)
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS UNFACTORED
LANDING DISTANCE (SMO-14) BY 2.50.
END
Battery 2...................................AUTO
TRU 2 Switch..........................AUTO
TRU ESS Switch.......................OFF
DC ESS BUS 3 IS DEENERGIZED.
(Continues on the next page)
SMOKE STOPS OR DECREASES?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-26
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Smoke
Page SMO- 8 Revision
QRH170
(Continued from previous page)
DC ESS BUS 3 OFF Procedure
(Pg EAP5-13)......................ACCOMPLISH
When Appropriate Accomplish:
Smoke / Fumes Descent Checklist &
Landing Checklist (Pg SMO-12)
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS UNFACTORED
LANDING DISTANCE (SMO-14) BY 2.10.
END
TRU ESS Switch.........................AUTO
DC BUS TIES Switch.................AUTO
When Appropriate Accomplish:
Smoke / Fumes Descent Checklist &
Landing Checklist (Pg SMO-12)
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS UNFACTORED
LANDING DISTANCE (SMO-14) BY 2.10.
If Required Accomplish:
Smoke Evacuation Procedure (Pg SMO-10)
END
SMOKE STOPS OR DECREASES?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-27
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Smoke
Page SMO- 9 Revision
QRH170
Establish contact with the cabin crew.
If necessary:
Diversion............................................... CONSIDER
Smoke Evacuation Procedure
(Pg SMO-10).....................................ACCOMPLISH
END
LAV SMOKE
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-28
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Smoke
Page SMO- 10 Revision
QRH170
PRESSURIZATION DUMP BUTTON........ PUSH IN
LAND AT NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
Cockpit Door ............................................ CLOSE
Cabin Rate ................................................ VERIFY
Pressurization Mode Selector.....MAN
Pack 1 Button.......................PUSH OUT
Pack 2 Button.......................PUSH OUT
Recirc Fan Button...............PUSH OUT
EMERGENCY DESENT
Procedure (Pg NAP-7).....................ACCOMPLISH
After smoke is cleared:
Pressurization Mode Selector.............AUTO
Pressurization Dump Button.....PUSH OUT
Pack 1 Button.....................................PUSH IN
Pack 2 Button.....................................PUSH IN
Recirc Fan Button.............................PUSH IN
NOTE: Identify the smoke origin and do the applicable
procedure.
NOTE: Verify white stripe is annunciated prior to pushing
in the Pack / Recirc button to re-set the system. If
the white stripe is not annunciated, then the
button is already in the normal position and does
not have to be re-set.
Establish And Communicate A Plan.
END
SMOKE EVACUATION
OXYGEN MASKS..............Verify.........ON, 100%
CREW COMMUNICATIONS...........ESTABLISH
CABIN RATE IS LESS THAN 1000 FT/MIN?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-29
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Smoke
Page SMO- 11 Revision
QRH170
Recirc Fan Button .................................... PUSH OUT
END
RECIRC SMOKE
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-30
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Smoke
Page SMO- 12 Revision
QRH170
Smoke / Fumes Descent Checklist
NOTE: This Checklist is designed to be used when the RAT
has been deployed and a Flaps 3 landing is required.
1. Approach considerations:
• Plan on a Flap 3 landing.
• Flaps/Slats may operate at low rate.
2. Landing DistanceDetermine
3. GND PROX FLAP OVRD......................................... PUSH IN
4. Shoulder Harness...................... Verify...............................On
5. FSTN BELTS......................................................................ON
6. Altimeters................................... Verify......................__.__Set
7. Landing Data ............................. Verify.............................. Set
a. Set V
REF FULL
+ 20 KIAS or 130 KIAS (whichever is
higher).
8. EICAS........................................................................Checked
9. Approach Briefing.....................................................Complete
10.Go Around considerations:
• Use Slat/Flap 3
• Use airspeed of V
REF FULL
+ 20 KIAS or 130 KIAS (whichever
is higher).
11.Landing considerations:
• Thrust reversers may not be available.
• Apply brakes normally.
• If necessary, use EMER/Parking Brake and maintain steady
pressure since anti-skid protection is not available.
12. Smoke / Fumes Descent Checklist complete.
Smoke / Fumes Landing Checklist
1. Flight Attendant .................. [PM].................................Notified
2. EICAS................................. [PM]...............................Checked
3. EMER LT .................................................................... ARMED
4. Landing Gear............................. Verify........... Down, 3 Green
5. Flaps.......................................... Verify................................. 3
6. Smoke / Fumes Landing Checklist complete.
END
For the following Bus
Configuration:
Multiply the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Distance
on Page SMO-14 by:
DC ESS BUS 3 OFF 2.10
DC ESS BUS 1 OFF AND
DC BUS 1 OFF
2.30
DC ESS BUS 2 OFF AND
DC BUS 2 OFF
2.50
ALL OTHER ABNORMAL
BUS CONFIGURATION
2.10
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-31
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Smoke
Page SMO- 13 Revision
QRH170
Unfactored Landing Distance
The table reflects the actual landing distance
required. Plan accordingly. Chose a runway that
provides the largest safety margin possible.
This information is for in-flight emergency use only.
These distances reflect the required landing distance
only. The FAA additional runway margin is not
included. The published distances are based on the
following:
Touchdown within 1,000 feet from the approach end
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE TABLE
ALL ENGINE TYPES – FAA – FLAPS 5
ISA CONDITIONS – ANTI ICE OFF – AUTO BRAKES OFF
ALTITUDE
0 ft 1000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2599 2198 2076 1960 2638 2230 2105 1985
56000 2716 2303 2177 2057 2758 2339 2210 2087
60000 2835 2410 2280 2156 2882 2450 2317 2190
64000 2957 2520 2385 2257 3008 2564 2427 2295
68000 3083 2628 2490 2357 3142 2676 2535 2400
72000 3222 2741 2598 2461 3286 2794 2648 2508
76000 3366 2863 2710 2566 3435 2923 2766 2617
ALTITUDE
2000 ft 3000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2685 2275 2150 2030 2728 2311 2183 2077
56000 2809 2387 2258 2134 2856 2428 2296 2169
60000 2936 2502 2368 2241 2988 2547 2410 2280
64000 3066 2619 2481 2349 3124 2668 2527 2393
68000 3207 2735 2593 2457 3272 2789 2644 2505
72000 3357 2860 2709 2569 3427 2920 2765 2621
76000 3517 2998 2839 2688 3605 3074 2912 2756
ALTITUDE
4000 ft 5000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2779 2360 2231 2108 2830 2410 2281 2157
56000 2911 2480 2347 2220 2962 2524 2389 2259
60000 3047 2602 2466 2334 3102 2651 2511 2377
64000 3190 2728 2586 2451 3253 2780 2637 2498
68000 3343 2852 2707 2566 3413 2912 2762 2619
72000 3512 2998 2841 2692 3599 3074 2913 2759
76000 3700 3160 2996 2839 3795 3243 3075 2913
NOTE: Landing distance in ft.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-32
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Smoke
Page SMO- 14 Revision
QRH170
Unfactored Landing Distance (Cont.)
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE TABLE
ALL ENGINE TYPES – FAA – FLAPS FULL
ISA CONDITIONS – ANTI ICE OFF – AUTO BRAKES OFF
ALTITUDE
0 ft 1000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2429 2041 1923 1812 2463 2068 1947 1832
56000 2529 2131 2009 1893 2567 2161 2037 1918
60000 2632 2222 2097 1977 2674 2257 2129 2021
64000 2734 2313 2183 2060 2783 2360 2230 2106
68000 2838 2405 2272 2145 2891 2455 2321 2193
72000 2943 2498 2361 2229 3001 2550 2413 2280
76000 3055 2593 2454 2320 3113 2640 2498 2362
ALTITUDE
2000 ft 3000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2505 2109 1988 1872 2550 2152 2030 1915
56000 2612 2205 2080 1960 2659 2250 2124 2005
60000 2721 2302 2174 2050 2772 2350 2221 2097
64000 2829 2399 2266 2139 2883 2450 2316 2188
68000 2940 2498 2361 2230 2997 2551 2414 2282
72000 3057 2597 2456 2333 3120 2653 2511 2376
76000 3177 2697 2554 2417 3240 2749 2603 2463
ALTITUDE
4000 ft 5000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2589 2184 2060 1941 2635 2229 2104 1985
56000 2703 2286 2158 2035 2752 2333 2204 2081
60000 2819 2390 2258 2131 2871 2440 2308 2180
64000 2933 2493 2357 2227 2989 2546 2410 2278
68000 3052 2599 2459 2324 3114 2655 2514 2378
72000 3185 2712 2569 2432 3248 2764 2618 2479
76000 3309 2813 2664 2522 3377 2871 2717 2573
NOTE: Landing distance in ft.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-33
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 1 Revision
QRH170
Non-Annunciated
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WARNING
CAUTION
CARGO COMPARTMENT FIRE.................... NAP-3
DITCHING...................................................... NAP-4
DUAL ENGINGE FAILURE ........................... NAP-5
EMERGENCY DESCENT.............................. NAP-7
EMERGENCY EVACUATION........................ NAP-8
ENGINE ABNORMAL START....................... NAP-9
ENGINE FIRE, SEVERE DAMAGE
OR SEPARATION........................................ NAP-10
FORCED LANDING..................................... NAP-11
FUEL LEAK ................................................. NAP-12
FUEL LOW LEVEL...................................... NAP-13
JAMMED CONTROL COLUMN- PITCH ..... NAP-13
JAMMED CONTROL WHEEL- ROLL ......... NAP-14
JAMMED RUDDER PEDALS...................... NAP-15
PITCH TRIM RUNAWAY............................. NAP-16
ROLL (YAW) TRIM RUNAWAY .................. NAP-17
STEERING RUNWAY.................................. NAP-17
ABNORMAL LANDING GEAR
EXTENSION................................................. NAP-18
BLANK DISPLAY UNIT WITHOUT
AUTOMATIC REVERSION.......................... NAP-18
EICAS MESSAGE MISCOMPARISON ....... NAP-19
ENGINE ABNORMAL VIBRATION............. NAP-20
ENGINE AIRSTART..................................... NAP-21
ENGINE AIRSTART ENVELOPE................ NAP-23
ENGINE ITT OVERTEMPERATURE........... NAP-24
ENGINE SHUTDOWN.................................. NAP-25
ENGINE TAILPIPE FIRE ............................. NAP-26
GEAR LEVER CAN NOT BE
MOVED UP .................................................. NAP-26
IMPAIRED OR CRACKED WINDSHIELD... NAP-27
LIGHTNING STRIKE ................................... NAP-28
LOSS OF APU INDICATIONS..................... NAP-30
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1............. NAP-31
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 2............. NAP-32
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 3............. NAP-32
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
1 AND 2........................................................ NAP-33
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-34
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 2 Revision
QRH170
CAUTION
CHECKLISTS
ENGINE OUT DESCENT/LANDING
CHECKLIST...................................................NAP-42
FLAPS 5 UNFACTORED LDG DIST.............NAP-43
FLAPS FULL UNFACTORED LDG DIST ......NAP-44
DRIFTDOWN CHECKLIST............................NAP-45
DUAL ENGINE FAILURE DESCENT/
LANDING CHECKLIST..................................NAP-46
JAMMED RUDDER PEDALS DESCENT/
LANDING CHECKLIST..................................NAP-47
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1
DESCENT/LANDINGCHECKLIST.................NAP-48
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 2
DESCENT/LANDING CHECKLIST................NAP-49
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1 AND 2
DESCENT/LANDING CHECKLIST................NAP-50
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1 AND 3
DESCENT/LANDING CHECKLIST................NAP-51
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 2 AND 3
DESCENT/LANDING CHECKLIST................NAP-52
PITCH/ROLL MALFUNCTION DESCENT/
LANDING CHECKLIST..................................NAP-53
RAT DEPLOYED DESCENT/
LANDING CHECKLIST..................................NAP-54
SUPPLEMENTAL INFORMATION
HOLDING.......................................................NAP-55
RVSM REQUIRED EQUIPMENT ..................NAP-55
TAKEOFF ALTERNATE................................NAP-56
TAKEOFF MINIMUMS...................................NAP-56
APPROACH MINIMUMS...............................NAP-57
WIND COMPONENT TABLE.........................NAP-58
TEMPERATURE CONVERSION TABLE......NAP-58
SEVERE WEATHER/WINDSHEAR
FLOW CHART ...............................................NAP-59
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
1 AND 3.........................................................NAP-34
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS
2 AND 3.........................................................NAP-35
LOSS OF PRESSURIZATION
INDICATION ................................................ NAP-36
OVERWEIGHT LANDING............................NAP-37
OXYGEN LEAKAGE ....................................NAP-38
PARTIAL OR GEAR UP LANDING..............NAP-39
STRUCTURAL DAMAGE.............................NAP-40
VOLCANIC ASH ENCOUNTER...................NAP-41
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-35
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 3 Revision
QRH170
CAUTION: DO NOT DISCHARGE THE CARGO FIRE
EXTINGUISHER ON THE GROUND WITH THE
CARGO DOOR OPEN.
Associated CargoFire
Extinguishing Button..........................PUSH
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
After CRG AFT (FWD) FIREX HI ARM message is dis-
played and the associated Cargo Fire Extinguishing
Button is illuminated:
Associated Cargo Fire
Extinguishing Button.............. PUSH AGAIN
Confirm the CRG FWD (AFT) FIREX HI ARM message
extinguishes and the CRG AFT (FWD) FIREX LO ARM
message is displayed.
...............................Wait 1 minute...................................
Confirm the CRG FWD (AFT) FIREX LO ARM message
and the cargo fire-extinguishing button light extinguish.
END
CARGO COMPARTMENT FIRE
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-36
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 4 Revision
QRH170
Descent:
Cabin Crew............................................ NOTIFY
ATC ........................................................ NOTIFY
Transponder.......................................... 7700
Aural Warning CBs (C7; C31) .............. PULL
No Smoking/Fasten Belts .................... ON
ELT......................................................... ON
Landing Data......................................... SET
At 10000 ft. AGL:
Pressurization Mode Selector...............PUSH IN
Approach:
Altimeters .............................................. .......SET
At 5000 ft. AGL:
Pressurization Mode
Selector.................................................. .....MAN
Cabin Alt Controller..............HOLD DOWN FOR
50 SEC
Ditching Configuration:
Terrain Inhibit Button........................... .........IN
Landing Gear......................................... ........UP
Slat/Flap..........................MAXIMUM AVAILABLE
APU Emergency Stop Button..............PUSH IN
NOTE: If engines are not running maintain minimum
speed of 130 KIAS.
Just Before Water Contact:
Cabin..................................ANNOUNCE IMPACT
After Ditching:
Thrust Levers........................................ ....IDLE
Start/Stop Selectors ............................. ...STOP
Fire Extinguishing
Handles................................PULL AND ROTATE
Emergency Evacuation..................ANNOUNCE
Batteries ................................................ ......OFF
END
DITCHING
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-37
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 5 Revision
QRH170
EICAS Indication: FAIL icon inside both N1 indicators.
Both oil pressure indicators in red.
AIRSPEED...........................250 KIAS MIN
RAT MANUAL DEPLOY LEVER......PULL
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
APU............................................START
Emergency Lights..........................OFF
Thrust Levers ................................IDLE
Flight Controls Mode Buttons
(Spoilers, Elevators, Rudder)................PUSH IN,
then OUT
Landing Configuration:
Emergency Lights................................. ARMED
Gnd Prox Flap Ovrd Button...................PUSH IN
Slat/Flap................................................. ............3
Set V
REF
= V
REF FULL
+ 20 KIAS.
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS UNFACTORED
LANDING DISTANCE BY (Pg NAP-44) 2.10.
Establish and Communicate a Plan.
When appropriate, accomplish:
Dual Engine Failure Descent & Landing
Checklist (Pg NAP-46)
END
Airstart Envelope (Pg NAP-23)...CHECK
Fuel Xfeed Selector.....................LOW 1
Inoperative Engine(s):
Start/Stop Selector(s) ........................... ....STOP
Ignition(s)............................................... ....OVRD
Start/Stop Selector(s).............START, then RUN
(Continued on the next page)
DUAL ENGINE FAILURE
BOTH ENGINES SUCCESSFULLY AUTORELIGHT?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-38
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 6 Revision
QRH170
(Continued from the previous page)
Landing Configuration:
Emergency Lights................................. ARMED
Slat/Flap................................................. 3
Set V
REF
= V
REF FULL
+ 20 KIAS or V
REF
= 130 KIAS
(whichever is higher).
FORCED LANDING (Pg NAP-11) or DITCHING
Procedure (Pg NAP-4) ............. .......ACCOMPLISH
END
Flight Controls Mode Buttons
(Spoilers, Elevators, Rudder) .............. PUSH IN,
then OUT
After engine(s) stabilized at idle:
Ignition(s) .............................................. AUTO
Fuel........................................................BALANCE
When appropriate, accomplish:
Dual Engine Failure Descent & Landing
Checklist (Pg NAP-46)
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS UNFACTORED
LANDING DISTANCE (Pg NAP-44) BY 2.10.
If a go around is required:
Slat/Flap................................................. 3
Airspeed.......................V
REF FULL
+ 20 KIAS
END
DUAL ENGINES FAILURE CONDITION PERSISTS?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-39
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 7 Revision
QRH170
FSTN BELTS SIGN...................ON
ALTITUDE .................................10000 FT OR MEA,
(whichever is higher)
THRUST LEVERS.....................IDLE
SPEEDBRAKE..........................FULL OPEN
AIRSPEED.................................MAX/APPROPRIATE
TRANSPONDER .......................7700
ATC............................................NOTIFY
END
EMERGENCY DESCENT
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-40
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 8 Revision
QRH170
Alert flight attendants and passengers to assume brace
position 30 seconds prior to landing. Time permitting, posi-
tion the aircraft relative to the wind to prevent fire from envel-
oping escape routes. Unlock the cockpit door.
First Officer reads the Checklist and the Captain accom-
plishes the items as they are read:
PARKING BRAKE..................... ON
THRUST LEVERS..................... .IDLE
START/STOP 1 & 2................... STOP
FIRE HANDLES .................. PULL & ROTATE
(1L and 2R)
APU EMER STOP..................... PUSH IN
APU FIRE EXTINGUISHER...... PUSH IN
PRESSURIZATION DUMP........ PUSH IN
ATC............................................ NOTIFY
EVACUATION COMMAND....... INITIATE
• Initiate the evacuation by using the passenger
address system. “This is the Captain, Evacuate,
Evacuate”.
As the last step before leaving the cockpit:
BATTERIES............................... OFF
Captain:
- Takes the portable fire extinguisher from the cockpit
and proceeds to main cabin.
- When all possible assistance has been rendered,
leave the aircraft by any suitable exit and direct
passengers away from the aircraft.
First Officer:
- Performs any additional duties as directed by the
Captain.
- Direct and coordinate the evacuation from all
available exits.
- When all possible assistance has been rendered,
leave the aircraft by any suitable exit.
- Circle the aircraft and enlist the aid of others.
- Help direct passengers to an assembly point.
END
EMERGENCY EVACUATION
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-41
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 9 Revision
QRH170
#___ START/STOP ..................STOP
Affected engine:
Ignition...............................................OFF
Start/Stop Selector.....START, then RUN
..............................Wait 30 seconds.......................
Start/Stop Selector........................STOP
Ignition...........................................AUTO
If applicable when airborne accomplish:
After Takeoff Checklist
Driftdown Table (if applicable Pg NAP-45)
Engine Out Descent & Engine Out Landing
Checklist (Pg NAP-42)
END
ENGINE ABNORMAL START
ENGINE DRY MOTORING CONSIDERED?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-42
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 10 Revision
QRH170
AUTOTHROTTLES..........................DISENGAGE
#___THRUST LEVER.........Confirm...........IDLE
#___START/STOP...............Confirm.........STOP
#___FIRE HANDLE.............Confirm.........PULL
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT
#___FIRE HANDLE.......Confirm....ROTATE (L or R)
..................................Wait 30 seconds...........................
Fire Handle (remaining bottle) ...........ROTATE
Airspeed.................................... MAX 200 KIAS
Altitude...................................... MAX 18000 FT
APU ........................................... START
Fuel............................................ BALANCE
Autothrottle .............................. AS REQUIRED
ESTABLISH AND COMMUNICATE A PLAN.
When appropriate, accomplish:
After Takeoff Checklist (if applicable)
Driftdown Table (if applicable Pg NAP-45)
Engine Out Descent & Engine Out Landing
Checklist (Pg NAP-42)
END
ENGINE FIRE, SEVERE DAMAGE OR
SEPARATION
ENG (1 or 2) FIRE MSG PERSISTS?
Yes
No
SEVERE DAMAGE OR SEPARATION?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-43
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 11 Revision
QRH170
Descent:
Cabin Crew............................................ NOTIFY
ATC......................................................... NOTIFY
Transponder .......................................... 7700
Aural Warning CBs (C7; C31) .............. PULL
No Smoking/Fasten Belts..................... ON
ELT......................................................... ON
Landing Data ......................................... SET
At 10000 ft.:
Pressurization Dump Button ............... PUSH IN
Approach:
Altimeters .............................................. SET
Landing Configuration:
Terrain Inhibit Button ........................... IN
Landing Gear......................................... DOWN
Slat/Flap................................................. MAXIMUM
AVAILABLE
APU Emergency Stop Button .............. PUSH IN
NOTE: If engines are not running maintain minimum
speed of 130 KIAS and alternate gear extension
may be required.
Just Before Touchdown:
Cabin....................................ANNOUNCE IMPACT
After Landing:
Thrust Levers ..................................... IDLE
Start/Stop Selectors........................... STOP
Fire Extinguishing Handles............... PULL AND
ROTATE
Emergency Evacuation ..................... ANNOUNCE
Batteries.............................................. OFF
END
FORCED LANDING
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-44
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 12 Revision
QRH170
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
NOTE: An unexpected difference between the total fuel
quantity indicated on EICAS and the total fuel
quantity indicated on the FMS Fuel Management
page may indicate a fuel leak condition.
Fuel Xfeed Selector.................. OFF
Affected Fuel Tank................... IDENTIFY
Identify the affected fuel tank using the fuel flow, fuel
quantity or visually.
Asymmetric Thrust...........................AS REQUIRED
APU ........................................... OFF
If fuel leakage continues and is severe:
The pilot may consider to shutdown the engine at
the same side as the apparent fuel leakage. In that
case, perform the Engine Shutdown procedure (Pg
NAP-25) and pull the fire handle at the same side.
ESTABLISH AND COMMUNICATE A PLAN.
END
APU....................................................AS REQUIRED
If fuel leakage continues and is severe:
The pilot may consider to shutdown the engine at the
same side as the apparent fuel leakage. In that case,
perform the Engine Shutdown procedure (Pg NAP-
25) and pull the fire handle at the same side.
ESTABLISH AND COMMUNICATE A PLAN.
END
FUEL LEAK
LEAK ON THE RH TANK?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-45
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 13 Revision
QRH170
CONDITION:The Fuel Quantity indication on EICAS is
displayed in red but the EICAS message is
not presented.
FUEL 1 (2) LO LEVEL
Procedure ..........ACCOMPLISH (Pg EAP10-3)
END
Unrestricted Control Column..IDENTIFY
Maximum Airspeed...........CURRENT OR 175 KIAS,
WHICHEVER IS HIGHER
NOTE: Expect lower pitch rates and authority.
Relevant Inoperative Item:
Avoid side slipping the airplane.
NOTE: The stick shaker remains operative.
ESTABLISH AND COMMUNICATE A PLAN
When appropriate, accomplish:
Pitch/Roll Malfunction Descent Checklist &
Landing Checklist (Pg NAP-53)
END
FUEL LOW LEVEL
JAMMED CONTROL COLUMN- PITCH
ELEVATOR DISCONNECT HANDLE...... PULL
AOA Limit
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-46
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 14 Revision
QRH170
Unrestricted Control Wheel .... IDENTIFY
Maximum Airspeed...........CURRENT OR 175 KIAS,
WHICHEVER IS HIGHER
NOTE:
- Expect lower roll rates.
- Avoid abrupt and large aileron inputs.
- Maintain bank angle below 25°.
- Rudder may be used to help controlling the
airplane.
- Do not accomplish the Spoiler Fault Procedure.
Relevant Inoperative Items:
ESTABLISH AND COMMUNICATE A PLAN
When appropriate, accomplish:
Pitch/Roll Malfunction Descent Checklist &
Landing Checklist (Pg NAP-53)
END
JAMMED CONTROL WHEEL - ROLL
AILERON DISCONNECT HANDLE ..........PULL
Affected side aileron
Multi Function Spoiler L3 and R3
Another Multi Function Spoiler pair
depending on the affected side.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-47
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 15 Revision
QRH170
Maximum Airspeed...........CURRENT OR 175 KIAS,
WHICHEVER IS HIGHER
Relevant Inoperative Item:
NOTE: Use asymmetric thrust for directional control.
ESTABLISH AND COMMUNICATE A PLAN
When appropriate, accomplish:
Jammed Rudder Pedals Descent Checklist &
Landing Checklist (Pg NAP-47)
END
JAMMED RUDDER PEDALS
Yaw trim
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-48
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 16 Revision
QRH170
PITCH TRIM SYS 1&2 CUTOUT
BUTTONS...................................... PUSH
AP/TRIM Disc Button............... RELEASE
WARNING:DO NOT OPEN THE SPEEDBRAKE.
Prepare to overcome unwanted pitch change:
Pitch Trim System 1
Cutout Button................................PUSH OUT
Pitch Trim Switch..........................ACTUATE
END
Pitch Trim System 1
Cutout Button.....................................PUSH IN
Pitch Trim System 2
Cutout Button.....................................PUSH OUT
END
PITCH TRIM RUNAWAY
AP/TRIM DISC BUTTON.................PRESS & HOLD
PITCH TRIM NORMAL?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-49
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 17 Revision
QRH170
Do not engage the autopilot.
Prepare to overcome unexpected roll or yaw:
AP/TRIM Disc Button...........RELEASE
END
AP/TRIM Disc Button...............PRESS AND HOLD
Roll (Yaw) Trim Power
Electronic CB.........................OUT
Select on the MCDU: CB J CB MENU J CB BY SYS-
TEM J NEXT J FLT CTRL J ROLL TRIM PWR or
YAW TRIM PWR.
AP/TRIM Disc Button...............RELEASE
Autopilot......................................DO NOT ENGAGE
END
Steer the airplane using differential braking and
rudder.
END
ROLL (YAW) TRIM RUNAWAY
AP/TRIM Disc Button..............PRESS AND HOLD
STEERING RUNAWAY
STEER DISC SWITCH.............. PRESS
ROLL (YAW) TRIM NORMAL?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-50
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 18 Revision
QRH170
Airspeed.............................................250 KIAS MAX
Landing Gear Lever........................DOWN
Electrical Override Switch.............GEAR DOWN
END
Alternate Gear Extension LeverPULL UP
NOTE:Pull up to latched position
Landing Gear Indications........ CHECK
END
Establish and Communicate a Plan
PARTIAL OR GEAR UP LANDING
Procedure ......ACCOMPLISH (Pg NAP-39)

END
Select the affected side reversionary panel display
selector to PFD or EICAS, as required.
END
ABNORMAL LANDING GEAR EXTENSION
BLANK DISPLAY UNIT WITHOUT AUTOMATIC
REVERSION
LG INDICATES DOWN?
Yes
No
LG INDICATES DOWN?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-51
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 19 Revision
QRH170
INDICATION: CAS MSG flag on PFD.
CAS SOURCE SELECTION..........ALTERNATE
BETWEEN CAS 1
AND CAS 2 AND
COMPARE.
Select on the MCDU: MENU J MISC (LSK 1L) J
SETUP (LSK 2L) J CAS SOURCE SELECTION
(LSK 2R) J CAS 1 J CAS 2.
Compare the messages of the two CAS sources dis-
played on the EICAS to check which is the discrepant
message. Analyze the situation to check whether the
discrepant message is spurious or not, and take the
appropriate corrective action.
END
EICAS MESSAGE MISCOMPARISON
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-52
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 20 Revision
QRH170
EICAS Indication: Engine vibration indication may be
displayed in amber.
Autothrottle..........................................DISENGAGE
#___ THRUST LEVER.............Confirm.........IDLE,
THEN ADVANCE TO
MIN 70% N1
....................................Wait 30 seconds.........................
#___ THRUST LEVER......................AS REQUIRED
END
#___ THRUST LEVER.............Confirm......REDUCE
Reduce thrust to keep vibration within normal range.
If other engine parameters become abnormal or
exceed operating limits:
Establish and Communicate a Plan.
ENGINE SHUTDOWN
Procedure ...................... ACCOMPLISH (Pg NAP-25)
END
ENGINE ABNORMAL VIBRATION
ENGINE VIBRATION DUE TO ICE ACCUMULATION?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-53
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 21 Revision
QRH170
NOTE:
- Windmilling starts accomplished with residual
ITT below 90°C are more reliable.
- If flight conditions permit operate the engine at
idle for 2 minutes prior to apply engine thrust.
- If N2 has gone to 0, more than one start attempt
may be required to get a successful engine
start.
Autothrottle.................................... DISENGAGE
Airstart Envelope (Pg NAP-23)..... CHECK
N2 (Operative engine) ..............MIN 80%
Inoperative engine:
Ignition................................................ OVRD
Start/Stop Selector............................. START,
then RUN
After engine stabilizes at idle:
Ignition..................................AUTO
Autothrottle..........................AS REQUIRED
END
Start/Stop Selector...................STOP
Ignition......................................AUTO
Fuel............................................BALANCE
Establish and Communicate a Plan
(Continues on the Next Page)
ENGINE AIRSTART
ASSISTED ENGINE AIRSTART?
Yes
No
ENGINE NORMAL START?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-54
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 22 Revision
QRH170
(Continued from the Previous Page)
When appropriate, accomplish:
Driftdown Table (if applicable Pg NAP-45), After
Takeoff Checklist, and Engine Out Descent
& Engine Out Landing Checklist (Pg NAP-42)
END
Xbleed Button.................................PUSH OUT
APU Bleed
Button (if engine 1 affected).....PUSH OUT
Inoperative engine:
N2....................................................MIN 7.2%
Ignition...........................................OVRD
Start/Stop Selector......................START,
then RUN
After engine stabilizes at idle:
Xbleed Button...............................PUSH IN
APU Bleed Button........................PUSH IN
Ignition.................................................AUTO
Autothrottle........................AS REQUIRED
END
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
Xbleed Button...............................PUSH IN
APU Bleed Button........................PUSH IN
Start/Stop Selector......................STOP
Ignition............................................AUTO
Establish and Communicate a Plan
When appropriate, accomplish:
After Takeoff Checklist (if applicable)
Driftdown Table (if applicable Pg NAP-45)
Engine Out Descent & Engine Out Landing
Checklist (Pg NAP-42)
END
ENGINE NORMAL START?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-55
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 23 Revision
QRH170
ENGINE AIRSTART ENVELOPE
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-56
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 24 Revision
QRH170
CONDITION:ITT pointer and digits flashing red.
Autothrottle.......................................DISENGAGE
#___ THRUST LEVER......Confirm.........REDUCE
Reduce engine thrust to keep ITT within limits.
If not able to maintain ITT within limits with
reduced thrust, then:
Establish and Communicate a Plan.
ENGINE SHUTDOWN
Procedure ...................... ACCOMPLISH (Pg NAP-25)
END
ENGINE ITT OVERTEMPERATURE
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-57
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 25 Revision
QRH170
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT
AUTOTHROTTLES...........................DISENGAGE
#___ THRUST LEVER......Confirm...............IDLE
#___ START/STOP............Confirm.............STOP
Engine Thrust
(remaining engine)....................As Required
APU (if available)........................................START
Associated Fuel Pump................................AUTO
Fuel Balance.....................................As Required
Establish and Communicate a Plan
When appropriate, accomplish:
After Takeoff Checklist (if applicable)
Driftdown Table (if applicable Pg NAP-45)
Engine Out Descent & Engine Out Landing
Checklist (Pg NAP-42)
END
ENGINE SHUTDOWN
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-58
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 26 Revision
QRH170
CONDITION:Tailpipe fire was detected visually by crew
or ground personnel. No EICAS message
displayed.
#___ THRUST LEVER .............. IDLE
#___ START/STOP................... STOP
#___ Fuel Pump........................ OFF
#___ Ignition............................. OFF
#___ START/STOP................... START,
then RUN
ITT.............................................. MONITOR
ATC............................................ NOTIFY
…………..………..Wait 90 seconds……..…………
#___ START/STOP................... OFF
NOTE: If fire is not extinguished while the engine is
motored, it must be extinguished using ground
equipment, and maintenance procedures
applied.
END
Landing Gear Lever.........................DOWN
LG WOW SYS FAIL
Procedure (Pg EAP13-6) ...........ACCOMPLISH
NOTE: The DN LOCK REL button may be pressed to
move the landing gear lever up if climb
performance is required to clear obstacles.
If a go around is required:
Landing Gear.................................DOWN
END
ENGINE TAILPIPE FIRE
GEAR LEVER CAN NOT BE MOVED UP
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-59
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 27 Revision
QRH170
Associated WINDSHIELD HEATING
BUTTON................................................PUSH OUT
Cockpit Door...........................................CLOSE
NOTE: There is a windshield heating wire between the
middle and outer layers that can be used as a
reference to determine which layer is cracked. If
the wire can be seen without a gap the crack is in
the outer layer, and if there is a wire discontinuity,
the crack may be located in the middle and/or
inner layers.
END
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
CAUTION: ACCOMPLISH THE DESCENT AS QUICKLY
AS POSSIBLE - MAX DESCENT TIME IS 15
MINUTES.
Airspeed....................................MAX 220 KIAS
Altitude........................... 10000 FT OR MEA,
WHICHEVER IS HIGHER
Establish and Communicate a Plan
During Descent:
Pressurization Mode
Selector...........................MAN
Cabin Altitude................INCREASE
NOTE: Maintain cabin altitude at 10000 ft. while
descending the airplane.
(Continued on the Next Page)
IMPAIRED OR CRACKED WINDSHIELD
ONLY OUTER LAYER CRACKED?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-60
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 28 Revision
QRH170
(Continued from the Previous Page)
At or below 10000 ft.:
Pack 1 Button...................................PUSH OUT
Pack 2 Button...................................PUSH OUT
Pilot flying must be on the non-impaired side.
END
Airspeed.............................................MAX 140 KIAS
Direct Vision Window.....................OPEN
END
If Lightning Strike Is Suspected To Occur
An imminent lightning strike event may be indicated to flight
crews by the buildup of static discharge which causes
interference on ADF indicators or noise in communication
receivers. Another indication is St. Elmo’s Fire, which is visible at
night as small electrical discharges running across the
windshields and sparking on the wings.
Consider wearing sunglasses to protect your eyes from the flash
or have one pilot keep eyes downward.
All Cockpit Lights..................... ON/FULL BRIGHTNESS
If The Airplane Has Been Hit By Lightning
If situation is under control after a lightning strike, apply the
following procedure to ascertain whether the flight may be
proceed normally. If all 8 listed items check normal, the PIC may
continue the flight to the original destination airport that the
aircraft was dispatched.
1. Circuit Breakers........................................................ CHECK
2. Compass/Heading System...................................... CHECK
a. Check magnetic compass and heading system for
normal indication.
3. Engine Indication...................................................... CHECK
a. Check engine for normal indication and apply associated
procedure if any failure arises after strike attachment.
b. In case of engine shutdown, the flight crew shall analyze
the circumstances of the event and consider an engine
airstart.
LIGHTNING STRIKE
ONLY ONE SIDE IMPAIRED?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-61
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 29 Revision
QRH170
4. Pressurization........................................................... CHECK
a. Check pressurization system for normal indication.
5. Flight Controls.......................................................... CHECK
a. Check all flight controls for freedom of movement. Verify
that slats/flaps and speed brakes are working properly
(refer to slats/flaps and speed brakes operating limits).
6. Fuel System............................................................. CHECK
a. Check fuel system for normal operation. Monitor fuel
remaining and fuel consumption to ascertain that no fuel
leak exists.
7. Altitude ................................................................. MAINTAIN
a. If any structural damage is suspected, never climb the
aircraft unless required by performance (climb, obstacle
clearance, or operational contingencies) and accomplish
the EMERGENCY DESCENT procedure if required.
b. If structural damage is not suspected and the PIC elects to
continue the flight to the destination city, do not climb the
airplane after a lightning strike unless required by perfor-
mance (climb or obstacle clearance) or operational contin-
gencies including normal climb, cruise, and descent profiles
listed on the flight release.
8. All Other Airplane Systems ..................................... CHECK
a. Check all airplane instrument following a panel scan
sequence to ascertain that flight safety prevails.
b. Apply the associated emergency/abnormal procedure if
any fai l ure ari ses after l i ghtni ng stri ke. Consi der
discontinuing the flight and land at the nearest suitable
airport if any unsafe condition is revealed after checking
systems operation.
ON GROUND
Approaching and landing an airplane during a thunderstorm is
strongly not recommended. The human body may provide the
grounding that is otherwise lacking. If you are in the cockpit, do
not attempt to communicate with ground through a wire handset,
and stay inside the airplane until the storm has passed.
1. If The Airplane Has Been Hit By Lightning perform an
External safety inspection:
a. Check for holes, punctures, discoloration and de-
lamination throughout the whole airframe.
b. Verify for loose, melted or missing rivets.
c. Check that all static dischargers are in place or in
accordance with the CDL.
d. Verify the integrity of the lights installed on tail, wing,
fuselage and
e. landing gear.
f. Verify all antennas, ice detectors, smart probes, TAT
probes and pressurization static ports for condition.
2. Write up the lightning strike in the Flight/Maintenance
Log and report to maintenance personnel.
3. Make sure that the maintenance performed before flying
the airplane again.
4. Fill out a LIGHTNING STRIKE REPORT form.
Lightning Strike Checklist .................Complete
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-62
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 30 Revision
QRH170
CONDITION: APU RPM or APU EGT indication on
EICAS is displayed in amber dashes.
Monitor the APU for the remainder of the flight.
If any APU fault message is displayed on EICAS:
APU Emergency Stop Button ............PUSH IN
APU Master Selector...........................OFF
Do not restart the APU.
END
LOSS OF APU INDICATIONS
APU ESSENTIAL FOR THE FLIGHT?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-63
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 31 Revision
QRH170
Autopilot...............................................DISENGAGE
NOTE:
- Expect lower roll rates and lower speedbrake
efficiency.
- Do not accomplish the SPOILER FAULT
procedure.
- Do not command the engine 1 reverser.
Relevant Inoperative Items:
Plan a long final approach.
Establish and Communicate a Plan
When appropriate, accomplish:
After Takeoff Checklist (if applicable)
Loss of Hydraulic System 1 Descent &
Landing Checklist (Pg NAP-48)
END
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1
Multi Function Spoilers
L3, R3, L4 and R4
Engine 1 Reverser
Ground Spoiler L2 and
R2
Outboard Brakes
Autopilot
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-64
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 32 Revision
QRH170
NOTE:
- Expect lower roll rates and lower speedbrake
efficiency.
- Do not accomplish the SPOILER FAULT
procedure.
- Do not command the engine 2 reverser.
Relevant Inoperative Items:
Plan a long final approach.
Establish and Communicate a Plan
When appropriate, accomplish:
After Takeoff Checklist (if applicable)

Loss of Hydraulic System 2 Descent &
Landing Checklist (Pg NAP-49)
END
Back up hydraulic power to R.H. elevator, to rudder
and ailerons will not be available.
END
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 2
Multi Function Spoilers
L5 and R5
Landing Gear
Retraction and
Normal Extension
Ground Spoilers L1 and
R1
Nosewheel Steering
Engine 2 Reverser Inboard Brakes
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 3
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-65
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 33 Revision
QRH170
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
NOTE:
- Expect lower roll and pitch rates.
- Do not accomplish the ELEVATOR FAULT and
the SPOILER FAULT procedures.
- Apply the Emergency/Parking Brake to stop the
airplane monitoring the Emergency/Parking
Brake light.
- When the Emergency/Parking Brake light is on,
maintain steady pressure since the Anti-Skid
protection is not available.
Relevant Inoperative Items:
Plan a long final approach.
Establish and Communicate a Plan
When appropriate, accomplish:
After Takeoff Checklist (if applicable)
Loss of Hydraulic System 1 and 2 Descent &
Landing Checklist (Pg NAP-50)
END
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS 1 AND 2
L.H. Elevator Nosewheel Steering
Multi Function Spoilers
L3, R3, L4, R4, L5 and R5
Engine 1 and Engine 2
Reversers
Ground Spoilers L1, R1,
L2 and R2
Outboard and Inboard
Brakes
Speedbrake
Landing Gear Retraction
and Normal Extension
Autopilot
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-66
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 34 Revision
QRH170
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT
Autopilot...............................................DISENGAGE
NOTE:
- Expect lower roll rates and lower speedbrake
efficiency.
- Do not accomplish the SPOILER FAULT
procedure.
- Do not command the engine 1 reverser.
Relevant Inoperative Items:
Plan a long final approach.
Establish and Communicate a Plan
When appropriate, accomplish:
After Takeoff Checklist (if applicable)
Loss of Hydraulic System 1 and 3 Descent &
Landing Checklist (Pg NAP-51)
END
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS 1 AND 3
Rudder Engine 1 Reverser
Multi Function Spoilers
L3, R3, L4 and R4
Outboard Brakes
Ground Spoilers L2 and
R2
Autopilot
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-67
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 35 Revision
QRH170
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT
NOTE:
- Expect lower roll and pitch rates and lower
speedbrake efficiency.
- Do not accomplish the ELEVATOR FAULT and
the SPOILER FAULT procedures.
- Do not command the engine 2 reverser.
Relevant Inoperative Items:
Plan a long final approach.
Establish and Communicate a Plan
When appropriate, accomplish:
After Takeoff Checklist (if applicable)
Loss of Hydraulic System 2 and 3 Descent &
Landing Checklist (Pg NAP-52)
END
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEMS 2 AND 3
R.H. Elevator Engine 2 Reverser
Ailerons Inboard Brakes
Multi Function Spoilers L5
and R5
Landing Gear Retraction
and Normal Extension
Ground Spoilers L1 and R1 Nose Wheel Steering
Autopilot
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-68
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 36 Revision
QRH170
CONDITION: Cabin altitude or cabin UP is not being pre-
sented, or during use of the pressurization
manual control.
NOTE: This table must be used to control the cabin altitude/
UP when operating in manual mode only. This table
is not to be used when the auto-pressurization system
is controlling the cabin.
AIRPLANE/CABIN ALTITUDE CONVERSION TABLE
END
LOSS OF PRESSURIZATION INDICATION
AIRPLANE
ALTITUDE
(ft)
CABIN
ALTITUDE
(ft)
DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE
(PSID)
10000 900 4.2
11000 1000 4.5
12000 1200 4.8
13000 1300 5.1
14000 1500 5.3
15000 1700 5.6
16000 1900 5.8
17000 2100 6.0
18000 2300 6.2
19000 2600 6.4
20000 2800 6.6
21000 3000 6.7
22000 3300 6.9
23000 3600 7.0
24000 3900 7.1
25000 4200 7.2
26000 4500 7.3
27000 4800 7.4
28000 5100 7.5
29000 5400 7.5
30000 5700 7.6
31000 6000 7.7
32000 6300 7.7
33000 6700 7.7
34000 7000 7.8
35000 7300 7.8
36000 7600 7.8
37000 8000 7.8
38000 8000 8.0
39000 8000 8.1
40000 8000 8.3
41000 8000 8.4
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-69
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 37 Revision
QRH170
[Condition: Perform overweight landing when condition dictates it
to be safer to land overweight than to continue flight.
1. Overweight landings are at captain’s discretion.
2. Overweight landing data tablesReview
• Tables are based on anti-skid and ground spoiler system
working.
• The Minimum Landing Distance Table list the minimum
required FAA landing distance vs. gross weight for dry and
wet runway conditions and airport elevations, based on
normal touchdown point.
1
Data based on A/C Packs ON.
The Approach Climb Weight Table ensures FAA required
engine-out gradient requirements are satisfied.
3. Considerations:
• Sink rate at touchdown should be 120 to 180 FPM (same as
normal touchdown) but must never exceed 300 FPM.
• Upon touchdown use maximum available reverse thrust and
brakes as required to stop in the available runway.
4. Overweight Landing Checklist complete.
Make an “overweight landing” logbook entry after landing.
OVERWEIGHT LANDING
ERJ-170 FULL Flap Minimum Landing Distance Table
Landing Field Length
1
Corrections
Landing
Weight
(1000 LB)
Dry Wet
FT/1000 FT
Press Alt
Dry & Wet
FT/10 KT
Tailwind
Dry & Wet
75 6910 7950 +180 +1290
80 7130 8200 +185 +1300
85 7330 8860 +190 +1320
Temp (°C)/
Altitude (ft)
-1000 SL 2000 4000 6000 8000
10 85980 85980 85980 83787 78529 72578
15 85980 85980 85980 83595 77786 71692
20 85980 85980 85980 83176 76256 70550
25 85980 85980 85980 81117 73919 68063
30 85980 85980 84475 77003 70733 65098
35 85980 85980 79287 72936 67532 -
40 83864 80963 74468 68952 - -
45 78520 76485 70032 - - -
50 73445 72488 - - - -
Temp (°C)/
Altitude (ft)
-1000 SL 2000 4000 6000 8000
10 85980 85980 85980 83225 76362 70473
5 85980 85980 85980 83507 77909 71663
0 85980 85980 85980 83712 78403 72448
-5 85980 85980 85980 83857 78668 72834
-10 85980 85980 85980 84001 78881 73222
-15 85980 85980 85980 84012 78974 73341
-20 85980 85980 85980 83833 78910 73407
-25 85980 85980 85980 83745 78888 73473
-30 85980 85980 85980 83789 78889 73540
-35 85980 85980 85980 83833 78930 73606
-40 85980 85980 85980 85980 78961 73672
EMBRAER 170 - CF34-8E5 ENGINES - FAA CERTIFICATION - BLEEDS OFF -
ENGINE & WING ANTI-ICE ON - LANDING FLAPS FULL - APPROACH FLAPS 4
APPROACH CLIMB LIMIT WEIGHT (lbs.)
APPROACH CLIMB LIMIT WEIGHT (lbs.)
EMBRAER 170 - CF34-8E5 ENGINES - FAA CERTIFICATION - BLEEDS OFF -
ENGINE & WING ANTI-ICE OFF - LANDING FLAPS FULL - APPROACH FLAPS 4
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-70
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 38 Revision
QRH170
CONDITION:Evidence of oxygen leakage through the
crew masks, mask hose, flow indicator or
oxygen lines.
NO PED.............................................ON
Oxygen Test/Reset Button..........ACTUATE
Altitude..............................................AS REQUIRED
END
OXYGEN LEAKAGE
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-71
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 39 Revision
QRH170
NOTE: Accomplish the following procedure in lieu of the
Normal Procedures Descent and Landing
Checklist.
Fuel............................................Burn to reduce
landing speed
Cabin Crew ...............................Notify
Aural Warning CB’s (C7 and C31).......PULL
NO PED/FSTN BELTS..............ON
APU............................................OFF (if running)
Below 10,000 ft. AGL:
PRESSURIZATION DUMP........PUSH IN
Altimeters...................................__.__Set
• Considerations:
- Review “Evacuation” procedures
- Plan a long final approach.
- Plan a Flap FULL landing.
- If a go around is required, ensure the landing gear
remains down
Establish and Communicate a Plan
Final Approach:
GND PROX TERR INHIB ..........PUSH IN
Landing Gear ............................DOWN
Plan to land on available gear.
SLAT/FLAP ...............................FULL
Just prior to touchdown (30 sec.), Advise on PA
“Brace for impact”
After landing, accomplish the Emergency
Evacuation Procedure (Pg NAP-8)
END
PARTIAL OR GEAR UP LANDING
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-72
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 10 Revision
QRH170
AUTOTHROTTLES..........................DISENGAGE
#___THRUST LEVER.........Confirm...........IDLE
#___START/STOP...............Confirm.........STOP
#___FIRE HANDLE.............Confirm.........PULL
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT
#___FIRE HANDLE.......Confirm....ROTATE (L or R)
..................................Wait 30 seconds...........................
Fire Handle (remaining bottle) ...........ROTATE
Airspeed.................................... MAX 200 KIAS
Altitude...................................... MAX 18000 FT
APU ........................................... START
Fuel............................................ BALANCE
Autothrottle .............................. AS REQUIRED
ESTABLISH AND COMMUNICATE A PLAN.
When appropriate, accomplish:
After Takeoff Checklist (if applicable)
Driftdown Table (if applicable Pg NAP-45)
Engine Out Descent & Engine Out Landing
Checklist (Pg NAP-42)
END
ENGINE FIRE, SEVERE DAMAGE OR
SEPARATION
ENG (1 or 2) FIRE MSG PERSISTS?
Yes
No
SEVERE DAMAGE OR SEPARATION?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-73
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 41 Revision
QRH170
Accomplish the following while making a 180°turn:
ATC............................................Notify
Autothrottles.............................Disengage
Thrust (altitude permitting) .....Reduce to IDLE
NOTE: [This reduces ash ingestion, maximizes engine
surge margin and lowers engine turbine
temperature.]
Oxygen Masks..........................ON/100%
Cabin Crew ...............................Notify
Passenger Oxygen...................As Required
ICE PROTECTION MODE.........ON
APU............................................START
ENGINE PARAMETERS...........Monitor
Airspeed Indications................Monitor
Establish and Communicate a Plan
END
VOLCANIC ASH ENCOUNTER
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-74
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 42 Revision
QRH170
Engine Out Descent Checklist
1. Approach considerations:
• Multiply the Flaps Full Unfactored Landing Distance on page
NAP-44 by 1.50.
• Use SLAT/FLAP 5 for landing; Set V
REF FULL
+ 20 KIAS.
• If RAT deployed use SLAT/FLAP 3 only; Set V
REF FULL
+ 20
KIAS.
2. Shoulder Harness...................... Verify...............................On
3. FSTN BELTS..................................................................... ON
4. Altimeters................................... Verify................... .__.__Set
5. Landing Data ............................. Verify.............................Set
6. EICAS....................................................................... Checked
7. Approach BriefingComplete
8. Go Around Considerations:
• Simultaneously press TOGA and ensure thrust lever in TOGA
detent and verify thrust setting.
• Rotate to FD commands and/or go around attitude of 8°nose
up.
• Select FLAPS 2, Positive Rate, Gear UP, maintain V
AC
and
limit bank angle to 15°.
• Climb straight ahead to 500 ft. AGL or follow “Engine Failure -
Missed Approach” procedure if published.
• Climbing through engine out acceleration altitude select
FLCH, V
FS
, HDG or FMS NAV.
• Retract flaps on flap retraction schedule.
9. Engine Out Descent Checklist complete.
Engine Out Landing Checklist
Landing consideration:
• During landing only operative engine thrust reverser is
available.
1. Flight Attendant .................. [PM].................................Notified
2. EICAS................................. [PM]...............................Checked
3. Landing Gear.............................Verify....... DOWN, 3 GREEN
4. FLAPS......................................Verify .................................. 5
3 (if RAT deployed)
5. FUEL XFEED .................................................................. OFF
6. Engine Out Landing Checklist complete.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-75
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 43 Revision
QRH170
Unfactored Landing Distance
The table reflects the actual landing distance
required. Plan accordingly. Chose a runway that
provides the largest safety margin possible.
This information is for in-flight emergency use only.
These distances reflect the required landing distance
only. The FAA additional runway margin is not
included. The published distances are based on the
following:
Touchdown within 1,000 feet from the approach end
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE TABLE
ALL ENGINE TYPES – FAA – FLAPS 5
ISA CONDITIONS – ANTI ICE OFF – AUTO BRAKES OFF
ALTITUDE
0 ft 1000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2599 2198 2076 1960 2638 2230 2105 1985
56000 2716 2303 2177 2057 2758 2339 2210 2087
60000 2835 2410 2280 2156 2882 2450 2317 2190
64000 2957 2520 2385 2257 3008 2564 2427 2295
68000 3083 2628 2490 2357 3142 2676 2535 2400
72000 3222 2741 2598 2461 3286 2794 2648 2508
76000 3366 2863 2710 2566 3435 2923 2766 2617
ALTITUDE
2000 ft 3000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2685 2275 2150 2030 2728 2311 2183 2077
56000 2809 2387 2258 2134 2856 2428 2296 2169
60000 2936 2502 2368 2241 2988 2547 2410 2280
64000 3066 2619 2481 2349 3124 2668 2527 2393
68000 3207 2735 2593 2457 3272 2789 2644 2505
72000 3357 2860 2709 2569 3427 2920 2765 2621
76000 3517 2998 2839 2688 3605 3074 2912 2756
ALTITUDE
4000 ft 5000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2779 2360 2231 2108 2830 2410 2281 2157
56000 2911 2480 2347 2220 2962 2524 2389 2259
60000 3047 2602 2466 2334 3102 2651 2511 2377
64000 3190 2728 2586 2451 3253 2780 2637 2498
68000 3343 2852 2707 2566 3413 2912 2762 2619
72000 3512 2998 2841 2692 3599 3074 2913 2759
76000 3700 3160 2996 2839 3795 3243 3075 2913
NOTE: Landing distance in ft.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-76
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 44 Revision
QRH170
Unfactored Landing Distance (Cont.)
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE TABLE
ALL ENGINE TYPES – FAA – FLAPS FULL
ISA CONDITIONS – ANTI ICE OFF – AUTO BRAKES OFF
ALTITUDE
0 ft 1000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2429 2041 1923 1812 2463 2068 1947 1832
56000 2529 2131 2009 1893 2567 2161 2037 1918
60000 2632 2222 2097 1977 2674 2257 2129 2021
64000 2734 2313 2183 2060 2783 2360 2230 2106
68000 2838 2405 2272 2145 2891 2455 2321 2193
72000 2943 2498 2361 2229 3001 2550 2413 2280
76000 3055 2593 2454 2320 3113 2640 2498 2362
ALTITUDE
2000 ft 3000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2505 2109 1988 1872 2550 2152 2030 1915
56000 2612 2205 2080 1960 2659 2250 2124 2005
60000 2721 2302 2174 2050 2772 2350 2221 2097
64000 2829 2399 2266 2139 2883 2450 2316 2188
68000 2940 2498 2361 2230 2997 2551 2414 2282
72000 3057 2597 2456 2333 3120 2653 2511 2376
76000 3177 2697 2554 2417 3240 2749 2603 2463
ALTITUDE
4000 ft 5000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2589 2184 2060 1941 2635 2229 2104 1985
56000 2703 2286 2158 2035 2752 2333 2204 2081
60000 2819 2390 2258 2131 2871 2440 2308 2180
64000 2933 2493 2357 2227 2989 2546 2410 2278
68000 3052 2599 2459 2324 3114 2655 2514 2378
72000 3185 2712 2569 2432 3248 2764 2618 2479
76000 3309 2813 2664 2522 3377 2871 2717 2573
NOTE: Landing distance in ft.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-77
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 45 Revision
QRH170
Driftdown Checklist
[Condition: Engine failure during cruise when descent to lower
altitude becomes necessary.]
CRUISE ALTITUDE - CONFIGURATION - CLEAN
1. AutothrottlesOFF
2. Max. Continuous ThrustSet
3. SPD on GPSet SPD from Tables below
a. Enter the weight row (Start Driftdown) and proceed to
the appropriate speed (Initial Driftdown Speed).
4. ALT SELSet Gross Level-Off Altitude from Tables below
a. Enter the weight row (Start of Driftdown) and proceed to
the appropriate ISA deviation column to determine the
Gross Level-Off Altitude.
5. FLCHSelect
6. Driftdown Checklist complete.
o
o
LRC CRUISE
TERRAIN CRITICAL
DRIFTDOWN SPEED
LEVEL OFF
ENGINE LOSS
MAX CONT THRUST
DRIFTDOWN TABLE
EMBRAER 170 – CF34-8E5 ENGINES – FAA CERTIFICATION
BLEEDS ON/ENGINE & WING ANTI-ICE OFF
WEIGHT (lb) INITIAL GROSS LEVEL OFF ALTITUDE - FT
DRIFTDOWN (NET LEVEL OFF ALTITUDE - FT)
START SPEED ISA+10°C
DRIFTDOWN
LEVEL OFF
(KIAS) & BELOW
ISA +15°C ISA+20°C
20000 19600 18600
79000 75400 199
(15100) (14400) (13000)
21300 21000 20200
75000 72000 194
(17000) (16400) (15100)
22700 22400 21900
71000 68400 188
(18600) (18200) (17000)
24100 24000 23400
67000 64600 183
(20100) (19900) (19000)
25700 25600 25000
63000 60900 178
(21700) (21500) (20900)
27300 27200 26700
59000 57100 172
(23300) (23200) (22700)
28900 28900 28400
55000 53300 166
(25100) (25000) (24600)
30700 30700 30300
51000 49500 160
(26900) (26900) (26500)
DRIFTDOWN TABLE
EMBRAER 170 – CF34-8E5 ENGINES – FAA CERTIFICATION
BLEEDS ON/ENGINE & WING ANTI-ICE ON
WEIGHT (lb) INITIAL GROSS LEVEL OFF ALTITUDE - FT
DRIFTDOWN (NET LEVEL OFF ALTITUDE - FT)
START SPEED ISA-8°C
DRIFTDOWN
LEVEL OFF
(KIAS) & BELOW
ISA ISA+10°C
19700 19600 18000
79000 75400 198
(14900) (14700) (12600)
20900 20800 19400
75000 72200 194
(16800) (16600) (14700)
22200 22200 20800
71000 68500 188
(18400) (18200) (16500)
23600 23600 22300
67000 64700 183
(19800) (19700) (18200)
25100 25000 23800
63000 61000 178
(21300) (21300) (19900)
26600 26300 25300
59000 57100 172
(22900) (22900) (21600)
28300 27500 26500
55000 53400 166
(24600) (24600) (23400)
30100 29000 27800
51000 49600 160
(26300) (26100) (25100)
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-78
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 46 Revision
QRH170
Dual Engine Failure Descent Checklist
1. Approach consideration:
• Plan on a Flap 3 landing.
2. Determine landing distance by multiplying the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Distance on page NAP-44 by 2.10.
3. Flight Attendants............................................................ Notify
4. ATC................................................................................ Notify
5. Transponder ................................................................... 7700
6. Aural Warning CBs (C7 and C31).................................. PULL
7. GND PROX FLAP OVRD........................................ PUSH IN
8. Shoulder Harness...................... Verify...............................On
9. FSTN BELTS.....................................................................ON
10.Altimeters.................................. Verify..................... __.__Set
11. Landing Data ............................. Verify............................. Set
a. Set V
REF FULL
+ 20 KIAS or 130 KIAS (whichever is
higher).
12. Approach Briefing....................................................Complete
13. Landing consideration:
• For a ditching, plan on gear up.
At 10,000 ft. and below:
14. PRESSURIZATION DUMP................................... PUSH OUT
15. If depressurized and ditching is required:
a. PRESSURIZATION MODE .................................... MAN
b. CABIN ALT ....................... DOWN (hold for 50 seconds)
c. Dual Engine Failure Preliminary Landing Checklist
complete.
If depressurized and ditching is not required:
a. Dual Engine Failure Descent Checklist complete.
Dual Engine Failure Landing Checklist
1. Flight Attendant .................. [PM].................................Notified
2. EICAS................................. [PM]...............................Checked
3. EMER LT ................................................................... ARMED
4. Landing Gear............................. Verify......Down, 3 Green or
Up (if ditching)
Note: Alternate gear extension may be required.
5. Flaps................................................................ Max Available
6. Airspeed ..........................................................130 KIAS MIN
7. APU EMER STOP...................................................PUSH IN
8. Dual Engine Failure Landing Checklist complete, and
* Just prior to touchdown (30 sec.), advise on PA “Brace for
impact.”
* When required, accomplish “Evacuation,”
END
or
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-79
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 47 Revision
QRH170
Jammed Rudder Pedals Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Plan on a Flap FULL landing.
• Avoid crosswinds greater than 10 kts.
• Use asymmetrical thrust for directional control.
• Due to possible inadvertent flight control inputs, consider first
officer to accomplish approach and landing.
2. Shoulder Harness.........Verify..................... ........................On
3. FSTN BELTS...................... ................................................On
4. Altimeters.....................Verify.................... ................__.__Set
5. Landing Data...............Verify ................... .........V
REF FULL
Set
6. EICAS...................... .................................................Checked
7. Approach Briefing.................... ................................Complete
8. Landing Considerations:
• Determine who will accomplish the landing.
• First officer holds the Yoke Steering Disconnect Switch until
engaging the Nosewheel Steering Handle upon nosewheel
touchdown.
• Use asymmetric thrust/braking as necessary.
• Do not release the Nosewheel Steering Handle until aircraft is
completely stopped.
9. Jammed Rudder Pedals Descent Checklist complete.
Jammed Rudder Pedals Landing Checklist
1. Flight Attendant . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notified
2. EICAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checked
3. Landing Gear . . . . . . . . Verify. . . . . Down, 3 Green
4. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . FULL
5. Yoke Steer Disc . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Hold
6. Jammed Rudder Pedals Landing Checklist complete.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-80
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 48 Revision
QRH170
Loss of Hydraulic System 1 Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Expect lower roll rates.
• Plan a long final approach.
• Plan a Flaps FULL landing.
2. Determine landing distance by multiplying the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Distance on page NAP-44 by 1.90.
3. Shoulder Harness...................... Verify............................... On
4. FSTN BELTS......................................................................ON
5. Altimeters................................... Verify......................__.__Set
6. Landing Data ............................. Verify..............V
REF FULL
Set
7. EICAS........................................................................Checked
8. Approach Briefing.....................................................Complete
9. Landing Consideration:
• Stopping effectiveness degraded due to inoperative
components.
10. Loss of Hydraulic System 1 Descent Checklist complete.
Loss of Hydraulic System 1 Landing Checklist
1. Flight Attendant .................. [PM].................................Notified
2. EICAS................................. [PM]...............................Checked
3. Landing Gear............................. Verify............Down, 3 Green
4. Flaps.......................................... Verify........................... FULL
5. Loss of Hydraulic System 1 Landing Checklist complete.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-81
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 49 Revision
QRH170
Loss of Hydraulic System 2 Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Expect lower roll rates.
• Plan a long final approach.
• Plan a Flaps FULL landing.
2. Determine landing distance by multiplying the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Distance on page NAP-44 by 1.80.
3. Shoulder Harness...................... Verify............................... On
4. FSTN BELTS..................................................................... ON
5. Altimeters................................... Verify..................... __.__Set
6. Landing Data ............................. Verify............. V
REF FULL
Set
7. EICAS........................................................................Checked
8. Approach Briefing.................................................... Complete
9. Landing Considerations:
• Stopping effectiveness degraded due to inoperative
components.
• Use asymmetric thrust/braking as necessary due to
nosewheel steering inoperative.
10. Go Around Consideration:
* Landing gear cannot be retracted.
11. Loss of Hydraulic System 2 Descent Checklist complete.
Loss of Hydraulic System 2 Landing Checklist
1. Flight Attendant .................. [PM].................................Notified
2. Landing Gear Lever..................................................... DOWN
3. Alternate Gear Extension .......... Confirm....................... PULL
4. EICAS................................. [PM]...............................Checked
5. Landing Gear............................. Verify........... Down, 3 Green
6. Flaps.......................................... Verify...........................FULL
7. Loss of Hydraulic System 2 Landing Checklist complete.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-82
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 50 Revision
QRH170
Loss of Hydraulic System 1 and 2 Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Expect slower than normal roll and pitch rates.
• Plan a long final approach.
• Plan a Flaps 5 landing.
2. Determine landing distance by multiplying the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Distance on page NAP-44 by 2.70.
3. Shoulder Harness...................... Verify............................... On
4. FSTN BELTS......................................................................ON
5. Altimeters................................... Verify...................... __.__Set
6. Landing Data ............................. Verify..... V
REF FULL
+ 10 Set
7. EICAS........................................................................ Checked
8. Approach Briefing.....................................................Complete
9. Landing Considerations:
• Stopping effectiveness degraded due to inoperative
components.
• Apply brakes normally.
• If necessary, apply the Emergency/Parking Brake monitoring
the Emergency/Parking Brake light. When the light is on,
maintain steady pressure since the anti-skid protection is not
available.
10. Loss of Hydraulic Systems 1 and 2 Descent Checklist
complete.
Loss of Hydraulic Systems 1 and 2 Landing
Checklist
1. Flight Attendant .................. [PM].................................Notified
2. Landing Gear Lever......................................................DOWN
3. Alternate Gear Extension .......... Confirm....................... PULL
4. EICAS................................. [PM]...............................Checked
5. Landing Gear............................. Verify........... Down, 3 Green
6. Flaps.......................................... Verify................................. 5
7. Loss of Hydraulic Systems 1 and 2 Landing Checklist
complete.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-83
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 51 Revision
QRH170
Loss of Hydraulic System 1 and 3 Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Expect slower than normal roll and pitch rates.
• Plan a long final approach.
• Plan a Flaps 5 landing.
• Avoid crosswinds greater than 10 kts.
2. Determine landing distance by multiplying the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Distance on page NAP-44 by 2.30.
3. Shoulder Harness...................... Verify............................... On
4. FSTN BELTS..................................................................... ON
5. Altimeters................................... Verify..................... __.__Set
6. Landing Data ............................. Verify......V
REF FULL
+ 10 Set
7. EICAS........................................................................Checked
8. Approach Briefing.................................................... Complete
9. Landing Consideration:
• Stopping effectiveness degraded due to inoperative
components.
10. Loss of Hydraulic Systems 1 and 3 Descent Checklist
complete.
Loss of Hydraulic Systems 1 and 3 Landing
Checklist
1. Flight Attendant .................. [PM].................................Notified
2. EICAS................................. [PM]...............................Checked
3. Landing Gear............................. Verify............Down, 3 Green
4. Flaps.......................................... Verify.................................. 5
5. Loss of Hydraulic Systems 1 and 3 Landing Checklist
complete.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-84
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 52 Revision
QRH170
Loss of Hydraulic System 2 and 3 Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Expect slower than normal roll and pitch rates.
• Plan a long final approach.
• Plan a Flaps 5 landing.
• Avoid crosswinds greater than 10 kts.
2. Determine landing distance by multiplying the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Distance on page NAP-44 by 2.20.
3. Shoulder Harness...................... Verify............................... On
4. FSTN BELTS......................................................................ON
5. Altimeters................................... Verify......................__.__Set
6. Landing Data ............................. Verify..... V
REF FULL
+ 10 Set
7. EICAS........................................................................ Checked
8. Approach Briefing.................................................... Complete
9. Landing Consideration:
• Stopping effectiveness degraded due to inoperative
components.
10. Loss of Hydraulic Systems 2 and 3 Descent Checklist
complete.
Loss of Hydraulic Systems 2 and 3 Landing
Checklist
1. Flight Attendant .................. [PM].................................Notified
2. Landing Gear Lever..................................................... DOWN
3. Alternate Gear Extension .......... Confirm....................... PULL
4. EICAS................................ [PM] ............................... Checked
5. Landing Gear............................. Verify............Down, 3 Green
6. Flaps.......................................... Verify.................................. 5
7. Loss of Hydraulic Systems 2 and 3 Landing Checklist
complete.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-85
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 53 Revision
QRH170
Pitch/Roll Malfunction Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Plan on a Flap 5 landing.
• Establish landing configuration early.
• Avoid crosswinds greater than 10 kts. for a roll malfunction.
2. Landing DistanceDetermine
3. Shoulder Harness.........Verify................... ..........................On
4. FSTN BELTS.................... ..................................................On
5. Altimeters.....................Verify.................. ..................__.__Set
6. Landing Data......Verify ................. ............V
REF FULL
+ 15 Set
7. EICAS........................................................................Checked
8. Approach Briefing.................. ..................................Complete
9. Landing Consideration:
• Expect less elevator control authority and slower response
during landing flare.
10. Pitch/Roll Malfunction Descent Checklist complete.
Pitch/Roll Malfunction Landing Checklist
1. Flight Attendant . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notified
2. EICAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checked
3. Landing Gear . . . . . . . . Verify. . . . . . Down, 3 Green
4. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . __
5. Pitch/Roll Malfunction Landing Checklist complete.
END
For the following:
Multiply the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Distance
on Page NAP-44 by:
ELEVATOR (LH or RH) FAIL 1.40
Jammed Control Column -
Pitch
Jammed Control Wheel -
Roll
PITCH TRIM FAIL 1.40
SPOILER FAULT 1.78
STALL PROT FAIL 1.40
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-86
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 54 Revision
QRH170
RAT Deployed Descent Checklist
1. Approach considerations:
• Plan on a Flap 3 landing.
• Multiply the Flaps Full Unfactored Landing Distance on page
NAP-44 by 2.10.
• Avoid side slipping the airplane
• On ground, use differential braking and rudder to steer the
airplane.
• The slats and flaps will operate at low rate
• If a go around is required, use Slat/Flap 3 and airspeed of
VREF FULL + 20 KIAS or 130 KIAS (whichever is higher)
2. GND PROX FLAP OVRD......................................... PUSH IN
3. Shoulder Harness...................... Verify............................... On
4. FSTN BELTS......................................................................ON
5. Altimeters................................... Verify...................... __.__Set
6. Landing Data ............................. Verify...............................Set
a. Set V
REF FULL
+ 20 KIAS or 130 KIAS (whichever is
higher).
7. EICAS........................................................................Checked
8. Approach Briefing..................................................... Complete
9. RAT Deployed Descent Checklist complete.
RAT Deployed Landing Checklist
1. Flight Attendant .................. [PM].................................Notified
2. EICAS................................. [PM]...............................Checked
3. EMER LT ................................................................... ARMED
4. Landing Gear............................. Verify........... Down, 3 Green
5. Flaps.......................................... Verify.................................. 3
6. RAT Deployed Landing Checklist complete.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-87
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 55 Revision
QRH170
Holding
RVSM Required Equipment
Altitude (ft) Maximum Airspeed (KIAS)
SL < 6,000 200
> 6,000 < 14,000 230 (210 where published)
> 14,000 265
Timing
SL < 14,000 1 minute
> 14,000 1 minute 30 seconds
Equipment Prior to Entry
Autopilot (1) Must be operational
Altitude Alerting Sys-
tem
Must be operational
Altitude Reporting
Transponder (2)
One (1) must be operational
Air Data Computers (3) Two (2) must be operational
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-88
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 56 Revision
QRH170
Takeoff Alternate/Takeoff Minimums
Takeoff Alternate
If the departure airport is below CAT I landing minimums for
the runway(s) in use, ensure a takeoff alternate is desig-
nated.
Takeoff Minimums
[See Low Time First Officer in GOM,if applicable.]
[The standard for aircraft with two engines is RVR 5000 or 1 mile.]
1. Refer to the Jeppesen Airport page, Takeoff Block for
appropriate runway RVR/Visibility requirement.
2. Comply with IFR Departure Procedure (if applicable).
3. Use table below to confirm operable RVR and Runway
Lighting/Marking requirements.
1
Takeoff allowed without these, as long as other runway
markings or lighting provide sufficient visual reference to
identify the takeoff surface and maintain directional control
throughout takeoff roll.
2
At airports with only TDZ and RO RVR, both are required and
controlling. At airports with TDZ, MID, RO RVR, if any RVR out,
the other two are required and controlling.
3
If Mid RVR is OTS, TDZ and RO are required and controlling.
TDZ MID RO Lighting/Markings
U
n
i
t
e
d

S
t
a
t
e
s
Vis or RVV 1/4 sm (no RVR
reported)
HIRL or CL or RCLM
1
RC
1600
S A
HIRL or CL or RCLM
1
RC
1000
S RC
1000
CL
RC
2
600
RC
2
600
RC
2
600
CL, RCLM
C
a
n
a
d
a
RC
1200 (1/4
sm)
S A HIRL or CL or RCLM
RC
3
600
RC
3
600
A
3
HIRL, CL, RCLM
C: Controlling visibility; R: Required; S: May substitute for con-
trolling visibility if “C” is not available; A: Advisory, if operational
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-89
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 57 Revision
QRH170
Approach Minimums
[See Captain on High Minimums or Low Time First Officer in GOM,
if applicable.]
Approach minimums shall be as published or as depicted in table
below, whichever is higher. RVR in feet; visibility in statute miles;
when either RVR or Visibility may be used, they are depicted as
“RVR-Vis” (e.g. 1800-1/2).
Approach Minimums
Min. Alt. TDZ MID RO Remarks
Circling
1,000 ft. HAA or
MDA
(whichever is
higher)
3 sm Min ceiling
1,000 ft.
Non-Precision
MDA/DA RC
2400-1/2
A A Use MID if
TDZ
inop
CAT I ILS
DA RC
1800-1/2
A A Use MID if
TDZ
inop
C: Controlling R: Required A: Advisory if
reported.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-90
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 58 Revision
QRH170
WIND COMP/CONT RUNWAY/TEMP CONV
WIND COMPONENTS
Tower/ATIS wind = Magnetic METAR/TAF wind =
True
Temperature Conversion (°C to °F)
Kts
p Crosswind (Degrees off Nose/Tail) p
0 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 65 70 75 80 85 90
0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0
2 0 0 0 1 1 1 1 1 1 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
4 0 0 1 1 1 2 2 2 3 3 3 3 3 4 4 4 4 4 4
6 0 1 1 2 2 3 3 3 4 4 5 5 5 5 6 6 6 6 6
8 0 1 1 2 3 3 4 5 5 6 6 7 7 7 8 8 8 8 8
10 0 1 2 3 3 4 5 6 6 7 8 8 9 9 9 10 10 10 10
12 0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 8 9 10 10 11 11 12 12 12 12
14 0 1 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 11 12 13 13 14 14 14 14
16 0 1 3 4 5 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 15 15 16 16 16
18 0 2 3 5 6 8 9 10 12 13 14 15 16 16 17 17 18 18 18
20 0 2 3 5 7 8 10 11 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 19 20 20 20
22 0 2 4 6 8 9 11 13 14 16 17 18 19 20 21 21 22 22 22
24 0 2 4 6 8 10 12 14 15 17 18 20 21 22 23 23 24 24 24
26 0 2 5 7 9 11 13 15 17 18 20 21 23 24 24 25 26 26 26
28 0 2 5 7 10 12 14 16 18 20 21 23 24 25 26 27 28 28 28
30 0 3 5 8 10 13 15 17 19 21 23 25 26 27 28 29 30 30 30
32 0 3 6 8 11 14 16 18 21 23 25 26 28 29 30 31 32 32 32
34 0 3 6 9 12 14 17 20 22 24 26 28 29 31 32 33 33 34 34
36 0 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 23 25 28 29 31 33 34 35 35 36 36
38 0 3 7 10 13 16 19 22 24 27 29 31 33 34 36 37 37 38 38
40 0 3 7 10 14 17 20 23 26 28 31 33 35 36 38 39 39 40 40
Kts 90 95 10
0
10
5
11
0
11
5
12
0
12
5
13
0
13
5
14
0
14
5
15
0
15
5
16
0
16
5
17
0
17
5
18
0
nTailwind (Degrees Off Nose) n
90 85 80 75 70 65 60 55 50 45 40 35 30 25 20 15 10 5 0
nHeadwind (Degrees Off Nose) n
°C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F °C °F
44
111
30
86
16
61
2
36
-12
10
-26
-15
42
108
28
82
14
57
0
32
-14
7
-28
-18
40
104
26
79
12
54
-2
28
-16
3
-30
-22
38
100
24
75
10
50
-4
25
-18
0
-32
-26
36
97
22
72
8
46
-6
21
-20
-4
-34
-29
34
93
20
68
6
43
-8
18
-22
-8
-36
-33
32
90
18
64
4
39
-10
14
-24
-11
-38
-36
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-91
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 59 Revision
QRH170
Severe Weather/Windshear
Takeoff
•Use longest suitable runway
•When possible, use flaps 2
•Consider increased rotation
speed
•Use maximum takeoff thrust
Evaluate the Weather
Do not takeoff or land
until conditions improve.
Average windshear lasts
only 10-15 minutes
Any sign of hazardous convective weather within 15 miles
of airport? (H=high/M=medium/L=low)
Convective weather and... •tModerate turbulence (M)
•Rwy specific alert (H) •Temp/Dewpoint spread >16°C
(M)
•Localized strong winds (H) •Dewpoint > 10°C (M)
•tred return/heavy precip
(H)
•Rain showers (M)
•LLWASt20kt change (H) •Lightning (M)
Has Microburst Alert been issued for
takeoff/landing runway?
Can you maintain at least 3 nm horizontal separation
from severe weather when aircraft is d1,000 feet AGL?
•ATC report of VIP level 5 or greater
•Steep and/or asymmetrical radar gradients
•Notches, hooks, fingers, or scalloped radar edges
•Heavy rain with convective activity
•Radar echo with a shadow behind it or a magenta radar return
Do you judge it safe to continue?
Apply Windshear Precautions
Follow Standard Operating Procedures
•Takeoff: minimize pitch attitude reductions
•Approach: avoid large thrust reductions
•Know normal attitude and performance
•PNF monitor flight path instruments and call out deviations
Accomplish Windshear Recovery if Windshear Encountered
Report Encounter
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
Landing
•Use longest suitable runway
•Use ILS or VASI for glidepath monitoring
•Use flaps 5
•Consider using increased approach
speed, up to 20 knots
•Establish a stabilized approach no later
than 1,000 feet AFE
•Minimize thrust reductions
•Monitor flight director, autopilot, and
autothrottles
Yes
No
No
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-92
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Non-Annunciated
Page NAP- 60 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-93
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Airplane General
Page EAP1- 1 Revision
QRH170
Airplane General
(Cargo Compartment/Doors/Lighting)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WARNING
CAUTION
ADVISORY
EMERG LT BATT FAULT .............................EAP1-6
DOOR CRG FWD (AFT) OPEN................... EAP1-3
DOOR PAX (SERV) FWD (AFT) OPEN ...... EAP1-4
DOOR CENTER (FWD) EBAY OPEN......... EAP1-5
DOOR FUELING OPEN............................... EAP1-5
DOOR HYD OPEN....................................... EAP1-5
EMER LT NOT ARMED............................... EAP1-6
EMER LT ON ............................................... EAP1-6
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-94
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Airplane General
Page EAP1- 2 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-95
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Airplane General
Page EAP1- 3 Revision
QRH170
Condition: Associated baggage door open or not prop-
erly locked.
END
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
ESTABLISH AND COMMUNICATE A PLAN.
Altitude......10000 FT OR MEA, WHICHEVER IS
HIGHER
At 10000 ft.:
Pressurization Dump Button ............... PUSH IN
END
DOOR CRG FWD (AFT) OPEN
NORMAL PRESSURIZATION?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-96
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Airplane General
Page EAP1- 4 Revision
QRH170
(Condition: Main passenger or service) door open or not
properly locked either on the ground with an engine run-
ning or in flight.]
Fasten Seat Belts.......................................... ON
Check the affected door.
END
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
ESTABLISH AND COMMUNICATE A PLAN.
Altitude......10000 FT OR MEA, WHICHEVER IS
HIGHER
At 10000 ft.:
Pressurization Dump Button............... PUSH IN
END
DOOR PAX (SERV) FWD (AFT) OPEN
NORMAL PRESSURIZATION?
Yes
No
MINIMUM OF 2 DOOR INDICATORS IN GREEN?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-97
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Airplane General
Page EAP1- 5 Revision
QRH170
Condition: Associated electronic bay door open or not
properly locked.]
END
Altitude......10000 FT OR MEA, WHICHEVER IS
HIGHER
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
ESTABLISH AND COMMUNICATE A PLAN.
END
Condition: Fueling door open or not properly locked.]
Monitor the airplane systems.
END
Condition: Hydraulic System 3 access door open or not
properly locked.]
Airspeed...................................... MAX 250 KIAS
END
DOOR CENTER (FWD) EBAY OPEN
DOOR FUELING OPEN
DOOR HYD OPEN
NORMAL PRESSURIZATION?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-98
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Airplane General
Page EAP1- 6 Revision
QRH170
Condition: Emergency lighting system not armed.
Emergency Lights..................................ARMED
END
Condition: Emergency lighting system ON.
Emergency Lights................ OFF, then ARMED
END
Condition: EICAS Message Annunciated EMER LT
BATT FAULT.
Do not takeoff.
END
EMER LT NOT ARMED
EMER LT ON
EMER LT BATT FAULT
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-99
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
AMS
Page EAP2- 1 Revision
QRH170
AMS (Pneumatics/Air Conditioning/
Pressurization)
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WARNING
CAUTION
ADVISORY
BLEED 1 (2) OFF........................................EAP2-14
PACK 1 (2) OFF..........................................EAP2-14
CABIN ALTITUDE HI................................... EAP2-3
AMS CTRL FAIL.......................................... EAP2-4
BLEED APU LEAK................................... EAP2-5
BLEED 1 (2) FAIL..................................... EAP2-5
BLEED 1 (2) LEAK ..................................... EAP2-6
BLEED 1 (2) OVERPRESS.......................... EAP2-7
CABIN DIFF PRESS FAIL........................... EAP2-8
CENTER EBAY FANS FAIL........................ EAP2-8
CRG FWD VENT FAIL................................. EAP2-8
FWD EBAY FANS FAIL............................... EAP2-9
PACK 1 (2) FAIL.......................................... EAP2-9
PACK 2 LEAK............................................ EAP2-10
PRESN AUTO FAIL................................... EAP2-10
PRES MAN FAIL........................................ EAP2-11
PRESSURIZATION CONVERSION TBL... EAP2-12
RECIRC SMK DET FAIL............................ EAP2-13
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-100
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
AMS
Page EAP2- 2 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-101
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
AMS
Page EAP2- 3 Revision
QRH170
EICAS Indication: Cabin Altitude indication in red.
Aural Warning: CABIN
ALTITUDE ..............................10000 FT or MEA,
WHICHEVER
IS HIGHER
THRUST LEVERS....................................... IDLE
SPEED BRAKE............................... FULL OPEN
AIRSPEED.........................MAX/APPROPRIATE
TRANSPONDER ..........................................7700
ATC......................................................... NOTIFY
Passenger Oxygen Selector.................... OVRD
Autopilot (if available)................................... ON
No Ped/Fstn Belts ......................................... ON
Audio Control Panel................................. EMER
NOTE: Activates the emergency call signal, sounds a
triple chime and illuminates a red light in the
cabin. Flight attendants will establish
communication with the pilots.
Cabin Altitude........................................ Monitor
When cabin altitude is 14,000 ft. or below:
Flight Attendants.................... Notify&obtain
status report
When approximately 1,000 ft. above desired
altitude:
SPEED BRAKE Lever ............. CLOSE
Speed............................ Adjust as necessary
Crew O
2
(if required) .............. Normal
NOTE: Flight crew must use oxygen when cabin altitude
is above 10,000 ft. To conserve oxygen, position
the mask selector to NORM.
Establish and Communicate a Plan.
If Structural Damage is suspected, accomplish:
Structural Damage Procedure (Pg NAP-40)
END
CABIN ALTITUDE HI
OXYGEN MASKS…..…Verify................ ON, 100%
CREW COMM........................................ESTABLISH
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-102
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
AMS
Page EAP2- 4 Revision
QRH170
CONDITION:Cabin Pressurization and temperature
control is lost.
Icing Conditions........................... EXIT / AVOID
Altitude................................. 10000 FT OR MEA,
WHICHEVER
IS HIGHER
NOTE: Monitor Cabin Altitude and increase rate of
descent accordingly. An emergency descent may
be required.
At 10000 ft.:
Pressurization Dump Button............... PUSH IN
NOTE:
- Assisted crossbleed start is not available.
- Pneumatic assisted engine start APU is not
available.
END
AMS CTRL FAIL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-103
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
AMS
Page EAP2- 5 Revision
QRH170
APU Bleed Button ............................ PUSH OUT
...................................Wait 3 minutes.................
END
APU Emergency Stop Button.............. PUSH IN
APU............................................................... OFF
END
Bleed 1 Button.................................. PUSH OUT
XBleed Button .................................. PUSH OUT
Verify BLEED 1 OFF and XBLEED SW OFF messages
displayed on EICAS.
END
Affected Bleed Button ..................... PUSH OUT
..........................................Wait 1 minute...........
Affected Bleed Button ......................... PUSH IN
END
Altitude........................................ MAX 31000 FT
END
BLEED APU LEAK
BLEED 1 (2) FAIL
BLEED APU LEAK MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
BLEED APU LEAK MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
BLEED 1 (2) FAIL MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-104
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
AMS
Page EAP2- 6 Revision
QRH170
Light: Amber stripped bar illuminates inside the affected
bleed button.
Affected Bleed Button. .................... PUSH OUT
APU Bleed Button (if applicable).... PUSH OUT
XBleed Button .................................. PUSH OUT
Icing Conditions........................... EXIT / AVOID
Altitude........................................ MAX 31000 FT
.....................................Wait 3 minutes..................
END
NOTE: Consider the possibility of leaking occurring in the
opposite side.
Opposite Side Bleed Button ........... PUSH OUT
APU Bleed Button........................................OFF
Altitude................................. 10000 FT OR MEA,
WHICHEVER
IS HIGHER
At 10000 ft.:
Pressurization Dump Button............... PUSH IN
END
Associated Thrust Lever ............................IDLE
When appropriate, accomplish:
Engine Out Descent Checklist &
Engine Out Landing Checklist (Pg NAP-42)
END
BLEED 1 (2) LEAK
BLEED 1 (2) LEAK MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
BLEED 1 (2) OFF MESSAGE DISPLAYS?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-105
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
AMS
Page EAP2- 7 Revision
QRH170
Affected Bleed Button ..................... PUSH OUT
XBleed Button .................................. PUSH OUT
...................................Wait 30 seconds................
BLEED 1 (2) LEAK Procedure... ACCOMPLISH
END
XBleed Button ...................................... PUSH IN
.............................Wait 1 minute...............................
Affected Bleed Button ......................... PUSH IN
END
Affected Bleed Button ..................... PUSH OUT
APU Bleed Button (if applicable) .... PUSH OUT
XBleed Button .................................. PUSH OUT
Icing Conditions........................... EXIT / AVOID
Altitude........................................ MAX 31000 FT
END
Associated Thrust Lever ........................... IDLE
When appropriate, accomplish:
Engine Out Descent Checklist &
Engine Out Landing Checklist (Pg NAP-42)
END
BLEED 1 (2) OVERPRESS
BLEED 1 (2) LEAK MESSAGE DISPLAYS?
Yes
No
BLEED 1 (2) LEAK MESSAGE PERSISTS?
Yes
No
BLEED 1 (2) OVERPRESS MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
BLEED 1 (2) OVERPRESS MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-106
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
AMS
Page EAP2- 8 Revision
QRH170
EICAS Indication:Abnormal cabin altitude indication
may be presented.
If Cabin Differential Pressure red limit is reached:
Pack 1 Button................................... PUSH OUT
Pack 2 Button................................... PUSH OUT
Altitude................................. 10000 FT OR MEA,
WHICHEVER
IS HIGHER
END
Airplane Descent Rate.........................REDUCE
END
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
END
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
END
CABIN DIFF PRESS FAIL
CENTER EBAY FANS FAIL
CRG FWD VENT FAIL
POSITIVE DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-107
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
AMS
Page EAP2- 9 Revision
QRH170
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
END
Associated Temperature
Controller ....................................... 12 O'CLOCK
Affected Pack Button....................... PUSH OUT
......................................Wait 1 minute.........................
Affected Pack Button........................... PUSH IN
After 1 minute:
Associated Temperature
Controller ...................... OPERATE NORMALLY
END
Affected Pack Button....................... PUSH OUT
Altitude........................................ MAX 31000 FT
END
FWD EBAY FANS FAIL
PACK 1 (2) FAIL
TRU 1 (2) FAIL MESSAGE DISPLAYED?
Yes
No
PACK 1 (2) FAIL MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-108
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
AMS
Page EAP2- 10 Revision
QRH170
Pack 2 Button................................... PUSH OUT
Altitude........................................ MAX 31000 FT
.....................................Wait 3 minutes.....................
END
Icing Conditions........................... EXIT / AVOID
Bleed 2 Button.................................. PUSH OUT
XBleed Button .................................. PUSH OUT
END
EICAS Indication:Landing Field Elevation indications
showing amber dashes.
Pressurization Mode Selector...................MAN,
then AUTO
END
Pressurization Mode Selector....................MAN
Cabin Alt Controller ................... AS REQUIRED
Operate the cabin alt controller to set pressurization
according to conversion table.
At 5000 ft. AGL:
Cabin Alt Controller................... HOLD UP FOR
50 SECONDS
END
PACK 2 LEAK
PRESN AUTO FAIL
PACK 2 FAIL MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
PRESN AUTO FAIL MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-109
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
AMS
Page EAP2- 11 Revision
QRH170
Altitude...................................10000 FT or MEA,
WHICHEVER IS
HIGER
At 25000 ft.:
Pack 1 Button........................................ PUSH OUT
At 10000 ft.:
Pack 2 Button........................................ PUSH OUT
END
PRES MAN FAIL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-110
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
AMS
Page EAP2- 12 Revision
QRH170
NOTE: This table must be used to control the cabin altitude/
UP when operating in manual mode only.
PRESSURIZATION CONVERSION TABLE
AIRPLANE/CABIN ALTITUDE CONVERSION TABLE
AIRPLANE
ALTITUDE
ft.)
CABIN
ALTITUDE
(ft.)
DIFFERENTIAL
PRESSURE
(PSID)
10000 900 4.2
11000 1000 4.5
12000 1200 4.8
13000 1300 5.1
14000 1500 5.3
15000 1700 5.6
16000 1900 5.8
17000 2100 6.0
18000 2300 6.2
19000 2600 6.4
20000 2800 6.6
21000 3000 6.7
22000 3300 6.9
23000 3600 7.0
24000 3900 7.1
25000 4200 7.2
26000 4500 7.3
27000 4800 7.4
28000 5100 7.5
29000 5400 7.5
30000 5700 7.6
31000 6000 7.7
32000 6300 7.7
33000 6700 7.7
34000 7000 7.8
35000 7300 7.8
36000 7600 7.8
37000 8000 7.8
38000 8000 8.0
39000 8000 8.1
40000 8000 8.3
41000 8000 8.4
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-111
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
AMS
Page EAP2- 13 Revision
QRH170
Recirc Fan Button ............................ PUSH OUT
END
RECIRC SMK DET FAIL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-112
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
AMS
Page EAP2- 14 Revision
QRH170
Altitude........................................ MAX 31000 FT
END
Altitude........................................ MAX 31000 FT
END
BLEED 1 (2) OFF
PACK 1 (2) OFF
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-113
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Autoflight
Page EAP3- 1 Revision
QRH170
Autoflight
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CAUTION
ADVISORY
AFCS FAULT................................................EAP3-6
STALL PROT FAULT....................................EAP3-6
AP FAIL........................................................ EAP3-3
AP PITCH MISTRIM..................................... EAP3-3
AP PITCH TRIM FAIL.................................. EAP3-3
AP ROLL MISTRIM...................................... EAP3-4
AT FAIL........................................................ EAP3-4
AT NOT IN HOLD ........................................ EAP3-4
FD LATERAL MODE OFF........................... EAP3-4
FD VERT MODE OFF.................................. EAP3-4
SHAKER ANTICIPATED............................. EAP3-5
STALL PROT FAIL...................................... EAP3-6
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-114
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Autoflight
Page EAP3- 2 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-115
Volume 5
Autoflight
Page EAP3- 3 Revision
QRH170
CONDITION:Autopilot no longer operative.
Fly the airplane manually.
END
CONDITION:Pitch trim and autopilot commanding pitch
trim, control in opposite directions.
Control Wheel............................. HOLD FIRMLY
A/P Disc Button...................................... PRESS
Pitch Trim....................................AS REQUIRED
Autopilot .....................................AS REQUIRED
END
CONDITION:Autopilot stabilizer trim no longer opera-
tive.
Control Wheel............................. HOLD FIRMLY
A/P Disc Button...................................... PRESS
Pitch Trim....................................AS REQUIRED
Autopilot .....................................AS REQUIRED
END
AP FAIL
AP PITCH MISTRIM
AP PITCH TRIM FAIL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-116
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Autoflight
Page EAP3- 4 Revision
QRH170
CONDITION:Roll trim and autopilot commanding roll
trim, control in opposite directions.
Roll Trim..................................... AS REQUIRED
END
CONDITION:Both autothrottles failed. Selected auto-
throttle not available.
Operate thrust levers manually.
END
CONDITION:Autothrottle not in takeoff HOLD.
Disengage the autothrottle.
END
CONDITION:Disconnection of the lateral mode due to
invalid conditions.
Select a flight director lateral mode.
END
CONDITION:Disconnection of the vertical mode due to
invalid conditions.
Select a flight director vertical mode.
END
AP ROLL MISTRIM
AT FAIL
AT NOT IN HOLD
FD LATERAL MODE OFF
FD VERT MODE OFF
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-117
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Autoflight
Page EAP3- 5 Revision
QRH170
CONDITION:Stall warning function inoperative.
Avoid side slipping the airplane.
Airspeed..................................... MAX 0.5 MACH
FLAP FAIL Procedure (Pg EAP8-7) ......ACCOMPLISH
END
SLAT FAIL Procedure (Pg EAP8-13) ... ACCOMPLISH
END
Landing Configuration:
Slat/Flap................................................. FULL
Set normal V Speeds for V
REF FULL
landing
END
SHAKER ANTICIPATED
FLAP FAIL MESSAGE PRESENTED?
Yes
No
SLAT FAIL MESSAGE PRESENTED?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-118
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Autoflight
Page EAP3- 6 Revision
QRH170
CONDITION:Stall Warning Protection, Stick Shaker,
and AOA Limiting are inoperative.
Avoid side slipping the airplane.
Landing Configuration:
For flaps 5, set V
REF
= V
REF FULL
+ 15 KIAS.
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS UNFACTORED
LANDING DISTANCE (NAP-44) BY 1.40.
END
Do not takeoff.
END
Do not takeoff.
END
STALL PROT FAIL
AFCS FAULT
STALL PROT FAULT
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-119
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Auxiliary Power Unit
Page EAP4- 1 Revision
QRH170
Auxiliary Power Unit
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WARNING
CAUTION
APU FIRE..................................................... EAP7-3
APU FAIL..................................................... EAP4-3
APU FAULT................................................. EAP4-3
APU OIL HI TEMP ....................................... EAP4-4
APU OIL LO PRESS.................................... EAP4-4
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-120
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Auxiliary Power Unit
Page EAP4- 2 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-121
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Auxiliary Power Unit
Page EAP4- 3 Revision
QRH170
CONDITION:APU FAIL message with automatic shut-
down.
APU can be restarted according to the APU starter
limitations.
END
APU............................................................... OFF
Do not restart the APU.
END
EICAS Indication:Abnormal APU EGT indication may
be presented.
APU Bleed Button..............PUSH OUT
....................Wait 1 minute......................................
APU Emergency Stop Button........PUSH IN
APU..............................................................OFF
END
NOTE: If the APU is not essential for the flight, turn off the
APU.
END
APU FAIL
APU FAULT
APU FAILED DURING START?
Yes
No
ABNORMAL INDICATION?
Yes
No
ABNORMAL INDICATION REMAINS?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-122
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Auxiliary Power Unit
Page EAP4- 4 Revision
QRH170
APU FAULT Procedure...............ACCOMPLISH
END
APU FAULT Procedure...............ACCOMPLISH
END
APU OIL HI TEMP
APU OIL LO PRESS
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-123
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 1 Revision
QRH170
Electrical
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WARNING
CAUTION
DIAGRAM
LEFT CB PANEL.........................................EAP5-15
RIGHT CB PANEL ......................................EAP5-16
CHECKLISTS
RAT DEPLOYED DESCENT/LANDING
CHECKLIST.................................................EAP5-17
FLAPS 5 UNFACTORED LDG DIST ...........EAP5-18
FLAPS FULL UNFACTORED LDG DIST ....EAP5-19
BATT DISCHARGING................................. EAP5-3
BATT 1 (2) OVERTEMP .............................. EAP5-3
BATT 1-2 OFF.............................................. EAP5-3
ELEC EMERGENCY.................................... EAP5-4
AC BUS 1 OFF............................................. EAP5-6
AC BUS 2 OFF............................................. EAP5-6
AC ESS BUS OFF ....................................... EAP5-6
AC STBY BUS OFF..................................... EAP5-7
APU GEN OFF BUS .................................... EAP5-7
BATT 1 (2) DISCHARGING......................... EAP5-7
BATT 1 OFF................................................. EAP5-8
BATT 2 OFF................................................. EAP5-8
DC BUS 1 OFF............................................. EAP5-8
DC BUS 2 OFF............................................. EAP5-9
DC ESS BUS 1 OFF .................................. EAP5-10
DC ESS BUS 2 OFF .................................. EAP5-11
DC ESS BUS 3 OFF .................................. EAP5-13
GPU CONNECTED.................................... EAP5-13
IDG 1 (2) OFF BUS.................................... EAP5-13
IDG 1 (2) OIL.............................................. EAP5-14
TRU 1 (2) FAIL........................................... EAP5-14
TRU ESS FAIL........................................... EAP5-14
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-124
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 2 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-125
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 3 Revision
QRH170
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
END
EICAS Indication:Battery temperature indication in red
band.
ASSOCIATED BATTERY..............................OFF
NOTE: Do not start the APU.
END
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
NOTE: Do not start the APU.
END
BATT DISCHARGING
BATT 1 (2) OVERTEMP
BATT 1-2 OFF
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-126
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 4 Revision
QRH170
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
Airspeed.........................................MIN 130 KIAS
APU..............................................................START
IDG 1 Selector..........................OFF, then AUTO
IDG 2 Selector..........................OFF, then AUTO
Emergency Lights.................................... OFF
NOTE: Only two APU start attempts are allowed.
RAT Manual Deploy Lever.........PULL
TRU 1 Switch...................................OFF
TRU 2 Switch...................................OFF
Icing Conditions.......................EXIT/AVOID
Altitude................................10000 FT or MEA,
WHICHEVER IS HIGHER
Relevant Inoperative Items:
(Continues on the next page)
ELEC EMERGENCY
ADS 1 and 2 Weather Radar
IRS 2 Yaw Damper
TAT 1 and 2 Radio Altimeters 1 and 2
AOA Limit Windshear Detection
Autothrottle Nosewheel Steering
Autopilot
Ground Spoilers L1, R1, L2
and R2
Display Unit 1, 4 and 5
Multi Function Spoilers L3,
R3, L4, R4, L5 and R5
CCD 2 Speedbrake
Flight Director 1 and 2
Engine 1 and Engine 2
Reversers
FMS 1 Fuel AC Pump 1
MCDU 1 Pack 1 e 2
GPS 1 Ice Detectors 1 and 2
NAVCOM 2 Windshield Wiper 1 and 2
TCAS Windshield Heater 1 and 2
Anti-Ice System
ELEC EMERGENCY MESSAGE PERSISTS?
Yes
No
BATT DISCHARGING MESSAGE PRESENTED?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-127
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 5 Revision
QRH170
(Continued from the previous page)
NOTE:
- Avoid side slipping the airplane.
- On ground, use differential braking and
rudder to steer the airplane.
- The slats and flaps will operate at low rate.
When appropriate, accomplish:
RAT Deployed Descent Checklist &
RAT Deployed Landing Checklist (Pg EAP5-17)
END
Flight Controls Mode Buttons
(Spoilers, Elevators and Rudder)...........PUSH IN,
then OUT
When appropriate, accomplish:
RAT Deployed Descent Checklist &
RAT Deployed Landing Checklist (Pg EAP5-17)
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-128
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 6 Revision
QRH170
Relevant Inoperative Items:
NOTE: - The slats will operate at low rate.
- Fuel Crossfeed Low 2 is not available.
When flying in icing conditions:
Ice Protection Mode Selector .............. ON
Two minutes after exiting icing conditions:
Ice Protection Mode Selector .............. AUTO
END
Relevant Inoperative Items:
NOTE: The flaps will operate at low rate.
When flying in icing conditions:
Ice Protection Mode Selector .............. ON
Two minutes after exiting icing conditions:
Ice Protection Mode Selector .............. AUTO
END
TRU ESS Switch....................................... OFF
Relevant Inoperative Items:
NOTE: - The flaps and slats will operate at low rate.
- Fuel Crossfeed Low 1 is not available.
END
AC BUSS 1 OFF
Fuel AC Pump 1
Hyd Sys 2 Elec Pump
Windshield Wiper 2
Windshield Heater 2
Ice Detector 1
AC BUS 2 OFF
Hyd Sys 1 Elec Pump
Hyd Sys 3 Elec Pump B
Windshield Wiper 1
Windshield Heater 1
Ice Detector 2
AC ESS BUS OFF
Fuel AC Pump 2
Hyd Sys 3 Elec Pump A
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-129
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 7 Revision
QRH170
Monitor the electrical system.
Relevant Inoperative Items:
NOTE: Engine start with batteries only is not available.
END
APU Gen Button.....................PUSH OUT, then IN
END
APU Gen Button...................................PUSH OUT
END
Associated TRU Switch..............OFF, then AUTO
END
Associated TRU Switch........................... OFF
END
AC STBY BUS OFF
Ignition 1A
Ignition 2A
APU GEN OFF BUS
BATT 1 (2) DISCHARGING
APU GEN OFF BUS MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
BATT 1 (2) DISCHARGING MSG EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-130
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 8 Revision
QRH170
Battery 1.........................................VERIFY ON
NOTE: If battery 1 selector is off, APU start is not
available.
END
Battery 2....................................VERIFY AUTO
END
Autothrottle.....................................DISENGAGE
Emergency Lights.........................................OFF
Altitude..........................................MAX 31000 FT
Relevant Inoperative Items:
NOTE: The slats will operate at low rate.
Landing Configuration:
Emergency Lights.........................ARMED
Slat/Flap...............................................FULL
Set Normal V Speeds for VREF FULL Landing.
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS UNFACTORED
LANDING DISTANCE (EAP5-19) BY 1.15.
END
BATT 1 OFF
BATT 2 OFF
DC BUS 1 OFF
Autopilot Engine 1 Reverser
Autothrottle 1 PTU
MCDU 1 Hyd Sys 2 Elec Pump
CCD 2 Radio Altimeter 1
ADS 1
Multi Function Spoiler
L5 and R5
Pack 1 Weather Radar
Display Unit 1 Windshield Wiper 2
Display Unit 4 Windshield Heater 2
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-131
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 9 Revision
QRH170
Autothrottle..........................................DISENGAGE
Altitude..............................................MAX 31000 FT
Relevant Inoperative Items:
Landing Configuration:
Slat/Flap................................................. FULL
Set Normal V Speeds for VREF FULL Landing.
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS UNFACTORED
LANDING DISTANCE BY (EAP5-19) 1.20.
On ground:
Use differential braking and
rudder to steer the airplane.
END
DC BUS 2 OFF
Display Unit 5
Engines Vibration
Indications
ADS 2 NAVCOM 2
Pack 2 Radio Altimeter 2
Multi Function Spoilers L3,
R3, L4 and R4
Transponder 2
Roll Trim TCAS
Autothrottle 2 HF Transceiver
Engine 2 Reverser Speedbrake
Nosewheel Steering Windshield Heater 1
Hyd Sys 1 Elec Pump Windshield Wiper 1
Hyd Sys 3 Elec Pump B
Pedal Adjustment
Switch
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-132
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 10 Revision
QRH170
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
Icing Conditions..............................EXIT / AVOID
Battery 1..........................................................OFF
Relevant Inoperative Items:
NOTE: - Compass internal light will be lost.
- FADEC will set flight idle on ground.
- The flaps will operate at low rate.
- Engine 2 windmill start is not available.
- Thrust Reversers, Wing Anti-Ice and Ground
Idle may not be available.
- Expect lower roll rates and lower speedbrake
efficiency.
- Do not accomplish the SPOILER FAULT
procedure.
Landing Configuration:
Slat/Flap................................................. FULL
Set Normal V Speeds for VREF FULL Landing.
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAP UNFACTORED
LANDING DISTANCE (EAP5-19) BY 1.70.
On Ground:
Brakes...................................APPLY NORMALLY
If necessary:
Emergency/Parking Brake ................... PULL
CAUTION: APPLY THE EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE
MONITORING THE EMERGENCY/PARKING
BRAKE LIGHT.
CAUTION: WHEN THE EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE
LIGHT IS ON, MAINTAIN STEADY PRESSURE
SINCE THE ANTI-SKID PROTECTION IS NOT
AVAILABLE.
END
DC ESS BUS 1 OFF
Display Unit 3
Hydraulic System 2
Depressurization Valve
ADS 1 Digital Audio Panel 1
Multi Function Spoilers
L5 and R5
RAT Automatic Deployment
Outboard Brakes NAVCOM 1
Engine 1 Start Valve Transponder 1
Ignition 1A Master Caution 1
Oil Pressure Indicator 1
APU Fuel Quantity 1 Indication
Hyd Sys 3 Elec Pump A Fwd LAV Smoke Detection
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-133
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 11 Revision
QRH170
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
Icing Conditions............................EXIT / AVOID
Battery 2.........................................................OFF
Relevant Inoperative Items:
NOTE: - The slats will operate at low rate.
- FADEC will set flight idle on ground.
- Engine 1 windmill start is not available.
- Thrust Reversers, Wing Anti-Ice and Ground
Idle may not be available.
- Expect lower roll rates and lower speedbrake
efficiency.
- Do not accomplish the SPOILER FAULT
procedure.
APU............................................................ OFF
Landing Configuration:
Slat/Flap................................................. FULL
Set Normal V Speeds for VREF FULL Landing.
(Continues on the next page)
DC ESS BUS 2 OFF
Display Unit 2 Inboard Brakes
CCD 1 DC Fuel Pump
ADS 3 Fuel Quantity 2 Indication
IESS Fuel Crossfeed Operation
ADS Standby APU Fire Extinguishing
MCDU 2 APU Fuel Shutoff Valve
TCAS APU Fire Detection
Master Warning/Caution 2
Aft Lavatory Smoke
Detection
Aural Warning 2
Engine 2 Oil pressure
indication
Digital Audio Panel 2
Engine 1 and Engine 2
Reversers
Multi Function Spoilers L3,
R3, L4 and R4
Hydraulic System 1
Depressurization Valve
Ignition 2A
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-134
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 12 Revision
QRH170
(Continues from the previous page)
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAP UNFACTORED
LANDING DISTANCE (EAP5-19) BY 1.80.
On Ground:
Brakes..................................APPLY NORMALLY
If necessary:
Emergency/Parking Brake ................... PULL
CAUTION: APPLY THE EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE
MONITORING THE EMERGENCY PARKING
BRAKE LIGHT.
CAUTION: WHEN THE EMERGENCY/PARKING BRAKE
LIGHT IS ON, MAINTAIN STEADY PRESSURE
SINCE THE ANTI-SKID PROTECTION IS NOT
AVAILABLE.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-135
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 13 Revision
QRH170
TRU ESS Switch....................................... OFF
END
Relevant Inoperative Items:
NOTE: The flaps will operate at low rate.
APU...............................................................OFF
END
Before Taxi:
GPU.................................................. DISCONNECT
END
Affected IDG Selector..............OFF, then AUTO
END
Affected IDG Selector.......................OFF
APU...................................AS REQUIRED
END
DC ESS BUS 3 OFF
Radio Altimeter 3 Fuel Crossfeed Valve
ADS 2
Landing Gear Override
Switch
Internal Light of all
Switches
Cargo Compartment Fire
Bottles
Pax Address Rudder Trim
GPU CONNECTED
IDG 1 (2) OFF BUS
DC ESS BUS 3 MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
IDG 1 (2) OFF BUS MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-136
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 14 Revision
QRH170
Light: Affected IDG light becomes amber.
Affected IDG Selector .............................. DISC
APU ........................................... AS REQUIRED
END
Affected TRU Switch.................OFF, then AUTO
END
Affected TRU Switch................................ OFF
END
TRU ESS Switch....................................... OFF
END
IDG 1 (2) OIL
TRU 1 (2) FAIL
TRU ESS FAIL
TRU 1 (2) FAIL MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-137
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 15 Revision
QRH170
LEFT CB PANEL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-138
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 16 Revision
QRH170
RIGHT CB PANEL
E
M
1
7
0
A
O
M
1
4
0
2
9
0
.
D
G
N
C B A C B A
2
1
2
2
2
3
2
4
2
5
2
6
2
7
2
8
2
9
3
O
3
1
3
2
3
3
3
4
3
5
3
6
3
7
3
8
3
9
4
O
G F E D C B A
D
C

B
U
S

2
G F E D C B A
G F E
I
R
S

1
D
P
W
R

2
N
A
V
P
R
O
B
E
P
R
O
B
E
3
B
4
B
A
D
S

3
/
S
T
B
Y
C B A
F
L
IG
H
T

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
D
C

E
S
S

B
U
S

2
G
G
F
F
E
E
D
E
N
G
I
N
E
O
I
L
L
E
V
E
L

2
C
M
C
D
C B A
5
5
5
5
5
5
1
5
5
2
O
2
O
2
O
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
1
5
5 5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
2
O
2
O
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5 5
5 5
5
5 5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
5
2
5
1
O
1
P
R
I
F
C
M
4
S
E
C
D
I
S
P
L
A
Y
P
F
D

2
L
H

O
U
T
B
D
E
L
E
V

S
E
C P
-
A
C
E

1
F
L
I
G
H
T

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
U
P
R

R
U
D
P
R
I
V
E
N
T
R
A
L
A
I
R

B
R
A
K
E
P
E
D
A
L
A
D
J
U
S
T
C
T
L

I
/
O
2
P
W
R
1
M
A
U

2
P
W
R
2

P
R
I
P
W
R
2
M
A
U

3
C
U
S
T

I
/
O
2
B
H
F
C
O
U
P
L
E
R
C
O
M
M
H
F
R
X
/
E
X
S
Y
S

1
S
Y
S

3
B
E
L
E
C

P
U
M
P
P
R
E
S
S

I
N
D
S
Y
S

1
H
Y
D
R
I
R
S

2
P
W
R

1
A
D
S

2
P
R
O
B
E

4
A
N
A
V
M
L
S
2
A
F
C
S

P
A
N
E
L
P
W
R

2
P
I
T
C
H
2
R
O
L
L
2
A
P

S
E
R
V
O
S
Y
A
W
2
A
I
R
S
T
A
I
R
F
L
O
O
D
/
S
T
O
R
M
L
I
G
H
T
S
O
V
H
D

P
N
L
R
E
A
D
I
N
G
F
A
N

A
I
R
I
N
L
E
T
D
O
O
R

2
B
L
E
E
D
B
L
E
E
D

2
A
U
X

R
L
Y
A
U
T
O
B
R
A
K
E
S
M
K

D
E
T
R
E
C
I
R
C

F
A
N
T
O
W
I
N
G

L
T
P
W
R

1
N
W
S
L
G
E
N
G

2

A
-
1
P
R
E
S
S

I
N
D
I
C
E
/
R
A
I
N
P
R
O
T
W
I
P
E
R
1
E
N
G
I
N
E
T
H
R
U
S
T
C
T
R
L

2
R
E
F
U
E
L
I
N
G
2
F
U
E
L D
E
F
U
E
L
I
N
G
G
A
L
L
E
Y

1
C
T
R
L
G
A
L
L
E
Y

2
C
T
R
L
D
M
U
M
I
S
C
P
R
A
/
M
U
S
I
C
A
I
R
S
T
A
I
R
A
C
T
R
B
K
U
P
A
I
R
C
O
N
D
L
O
W
L
I
M
I
T

2
3
S
E
C
2
P
R
I
F
C
M
L
H

I
N
B
D
E
L
E
V

S
E
C P
-
A
C
E

2 R
H

I
N
B
D
E
L
E
V

P
R
I
P
-
A
C
E

3
L
W
R

R
U
D
P
R
I
S
L
A
T
A
C
E

2
P
I
T
C
H
T
R
I
M

2
M
F
D
1
C
C
D
1
D
I
S
P
L
A
Y
/
C
O
N
T
R
O
L
M
C
D
U
2
I
N
T
R
E
G
A
T
E
D
S
T
B
Y
C
U
S
T

I
/
O
2
A
P
W
R
1
M
A
U

3
M
A
U

2
P
W
R
2

S
E
C
C
O
M
M
A
U
D
I
O

2
A
U
R
A
L
2
A
L
E
R
T
S M
A
S
T
E
R
W
R
N
C
A
U
T

2
H
Y
D
R
E
D
P
S
Y
S

1
S
Y
S

2
P
W
R

2
S
Y
S

1
P
W
R

2
L
G
E
N
G

2
T
2

H
E
A
T
E
R
E
N
G

2
E
N
G
I
N
E
1
B
2
B
F
A
D
E
C
E
N
G

2
O
I
L
P
R
E
S
S
P
R
E
S
N
C
P
C
S
C
T
R
L

1
A
B
R
K
I
N
B
D
N
A
V
T
X
E
L
T
F
W
D

3
C
A
R
G
O
S
M
K

D
E
T
A
F
T

2
F
U
E
L
Q
T
Y

2
F
I
R
E
X
A
P
U
F
U
E
L
S
O
V
F
U
E
L

E
N
G
S
O
V

2 H
O
T

B
A
T
T
B
U
S

2
L
H

O
U
T
B
D
E
L
E
V

S
E
C
U
P
R

R
U
D
P
R
I
R
H

I
N
B
D
E
L
E
V

P
R
I
B
A
C
K
U
P

H
O
T

B
A
T
T

B
U
S

F
C
S
E
N
G
1
B
E
N
G
2
B
F
I
R
E
X
F
L
A
P
A
C
E

2
P
-
A
C
E
3
R
H

O
U
T
B
D
E
L
E
V

S
E
C
F
L
I
G
H
T

C
O
N
T
R
O
L
S
D
C

E
S
S

B
U
S

3
L
G

E
X
T
O
V
R
D
H
Y
D
R
P
R
E
S
S

I
N
D
S
Y
S

3
L
I
G
H
T
S
A
N
N
U
N
T
E
S
T
W
S
H
L
D
W
I
P
E
R
1
I
C
E

D
E
T
2
A
C

B
U
S

2
P
C
O
U
T
L
E
T
O
X
Y

M
A
S
C
D
E
P
L
O
Y

1
M
I
S
C
S
E
A
T
A
D
J
U
S
T
C
O
P
I
L
O
T
A
D
S

2
P
R
O
B
E
3
A
N
A
V
P
R
O
B
E

3
H
E
A
T
E
R
P
W
R
C
H
A
N
B
1
A
F
C
S
C
H
A
N
B
2
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-139
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 17 Revision
QRH170
RAT Deployed Descent Checklist
1. Approach considerations:
• Plan on a Flap 3 landing.
• Multiply the Flaps Full Unfactored Landing Distance on page
EAP5-19 by 2.10.
• Avoid side slipping the airplane
• On ground, use differential braking and rudder to steer the
airplane.
• The slats and flaps will operate at low rate
• If a go around is required, use Slat/Flap 3 and airspeed of
VREF FULL + 20 KIAS or 130 KIAS (whichever is higher)
2. GND PROX FLAP OVRD......................................... PUSH IN
3. Shoulder Harness...................... Verify............................... On
4. FSTN BELTS..................................................................... ON
5. Altimeters................................... Verify......................__.__Set
6. Landing Data ............................. Verify.............................. Set
a. Set V
REF FULL
+ 20 KIAS or 130 KIAS (whichever is
higher).
7. EICAS........................................................................Checked
8. Approach Briefing.....................................................Complete
9. RAT Deployed Descent Checklist complete.
RAT Deployed Landing Checklist
1. Flight Attendant .................. [PM].................................Notified
2. EICAS................................. [PM]...............................Checked
3. EMER LT ................................................................... ARMED
4. Landing Gear............................. Verify........... Down, 3 Green
5. Flaps.......................................... Verify.................................. 3
6. RAT Deployed Landing Checklist complete.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-140
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 18 Revision
QRH170
Unfactored Landing Distance
The table reflects the actual landing distance
required. Plan accordingly. Chose a runway that
provides the largest safety margin possible.
This information is for in-flight emergency use only.
These distances reflect the required landing distance
only. The FAA additional runway margin is not
included. The published distances are based on the
following:
Touchdown within 1,000 feet from the approach end
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE TABLE
ALL ENGINE TYPES – FAA – FLAPS 5
ISA CONDITIONS – ANTI ICE OFF – AUTO BRAKES OFF
ALTITUDE
0 ft 1000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2599 2198 2076 1960 2638 2230 2105 1985
56000 2716 2303 2177 2057 2758 2339 2210 2087
60000 2835 2410 2280 2156 2882 2450 2317 2190
64000 2957 2520 2385 2257 3008 2564 2427 2295
68000 3083 2628 2490 2357 3142 2676 2535 2400
72000 3222 2741 2598 2461 3286 2794 2648 2508
76000 3366 2863 2710 2566 3435 2923 2766 2617
ALTITUDE
2000 ft 3000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2685 2275 2150 2030 2728 2311 2183 2077
56000 2809 2387 2258 2134 2856 2428 2296 2169
60000 2936 2502 2368 2241 2988 2547 2410 2280
64000 3066 2619 2481 2349 3124 2668 2527 2393
68000 3207 2735 2593 2457 3272 2789 2644 2505
72000 3357 2860 2709 2569 3427 2920 2765 2621
76000 3517 2998 2839 2688 3605 3074 2912 2756
ALTITUDE
4000 ft 5000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2779 2360 2231 2108 2830 2410 2281 2157
56000 2911 2480 2347 2220 2962 2524 2389 2259
60000 3047 2602 2466 2334 3102 2651 2511 2377
64000 3190 2728 2586 2451 3253 2780 2637 2498
68000 3343 2852 2707 2566 3413 2912 2762 2619
72000 3512 2998 2841 2692 3599 3074 2913 2759
76000 3700 3160 2996 2839 3795 3243 3075 2913
NOTE: Landing distance in ft.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-141
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 19 Revision
QRH170
Unfactored Landing Distance (Cont.)
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE TABLE
ALL ENGINE TYPES – FAA – FLAPS FULL
ISA CONDITIONS – ANTI ICE OFF – AUTO BRAKES OFF
ALTITUDE
0 ft 1000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2429 2041 1923 1812 2463 2068 1947 1832
56000 2529 2131 2009 1893 2567 2161 2037 1918
60000 2632 2222 2097 1977 2674 2257 2129 2021
64000 2734 2313 2183 2060 2783 2360 2230 2106
68000 2838 2405 2272 2145 2891 2455 2321 2193
72000 2943 2498 2361 2229 3001 2550 2413 2280
76000 3055 2593 2454 2320 3113 2640 2498 2362
ALTITUDE
2000 ft 3000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2505 2109 1988 1872 2550 2152 2030 1915
56000 2612 2205 2080 1960 2659 2250 2124 2005
60000 2721 2302 2174 2050 2772 2350 2221 2097
64000 2829 2399 2266 2139 2883 2450 2316 2188
68000 2940 2498 2361 2230 2997 2551 2414 2282
72000 3057 2597 2456 2333 3120 2653 2511 2376
76000 3177 2697 2554 2417 3240 2749 2603 2463
ALTITUDE
4000 ft 5000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2589 2184 2060 1941 2635 2229 2104 1985
56000 2703 2286 2158 2035 2752 2333 2204 2081
60000 2819 2390 2258 2131 2871 2440 2308 2180
64000 2933 2493 2357 2227 2989 2546 2410 2278
68000 3052 2599 2459 2324 3114 2655 2514 2378
72000 3185 2712 2569 2432 3248 2764 2618 2479
76000 3309 2813 2664 2522 3377 2871 2717 2573
NOTE: Landing distance in ft.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-142
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Electrical
Page EAP5- 20 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-143
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Engine
Page EAP6- 1 Revision
QRH170
Engine
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WARNING
CAUTION
CHECKLISTS
ENGINE OUT DESCENT/LANDING
CHECKLIST.................................................EAP6-12
FLAPS 5 UNFACTORED LDG DIST ...........EAP6-13
FLAPS FULL UNFACTORED LDG DIST ....EAP6-14
DRIFTDOWN CHECKLIST..........................EAP6-15
ENG 1 (2) FIRE............................................ EAP7-4
ENG 1 (2) REV DEPLOYED........................ EAP6-3
ENG 1 (2) OIL LO PRESS........................... EAP6-4
ENG 1 (2) CONTROL FAULT...................... EAP6-5
ENG 1 (2) FADEC OVERTEMP................... EAP6-5
ENG 1 (2) FAIL ............................................ EAP6-6
ENG 1 (2) FUEL IMP BYPASS.................... EAP6-7
ENG 1 (2) FUEL LO PRESS........................ EAP6-7
ENG 1 (2) NO DISPATCH............................ EAP6-7
ENG 1 (2) OIL LO LEVEL............................ EAP6-7
ENG 1 (2) REV FAIL.................................... EAP6-8
ENG 1 (2) REV PROT FAULT..................... EAP6-8
ENG 1 (2) REV TLA FAIL............................ EAP6-8
ENG 1 (2) START VLV OPEN..................... EAP6-9
ENG 1 (2) TLA FAIL .................................. EAP6-10
ENG 1 (2) T2 HEAT FAIL .......................... EAP6-10
ENG EXCEEDANCE.................................. EAP6-10
ENG NO TAKEOFF DATA ........................ EAP6-10
ENG REF A-I DISAG................................. EAP6-11
ENG REF ECS DISAG............................... EAP6-11
ENG THR RATING DISAG........................ EAP6-11
ENG TLA NOT TOGA................................ EAP6-11
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-144
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Engine
Page EAP6- 2 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-145
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Engine
Page EAP6- 3 Revision
QRH170
EICAS Indication:REV icon above the associated ITT
indication.
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
Autothrottle........................................DISENGAGE
Associated Thrust Lever...............................IDLE
Start/Stop Selector
(affected engine)........................................STOP
APU................................................................START
Fuel..........................................................BALANCE
Autothrottle...................................AS REQUIRED
END
When appropriate, accomplish:
After Takeoff Checklist (if applicable)
Driftdown Table (if applicable Pg EAP6-15),
Engine Out Descent & Engine Out Landing
Checklist (Pg EAP6-12)
END
ENG 1 (2) REV DEPLOYED
ANY BUFFETING NOTICED?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-146
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Engine
Page EAP6- 4 Revision
QRH170
EICAS Indication:Oil pressure indication in amber may
be presented.
ENGINE 1 (2) FAIL
Procedure ......ACCOMPLISH (Pg EAP6-6)
END
ENG 1 (2) OIL LO PRESS
OIL PRESSURE INDICATION ABNORMAL?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-147
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Engine
Page EAP6- 5 Revision
QRH170
Autothrottle.................................DISENGAGE
CAUTION: AVOID THRUST REVERSER USE, RAPID
THRUST LEVER MOVEMENT, AND HIGH
THRUST OPERATION.
END
ENGINE 1 (2) FAIL
Procedure ......ACCOMPLISH (Pg EAP6-6)
END
ENGINE 1 (2) FAIL
Procedure ......ACCOMPLISH (Pg EAP6-6)
CAUTION: IF THE ENGINE DOES NOT SHUTDOWN, PULL
(DO NOT ROTATE) THE ASSOCIATED FIRE-
EXTINGUISHING HANDLE.
END
ENG 1 (2) CONTROL FAULT
ENG 1 (2) FADEC OVERTEMP
ABLE TO CONTROL ENGINE THRUST?
Yes
No
ENGINE PARAMETERS ABNORMAL?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-148
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Engine
Page EAP6- 6 Revision
QRH170
EICAS Indication:FAIL icon on N1 indication.
Oil Press indication in red.
Autothrottle.......................DISENGAGE
#___ Thrust Lever ...Confirm.......IDLE
NOTE: If flight conditions permit, operate the engine at idle
for 2 minutes prior to applying engine thrust.
END
#___ Start/Stop ............Confirm...................STOP
APU ........................................................... START
FUEL LEAK
Procedure ............ACCOMPLISH (Pg NAP-12)
END
ENGINE AIRSTART
Procedure ................ACCOMPLISH (Pg NAP-21)
END
Fuel............................................................ BALANCE
Autothrottle ....................................... AS REQUIRED
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT
ESTABLISH AND COMMUNICATE A PLAN
When appropriate, accomplish:
Driftdown Table (if applicable Pg EAP6-15), After
Takeoff Checklist, and Engine Out Descent
& Engine Out Landing Checklist (Pg EAP6-12)
END
ENG 1 (2) FAIL
ENGINE AUTO RELIGHTS?
Yes
No
FUEL LEAK SUSPECTED?
Yes
No
RESTART CONSIDERED?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-149
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Engine
Page EAP6- 7 Revision
QRH170
CAUTION: IF BOTH ENGINES ARE AFFECTED, LAND AT
THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
END
Fuel Xfeed Selector..............................OFF
Autothrottle.............................DISENGAGE
#___ Thrust Lever ...Confirm............IDLE
Altitude.................................MAX 25000 FT
FUEL LEAK
Procedure ............ACCOMPLISH (Pg NAP-12)
END
At 25000 ft.:
Autothrottle ................................ AS REQUIRED
NOTE: The thrust lever may be set above idle, but the
ENG 1 (2) FUEL LO PRESS message may
return.
END
Do not takeoff.
END
Do not takeoff.
END
ENG 1 (2) FUEL IMP BYPASS
ENG 1 (2) FUEL LO PRESS
ENG 1 (2) NO DISPATCH
ENG 1 (2) OIL LO LEVEL
FUEL LEAK SUSPECTED?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-150
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Engine
Page EAP6- 8 Revision
QRH170
Do not takeoff.
END
Do not takeoff.
END
Do not move thrust levers below idle in flight.
END
ENG 1 (2) REV FAIL
ENG 1 (2) REV PROT FAULT
ENG 1 (2) REV TLA FAIL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-151
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Engine
Page EAP6- 9 Revision
QRH170
XBleed Button..................................PUSH OUT
Associated Bleed Button................PUSH OUT
APU Bleed Button...........................PUSH OUT
Engine 1:
#1 Thrust Lever ............Confirm...............IDLE
#1 Start/Stop...........Conirm......................STOP
END
Engine Start Ground Cart.............REMOVE
Engine 2:
#2 Thrust Lever ............Confirm........IDLE
#2 Start/Stop ..................Confirm.....STOP
END
APU Bleed Button.......................PUSH OUT
Icing Conditions........................EXIT / AVOID
Altitude....................................MAX 31000 FT
CAUTION: IN FLIGHT ASSISTED STARTS ARE NOT
POSSIBLE FOR THE AFFECTED ENGINE.
END
ENG 1 (2) START VLV OPEN
ON GROUND?
Yes
No
ENGINE 1 AFFECTED?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-152
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Engine
Page EAP6- 10 Revision
QRH170
CONDITION:Associated engine thrust control is lost.
NOTE: The engine thrust will be set to idle automatically.
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT
ESTABLISH AND COMMUNICATE A PLAN
When appropriate, accomplish:
Driftdown Table (if applicable Pg EAP6-15),
Engine Out Descent Checklist &
Engine Out Landing Checklist (Pg EAP6-12)
END
Icing Conditions...................EXIT / AVOID
END
Do not takeoff.
END
Engine Takeoff Data ................................ ENTER
END
ENG 1 (2) TLA FAIL
ENG 1 (2) T2 HEAT FAIL
ENG EXCEEDANCE
ENG NO TAKEOFF DATA
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-153
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Engine
Page EAP6- 11 Revision
QRH170
Configure the airplane according to takeoff data or re-
enter the takeoff data according to the airplane config-
uration.
END
Configure the airplane according to takeoff data or re
enter the takeoff data according to the airplane
configuration.
NOTE: The EICAS message ENG REF ECS DISAG will
be always displayed when the following
conditions apply simultaneously: The REF ECS is
set to ON, the APU is running and the engine
thrust levers are set to idle.
END
Do not takeoff.
END
Move the thrust levers to TOGA position
END
ENG REF A-I DISAG
ENG REF ECS DISAG
ENG THR RATING DISAG
ENG TLA NOT TOGA
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-154
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Engine
Page EAP6- 12 Revision
QRH170
Engine Out Descent Checklist
1. Approach considerations:
• Multiply the Flaps 5 Unfactored Landing Distance on page
EAP6-14 by 1.50.
• Use SLAT/FLAP 5 for landing; Set V
REF FULL
+ 20 KIAS.
• If RAT deployed use SLAT/FLAP 3 only; Set V
REF FULL
+ 20
KIAS.
2. Shoulder Harness...................... Verify...............................On
3. FSTN BELTS..................................................................... ON
4. Altimeters................................... Verify................... .__.__Set
5. Landing Data ............................. Verify.............................Set
6. EICAS....................................................................... Checked
7. Approach BriefingComplete
8. Go Around Considerations:
• Simultaneously press TOGA and ensure thrust lever in TOGA
detent and verify thrust setting.
• Rotate to FD commands and/or go around attitude of 8°nose
up.
• Select FLAPS 2, Positive Rate, Gear UP, maintain V
AC
and
limit bank angle to 15°.
• Climb straight ahead to 500 ft. AGL or follow “Engine Failure -
Missed Approach” procedure if published.
• Climbing through engine out acceleration altitude select
FLCH, V
FS
, HDG or FMS NAV.
• Retract flaps on flap retraction schedule.
9. Engine Out Descent Checklist complete.
Engine Out Landing Checklist
Landing consideration:
• During landing only operative engine thrust reverser is
available.
1. Flight Attendant .................. [PM].................................Notified
2. EICAS................................. [PM]...............................Checked
3. Landing Gear.............................Verify....... DOWN, 3 GREEN
4. FLAPS......................................Verify .................................. 5
3 (if RAT deployed)
5. FUEL XFEED .................................................................. OFF
6. Engine Out Landing Checklist complete.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-155
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Engine
Page EAP6- 13 Revision
QRH170
Unfactored Landing Distance
The table reflects the actual landing distance required. Plan
accordingly. Chose a runway that provides the largest safety mar-
gin possible.
This information is for in-flight emergency use only. These dis-
tances reflect the required landing distance only. The FAA addi-
tional runway margin is not included. The published distances are
based on the following:
• Touchdown within 1,000 feet from the approach end of the
runway.
• Application of maximum manual braking.
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE TABLE
ALL ENGINE TYPES – FAA – FLAPS 5
ISA CONDITIONS – ANTI ICE OFF – AUTO BRAKES OFF
ALTITUDE
0 ft 1000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2599 2198 2076 1960 2638 2230 2105 1985
56000 2716 2303 2177 2057 2758 2339 2210 2087
60000 2835 2410 2280 2156 2882 2450 2317 2190
64000 2957 2520 2385 2257 3008 2564 2427 2295
68000 3083 2628 2490 2357 3142 2676 2535 2400
72000 3222 2741 2598 2461 3286 2794 2648 2508
76000 3366 2863 2710 2566 3435 2923 2766 2617
ALTITUDE
2000 ft 3000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2685 2275 2150 2030 2728 2311 2183 2077
56000 2809 2387 2258 2134 2856 2428 2296 2169
60000 2936 2502 2368 2241 2988 2547 2410 2280
64000 3066 2619 2481 2349 3124 2668 2527 2393
68000 3207 2735 2593 2457 3272 2789 2644 2505
72000 3357 2860 2709 2569 3427 2920 2765 2621
76000 3517 2998 2839 2688 3605 3074 2912 2756
ALTITUDE
4000 ft 5000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2779 2360 2231 2108 2830 2410 2281 2157
56000 2911 2480 2347 2220 2962 2524 2389 2259
60000 3047 2602 2466 2334 3102 2651 2511 2377
64000 3190 2728 2586 2451 3253 2780 2637 2498
68000 3343 2852 2707 2566 3413 2912 2762 2619
72000 3512 2998 2841 2692 3599 3074 2913 2759
76000 3700 3160 2996 2839 3795 3243 3075 2913
NOTE: Landing distance in ft.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-156
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Engine
Page EAP6- 14 Revision
QRH170
Unfactored Landing Distance (Cont.)
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE TABLE
ALL ENGINE TYPES – FAA – FLAPS FULL
ISA CONDITIONS – ANTI ICE OFF – AUTO BRAKES OFF
ALTITUDE
0 ft 1000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2429 2041 1923 1812 2463 2068 1947 1832
56000 2529 2131 2009 1893 2567 2161 2037 1918
60000 2632 2222 2097 1977 2674 2257 2129 2021
64000 2734 2313 2183 2060 2783 2360 2230 2106
68000 2838 2405 2272 2145 2891 2455 2321 2193
72000 2943 2498 2361 2229 3001 2550 2413 2280
76000 3055 2593 2454 2320 3113 2640 2498 2362
ALTITUDE
2000 ft 3000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2505 2109 1988 1872 2550 2152 2030 1915
56000 2612 2205 2080 1960 2659 2250 2124 2005
60000 2721 2302 2174 2050 2772 2350 2221 2097
64000 2829 2399 2266 2139 2883 2450 2316 2188
68000 2940 2498 2361 2230 2997 2551 2414 2282
72000 3057 2597 2456 2333 3120 2653 2511 2376
76000 3177 2697 2554 2417 3240 2749 2603 2463
ALTITUDE
4000 ft 5000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2589 2184 2060 1941 2635 2229 2104 1985
56000 2703 2286 2158 2035 2752 2333 2204 2081
60000 2819 2390 2258 2131 2871 2440 2308 2180
64000 2933 2493 2357 2227 2989 2546 2410 2278
68000 3052 2599 2459 2324 3114 2655 2514 2378
72000 3185 2712 2569 2432 3248 2764 2618 2479
76000 3309 2813 2664 2522 3377 2871 2717 2573
NOTE: Landing distance in ft.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-157
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Engine
Page EAP6- 15 Revision
QRH170
Driftdown Checklist
[Condition: Engine failure during cruise when descent to lower
altitude becomes necessary.]
CRUISE ALTITUDE - CONFIGURATION - CLEAN
1. AutothrottlesOFF
2. Max. Continuous ThrustSet
3. SPD on GPSet SPD from Tables below
a. Enter the weight row (Start Driftdown) and proceed to
the appropriate speed (Initial Driftdown Speed).
4. ALT SELSet Gross Level-Off Altitude from Tables below
a. Enter the weight row (Start of Driftdown) and proceed to
the appropriate ISA deviation column to determine the
Gross Level-Off Altitude.
5. FLCHSelect
6. Driftdown Checklist complete.
o
o
LRC CRUISE
TERRAIN CRITICAL
DRIFTDOWN SPEED
LEVEL OFF
ENGINE LOSS
MAX CONT THRUST
DRIFTDOWN TABLE
EMBRAER 170 – CF34-8E5 ENGINES – FAA CERTIFICATION
BLEEDS ON/ENGINE & WING ANTI-ICE OFF
WEIGHT (lb) INITIAL GROSS LEVEL OFF ALTITUDE - FT
DRIFTDOWN (NET LEVEL OFF ALTITUDE - FT)
START SPEED ISA+10°C
DRIFTDOWN
LEVEL OFF
(KIAS) & BELOW
ISA +15°C ISA+20°C
20000 19600 18600
79000 75400 199
(15100) (14400) (13000)
21300 21000 20200
75000 72000 194
(17000) (16400) (15100)
22700 22400 21900
71000 68400 188
(18600) (18200) (17000)
24100 24000 23400
67000 64600 183
(20100) (19900) (19000)
25700 25600 25000
63000 60900 178
(21700) (21500) (20900)
27300 27200 26700
59000 57100 172
(23300) (23200) (22700)
28900 28900 28400
55000 53300 166
(25100) (25000) (24600)
30700 30700 30300
51000 49500 160
(26900) (26900) (26500)
DRIFTDOWN TABLE
EMBRAER 170 – CF34-8E5 ENGINES – FAA CERTIFICATION
BLEEDS ON/ENGINE & WING ANTI-ICE ON
WEIGHT (lb) INITIAL GROSS LEVEL OFF ALTITUDE - FT
DRIFTDOWN (NET LEVEL OFF ALTITUDE - FT)
START SPEED ISA-8°C
DRIFTDOWN
LEVEL OFF
(KIAS) & BELOW
ISA ISA+10°C
19700 19600 18000
79000 75400 198
(14900) (14700) (12600)
20900 20800 19400
75000 72200 194
(16800) (16600) (14700)
22200 22200 20800
71000 68500 188
(18400) (18200) (16500)
23600 23600 22300
67000 64700 183
(19800) (19700) (18200)
25100 25000 23800
63000 61000 178
(21300) (21300) (19900)
26600 26300 25300
59000 57100 172
(22900) (22900) (21600)
28300 27500 26500
55000 53400 166
(24600) (24600) (23400)
30100 29000 27800
51000 49600 160
(26300) (26100) (25100)
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-158
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Engine
Page EAP6- 16 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-159
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Fire Protection
Page EAP7- 1 Revision
QRH170
Fire Protection
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WARNING
CAUTION
CHECKLISTS
ENGINE OUT DESCENT/LANDING
CHECKLIST...................................................EAP7-6
FLAPS 5 UNFACTORED LDG DIST .............EAP7-7
FLAPS FULL UNFACTORED LDG DIST ......EAP7-8
DRIFTDOWN CHECKLIST............................EAP7-9
APU FIRE..................................................... EAP7-3
ENG 1 (2) FIRE............................................ EAP7-4
APU FIRE DET FAIL.................................... EAP7-5
APU FIREX FAIL ......................................... EAP7-5
CRG AFT (FWD) FIRE SYS FAIL................ EAP7-5
ENG 1 (2) FIRE DET FAIL........................... EAP7-5
RECIRC SMK DET FAIL............................ EAP2-13
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-160
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Fire Protection
Page EAP7- 2 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-161
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Fire Protection
Page EAP7- 3 Revision
QRH170
Light: APU Emergency Stop Button upper half illumi-
nates in red.
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT
APU EMERGENCY STOP BUTTON..... PUSH IN
APU............................................................... OFF
Establish and Communicate a Plan
END
APU Fire Extinguishing
Button .................................................... PUSH
Establish and Communicate a Plan
END
APU FIRE
APU FIRE MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-162
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Fire Protection
Page EAP7- 4 Revision
QRH170
EICAS Indication:FIRE icon on the associated ITT indi-
cator and associated fire handle illuminates.
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT
AUTOTHROTTLES........................DISENGAGE
#___ THRUST LEVER ......Confirm...........IDLE
#___ START/STOP ............Confirm.........STOP
#___ FIRE HANDLE ..........Confirm.........PULL
#___Fire Handle.......Confirm......Rotate (L or R)
.................................Wait 30 seconds....................
Fire Handle (remaining bottle)..............ROTATE
Airspeed...............................MAX 200 KIAS
Altitude..................................MAX 18000 FT
APU..........................................START
Fuel.....................................BALANCE
Autothrottle................AS REQUIRED
Establish and Communicate a Plan
When appropriate, accomplish:
After Takeoff Checklist (if applicable)
Driftdown Table (if applicable Pg EAP7-9)
Engine Out Descent & Engine Out Landing
Checklist (Pg EAP7-6)
END
ENG 1 (2) FIRE
ENG 1 (2) FIRE MESSAGE PERSISTS?
Yes
No
SEVERE DAMAGE OR SEPARATION?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-163
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Fire Protection
Page EAP7- 5 Revision
QRH170
APU............................................................... OFF
END
APU............................................................... OFF
END
END
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
END
If fire is suspected in the affected engine:
ENGINE 1 (2) FIRE
Procedure ......ACCOMPLISH (Pg EAP7-4)
END
APU FIRE DET FAIL
APU FIREX FAIL
CRG AFT (FWD) FIRE SYS FAIL
ENG 1 (2) FIRE DET FAIL
AFFECTED CARGO COMPARTMENT IS EMPTY?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-164
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Fire Protection
Page EAP7- 6 Revision
QRH170
Engine Out Descent Checklist
1. Approach considerations:
• Multiply the Flaps 5 Unfactored Landing Distance on page
EAP7-8 by 1.50.
• Use SLAT/FLAP 5 for landing; Set V
REF FULL
+ 20 KIAS.
• If RAT deployed use SLAT/FLAP 3 only; Set V
REF FULL
+ 20
KIAS.
2. Shoulder Harness...................... Verify...............................On
3. FSTN BELTS..................................................................... ON
4. Altimeters................................... Verify................... .__.__Set
5. Landing Data ............................. Verify.............................Set
6. EICAS....................................................................... Checked
7. Approach BriefingComplete
8. Go Around Considerations:
• Simultaneously press TOGA and ensure thrust lever in TOGA
detent and verify thrust setting.
• Rotate to FD commands and/or go around attitude of 8°nose
up.
• Select FLAPS 2, Positive Rate, Gear UP, maintain V
AC
and
limit bank angle to 15°.
• Climb straight ahead to 500 ft. AGL or follow “Engine Failure -
Missed Approach” procedure if published.
• Climbing through engine out acceleration altitude select
FLCH, V
FS
, HDG or FMS NAV.
• Retract flaps on flap retraction schedule.
9. Engine Out Descent Checklist complete.
Engine Out Landing Checklist
Landing consideration:
• During landing only operative engine thrust reverser is
available.
1. Flight Attendant .................. [PM].................................Notified
2. EICAS................................. [PM]...............................Checked
3. Landing Gear.............................Verify....... DOWN, 3 GREEN
4. FLAPS......................................Verify .................................. 5
3 (if RAT deployed)
5. FUEL XFEED .................................................................. OFF
6. Engine Out Landing Checklist complete.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-165
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Fire Protection
Page EAP7- 7 Revision
QRH170
Unfactored Landing Distance
The table reflects the actual landing distance required. Plan
accordingly. Chose a runway that provides the largest safety margin
possible.
This information is for in-flight emergency use only.
These distances reflect the required landing
distance only. The FAA additional runway margin is
not included. The published distances are based on
the following:
• Touchdown within 1,000 feet from the approach end of the
runway.
• Application of maximum manual braking.
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE TABLE
ALL ENGINE TYPES – FAA – FLAPS 5
ISA CONDITIONS – ANTI ICE OFF – AUTO BRAKES OFF
ALTITUDE
0 ft 1000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2599 2198 2076 1960 2638 2230 2105 1985
56000 2716 2303 2177 2057 2758 2339 2210 2087
60000 2835 2410 2280 2156 2882 2450 2317 2190
64000 2957 2520 2385 2257 3008 2564 2427 2295
68000 3083 2628 2490 2357 3142 2676 2535 2400
72000 3222 2741 2598 2461 3286 2794 2648 2508
76000 3366 2863 2710 2566 3435 2923 2766 2617
ALTITUDE
2000 ft 3000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2685 2275 2150 2030 2728 2311 2183 2077
56000 2809 2387 2258 2134 2856 2428 2296 2169
60000 2936 2502 2368 2241 2988 2547 2410 2280
64000 3066 2619 2481 2349 3124 2668 2527 2393
68000 3207 2735 2593 2457 3272 2789 2644 2505
72000 3357 2860 2709 2569 3427 2920 2765 2621
76000 3517 2998 2839 2688 3605 3074 2912 2756
ALTITUDE
4000 ft 5000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2779 2360 2231 2108 2830 2410 2281 2157
56000 2911 2480 2347 2220 2962 2524 2389 2259
60000 3047 2602 2466 2334 3102 2651 2511 2377
64000 3190 2728 2586 2451 3253 2780 2637 2498
68000 3343 2852 2707 2566 3413 2912 2762 2619
72000 3512 2998 2841 2692 3599 3074 2913 2759
76000 3700 3160 2996 2839 3795 3243 3075 2913
NOTE: Landing distance in ft.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-166
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Fire Protection
Page EAP7- 8 Revision
QRH170
Unfactored Landing Distance (Cont.)
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE TABLE
ALL ENGINE TYPES – FAA – FLAPS FULL
ISA CONDITIONS – ANTI ICE OFF – AUTO BRAKES OFF
ALTITUDE
0 ft 1000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2429 2041 1923 1812 2463 2068 1947 1832
56000 2529 2131 2009 1893 2567 2161 2037 1918
60000 2632 2222 2097 1977 2674 2257 2129 2021
64000 2734 2313 2183 2060 2783 2360 2230 2106
68000 2838 2405 2272 2145 2891 2455 2321 2193
72000 2943 2498 2361 2229 3001 2550 2413 2280
76000 3055 2593 2454 2320 3113 2640 2498 2362
ALTITUDE
2000 ft 3000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2505 2109 1988 1872 2550 2152 2030 1915
56000 2612 2205 2080 1960 2659 2250 2124 2005
60000 2721 2302 2174 2050 2772 2350 2221 2097
64000 2829 2399 2266 2139 2883 2450 2316 2188
68000 2940 2498 2361 2230 2997 2551 2414 2282
72000 3057 2597 2456 2333 3120 2653 2511 2376
76000 3177 2697 2554 2417 3240 2749 2603 2463
ALTITUDE
4000 ft 5000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2589 2184 2060 1941 2635 2229 2104 1985
56000 2703 2286 2158 2035 2752 2333 2204 2081
60000 2819 2390 2258 2131 2871 2440 2308 2180
64000 2933 2493 2357 2227 2989 2546 2410 2278
68000 3052 2599 2459 2324 3114 2655 2514 2378
72000 3185 2712 2569 2432 3248 2764 2618 2479
76000 3309 2813 2664 2522 3377 2871 2717 2573
NOTE: Landing distance in ft.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-167
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Fire Protection
Page EAP7- 9 Revision
QRH170
Driftdown Checklist
[Condition: Engine failure during cruise when descent to lower
altitude becomes necessary.]
CRUISE ALTITUDE - CONFIGURATION - CLEAN
1. AutothrottlesOFF
2. Max. Continuous ThrustSet
3. SPD on GPSet SPD from Tables below
a. Enter the weight row (Start Driftdown) and proceed to
the appropriate speed (Initial Driftdown Speed).
4. ALT SELSet Gross Level-Off Altitude from Tables below
a. Enter the weight row (Start of Driftdown) and proceed to
the appropriate ISA deviation column to determine the
Gross Level-Off Altitude.
5. FLCHSelect
6. Driftdown Checklist complete.
o
o
LRC CRUISE
TERRAIN CRITICAL
DRIFTDOWN SPEED
LEVEL OFF
ENGINE LOSS
MAX CONT THRUST
DRIFTDOWN TABLE
EMBRAER 170 – CF34-8E5 ENGINES – FAA CERTIFICATION
BLEEDS ON/ENGINE & WING ANTI-ICE OFF
WEIGHT (lb) INITIAL GROSS LEVEL OFF ALTITUDE - FT
DRIFTDOWN (NET LEVEL OFF ALTITUDE - FT)
START SPEED ISA+10°C
DRIFTDOWN
LEVEL OFF
(KIAS) & BELOW
ISA +15°C ISA+20°C
20000 19600 18600
79000 75400 199
(15100) (14400) (13000)
21300 21000 20200
75000 72000 194
(17000) (16400) (15100)
22700 22400 21900
71000 68400 188
(18600) (18200) (17000)
24100 24000 23400
67000 64600 183
(20100) (19900) (19000)
25700 25600 25000
63000 60900 178
(21700) (21500) (20900)
27300 27200 26700
59000 57100 172
(23300) (23200) (22700)
28900 28900 28400
55000 53300 166
(25100) (25000) (24600)
30700 30700 30300
51000 49500 160
(26900) (26900) (26500)
DRIFTDOWN TABLE
EMBRAER 170 – CF34-8E5 ENGINES – FAA CERTIFICATION
BLEEDS ON/ENGINE & WING ANTI-ICE ON
WEIGHT (lb) INITIAL GROSS LEVEL OFF ALTITUDE - FT
DRIFTDOWN (NET LEVEL OFF ALTITUDE - FT)
START SPEED ISA-8°C
DRIFTDOWN
LEVEL OFF
(KIAS) & BELOW
ISA ISA+10°C
19700 19600 18000
79000 75400 198
(14900) (14700) (12600)
20900 20800 19400
75000 72200 194
(16800) (16600) (14700)
22200 22200 20800
71000 68500 188
(18400) (18200) (16500)
23600 23600 22300
67000 64700 183
(19800) (19700) (18200)
25100 25000 23800
63000 61000 178
(21300) (21300) (19900)
26600 26300 25300
59000 57100 172
(22900) (22900) (21600)
28300 27500 26500
55000 53400 166
(24600) (24600) (23400)
30100 29000 27800
51000 49600 160
(26300) (26100) (25100)
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-168
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Fire Protection
Page EAP7- 10 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-169
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 1 Revision
QRH170
Flight Controls
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WARNING
CAUTION
ADVISORY
AILERON LH (RH) FAIL.................................. EAP8-17
FLAP (SLAT) LO RATE .................................. EAP8-17
FLT CTRL FAULT........................................... EAP8-17
STALL PROT ICE SPEED.............................. EAP8-17
CHECKLISTS
AILERON FAIL DESCENT & LANDING
CHKLST.......................................................... EAP8-18
FLAP / SLAT FAIL DESCENT & LANDING
CHKLST.......................................................... EAP8-19
FLIGHT CONTROL / BRAKE MALFUNCTION
DESCENT & LANDING CHKLST ................... EAP8-20
PITCH / ROLL MALFUNCTION DESCENT &
LANDING CHKLST......................................... EAP8-21
SPOILER FAULT DESCENT & LANDING
CHKLST.......................................................... EAP8-22
FLAPS 5 UNFACTORED LDG DIST .............. EAP8-23
FLAPS FULL UNFACTORED LDG DIST ....... EAP8-24
ELEV NML MODE FAIL............................... EAP8-3
GROUND SPOILERS FAIL ......................... EAP8-3
RUDDER NML MODE FAIL......................... EAP8-4
SPOILER NML MODE FAIL........................ EAP8-4
AOA LIMIT FAIL.......................................... EAP8-5
ELEV THR COMP FAIL............................... EAP8-5
ELEVATOR FAULT..................................... EAP8-5
ELEVATOR LH (RH) FAIL........................... EAP8-6
FLAP FAIL................................................... EAP8-7
FLT CTRL NO DISPATCH........................... EAP8-9
PITCH TRIM FAIL........................................ EAP8-9
RUDDER FAIL........................................... EAP8-10
RUDDER FAULT ....................................... EAP8-11
RUDDER LIMITER FAIL............................ EAP8-12
SLAT-FLAP LEVER DISAG...................... EAP8-12
SLAT FAIL................................................. EAP8-13
SPOILER FAULT....................................... EAP8-15
STAB LOCK FAULT.................................. EAP8-16
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-170
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 2 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-171
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 3 Revision
QRH170
Flight Controls Mode
Elevators Button............. PUSH IN
NOTE: Do not accomplish the ELEVATOR FAULT
Procedure.
Relevant Inoperative Items:
Avoid side slipping the airplane.
END
CONDITION:One or more ground spoiler panels have
extended inadvertently, have failed to extend when
commanded or are unavailable to extend.
Inflight:
Speedbrake...................... CLOSE
When appropriate, accomplish:
Flight Control / Brake Malfunction
Descent and Landing Checklist (Pg EAP8-20)
END
ELEV NML MODE FAIL
AOA Limit
Auto Config Trim
Autopilot
Elevator Thrust Compensation
GROUND SPOILERS FAIL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-172
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 4 Revision
QRH170
Flight Controls Mode
Rudder Button................. PUSH IN
NOTE: Do not accomplish the RUDDER FAULT
Procedure.
Relevant Inoperative Items:
END
Speedbrake............................... CLOSE
Flight Controls Mode
Spoilers Button............... PUSH IN
NOTE: Do not accomplish the SPOILER FAULT
Procedure.
Relevant Inoperative Items:
When appropriate, accomplish:
Flight Control / Brake Malfunction
Descent and Landing Checklist (Pg EAP8-20)
END
RUDDER NML MODE FAIL
Yaw Damper
Turn Coordination
SPOILER NML MODE FAIL
Ground Spoilers
Speed Brake
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-173
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 5 Revision
QRH170
Avoid side slipping the airplane.
NOTE: The stick shaker remains operative.
END
Compensate manually any pitch tendency following
thrust variations.
END
NOTE: If the SPOILER FAULT message is also
displayed, accomplish the Spoiler Fault
procedure prior to this procedure.
Flight Controls Mode
Elevators Button............. PUSH IN, then OUT
END
Relevant Inoperative Items:
Avoid side slipping the airplane.
END
AOA LIMIT FAIL
ELEV THR COMP FAIL
ELEVATOR FAULT
AOA Limit
Auto Config Trim
Autopilot
Elevator Thrust Compensation
ELEVATOR FAULT MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-174
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 6 Revision
QRH170
Maximum Airspeed.................. CURRENT OR 175
KIAS, WHICHEVER
IS HIGHER
NOTE: Expect less elevator control authority and slower
response, especially during landing flare.
When appropriate, accomplish:
Pitch / Roll Malfunction Descent &
Landing Checklist(Pg EAP8-21)
If a go around is required:
Slat/Flap........................... 5
Airspeed .......................... V
REF FULL
+ 15 KIAS
END
ELEVATOR LH (RH) FAIL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-175
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 7 Revision
QRH170
NOTE: Use the Flap Fail procedure for Flap/Slat Fail
Slat/Flap Lever........................RETURN TO THE
PREVIOUS POSITION
------------------Wait 10 seconds-----------------
Slat/Flap Lever............... RESELECT DESIRED
POSITION
END
The Flap may remain available for extension.
Landing configuration:
Select the desired slat position and use the landing
data according to the FLAP/SLAT FAIL LANDING
CONFIGURATION TABLE, or FLAP/SLAT FAIL WITH
SHAKER ANTICIPATED LANDING CONFIGURATION
TABLE.
NOTE: - If amber dashes are displayed on the EICAS,
use the most conservative position to enter the
table (e.g. for a failure between 1 and 2,
consider 1).
- Flaps external marks can be used to determine
flap position.
(Continues on the next page)
FLAP FAIL
MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
MESSAGE REMAINS EXTINGUISHED?
Yes
No
FLAP FAILED IN RETRACTION?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-176
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 8 Revision
QRH170
(Continued from the previous page)
Bank Angle ............................... 20°MAXIMUM
Gnd Prox Flap Ovrd Button .... PUSH IN
If a go around is required:
Slat/Flap........................... MAINTAIN
Maintain the V
REF
presented in the respective
Landing Table.
When appropriate, accomplish:
Flap/Slat Fail Descent & Ldg Checklist (Pg EAP8-19)
FLAP/SLAT FAIL LANDING CONFIGURATION TABLE
FLAP/SLAT FAIL WITH SHAKER ANTICIPATED
LANDING CONFIGURATION TABLE
END
SLAT
FLAP
0 3 FULL
VREF (KIAS) VREF FULL+60 VREF FULL+50 VREF FULL+50
Ldg Coef
0
2.41 1.75 1.80
V
REF
(KIAS) V
REF FULL
+35 V
REF FULL
+35 V
REF FULL
+35
Ldg Coef
1
1.46 2.00 2.00
V
REF
(KIAS) V
REF FULL
+30 V
REF FULL
+25 V
REF FULL
+20
Ldg Coef
2
1.38 1.55 1.28
V
REF
(KIAS) V
REF FULL
+15 V
REF FULL
+10
Ldg Coef
3 (4) (5)
1.31 1.29
V
REF
(KIAS) V
REF FULL
+5 V
REF FULL
Ldg Coef
FULL
NOT
SELECTABLE
1.06 1.00
SLAT
FLAP
0 3 FULL
VREF (KIAS) VREF FULL+60 VREF FULL+60 VREF FULL+60
Ldg Coef
0
2.41 2.00 2.00
V
REF
(KIAS) V
REF FULL
+40 V
REF FUL
40 V
REF FULL
+40
Ldg Coef
1
1.55 1.60 1.60
V
REF
(KIAS) V
REF FULL
+30 V
REF FULL
+25 V
REF FULL
+25
Ldg Coef
2
1.38 1.55 1.57
V
REF
(KIAS) V
REF FULL
+15 V
REF FULL
+10
Ldg Coef
3 (4) (5)
1.31 1.29
V
REF
(KIAS) V
REF FULL
+5 V
REF FULL
Ldg Coef
FULL
NOT
SELECTABLE
1.06 1.00
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-177
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 9 Revision
QRH170
Do not takeoff.
END
Maximum Airspeed .................. CURRENT OR 175
KIAS, WHICHEVER
IS HIGHER
Pitch Trim System 1 and 2
Cutout Buttons................ PUSH IN, then OUT
Pitch Trim Switches................. ACTUATE
END
Pitch Trim System 1 and 2
Cutout Buttons................ PUSH IN
NOTE: No more pitch trim is available.
When appropriate, accomplish:
Pitch / Roll Malfunction Descent &
Landing Checklist(Pg EAP8-21)
Establish landing configuration early.
If a go around is required:
Slat/Flap........................... 5
Airspeed........................... V
REF FULL
+ 15 KIAS
END
FLT CTRL NO DISPATCH
PITCH TRIM FAIL
PITCH TRIM NORMAL?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-178
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 10 Revision
QRH170
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
Maximum Airspeed.................. CURRENT OR 175
KIAS, WHICHEVER
IS HIGHER
Relevant Inoperative Items:
Landing configuration:
Slat/Flap........................... FULL
Set V
REF FULL
.
CAUTION: AVOID LANDING WITH CROSSWIND
COMPONENTS ABOVE 10 KT.
If a go around is required, proceed as a normal go
around limiting the airspeed to 175 KIAS.
NOTE: As asymmetric thrust may be required to help
controlling the airplane, maximum thrust on both
engines may not be possible.
Establish and Communicate a Plan
END
RUDDER FAIL
Yaw Trim
Yaw Damper
Turn Coordination
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-179
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 11 Revision
QRH170
CONDITION:Rudder control has reverted to Direct
Mode.
NOTE: If the SPOILER FAULT message is also
displayed, accomplish the Spoiler Fault
procedure prior to this procedure.
Flight Controls Mode
Rudder Button................. PUSH IN, then OUT
END
Flight Controls Mode
Rudder Button................. PUSH IN, then OUT
END
Relevant Inoperative Items:
END
RUDDER FAULT
Yaw Damper
Turn Coordination
RUDDER FAULT MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
RUDDER LIMITER FAIL MESSAGE DISPLAYED?
Yes
No
RUDDER FAULT MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-180
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 12 Revision
QRH170
CONDITION:Rudder position limiter is inoperative and
rudder authority in flight is 30°.
WARNING:DO NOT APPLY ABRUPT PEDAL
COMMANDS.
WARNING:DO NOT APPLY FULL RUDDER
DEFLECTION.
END
Return the slat/flap lever to previous position and then
use it as required.
END
RUDDER LIMITER FAIL
SLAT-FLAP LEVER DISAG
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-181
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 13 Revision
QRH170
NOTE: Use the Flap Fail procedure for Flap/Slat Fail
Slat/Flap Lever.................RETURN TO THE
PREVIOUS POSITION
------------------Wait 10 seconds-----------------
Slat/Flap Lever.....................RESELECT DESIRED
POSITION
END
The Slat may remain available for extension
Landing configuration:
Select the desired flap position and use the landing
data according to the FLAP/SLAT FAIL LANDING
CONFIGURATION TABLE, or FLAP/SLAT FAIL WITH
SHAKER ANTICIPATED LANDING CONFIGURATION
TABLE.
NOTE: - If amber dashes are displayed on the EICAS,
use the most conservative position to enter the
table (e.g. for a failure between 1 and 2,
consider 1).
- Slats external marks can be used to determine
the slat position.
Bank Angle ............................... 20°MAXIMUM
Gnd Prox Flap Ovrd Button..... PUSH IN
(Continues on the next page)
SLAT FAIL
MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
MESSAGE REMAINS EXTINGUISHED?
Yes
No
SLAT FAILED IN RETRACTION?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-182
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 14 Revision
QRH170
(Continued from the previous page)
If a go around is required:
Slat/Flap........................... MAINTAIN
Maintain the V
REF
presented in the respective
Landing Table.
When appropriate, accomplish:
Flap/Slat Fail Descent & Landing Checklist
(Pg EAP8-19)
FLAP/SLAT FAIL LANDING CONFIGURATION TABLE
FLAP/SLAT FAIL WITH SHAKER ANTICIPATED
LANDING CONFIGURATION TABLE
END
SLAT
FLAP
0 3 FULL
V
REF
(KIAS) V
REF FULL
+60 V
REF FULL
+50 V
REF FULL
+50
Ldg Coef
0
2.41 1.75 1.80
V
REF
(KIAS) V
REF FULL
+35 V
REF FULL
+35 V
REF FULL
+35
Ldg Coef
1
1.46 2.00 2.00
V
REF
(KIAS) V
REF FULL
+30 V
REF FULL
+25 V
REF FULL
+20
Ldg Coef
2
1.38 1.55 1.28
V
REF
(KIAS) V
REF FULL
+15 V
REF FULL
+10
Ldg Coef
3 (4) (5)
1.31 1.29
V
REF
(KIAS) V
REF FULL
+5 V
REF FULL
Ldg Coef
FULL
NOT
SELECTABLE
1.06 1.00
SLAT
FLAP
0 3 FULL
V
REF
(KIAS) V
REF FULL
+60 V
REF FULL
+60 V
REF FULL
+60
Ldg Coef
0
2.41 2.00 2.00
VREF (KIAS) VREF FULL+40 VREF FUL 40 VREF FULL+40
Ldg Coef
1
1.55 1.60 1.60
VREF (KIAS) VREF FULL+30 VREF FULL+25 VREF FULL+25
Ldg Coef
2
1.38 1.55 1.57
VREF (KIAS) VREF FULL+15 VREF FULL+10
Ldg Coef
3 (4) (5)
1.31 1.29
V
REF
(KIAS) V
REF FULL
+5 V
REF FULL
Ldg Coef
FULL
NOT
SELECTABLE
1.06 1.00
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-183
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 15 Revision
QRH170
CONDITION:One or more Multifunction Spoilers Panels
have reverted to Direct Mode, have extended inadvert-
ently or have failed to extend.
Autopilot ................................... DISENGAGE
Speedbrake............................... CLOSE
Flight Controls Mode
Spoilers Button ........................ PUSH IN, then OUT
END
Relevant Inoperative Items:
Landing configuration:
If any spoiler panel is failed opened or if it is not
possible to determine the spoiler panel position:
Slat/Flap........................... 5
Set V
REF
= V
REF FULL
+ 15 KIAS.
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS UNFACTORED
LANDING DISTANCE (EAP8-24) BY 1.78.
If all spoiler panels are closed:
Slat/Flap........................... FULL
Set V
REF FULL
.
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS UNFACTORED
LANDING DISTANCE (EAP8-24) BY 1.45.
When appropriate, accomplish:
Spoiler Fault Descent & Landing Checklist
(Pg EAP8-22)
END
SPOILER FAULT
Ground Spoilers (partially or fully lost)
Speed Brake (partially or fully lost)
SPOILER FAULT MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-184
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 16 Revision
QRH170
CONDITION:The Horizontal Stabilizer may have a drift
rate up to 0.5 deg/min. nose up or nose down.
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
Pitch Trim................................. AS REQUIRED
CAUTION: DO NOT PRESS ANY PITCH TRIM SYSTEM
CUTOUT BUTTON.
Establish and Communicate a Plan
END
STAB LOCK FAULT
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-185
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 17 Revision
QRH170
[Condition: (Left or Right) aileron inoperative.]
1. Abrupt and Large Aileron InputsAvoid
2. Bank Angle25°or less
When appropriate, accomplish:
Aileron Failure Descent & Landing Checklist
(Pg EAP8-18)
END
During approach:
Slat/Flap Actuation ......... ANTICIPATE
END
Do not takeoff.
END
Set landing reference speed and use landing
performance data appropriate to ice accretion.
END
AILERON LH (RH) FAIL
FLAP (SLAT) LO RATE
FLT CTRL FAULT
STALL PROT ICE SPEED
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-186
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 18 Revision
QRH170
Aileron LH (RH) Fail Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Plan on a Flap 5 landing.
• Establish landing configuration early.
• Avoid crosswinds greater than 10 kts. for a roll malfunction.
2. Determine landing distance by multiplying the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Distance on page EAP8-24 by 1.30.
3. Shoulder Harness..................Verify.................. ..................On
4. FSTN BELTS.................... ..................................................On
5. Altimeters..............................Verify................. ..........__.__Set
6. Landing Data.............Verify ................ ......V
REF FULL
+ 10 Set
7. EICAS........................................................................Checked
8. Approach BriefingComplete
9. Aileron LH (RH) Fail Descent Checklist complete.
Aileron LH (RH) Landing Checklist
1. Flight Attendant . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notified
2. EICAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .Checked
3. Landing Gear . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . Down, 3 Green
4. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
5. Aileron LH (RH) Fail Landing Checklist complete.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-187
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 19 Revision
QRH170
FLAP/SLAT FAIL Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Extend pattern to ensure a long, straight final approach.
• Establish landing configuration early.
2. Determine the landing distance by multiplying the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landi ng Di stance on page EAP8-24 by the
appropriate Ldg. Coef. from the table.
3. Shoulder Harness..............Verify........................................On
4. FSTN BELTS......................................................................On
5. Altimeters...........................Verify............... ...............__.__Set
6. Landing Data....Verify ............. .....Applicable V
REF
(KIAS) Set
from the table above
7. EICAS................. ......................................................Checked
8. GND PROX FLAP OVRD........... ........PUSH IN (if applicable)
9. Approach Briefing.....................................................Complete
10. FLAP/SLAT FAIL Descent Checklist complete.
FLAP/SLAT FAIL Landing Checklist
1. Flight Attendant .......................................................... Notified
1. EICAS........................................................................Checked
2. Landing Gear..............Verify............................Down, 3 Green
3. Flaps..................Verify........ ......___ (Max extension possible)
4. FLAP/SLAT FAIL Landing Checklist complete.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-188
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 20 Revision
QRH170
Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Plan on a Flap FULL landing.
• Establish landing configuration early.
• For multiple messages, use the largest multiplier factor to
determine landing distance
2. Landing DistanceDetermine
3. Shoulder Harness.......Verify................ ...............................On
4. FSTN BELTS................. .....................................................On
5. Altimeters....................Verify......................................__.__Set
6. Landing Data..............Verify .............. ...............V
REF FULL
Set
7. EICAS........................................................................Checked
8. Approach Briefing.....................................................Complete
9. Landing Considerations (for brake malfunction):
• Apply brakes normally.
• If necessary, apply the Emergency/Parking Brake monitoring
the Emergency/Parking Brake light. When the light is on,
maintain steady pressure since the anti-skid protection is not
available.
10. Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Descent Checklist
complete.
Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Landing Checklist
1. Flight Attendant ......... .................................................Notified
2. EICAS........................................................................Checked
3. Landing Gear..................Verify...................DOWN, 3 GREEN
4. FLAPS...........................Verify .............................FULL
5. Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Landing Checklist
complete.
END
For the following EICAS
messages:
Multiply the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Distance
on Page EAP8-24 by:
AVNX MAU 1A FAIL 1.70
AVNX MAU 1B FAIL 1.15
AVNX MAU 2B FAIL 1.65
AVNX MAU 3A FAIL 1.20
AVNX MAU 3B FAIL
BRK CONTROL FAULT
BRAKE FAULT 1.65
BRK (LH or RH) FAIL 1.65
GROUND SPOILERS FAIL 1.30
LG WOW SYS FAIL
SPOILER NML MODE FAIL 1.45
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-189
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 21 Revision
QRH170
Pitch/Roll Malfunction Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Plan on a Flap 5 landing.
• Establish landing configuration early.
• Avoid crosswinds greater than 10 kts. for a roll malfunction.
2. Landing DistanceDetermine
3. Shoulder Harness.............Verify............... ..........................On
4. FSTN BELTS................. .....................................................On
5. Altimeters..........................Verify.............. .................__.__Set
6. Landing Data.................Verify ............ ......V
REF FULL
+ 15 Set
7. EICAS................. .......................................................Checked
8. Approach Briefing.....................................................Complete
9. Landing Consideration:
• Expect less elevator control authority and slower response
during landing flare.
10. Pitch/Roll Malfunction Descent Checklist complete.
Pitch/Roll Malfunction Landing Checklist
1. Flight Attendant . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notified
2. EICAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checked
3. Landing Gear . . . . . . . . Verify. . . . . Down, 3 Green
4. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
5. Pitch/Roll Malfunction Landing Checklist complete.
END
For the following: Multiply the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Distance
on Page EAP8-24 by:
ELEVATOR (LH or RH)
FAIL
1.40
Jammed Control Column -
Pitch
Jammed Control Wheel -
Roll
PITCH TRIM FAIL 1.40
SPOILER FAULT 1.78
STALL PROT FAIL 1.40
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-190
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 22 Revision
QRH170
Spoiler Fault Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Plan on a Flap 5 landing if spoiler panels are open or the
position of the panels cannot be determined.
• Plan on a Flap Full landing if spoiler panels are closed.
• Establish landing configuration early.
2. Landing DistanceDetermine
3. Shoulder Harness.............Verify.................... ....................On
4. FSTN BELTS....................... ...............................................On
5. Altimeters.........................Verify..................... ...........__.__Set
6. Landing Data....................Verify ....................... ..................Set
7. EICAS....................... ................................................Checked
8. Approach Briefing.....................................................Complete
9. Landing Consideration:
• Expect less elevator control authority and slower response
during landing flare.
10. Spoiler Fault Descent Checklist complete.
Spoiler Fault Landing Checklist
1. Flight Attendant . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Notified
2. EICAS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . [PM] . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Checked
3. Landing Gear . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . Down, 3 Green
4. Flaps . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . Verify . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .__
5. Spoiler Fault Landing Checklist complete.
END
For the following: Multiply the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Distance
on Page EAP8-24 by:
SPOILER FAULT -
PANELS OPEN
1.78
SPOILER FAULT -
PANELS CLOSED
1.45
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-191
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 23 Revision
QRH170
Unfactored Landing Distance
The table reflects the actual landing distance
required. Plan accordingly. Chose a runway that
provides the largest safety margin possible.
This information is for in-flight emergency use only.
These distances reflect the required landing distance
only. The FAA additional runway margin is not
included. The published distances are based on the
following:
Touchdown within 1,000 feet from the approach end
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE TABLE
ALL ENGINE TYPES – FAA – FLAPS 5
ISA CONDITIONS – ANTI ICE OFF – AUTO BRAKES OFF
ALTITUDE
0 ft 1000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2599 2198 2076 1960 2638 2230 2105 1985
56000 2716 2303 2177 2057 2758 2339 2210 2087
60000 2835 2410 2280 2156 2882 2450 2317 2190
64000 2957 2520 2385 2257 3008 2564 2427 2295
68000 3083 2628 2490 2357 3142 2676 2535 2400
72000 3222 2741 2598 2461 3286 2794 2648 2508
76000 3366 2863 2710 2566 3435 2923 2766 2617
ALTITUDE
2000 ft 3000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2685 2275 2150 2030 2728 2311 2183 2077
56000 2809 2387 2258 2134 2856 2428 2296 2169
60000 2936 2502 2368 2241 2988 2547 2410 2280
64000 3066 2619 2481 2349 3124 2668 2527 2393
68000 3207 2735 2593 2457 3272 2789 2644 2505
72000 3357 2860 2709 2569 3427 2920 2765 2621
76000 3517 2998 2839 2688 3605 3074 2912 2756
ALTITUDE
4000 ft 5000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2779 2360 2231 2108 2830 2410 2281 2157
56000 2911 2480 2347 2220 2962 2524 2389 2259
60000 3047 2602 2466 2334 3102 2651 2511 2377
64000 3190 2728 2586 2451 3253 2780 2637 2498
68000 3343 2852 2707 2566 3413 2912 2762 2619
72000 3512 2998 2841 2692 3599 3074 2913 2759
76000 3700 3160 2996 2839 3795 3243 3075 2913
NOTE: Landing distance in ft.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-192
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Flight Controls
Page EAP8- 24 Revision
QRH170
Unfactored Landing Distance (Cont.)
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE TABLE
ALL ENGINE TYPES – FAA – FLAPS FULL
ISA CONDITIONS – ANTI ICE OFF – AUTO BRAKES OFF
ALTITUDE
0 ft 1000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2429 2041 1923 1812 2463 2068 1947 1832
56000 2529 2131 2009 1893 2567 2161 2037 1918
60000 2632 2222 2097 1977 2674 2257 2129 2021
64000 2734 2313 2183 2060 2783 2360 2230 2106
68000 2838 2405 2272 2145 2891 2455 2321 2193
72000 2943 2498 2361 2229 3001 2550 2413 2280
76000 3055 2593 2454 2320 3113 2640 2498 2362
ALTITUDE
2000 ft 3000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2505 2109 1988 1872 2550 2152 2030 1915
56000 2612 2205 2080 1960 2659 2250 2124 2005
60000 2721 2302 2174 2050 2772 2350 2221 2097
64000 2829 2399 2266 2139 2883 2450 2316 2188
68000 2940 2498 2361 2230 2997 2551 2414 2282
72000 3057 2597 2456 2333 3120 2653 2511 2376
76000 3177 2697 2554 2417 3240 2749 2603 2463
ALTITUDE
4000 ft 5000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2589 2184 2060 1941 2635 2229 2104 1985
56000 2703 2286 2158 2035 2752 2333 2204 2081
60000 2819 2390 2258 2131 2871 2440 2308 2180
64000 2933 2493 2357 2227 2989 2546 2410 2278
68000 3052 2599 2459 2324 3114 2655 2514 2378
72000 3185 2712 2569 2432 3248 2764 2618 2479
76000 3309 2813 2664 2522 3377 2871 2717 2573
NOTE: Landing distance in ft.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-193
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
Page EAP9- 1 Revision
QRH170
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WARNING
CAUTION
NO TAKEOFF CONFIG............................... EAP9-3
ADS 1 (2) FAIL............................................. EAP9-4
ADS 3 FAIL.................................................. EAP9-4
ADS 1 (2) (3) HTR FAIL............................... EAP9-4
ADS 4 HTR FAIL.......................................... EAP9-4
APM FAIL..................................................... EAP9-4
APM MISCOMP ........................................... EAP9-4
AURAL WRN SYS FAIL.............................. EAP9-5
AVNX ASCB FAULT.................................... EAP9-5
AVNX MAU 1A FAIL.................................... EAP9-5
AVNX MAU 1B FAIL.................................... EAP9-6
AVNX MAU 2A FAIL.................................... EAP9-6
AVNX MAU 2B FAIL.................................... EAP9-7
AVNX MAU 3A FAIL.................................... EAP9-7
AVNX MAU 3B FAIL.................................... EAP9-8
AVNX MAU 1A (1B) OVHT.......................... EAP9-8
AVNX MAU 2A (2B) OVHT.......................... EAP9-8
AVNX MAU 3A (3B) OVHT.......................... EAP9-9
AVNX MAU 1 (2) (3) FAN FAIL................... EAP9-9
CMS FAIL..................................................... EAP9-9
CREW WRN SYS FAULT............................ EAP9-9
DISPLAY CTRL FAIL ................................ EAP9-10
DISPLAY CTRL FAULT............................. EAP9-10
EICAS FAULT............................................ EAP9-10
EICAS OVHT.............................................. EAP9-10
FMS POS DISAG....................................... EAP9-11
FMS 1 (2) - GPS POS DISAG.................... EAP9-11
GND PROX FAIL ....................................... EAP9-11
IRS EXCESSIVE MOTION......................... EAP9-11
IRS 1 (2) FAIL............................................ EAP9-11
MCDU 1 (2) OVHT ..................................... EAP9-12
MFD 1 (2) FAULT....................................... EAP9-12
MFD 1 (2) OVHT ........................................ EAP9-12
NAVCOM 1 (2) FAIL.................................. EAP9-12
NAVCOM 1 (2) OVHT................................ EAP9-13
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-194
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
Page EAP9- 2 Revision
QRH170
CAUTION (continued)
ADVISORY
ADS PROBE 1 (2) (3) (4) FAIL ................... EAP9-15
IRS PRES POS INVALID............................ EAP9-15
IRS 1 (2) NAV MODE FAIL......................... EAP9-15
CHECKLISTS
FLIGHT CONTROL / BRAKE MALFUNCTION
DESCENT & LANDING CHECKLIST ......... EAP9-16
FLAPS 5 UNFACTORED LDG DIST........... EAP9-17
FLAPS FULL UNFACTORED LDG DIST .... EAP9-18
PFD 1 (2) FAULT....................................... EAP9-13
PFD 1 (2) OVHT......................................... EAP9-13
SYS CONFIG FAIL.................................... EAP9-13
TERRAIN FAIL .......................................... EAP9-14
VALIDATE CONFIG.................................. EAP9-14
VHF 1 (2) (3) OVHT ................................... EAP9-14
VHF 3 FAIL................................................ EAP9-14
WINDSHEAR FAIL.................................... EAP9-14
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-195
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
Page EAP9- 3 Revision
QRH170
Configure the airplane for takeoff.
END
NO TAKEOFF CONFIG
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-196
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
Page EAP9- 4 Revision
QRH170
Confirm the affected ADS automatic reversion.
If necessary:
Affected Reversionary
Panel ADS Button................................. PUSH
END
Reversion.................................... AS REQUIRED
END
Revert the affected ADS.
END
Disregard IESS altitude and airspeed indication.
END
Do not takeoff.
END
Do not takeoff.
END
ADS 1 (2) FAIL
ADS 3 FAIL
ADS 1 (2) (3) HTR FAIL
ADS 4 HTR FAIL
APM FAIL
APM MISCOMP
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-197
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
Page EAP9- 5 Revision
QRH170
Monitor visual indications.
NOTE: Aural warnings, including EGPWS callouts, are
lost. TCAS aural will be operative.
END
Do not takeoff.
END
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
Icing Conditions............................. EXIT/AVOID
Relevant Inoperative Items:
Establish and Communicate a Plan
When appropriate, accomplish:
Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Descent &
Landing Checklist (Pg EAP9-16)
END
AURAL WRN SYS FAIL
AVNX ASCB FAULT
AVNX MAU 1A FAIL
Multi Function Spoilers L5
and R5MCDU 1 (except
circuit breakers page)
Outboard BrakesPitch
Trim Indication
Weather RadarAutopilot 1
Left Aileron Indication
ACARS
Nosewheel Steering
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-198
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
Page EAP9- 6 Revision
QRH170
Relevant Inoperative Items:
Establish and Communicate a Plan
When appropriate, accomplish:
Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Descent &
Landing Checklist (Pg EAP9-16)
END
Relevant Inoperative Items:
On ground:
Steer the airplane using rudder and differential
braking.
END
AVNX MAU 1B FAIL
Multi Function Spoilers L5 and R5
Pitch Trim Indication
GPS 1
AVNX MAU 2A FAIL
Nose Wheel Steering
FMS 1
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-199
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
Page EAP9- 7 Revision
QRH170
Relevant Inoperative Items:
Establish and Communicate a Plan
When appropriate, accomplish:
Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Descent &
Landing Checklist (Pg EAP9-16)
END
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
Icing Conditions........................... EXIT / AVOID
Relevant Inoperative Items:
Establish and Communicate a Plan
When appropriate, accomplish:
Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Descent &
Landing Checklist (Pg EAP9-16)
END
AVNX MAU 2B FAIL
Inboard Brakes EGPWS
Autopilot 1 NAVCOM 2
Right Side Weather Radar
Control
IESS - Localizer and
Glide Slope Indication
MCDU 2 (except circuit
breakers page)
Transponder 2
AVNX MAU 3A FAIL
Multi Function Spoiler L3, R3, L4 and R4
Speedbrake
Ground Spoilers
Right Aileron Indication
APU
ADS 3
GPS 2
FMS 2
Autopilot 2
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-200
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
Page EAP9- 8 Revision
QRH170
Relevant Inoperative Items:
Establish and Communicate a Plan
When appropriate, accomplish:
Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Descent &
Landing Checklist (Pg EAP9-16)
END
Associated CB........................................... PULL
NOTE: - For MAU 1A OVHT, pull the B6 and B7 CB.
- For MAU 1B OVHT, pull the B15 CB.
Refer to AVNX MAU 1A (1B) FAIL Procedure (Pg EAP
9-5 and 9-6) to be aware of relevant inoperative items.
END
Associated CB........................................... PULL
NOTE: - For MAU 2A OVHT, pull the B25 CB.
- For MAU 2B OVHT, pull the B26 and B35 CB.
Refer to AVNX MAU 2A (2B) FAIL Procedure (Pg EAP
9-6 and 9-7 ) to be aware of relevant inoperative items.
END
AVNX MAU 3B FAIL
Multi Function Spoilers L3, R3, L4 and R4
Pitch Trim Indication
Engine Vibration Indication
AVNX MAU 1A (1B) OVHT
AVNX MAU 2A (2B) OVHT
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-201
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
Page EAP9- 9 Revision
QRH170
Associated CB........................................... PULL
NOTE: - For MAU 3A OVHT, pull the B34 CB.
- For MAU 3B OVHT, pull the B27 CB.
Refer to AVNX MAU 3A (3B) FAIL Procedure (Pg EAP
9-7 and 9-8) to be aware of relevant inoperative items.
END
Do not takeoff.
END
Do not takeoff.
END
Do not takeoff.
END
AVNX MAU 3A (3B) OVHT
AVNX MAU 1 (2) (3) FAN FAIL
CMS FAIL
CREW WRN SYS FAULT
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-202
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
Page EAP9- 10 Revision
QRH170
NOTE: - PFD selections of VOR, FMS, RA/BARO,
Minimums and Baro setting will be locked at the
last setting position prior to the failure.
- Disregard altitude callouts from aural system.
- Use IESS for barometric setting and ILS
approach.
Relevant Inoperative Items on both pilot and copilot
display controllers:
END
Do not takeoff.
END
Crosscheck EICAS information and revert if
necessary.
END
B11 CB....................................................... PULL
Reversionary Panel
Selector................................................ EICAS
END
DISPLAY CTRL FAIL
V/L Push button HSI Push button
Bearing “O” Push button FPR Push button
Bearing “<>” Push button
RAD/BARO Minimums
Knob
FMS Push button IN/Hpa baro setting knob
PREV Push button Push STD Push button
WX Push button
DISPLAY CTRL FAULT
EICAS FAULT
EICAS OVHT
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-203
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
Page EAP9- 11 Revision
QRH170
Do not use FMS as navigation source.
END
Select another FMS source.
END
Select another navigation source.
END
Increase awareness in relation to ground proximity.
END
Airplane...................................................... STOP
The IRS will restart the alignment after the motion is
stopped.
END
Reversionary Panel IRS Button ...............PUSH
END
FMS POS DISAG
FMS 1 (2) - GPS POS DISAG
GND PROX FAIL
IRS EXCESSIVE MOTION
IRS 1 (2) FAIL
DUAL FMS INSTALLED?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-204
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
Page EAP9- 12 Revision
QRH170
Associated CB........................................... PULL
NOTE: - For MCDU 1 OVHT, pull the B16 CB.
- For MCDU 2 OVHT, pull the B31 CB.
END
Crosscheck the affected MFD display information
(System Synoptics, MAP, TAS, TAT, SAT, TCAS info,
WX radar and Terrain Data) with the opposite side MFD
display information. Disregard any non-reliable
information from the affected MFD.
END
Associated CB........................................... PULL
Reversion.................................... AS REQUIRED
NOTE: - For MFD 1 OVHT, pull the B29 CB.
- For MFD 2 OVHT, pull the B20 CB.
END
Select and use the remaining NAVCOM (VHF, VOR,
DME and Transponder).
END
MCDU 1 (2) OVHT
MFD 1 (2) FAULT
MFD 1 (2) OVHT
NAVCOM 1 (2) FAIL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-205
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
Page EAP9- 13 Revision
QRH170
Associated MRC CB.................................. PULL
NOTE: - For NAVCOM 1 OVHT, pull the C10 CB.
- For NAVCOM 2 OVHT, pull the MRC 2
Electronic CB.
NAVCOM 1 (2) FAIL
Procedure (Pg EAP9-12)........ACCOMPLISH
END
Crosscheck the affected PFD display information
(Attitude, Airspeed, Altitude, FMA, FPA, Minimums,
Baro setting, NAVCOM radio frequencies, HDG and
CRS) with the opposite side PFD display information.
Disregard any non-reliable information from the
affected PFD.
END
Associated CB........................................... PULL
Reversionary Panel
Selector....................................AS REQUIRED
NOTE: - For PFD 1 OVHT, pull the B19 CB.
- For PFD 2 OVHT, pull the B21 CB.
END
Do not takeoff.
END
NAVCOM 1 (2) OVHT
PFD 1 (2) FAULT
PFD 1 (2) OVHT
SYS CONFIG FAIL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-206
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
Page EAP9- 14 Revision
QRH170
Increase awareness in relation to terrain proximity.
END
Do not takeoff.
END
Associated CB........................................... PULL
NOTE: - For VHF 1 OVHT, pull the C11 CB.
- For VHF 2 OVHT, pull the VHF 2 Electronic CB.
- For VHF 3 OVHT, pull the VHF 3 Electronic CB.
END
Select another VHF source.
END
Increase awareness in relation to weather, wind and
speed variations.
END
TERRAIN FAIL
VALIDATE CONFIG
VHF 1 (2) (3) OVHT
VHF 3 FAIL
WINDSHEAR FAIL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-207
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
Page EAP9- 15 Revision
QRH170
Do not takeoff.
END
FMS Present Position .... ENTER OR REENTER
END
Associated Reversionary
Panel IRS Button................................... PUSH
END
ADS PROBE 1 (2) (3) (4) FAIL
IRS PRES POS INVALID
IRS 1 (2) NAV MODE FAIL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-208
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
Page EAP9- 16 Revision
QRH170
Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Plan on a Flap FULL landing.
• Establish landing configuration early.
• For multiple messages, use the largest multiplier factor to
determine landing distance
2. Landing DistanceDetermine
3. Shoulder Harness.......Verify................ ...............................On
4. FSTN BELTS................. .....................................................On
5. Altimeters....................Verify......................................__.__Set
6. Landing Data..............Verify .............. ...............V
REF FULL
Set
7. EICAS........................................................................Checked
8. Approach Briefing.....................................................Complete
9. Landing Considerations (for brake malfunction):
• Apply brakes normally.
• If necessary, apply the Emergency/Parking Brake monitoring
the Emergency/Parking Brake light. When the light is on,
maintain steady pressure since the anti-skid protection is not
available.
10. Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Descent Checklist
complete.
Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Landing Checklist
1. Flight Attendant ......... .................................................Notified
2. EICAS........................................................................Checked
3. Landing Gear..................Verify...................DOWN, 3 GREEN
4. FLAPS...........................Verify .............................FULL
5. Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Landing Checklist
complete.
END
For the following EICAS
messages:
Multiply the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Distance
on Page EAP9-18 by:
AVNX MAU 1A FAIL 1.70
AVNX MAU 1B FAIL 1.15
AVNX MAU 2B FAIL 1.65
AVNX MAU 3A FAIL 1.20
AVNX MAU 3B FAIL
BRK CONTROL FAULT
BRAKE FAULT 1.65
BRK (LH or RH) FAIL 1.65
GROUND SPOILERS FAIL 1.30
LG WOW SYS FAIL
SPOILER NML MODE FAIL 1.45
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-209
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
Page EAP9- 17 Revision
QRH170
Unfactored Landing Distance
The table reflects the actual landing distance
required. Plan accordingly. Chose a runway that
provides the largest safety margin possible.
This information is for in-flight emergency use only.
These distances reflect the required landing distance
only. The FAA additional runway margin is not
included. The published distances are based on the
following:
Touchdown within 1,000 feet from the approach end
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE TABLE
ALL ENGINE TYPES – FAA – FLAPS 5
ISA CONDITIONS – ANTI ICE OFF – AUTO BRAKES OFF
ALTITUDE
0 ft 1000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2599 2198 2076 1960 2638 2230 2105 1985
56000 2716 2303 2177 2057 2758 2339 2210 2087
60000 2835 2410 2280 2156 2882 2450 2317 2190
64000 2957 2520 2385 2257 3008 2564 2427 2295
68000 3083 2628 2490 2357 3142 2676 2535 2400
72000 3222 2741 2598 2461 3286 2794 2648 2508
76000 3366 2863 2710 2566 3435 2923 2766 2617
ALTITUDE
2000 ft 3000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2685 2275 2150 2030 2728 2311 2183 2077
56000 2809 2387 2258 2134 2856 2428 2296 2169
60000 2936 2502 2368 2241 2988 2547 2410 2280
64000 3066 2619 2481 2349 3124 2668 2527 2393
68000 3207 2735 2593 2457 3272 2789 2644 2505
72000 3357 2860 2709 2569 3427 2920 2765 2621
76000 3517 2998 2839 2688 3605 3074 2912 2756
ALTITUDE
4000 ft 5000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2779 2360 2231 2108 2830 2410 2281 2157
56000 2911 2480 2347 2220 2962 2524 2389 2259
60000 3047 2602 2466 2334 3102 2651 2511 2377
64000 3190 2728 2586 2451 3253 2780 2637 2498
68000 3343 2852 2707 2566 3413 2912 2762 2619
72000 3512 2998 2841 2692 3599 3074 2913 2759
76000 3700 3160 2996 2839 3795 3243 3075 2913
NOTE: Landing distance in ft.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-210
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
FMS/NAV/COM & Flight Instruments
Page EAP9- 18 Revision
QRH170
Unfactored Landing Distance (Cont.)
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE TABLE
ALL ENGINE TYPES – FAA – FLAPS FULL
ISA CONDITIONS – ANTI ICE OFF – AUTO BRAKES OFF
ALTITUDE
0 ft 1000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2429 2041 1923 1812 2463 2068 1947 1832
56000 2529 2131 2009 1893 2567 2161 2037 1918
60000 2632 2222 2097 1977 2674 2257 2129 2021
64000 2734 2313 2183 2060 2783 2360 2230 2106
68000 2838 2405 2272 2145 2891 2455 2321 2193
72000 2943 2498 2361 2229 3001 2550 2413 2280
76000 3055 2593 2454 2320 3113 2640 2498 2362
ALTITUDE
2000 ft 3000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2505 2109 1988 1872 2550 2152 2030 1915
56000 2612 2205 2080 1960 2659 2250 2124 2005
60000 2721 2302 2174 2050 2772 2350 2221 2097
64000 2829 2399 2266 2139 2883 2450 2316 2188
68000 2940 2498 2361 2230 2997 2551 2414 2282
72000 3057 2597 2456 2333 3120 2653 2511 2376
76000 3177 2697 2554 2417 3240 2749 2603 2463
ALTITUDE
4000 ft 5000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2589 2184 2060 1941 2635 2229 2104 1985
56000 2703 2286 2158 2035 2752 2333 2204 2081
60000 2819 2390 2258 2131 2871 2440 2308 2180
64000 2933 2493 2357 2227 2989 2546 2410 2278
68000 3052 2599 2459 2324 3114 2655 2514 2378
72000 3185 2712 2569 2432 3248 2764 2618 2479
76000 3309 2813 2664 2522 3377 2871 2717 2573
NOTE: Landing distance in ft.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-211
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Fuel
Page EAP10- 1 Revision
QRH170
Fuel
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WARNING
CAUTION
ADVISORY
FUEL FEED 1(2) FAULT.............................EAP10-7
FUEL TANK LO TEMP................................EAP10-7
FUEL 1 (2) LO LEVEL............................... EAP10-3
APU FUEL SOV FAIL................................ EAP10-4
ENG 1 (2) FUEL SOV FAIL ....................... EAP10-4
FUEL AC PUMP 1 (2) FAIL....................... EAP10-4
FUEL DC PUMP FAIL................................ EAP10-4
FUEL IMBALANCE.................................... EAP10-5
FUEL XFEED FAIL.................................... EAP10-6
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-212
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Fuel
Page EAP10- 2 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-213
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Fuel
Page EAP10- 3 Revision
QRH170
EICAS Indication:Low level sensors indicate 660 lbs of
fuel remain in the respective tank. Associated fuel
quantity indication in red.
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT
CAUTION: AVOID ATTITUDES IN EXCESS OF 15° NOSE UP
OR DOWN, UNCOORDINATED MANEUVERS
AND NEGATIVE G'S.
Associated Fuel AC Pump ........................... ON
FUEL LEAK
Procedure (Pg NAP-12)............ACCOMPLISH
END
Fuel Xfeed Selector.....................AS REQUIRED
Considerations:
• Maintain a clean configuration as long as possible during the
descent and approach to conserve fuel. However, initiate
configuration change early enough to provide a smooth, slow
deceleration to final approach speed to prevent fuel running
forward in the tanks.
• Runway conditions permitting, avoid heavy braking and high
levels of reverse thrust to prevent uncovering all fuel pumps and
possible engine flameout during landing roll.
• For a go around, apply thrust slowly and smoothly, maintain
minimum nose-up attitude required for safe climb gradient and
avoid rapid acceleration.
• If any wing tank fuel pump low pressure message is displayed, do
not turn fuel pump off.
Establish and Communicate a Plan
END
FUEL 1 (2) LO LEVEL
FUEL LEAK SUSPECTED?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-214
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Fuel
Page EAP10- 4 Revision
QRH170
Do not restart the APU.
END
Associated Fuel AC Pump ..........................OFF
Fuel Xfeed Selector......................................OFF
END
Fuel Xfeed Selector......................................OFF
END
Fuel DC Pump Selector ...............................OFF
END
APU FUEL SOV FAIL
ENG 1 (2) FUEL SOV FAIL
FUEL AC PUMP 1 (2) FAIL
FUEL DC PUMP FAIL
FUEL LEAK SUSPECTED?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-215
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Fuel
Page EAP10- 5 Revision
QRH170
FUEL LEAK
Procedure ............ACCOMPLISH (Pg NAP-12)
END
ATTITUDE ...................................WINGS LEVEL
Compare total fuel quantity indication on EICAS with
fuel remaining information indicated on FMS Fuel
Management page. If FMS fuel remaining quantity is
lower than EICAS total fuel indication, disregard FMS
fuel remaining information and monitor fuel quantities.
NOTE: - Crossfeed performance may be reduced in a
high thrust asymmetry condition with both
engines operating. On those conditions fuel
imbalance above 800 lbs may be observed.
- Crossfeed performance is restored with any
thrust reduction below maximum continuous.
Fuel Xfeed Selector................................. LOW 2
When the desired balance is achieved:
Fuel Xfeed Selector............................... OFF
Monitor total fuel indication in EICAS with FMS fuel
remaining information.
END
Fuel Xfeed Selector................................. LOW 1
When the desired balance is achieved:
Fuel Xfeed Selector............................... OFF
Monitor total fuel indication in EICAS with FMS fuel
remaining information.
END
FUEL IMBALANCE
FUEL LEAK SUSPECTED?
Yes
No
RH WING LOWER LEVEL?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-216
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Fuel
Page EAP10- 6 Revision
QRH170
END
When appropriate:
Fuel Xfeed Selector .............................. OFF
END
Fuel Xfeed Selector......................................OFF
Asymmetric Thrust .................... AS REQUIRED
END
FUEL XFEED FAIL
FUEL XFEED SELECTOR OFF?
Yes
No
FUEL IS BEING EQUALIZED?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-217
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Fuel
Page EAP10- 7 Revision
QRH170
Continue the flight monitoring the systems.
END
Emergency/Parking Brake...........................SET
Associated FUEL AC PUMP.................... AUTO
Associated Thrust Lever...ADVANCE to 65% N2
Associated FUEL AC PUMP......................... ON
..............................Wait 5seconds...............................
Associated FUEL AC PUMP.................... AUTO
Associated Thrust Lever ........................... IDLE
Do not Takeoff.
END
Associated Thrust Lever...........AS REQUIRED
Airspeed.......................................VMO/MMO
..........................Wait 3 minutes......................................
Altitude.........................................LOWER
END
FUEL FEED 1 (2) FAULT
FUEL TANK LO TEMP
IN FLIGHT?
Yes
No
FUEL FEED 1 (2) FAULT MESSAGE PERSISTS?
Yes
No
FUEL TANK LO TEMP MESSAGE PERSISTS?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-218
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Fuel
Page EAP10- 8 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-219
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Hydraulics
Page EAP11- 1 Revision
QRH170
Hydraulics
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WARNING
CAUTION
ADVISORY
HYD 1 (2) ELEC PUMP FAIL......................EAP11-8
HYD 3 ELEC PUMP A (B) FAIL..................EAP11-8
HYD TEMP SENS FAIL ..............................EAP11-8
CHECKLISTS
LOSS OF HYD SYS 1 DESCENT/
LANDING....................................................EAP11-9
LOSS OF HYD SYS 2 DESCENT/
LANDING..................................................EAP11-10
LOSS OF HYD SYS 1&2 DESCENT/
LANDING..................................................EAP11-11
LOSS OF HYD SYS 1&3 DESCENT/
LANDING..................................................EAP11-12
LOSS OF HYD SYS 2&3 DESCENT/
LANDING..................................................EAP11-13
FLAPS 5 UNFACTORED LDG DIST .........EAP11-14
FLAPS FULL UNFACTORED LDG DIST ..EAP11-15
HYD 1 (2) OVERHEAT............................... EAP11-3
HYD 3 OVERHEAT.................................... EAP11-3
HYD PTU FAIL........................................... EAP11-4
HYD 1 (2) EDP NOT D-PRESS.................. EAP11-4
HYD 1 (2) HI TEMP.................................... EAP11-4
HYD 3 HI TEMP ......................................... EAP11-4
HYD 1 (2) LO PRESS ................................ EAP11-5
HYD 3 LO PRESS...................................... EAP11-5
HYD 3 VLV FAIL........................................ EAP11-5
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1........... EAP11-6
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 2........... EAP11-7
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 3........... EAP11-7
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-220
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Hydraulics
Page EAP11- 2 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-221
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Hydraulics
Page EAP11- 3 Revision
QRH170
Associated Electric Hydraulic Pump
Selector.................................................. OFF
Associated Engine Pump
Shutoff Button....................................... PUSH IN
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
ENGINE SHUTDOWN
Procedure .............ACCOMPLISH (Pg NAP-25)
Establish and Communicate a Plan.
Appropriate LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Procedure .......ACCOMPLISH(Pg EAP11-6 or
EAP11-7)
END
Electric Hyd Sys 3 Pump A
Selector.................................................. OFF
Electric Hyd Sys 3 Pump B
Selector.................................................. OFF
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 3
Procedure .............ACCOMPLISH (Pg EAP11-7)
END
HYD 1 (2) OVERHEAT
HYD 3 OVERHEAT
HYD 1 (2) SOV FAIL MESSAGE PRESENTED?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-222
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Hydraulics
Page EAP11- 4 Revision
QRH170
PTU Selector.................................................. ON
PTU Selector.................................................OFF
END
NOTE: During cruise flight, the PTU Selector may be
turned to AUTO.
END
An engine windmill restart will not be available.
END
Associated Electric Hydraulic
Pump Selector....................................... OFF
END
Electric Hydraulic Pump A
Selector.................................................. OFF
END
HYD PTU FAIL
HYD 1 (2) EDP NOT D-PRESS
HYD 1 (2) HI TEMP
HYD 3 HI TEMP
HYD PTU FAIL MESSAGE PERSISTS?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-223
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Hydraulics
Page EAP11- 5 Revision
QRH170
Associated Electric Hydraulic
Pump Selector....................................... ON
Associated Electric Hydraulic
Pump Selector....................................... OFF
Appropriate LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM
Procedure (Pg EAP11-6 or EAP11-7).............
......................................................ACCOMPLISH
END
Electric Hydraulic Pump B
Selector.................................................. ON
Electric Hydraulic Pump A
Selector.................................................. OFF
Electric Hydraulic Pump B
Selector.................................................. OFF
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 3
Procedure (Pg EAP11-7).............ACCOMPLISH
END
Airspeed....................................... MIN 130 KIAS
END
HYD 1 (2) LO PRESS
HYD 3 LO PRESS
HYD 3 VLV FAIL
HYD 1 (2) LO PRESS MESSAGE PERSISTS?
Yes
No
HYD 3 LO PRESS MESSAGE PERSISTS?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-224
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Hydraulics
Page EAP11- 6 Revision
QRH170
Autopilot ........................................ DISENGAGE
NOTE:
- Expect lower roll rates and lower speedbrake
efficiency.
- Do not accomplish the SPOILER FAULT
procedure.
- Do not command the engine 1 reverser.
Relevant Inoperative Items:
Plan a long final approach.
Establish and Communicate a Plan.
When appropriate, accomplish:
After Takeoff Checklist (if applicable)
Loss of Hydraulic System 1 Descent & Landing
Checklist (Pg EAP11-9)
END
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 1
Multi Function Spoilers
L3, R3, L4 and R4
Engine 1 Reverser
Ground Spoiler L2 and
R2
Outboard Brakes
Autopilot
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-225
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Hydraulics
Page EAP11- 7 Revision
QRH170
NOTE:
- Expect lower roll rates and lower speedbrake
efficiency.
- Do not accomplish the SPOILER FAULT
procedure.
- Do not command the engine 2 reverser.
Relevant Inoperative Items:
Plan a long final approach.
Establish and Communicate a Plan.
When appropriate, accomplish:
After Takeoff Checklist (if applicable)
Loss of Hydraulic System 2 Descent & Landing
Checklist (Pg EAP11-10)
END
Back up hydraulic power to R.H. elevator, to rudder
and ailerons will not be available.
END
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 2
Multi Function Spoilers
L5 and R5
Landing Gear
Retraction and
Normal Extension
Ground Spoilers L1 and
R1
Nosewheel Steering
Engine 2 Reverser Inboard Brakes
LOSS OF HYDRAULIC SYSTEM 3
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-226
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Hydraulics
Page EAP11- 8 Revision
QRH170
Associated Electric Hydraulic
Pump Selector....................................... OFF
END
Associated Electric Hydraulic
Pump Selector....................................... OFF
END
Do not takeoff.
END
HYD 1 (2) ELEC PUMP FAIL
HYD 3 ELEC PUMP A (B) FAIL
HYD TEMP SENS FAIL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-227
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Hydraulics
Page EAP11- 9 Revision
QRH170
Loss of Hydraulic System 1 Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Expect lower roll rates.
• Plan a long final approach.
• Plan a Flaps FULL landing.
2. Determine landing distance by multiplying the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Distance on page EAP11-15 by 1.90.
3. Shoulder Harness...................... Verify............................... On
4. FSTN BELTS..................................................................... ON
5. Altimeters................................... Verify..................... __.__Set
6. Landing Data ............................. Verify............. V
REF FULL
Set
7. EICAS........................................................................Checked
8. Approach Briefing.................................................... Complete
9. Landing Consideration:
• Stopping effectiveness degraded due to inoperative
components.
10. Loss of Hydraulic System 1 Descent Checklist complete.
Loss of Hydraulic System 1 Landing Checklist
1. Flight Attendant .................. [PM].................................Notified
2. EICAS................................. [PM]...............................Checked
3. Landing Gear............................. Verify............Down, 3 Green
4. Flaps.......................................... Verify........................... FULL
5. Loss of Hydraulic System 1 Landing Checklist complete.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-228
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Hydraulics
Page EAP11- 10 Revision
QRH170
Loss of Hydraulic System 2 Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Expect lower roll rates.
• Plan a long final approach.
• Plan a Flaps FULL landing.
2. Determine landing distance by multiplying the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Distance on page EAP11-15 by 1.80.
3. Shoulder Harness...................... Verify............................... On
4. FSTN BELTS..................................................................... ON
5. Altimeters................................... Verify......................__.__Set
6. Landing Data ............................. Verify............. V
REF FULL
Set
7. EICAS........................................................................Checked
8. Approach Briefing.................................................... Complete
9. Landing Considerations:
• Stopping effectiveness degraded due to inoperative
components.
• Use asymmetric thrust/braking as necessary due to
nosewheel steering inoperative.
10. Go Around Consideration:
* Landing gear cannot be retracted.
11. Loss of Hydraulic System 2 Descent Checklist complete.
Loss of Hydraulic System 2 Landing Checklist
1. Flight Attendant .................. [PM].................................Notified
2. Landing Gear Lever......................................................DOWN
3. Alternate Gear Extension .......... Confirm....................... PULL
4. EICAS................................. [PM]...............................Checked
5. Landing Gear............................. Verify........... Down, 3 Green
6. Flaps.......................................... Verify...........................FULL
7. Loss of Hydraulic System 2 Landing Checklist complete.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-229
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Hydraulics
Page EAP11- 11 Revision
QRH170
Loss of Hydraulic System 1 and 2 Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Expect slower than normal roll and pitch rates.
• Plan a long final approach.
• Plan a Flaps 5 landing.
2. Determine landing distance by multiplying the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Distance on page EAP11-15 by 2.70.
3. Shoulder Harness...................... Verify............................... On
4. FSTN BELTS..................................................................... ON
5. Altimeters................................... Verify......................__.__Set
6. Landing Data ............................. Verify..... V
REF FULL
+ 10 Set
7. EICAS........................................................................ Checked
8. Approach Briefing.................................................... Complete
9. Landing Considerations:
• Stopping effectiveness degraded due to inoperative
components.
• Apply brakes normally.
• If necessary, apply the Emergency/Parking Brake monitoring
the Emergency/Parking Brake light. When the light is on,
maintain steady pressure since the anti-skid protection is not
available.
10. Loss of Hydraulic Systems 1 and 2 Descent Checklist
complete.
Loss of Hydraulic Systems 1 and 2 Landing
Checklist
1. Flight Attendant .................. [PM].................................Notified
2. Landing Gear Lever..................................................... DOWN
3. Alternate Gear Extension .......... Confirm....................... PULL
4. EICAS................................. [PM]...............................Checked
5. Landing Gear............................. Verify........... Down, 3 Green
6. Flaps.......................................... Verify................................. 5
7. Loss of Hydraulic Systems 1 and 2 Landing Checklist
complete.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-230
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Hydraulics
Page EAP11- 12 Revision
QRH170
Loss of Hydraulic System 1 and 3 Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Expect slower than normal roll and pitch rates.
• Plan a long final approach.
• Plan a Flaps 5 landing.
• Avoid crosswinds greater than 10 kts.
2. Determine landing distance by multiplying the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Distance on page EAP11-15 by 2.30.
3. Shoulder Harness...................... Verify............................... On
4. FSTN BELTS......................................................................ON
5. Altimeters................................... Verify......................__.__Set
6. Landing Data ............................. Verify......V
REF FULL
+ 10 Set
7. EICAS........................................................................Checked
8. Approach Briefing.....................................................Complete
9. Landing Consideration:
• Stopping effectiveness degraded due to inoperative
components.
10. Loss of Hydraulic Systems 1 and 3 Descent Checklist
complete.
Loss of Hydraulic Systems 1 and 3 Landing
Checklist
1. Flight Attendant .................. [PM].................................Notified
2. EICAS................................. [PM]...............................Checked
3. Landing Gear............................. Verify............Down, 3 Green
4. Flaps.......................................... Verify.................................. 5
5. Loss of Hydraulic Systems 1 and 3 Landing Checklist
complete.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-231
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Hydraulics
Page EAP11- 13 Revision
QRH170
Loss of Hydraulic System 2 and 3 Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Expect slower than normal roll and pitch rates.
• Plan a long final approach.
• Plan a Flaps 5 landing.
• Avoid crosswinds greater than 10 kts.
2. Determine landing distance by multiplying the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Distance on page EAP11-15 by 2.20.
3. Shoulder Harness...................... Verify............................... On
4. FSTN BELTS..................................................................... ON
5. Altimeters................................... Verify..................... __.__Set
6. Landing Data ............................. Verify..... V
REF FULL
+ 10 Set
7. EICAS........................................................................ Checked
8. Approach Briefing.................................................... Complete
9. Landing Consideration:
• Stopping effectiveness degraded due to inoperative
components.
10. Loss of Hydraulic Systems 2 and 3 Descent Checklist
complete.
Loss of Hydraulic Systems 2 and 3 Landing
Checklist
1. Flight Attendant .................. [PM].................................Notified
2. Landing Gear Lever..................................................... DOWN
3. Alternate Gear Extension .......... Confirm....................... PULL
4. EICAS................................[PM] ............................... Checked
5. Landing Gear............................. Verify............Down, 3 Green
6. Flaps.......................................... Verify.................................. 5
7. Loss of Hydraulic Systems 2 and 3 Landing Checklist
complete.
END
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-232
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Hydraulics
Page EAP11- 14 Revision
QRH170
Unfactored Landing Distance
The table reflects the actual landing distance
required. Plan accordingly. Chose a runway that
provides the largest safety margin possible.
This information is for in-flight emergency use only.
These distances reflect the required landing distance
only. The FAA additional runway margin is not
included. The published distances are based on the
following:
Touchdown within 1,000 feet from the approach end
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE TABLE
ALL ENGINE TYPES – FAA – FLAPS 5
ISA CONDITIONS – ANTI ICE OFF – AUTO BRAKES OFF
ALTITUDE
0 ft 1000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2599 2198 2076 1960 2638 2230 2105 1985
56000 2716 2303 2177 2057 2758 2339 2210 2087
60000 2835 2410 2280 2156 2882 2450 2317 2190
64000 2957 2520 2385 2257 3008 2564 2427 2295
68000 3083 2628 2490 2357 3142 2676 2535 2400
72000 3222 2741 2598 2461 3286 2794 2648 2508
76000 3366 2863 2710 2566 3435 2923 2766 2617
ALTITUDE
2000 ft 3000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2685 2275 2150 2030 2728 2311 2183 2077
56000 2809 2387 2258 2134 2856 2428 2296 2169
60000 2936 2502 2368 2241 2988 2547 2410 2280
64000 3066 2619 2481 2349 3124 2668 2527 2393
68000 3207 2735 2593 2457 3272 2789 2644 2505
72000 3357 2860 2709 2569 3427 2920 2765 2621
76000 3517 2998 2839 2688 3605 3074 2912 2756
ALTITUDE
4000 ft 5000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2779 2360 2231 2108 2830 2410 2281 2157
56000 2911 2480 2347 2220 2962 2524 2389 2259
60000 3047 2602 2466 2334 3102 2651 2511 2377
64000 3190 2728 2586 2451 3253 2780 2637 2498
68000 3343 2852 2707 2566 3413 2912 2762 2619
72000 3512 2998 2841 2692 3599 3074 2913 2759
76000 3700 3160 2996 2839 3795 3243 3075 2913
NOTE: Landing distance in ft.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-233
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Hydraulics
Page EAP11- 15 Revision
QRH170
Unfactored Landing Distance (Cont.)
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE TABLE
ALL ENGINE TYPES – FAA – FLAPS FULL
ISA CONDITIONS – ANTI ICE OFF – AUTO BRAKES OFF
ALTITUDE
0 ft 1000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2429 2041 1923 1812 2463 2068 1947 1832
56000 2529 2131 2009 1893 2567 2161 2037 1918
60000 2632 2222 2097 1977 2674 2257 2129 2021
64000 2734 2313 2183 2060 2783 2360 2230 2106
68000 2838 2405 2272 2145 2891 2455 2321 2193
72000 2943 2498 2361 2229 3001 2550 2413 2280
76000 3055 2593 2454 2320 3113 2640 2498 2362
ALTITUDE
2000 ft 3000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2505 2109 1988 1872 2550 2152 2030 1915
56000 2612 2205 2080 1960 2659 2250 2124 2005
60000 2721 2302 2174 2050 2772 2350 2221 2097
64000 2829 2399 2266 2139 2883 2450 2316 2188
68000 2940 2498 2361 2230 2997 2551 2414 2282
72000 3057 2597 2456 2333 3120 2653 2511 2376
76000 3177 2697 2554 2417 3240 2749 2603 2463
ALTITUDE
4000 ft 5000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2589 2184 2060 1941 2635 2229 2104 1985
56000 2703 2286 2158 2035 2752 2333 2204 2081
60000 2819 2390 2258 2131 2871 2440 2308 2180
64000 2933 2493 2357 2227 2989 2546 2410 2278
68000 3052 2599 2459 2324 3114 2655 2514 2378
72000 3185 2712 2569 2432 3248 2764 2618 2479
76000 3309 2813 2664 2522 3377 2871 2717 2573
NOTE: Landing distance in ft.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-234
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Hydraulics
Page EAP11- 16 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-235
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Ice & Rain Protection
Page EAP12- 1 Revision
QRH170
Ice & Rain Protection
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WARNING
CAUTION
A-I WING 1 (2) LEAK................................. EAP12-3
A-I ENG 1 (2) FAIL..................................... EAP12-4
A-I LO CAPACITY ..................................... EAP12-4
A-I WING FAIL........................................... EAP12-5
A-I WING NO DISPATCH.......................... EAP12-6
ICE DETECTOR 1 (2) FAIL ....................... EAP12-6
WINDSHIELD 1 (2) HTR FAIL................... EAP12-6
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-236
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Ice & Rain Protection
Page EAP12- 2 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-237
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Ice & Rain Protection
Page EAP12- 3 Revision
QRH170
Ice Protection Wing Button............. PUSH OUT
Icing Conditions............................. EXIT/AVOID
Affected Bleed Button.................PUSH OUT
XBleed Button..............................PUSH OUT
Altitude.........................................MAX 31000 FT
APU Bleed Button ............................ PUSH OUT
END
During Landing:
Landing Configuration:
Slat/Flap................................................. 5
Set V
REF FLAP 5 ICE
.
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS UNFACTORED
LANDING DISTANCE ( Pg NAP-44) BY 1.30.
NOTE: Do not perform the A-I WING FAIL procedure.
END
A-I WING 1 (2) LEAK
A-I WING 1 (2) LEAK MESSAGE PERSISTS?
Yes
No
AFFECTED BLEED 1?
Yes
No
ICE CONDITIONS OR ICE ACCRETION?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-238
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Ice & Rain Protection
Page EAP12- 4 Revision
QRH170
Affected Ice Protection Engine
Button.....................................PUSH OUT, then IN
END
Ice Protection Mode Selector....................... ON
Icing Conditions............................EXIT/AVOID
ENGINE ABNORMAL VIBRATION
Procedure (Pg NAP-20) ...........ACCOMPLISH
Five minutes after exiting icing conditions:
Ice Protection Mode Selector .............. AUTO
END
Thrust Levers .................................... ADVANCE
END
A-I ENG 1 (2) FAIL
A-I LO CAPACITY
A-I ENG 1 (2) FAIL MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
A-I ENG 1 (2) FAIL MESSAGE PERSISTS?
Yes
No
HIGH ENGINE VIBRATION?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-239
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Ice & Rain Protection
Page EAP12- 5 Revision
QRH170
Ice Protection Wing Button............ PUSH OUT,
then IN
END
Ice Protection Mode Selector....................... ON
Ice Protection Mode Selector.................. AUTO
Ice Protection Wing Button............. PUSH OUT
Icing Conditions............................. EXIT/AVOID
Landing Configuration:
Slat/Flap................................................. 5
Set V
REF FLAP 5 ICE
.
CAUTION: MULTIPLY THE FULL FLAPS UNFACTORED
LANDING DISTANCE (Pg NAP-44) BY 1.30.
END
Five minutes after exiting icing conditions:
Ice Protection Mode Selector............... AUTO
END
A-I WING FAIL
A-I WING FAIL MESSAGE EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
A-I WING FAIL MESSAGE PERSISTS?
Yes
No
LANDING IN ICING CONDITIONS OR WITH
Yes
No
ICE ACCERETION?
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-240
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Ice & Rain Protection
Page EAP12- 6 Revision
QRH170
Do not perform an assisted engine airstart.
END
When flying in icing conditions:
Ice Protection Mode Selector ............ ON
Two minutes after exiting icing conditions:
Ice Protection Mode Selector ............ AUTO
END
Affected Windshield
Heating Button ................... PUSH OUT, then IN
END
Affected Windshield
Heating Button ................................. PUSH OUT
END
A-I WING NO DISPATCH
ICE DETECTOR 1 (2) FAIL
WINDSHIELD 1 (2) HTR FAIL
WINDSHIELD 1 (2) HTR FAIL MSG EXTINGUISHES?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-241
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Landing Gear & Brakes
Page EAP13- 1 Revision
QRH170
Landing Gear & Brakes
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WARNING
CAUTION
ADVISORY
BRK CONTROL FAULT..............................EAP13-8
BRK LH (RH) FAULT ..................................EAP13-8
CHECKLIST
FLIGHT CONTROL / BRAKE MALFUNCTION
DESCENT/LANDING CHECKLIST.............EAP13-9
FLAPS 5 UNFACTORED LDG DIST .........EAP13-10
FLAPS FULL UNFACTORED LDG DIST ..EAP13-11
LG LEVER DISAG..................................... EAP13-3
BRK LH (RH) FAIL .................................... EAP13-4
BRK OVERHEAT....................................... EAP13-5
EMER BRK FAIL ....................................... EAP13-5
LG NO DISPATCH..................................... EAP13-6
LG NOSE DOOR OPEN ............................ EAP13-6
LG WOW SYS FAIL................................... EAP13-6
STEER FAIL............................................... EAP13-7
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-242
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Landing Gear & Brakes
Page EAP13- 2 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-243
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Landing Gear & Brakes
Page EAP13- 3 Revision
QRH170
EICAS Indication:One or more landing gear indications
disagree with the landing gear lever.
Landing Gear Lever ............................... CYCLE
ABNORMAL LANDING GEAR EXTENSION
Procedure (Pg NAP-18).......ACCOMPLISH
END
Landing Gear ........................................... DOWN
Icing Conditions............................. EXIT/AVOID
END
LG LEVER DISAG
LG LEVER DISAG MESSAGE PERSISTS?
Yes
No
DURING EXTENSION?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-244
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Landing Gear & Brakes
Page EAP13- 4 Revision
QRH170
NOTE: During landing run, Thrust Reverser and/or the
Emergency/Parking Brake may be used to stop
the airplane.
Landing configuration:
Slat/Flap................................................. FULL
Set V
REF FULL
When appropriate, accomplish:
Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Descent
Checklist & Landing Checklist (Pg EAP13-9).
END
BRK LH (RH) FAIL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-245
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Landing Gear & Brakes
Page EAP13- 5 Revision
QRH170
Airplane...................................................... STOP
Chocks ........................................................... ON
Emergency/Parking Brake.......................... OFF
END
Landing Gear ........................................... DOWN
After the BRK OVERHEAT message disappears:
..............................Wait 5 minutes........................
Landing Gear ..................................................UP
END
CONDITION:Emergency/Parking Brake is
inoperative.
When parking the airplane, use wheel chocks.
END
BRK OVERHEAT
EMER BRK FAIL
ON GROUND?
Yes
No
BRK OVERHEAT MESSAGE PERSISTS?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-246
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Landing Gear & Brakes
Page EAP13- 6 Revision
QRH170
Do not takeoff.
END
Airspeed...................................... MAX 250 KIAS
CAUTION: DO NOT MOVE UP THE LANDING GEAR
LEVER, EXCEPT FOR CLIMB PERFORMANCE
TO CLEAR OBSTACLES.
END
LAND AT THE NEAREST SUITABLE AIRPORT.
Icing Conditions............................. EXIT/AVOID
Landing configuration:
Slat/Flap................................................. FULL
Set V
REF FULL
.
When appropriate, accomplish:
Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Descent
Checklist & Landing Checklist (Pg EAP13-9)
NOTE: - Thrust Reversers, Steering, Ground Spoilers,
Wing Anti-Ice and Ground Idle may not be
available.
- If the Weather Radar is inoperative, the Forced
Standby option may be available to allow its
use.
END
LG NO DISPATCH
LG NOSE DOOR OPEN
LG WOW SYS FAIL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-247
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Landing Gear & Brakes
Page EAP13- 7 Revision
QRH170
STEER THE AIRPLANE USING DIFFERENTIAL
BRAKING AND RUDDER.
NOTE: If in the air, the nose wheel will automatically
center with normal gear extension via the
mechanical centering mechanism which is
located inside the nose wheel strut.
NOTE: Steer Fail in the air is considered an abnormal
checklist and no special emergency procedures
(i.e. tower fly-by, etc.) are required prior to landing
the aircraft.
END
STEER FAIL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-248
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Landing Gear & Brakes
Page EAP13- 8 Revision
QRH170
Brakes.................................APPLY NORMALLY
Landing configuration:
Slat/Flap................................................. ..FULL
Set V
REF FULL
END
NOTE: During landing run, expect a slight directional
tendency.
Brakes.................................APPLY NORMALLY
If necessary:
Emergency/Parking Brake ................... ..PULL
When appropriate, accomplish:
Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Descent
Checklist & Landing Checklist (Pg EAP13-9)
END
BRK CONTROL FAULT
BRK LH (RH) FAULT
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-249
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Landing Gear & Brakes
Page EAP13- 9 Revision
QRH170
Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Descent Checklist
1. Approach Considerations:
• Plan on a Flap FULL landing.
• Establish landing configuration early.
• For multiple messages, use the largest multiplier factor to
determine landing distance
2. Landing DistanceDetermine
3. Shoulder Harness.........Verify...................... .......................On
4. FSTN BELTS....................... ...............................................On
5. Altimeters......................Verify.................... ...............__.__Set
6. Landing Data................Verify ................... ........V
REF FULL
Set
7. EICAS........................................................................Checked
8. Approach Briefing.....................................................Complete
9. Landing Considerations (for brake malfunction):
• Apply brakes normally.
• If necessary, apply the Emergency/Parking Brake monitoring
the Emergency/Parking Brake light. When the light is on,
maintain steady pressure since the anti-skid protection is not
available.
10. Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Descent Checklist
complete.
Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Landing Checklist
1. Flight Attendant .................... .......................................Notified
2. EICAS........................................................................Checked
3. Landing Gear............Verify .........................DOWN, 3 GREEN
4. FLAPS.....................Verify......................... ..................... FULL
5. Flight Control / Brake Malfunction Landing Checklist
complete.
END
For the following EICAS
messages:
Multiply the Flaps Full
Unfactored Landing Dist on
Page EAP13-11 by:
AVNX MAU 1A FAIL 1.70
AVNX MAU 1B FAIL 1.15
AVNX MAU 2B FAIL 1.65
AVNX MAU 3A FAIL 1.20
AVNX MAU 3B FAIL
BRK CONTROL FAULT
BRAKE FAULT 1.65
BRK (LH or RH) FAIL 1.65
GROUND SPOILERS FAIL 1.30
LG WOW SYS FAIL
SPOILER NML MODE FAIL 1.45
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-250
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Landing Gear & Brakes
Page EAP13- 10 Revision
QRH170
Unfactored Landing Distance
The table reflects the actual landing distance
required. Plan accordingly. Chose a runway that
provides the largest safety margin possible.
This information is for in-flight emergency use only.
These distances reflect the required landing distance
only. The FAA additional runway margin is not
included. The published distances are based on the
following:
Touchdown within 1,000 feet from the approach end
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE TABLE
ALL ENGINE TYPES – FAA – FLAPS 5
ISA CONDITIONS – ANTI ICE OFF – AUTO BRAKES OFF
ALTITUDE
0 ft 1000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2599 2198 2076 1960 2638 2230 2105 1985
56000 2716 2303 2177 2057 2758 2339 2210 2087
60000 2835 2410 2280 2156 2882 2450 2317 2190
64000 2957 2520 2385 2257 3008 2564 2427 2295
68000 3083 2628 2490 2357 3142 2676 2535 2400
72000 3222 2741 2598 2461 3286 2794 2648 2508
76000 3366 2863 2710 2566 3435 2923 2766 2617
ALTITUDE
2000 ft 3000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2685 2275 2150 2030 2728 2311 2183 2077
56000 2809 2387 2258 2134 2856 2428 2296 2169
60000 2936 2502 2368 2241 2988 2547 2410 2280
64000 3066 2619 2481 2349 3124 2668 2527 2393
68000 3207 2735 2593 2457 3272 2789 2644 2505
72000 3357 2860 2709 2569 3427 2920 2765 2621
76000 3517 2998 2839 2688 3605 3074 2912 2756
ALTITUDE
4000 ft 5000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2779 2360 2231 2108 2830 2410 2281 2157
56000 2911 2480 2347 2220 2962 2524 2389 2259
60000 3047 2602 2466 2334 3102 2651 2511 2377
64000 3190 2728 2586 2451 3253 2780 2637 2498
68000 3343 2852 2707 2566 3413 2912 2762 2619
72000 3512 2998 2841 2692 3599 3074 2913 2759
76000 3700 3160 2996 2839 3795 3243 3075 2913
NOTE: Landing distance in ft.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-251
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Landing Gear & Brakes
Page EAP13- 11 Revision
QRH170
Unfactored Landing Distance (Cont.)
UNFACTORED LANDING DISTANCE TABLE
ALL ENGINE TYPES – FAA – FLAPS FULL
ISA CONDITIONS – ANTI ICE OFF – AUTO BRAKES OFF
ALTITUDE
0 ft 1000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2429 2041 1923 1812 2463 2068 1947 1832
56000 2529 2131 2009 1893 2567 2161 2037 1918
60000 2632 2222 2097 1977 2674 2257 2129 2021
64000 2734 2313 2183 2060 2783 2360 2230 2106
68000 2838 2405 2272 2145 2891 2455 2321 2193
72000 2943 2498 2361 2229 3001 2550 2413 2280
76000 3055 2593 2454 2320 3113 2640 2498 2362
ALTITUDE
2000 ft 3000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2505 2109 1988 1872 2550 2152 2030 1915
56000 2612 2205 2080 1960 2659 2250 2124 2005
60000 2721 2302 2174 2050 2772 2350 2221 2097
64000 2829 2399 2266 2139 2883 2450 2316 2188
68000 2940 2498 2361 2230 2997 2551 2414 2282
72000 3057 2597 2456 2333 3120 2653 2511 2376
76000 3177 2697 2554 2417 3240 2749 2603 2463
ALTITUDE
4000 ft 5000 ft
WIND
Weight
(lb)
-10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt -10 Kt 0 Kt 10 Kt 20 Kt
52000 2589 2184 2060 1941 2635 2229 2104 1985
56000 2703 2286 2158 2035 2752 2333 2204 2081
60000 2819 2390 2258 2131 2871 2440 2308 2180
64000 2933 2493 2357 2227 2989 2546 2410 2278
68000 3052 2599 2459 2324 3114 2655 2514 2378
72000 3185 2712 2569 2432 3248 2764 2618 2479
76000 3309 2813 2664 2522 3377 2871 2717 2573
NOTE: Landing distance in ft.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-252
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Landing Gear & Brakes
Page EAP13- 12 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-253
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Oxygen
Page EAP14- 1 Revision
QRH170
Oxygen
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CAUTION
ADVISORY
OBSERVER OXY LO PRESS.....................EAP14-4
CREW OXY LO PRESS............................. EAP14-3
PAX OXY NOT DEPLOYED...................... EAP14-3
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-254
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Oxygen
Page EAP14- 2 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-255
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Oxygen
Page EAP14- 3 Revision
QRH170
Altitude................................. 10000 FT OR MEA,
WHICHEVER IS
HIGHER
END
If required:
Passenger Oxygen
Selector ..................................................... OVRD
END
CREW OXY LO PRESS
PAX OXY NOT DEPLOYED
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-256
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Oxygen
Page EAP14- 4 Revision
QRH170
Altitude................................. 10000 FT OR MEA,
WHICHEVER IS
HIGHER
END
OBSERVER OXY LO PRESS
LG LEVER DISAG MESSAGE PERSISTS?
Yes
No
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-257
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Crew Awareness
Page CA- 1 Revision
QRH170
Crew Awareness
TABLE OF CONTENTS
ADVISORY
CREW AWARENESS MESSAGES.................. CA-3
SYSTEM STATUS MESSAGES....................... CA-9
Crew Awareness Messages and System Status Mes-
sages are advisory only. They are not operationally
restrictive in any manner and do not affect whether an
aircraft may be Dispatched. These messages are
tracked electronically and are not part of the MEL/CDL
process.
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-258
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Crew Awareness
Page CA- 2 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-259
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Crew Awareness
Page CA- 3 Revision
QRH170
The following EICAS messages are crew awareness:
ADS (1 or 2) HTR FAULT
ADS 3 SLIPCOMP FAIL
ADS 4 SLIPCOMP FAIL
AFCS FAULT
AFCS PANEL FAIL
AFCS PANEL FAULT
A-I ENG (1 or 2) FAULT
A-I ENG (1 or 2) LEAK
A-I MODE NOT AUTO
A-I SWITCH OFF
AMS CTRL FAULT
AP FAULT
AP PITCH TRIM FAULT
APM FAULT
APPR 2 NOT AVAIL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-260
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Crew Awareness
Page CA- 4 Revision
QRH170
The following EICAS messages are crew awareness:
APU FIREX BTL DISCH
AT FAULT
AURAL WRN SYS FAULT
AUTO CONFIG TRIM FAIL
AVNX DB MODULE FAIL
AVNX MAU (1A or 1B) FAULT
AVNX MAU (2A or 2B) FAULT
AVNX MAU (3A or 3B) FAULT
BATT (1 or 2) TEMP SENS FAULT
BRK PEDL (LH or RH) SEAT FAIL
CCD (1 or 2) FAULT
CMC FAIL
CMF (1 or 2) FAIL
CMS FAULT
CRG AFT FIREX (HI or LO) ARM
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-261
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Crew Awareness
Page CA- 5 Revision
QRH170
The following EICAS messages are crew awareness:
CRG FIRE PROT FAULT
CRG FWD FIREX (HI or LO) ARM
CVR (AFT or FWD) FAIL
DEFUEL SOV OPEN
EMER LT BATT FAULT
ENG (1 or 2) FADEC FAULT
ENG (1 or 2) FIREX BTL (A or B) FAIL
ENG (1 or 2) FUEL SW FAIL
ENG (1 or 2) OIL IMP BYPASS
ENG (1 or 2) OIL SW FAIL
ENG (1 or 2) SHORT DISPATCH
ENG FIREX BTL (A or B) DISCH
ENG TLA TRIM FAIL
FD FAIL
FD FAULT
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-262
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Crew Awareness
Page CA- 6 Revision
QRH170
The following EICAS messages are crew awareness:
FDR (AFT or FWD) FAIL
FLT CTRL ADS FAIL
FLT CTRL TEST FAILED
FLT CTRL TEST IN PROG
FLT CTRL TEST PASSED
FMS (1 or 2) GPS POS DISAG
FMS POS DISAG
FUEL EQUAL-XFEED OPEN
FUEL FEED (1 or 2) FAULT
FUEL KG-LB MISMATCH
HYD (1 or 2) EDP FAIL
HYD (1 or 2 or 3) LO QTY
HYD 3 PUMP A NOT ON
HYD PTU NOT AUTO
HYD PUMP NOT AUTO
HYD TEMP SENS FAIL
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-263
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Crew Awareness
Page CA- 7 Revision
QRH170
The following EICAS messages are crew awareness:
ICE CONDITION
INVERTER FAIL
IRS ALIGNING
LAV SMOKE DET FAIL
LG TEMP EXCEEDANCE
LOAD SHED
MACH TRIM FAULT
PAX OXY SW NOT AUTO
PITCH CONTROL DISC
PITCH TRIM BKUP FAIL
PITCH TRIM SW (1 or 2) FAIL
PRESN AUTO FAULT
RALT (1 or 2) FAIL
RAM AIR FAULT
RAT FAIL
REMOTE CB TRIP
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-264
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Crew Awareness
Page CA- 8 Revision
QRH170
The following EICAS messages are crew awareness:
ROLL CONTROL DISC
SHAKER (1 or 2) FAIL
SPDA FAIL
SPDBRK LEVER DISAG
STEER FAULT
TAT (1 or 2) FAIL
TCAS FAIL
TERRAIN NOT AVAILABLE
XBLEED FAIL
XBLEED SW OFF
XPDR (1 or 2) FAIL
YD FAIL
YD FAULT
YD OFF
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-265
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Crew Awareness
Page CA- 9 Revision
QRH170
The following EICAS messages are system status
messages:
A-I ENG (1 or 2) VLV OPEN
A-I WING VLV OPEN
APU FUEL SOV CLOSED
APU SHUTTING DOWN
BLEED APU VLV OPEN
CRG FIREX (HI or LO) DISCH
ENG (1 or 2) FUEL SOV CLOSED
ENG (1 or 2) REV INHIBIT
ENG TDS REF A-I ALL
ENG TDS REF A-I ENG
ENG (1 or 2) TLA NOT IDLE
FUEL XFEED SOV OPEN
FUEL XFEED SOV OPEN
HYD (1 or 2) SOV CLOSED
HYD (1 or 2) SOV FAIL
STEER OFF
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-266
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
Crew Awareness
Page CA- 10 Revision
QRH170
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-267
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
EICAS Index
Page INX- 1 Revision
QRH170
EICAS Index
EICAS MESSAGES
MESSAGE PAGE
AC BUS 1 OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-6
AC BUS 2 OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-6
AC ESS BUS OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-6
AC STBY BUS OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-7
ADS (1 or 2 or 3) HTR FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-4
ADS (1 or 2) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-4
ADS 3 FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-4
ADS 3 SLIPCOMP FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-3
ADS 4 HTR FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-4
ADS 4 SLIPCOMP FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-3
ADS PROBE 1(2-3-4) FAIL. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-15
AFCS FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP3-6
AFCS PANEL FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-3
AFCS PANEL FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-3
A-I ENG (1 or 2) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP12-4
A-I ENG (1 or 2) FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-3
A-I ENG (1 or 2) LEAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-3
A-I LO CAPACITY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP12-4
A-I MODE NOT AUTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-3
A-I SWITCH OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-3
A-I WING (1 or 2) LEAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP12-3
A-I WING FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP12-5
A-I WING NO DISPATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP12-6
AILERON (LH or RH) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-17
AIR CONDITION SMOKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMO-3
AMS CTRL FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP2-4
AMS CTRL FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-3
AOA LIMIT FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-5
AP FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP3-3
AP FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-3
AP PITCH MISTRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP3-3
AP PITCH TRIM FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP3-3
AP PITCH TRIM FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-3
AP ROLL MISTRIM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP3-4
APM FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-4
APM FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CCA-3
APM MISCOMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-4
APPR 2 NOT AVAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-3
APU FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP4-3
APU FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP4-3
APU FIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP7-3, QRC-3
APU FIRE DET FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP7-5
APU FIREX BTL DISCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-4
APU FIREX FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP7-5
APU FUEL SOV CLOSED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-9
APU FUEL SOV FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP10-4
APU GEN OFF BUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-7
APU OIL HI TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP4-4
APU OIL LO PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP4-4
APU SHUTTING DOWN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-9
AT FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP3-4
AT FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-4
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-268
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
EICAS Index
Page INX- 2 Revision
QRH170
EICAS MESSAGES (cont’d)
MESSAGE PAGE
AT NOT IN HOLD . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP3-4
AURAL WRN SYS FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-5
AURAL WRN SYS FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-4
AUTO CONFIG TRIM FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-4
AVNX ASCB FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-5
AVNX DB MODULE FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-4
AVNX MAU (1 or 2 or 3) FAN FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-9
AVNX MAU (1A or 1B) FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-4
AVNX MAU (1A or 1B) OVHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-8
AVNX MAU (2A or 2B) FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-4
AVNX MAU (2A or 2B) OVHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-8
AVNX MAU (3A or 3B) FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-4
AVNX MAU (3A or 3B) OVHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-9
AVNX MAU 1A FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-5
AVNX MAU 1B FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-6
AVNX MAU 2A FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-6
AVNX MAU 2B FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-7
AVNX MAU 3A FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-7
AVNX MAU 3B FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-8
BATT (1 or 2) DISCHARGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-7
BATT (1 or 2) OVERTEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-3
BATT (1 or 2) TEMP SENS FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-4
BATT 1 OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-8
BATT 1-2 OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-3
BATT 2 OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-8
BATT DISCHARGING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-3
BLEED (1 or 2) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP2-5
BLEED (1 or 2) LEAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP2-6
BLEED (1 or 2) OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP2-14
BLEED (1 or 2) OVERPRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP2-7
BLEED APU LEAK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP2-5
BLEED APU VLV OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-9
BRK (LH or RH) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP13-4
BRK (LH or RH) FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP13-8
BRK CONTROL FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP13-8
BRK OVERHEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP13-5
BRK PEDL (LH or RH) SEAT FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-4
CABIN ALTITUDE HI . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP2-3, QRC-2
CABIN DIFF PRESS FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP2-8
CCD (1 or 2) FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-4
CENTER EBAY FANS FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP2-8
CMC FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-4
CMF (1 or 2) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-4
CMS FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-9
CMS FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-4
CREW OXY LO PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP14-3
CREW WRN SYS FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-9
CRG (FWD or AFT) FIRE SYS FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP7-5
CRG (FWD or AFT) SMOKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMO-4
CRG AFT FIREX (HI or LO) ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-4
CRG FIRE PROT FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-5
CRG FIREX (HI or LO) DISCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-9
CRG FWD FIREX (HI or LO) ARM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-5
CRG FWD VENT FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP2-8
CVR (AFT or FWD) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-5
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-269
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
EICAS Index
Page INX- 3 Revision
QRH170
EICAS MESSAGES (cont’d)
MESSAGE PAGE
DC BUS 1 OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-8
DC BUS 2 OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-9
DC ESS BUS 1 OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-10
DC ESS BUS 2 OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-11
DC ESS BUS 3 OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-13
DEFUEL SOV OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-5
DISPLAY CTRL FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-10
DISPLAY CTRL FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-10
DOOR (CENTER or FWD) EBAY OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP1-5
DOOR (PAX or SERV) (FWD or AFT) OPEN . . . . . . . . . EAP1-4
DOOR CRG (FWD or AFT) OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP1-3
DOOR FUELING OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP1-5
DOOR HYD OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP1-5
EICAS FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-10
EICAS OVHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-10
ELEC EMERGENCY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-4
ELECTRICAL SYSTEM FIRE OR SMOKE . . . . . . . . . . . SMO-5
ELEV NML MODE FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-3
ELEV THR COMP FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-5
ELEVATOR (LH or RH) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-6
ELEVATOR FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-5
EMER BRK FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP13-5
EMER LT NOT ARMED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP1-6
EMER LT ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP1-6
EMERG LT BATT FAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP1-6
ENG (1 or 2) CONTROL FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-5
ENG (1 or 2) FADEC FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-5
ENG (1 or 2) FADEC OVERTEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-5
ENG (1 or 2) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-6
ENG (1 or 2) FIRE DET FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP7-5
ENG (1 or 2) FIREX BTL (A or B) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-5
ENG (1 or 2) FUEL IMP BYPASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-7
ENG (1 or 2) FUEL LO PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-7
ENG (1 or 2) FUEL SOV CLOSED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-9
ENG (1 or 2) FUEL SOV FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP10-4
ENG (1 or 2) FUEL SW FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-5
ENG (1 or 2) NO DISPATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-7
ENG (1 or 2) OIL IMP BYPASS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-5
ENG (1 or 2) OIL LO LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-7
ENG (1 or 2) OIL LO PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-4
ENG (1 or 2) OIL SW FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-5
ENG (1 or 2) REV DEPLOYED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-3
ENG (1 or 2) REV FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-8
ENG (1 or 2) REV INHIBIT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-9
ENG (1 or 2) REV PROT FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-8
ENG (1 or 2) REV TLA FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-8
ENG (1 or 2) SHORT DISPATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-5
ENG (1 or 2) START VLV OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-9
ENG (1 or 2) T2 HEAT FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-10
ENG (1 or 2) TLA FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-10
ENG (1 or 2) TLA NOT IDLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-9
ENG (1/2) FIRE, DAMAGE, SEP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP7-4
ENG 1 (2) FUEL SOV FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP10-4
ENG 1(2) FIRE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP7-4
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-270
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
EICAS Index
Page INX- 4 Revision
QRH170
EICAS MESSAGES (cont’d)
MESSAGE PAGE
ENG EXCEEDANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-10
ENG FIREX BTL (A or B) DISCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-5
ENG NO TAKEOFF DATA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-10
ENG REF A-I DISAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-11
ENG REF ECS DISAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-11
ENG TDS REF A-I ALL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-9
ENG TDS REF A-I ENG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-9
ENG THR RATING DISAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-11
ENG TLA NOT TOGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP6-11
ENG TLA TRIM FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-5
FD FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-5
FD FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-5
FD LATERAL MODE OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP3-4
FD VERTICAL MODE OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP3-4
FDR (AFT or FWD) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-6
FLAP (or SLAT) LO RATE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-17
FLAP FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-7
FLT CTRL ADS FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-6
FLT CTRL NO DISPATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-9
FLT CTRL TEST FAILED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-6
FLT CTRL TEST IN PROG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-6
FLT CTRL TEST PASSED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-6
FMS (1 or 2) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-6
FMS (1 or 2) GPS POS DISAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-11
FMS POS DISAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-11
FTL CTRL FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-17
FUEL (1 or 2) LO LEVEL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP10-3
FUEL AC PUMP (1 or 2) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP10-4
FUEL DC PUMP FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP10-4
FUEL EQUAL-XFEED OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-6
FUEL FEED (1 or 2) FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP10-7
FUEL IMBALANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP10-5
FUEL KG-LB MISMATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-6
FUEL TANK LO TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP10-7
FUEL XFEED FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP10-6
FUEL XFEED SOV OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-9
FWD EBAY FANS FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP2-9
GND PROX FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-11
GPU CONNECTED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-13
GROUND SPOILERS FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-3
HYD (1 or 2 or 3) LO QTY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-6
HYD (1 or 2) EDP FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-6
HYD (1 or 2) EDP NOT D-PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP11-4
HYD (1 or 2) ELEC PUMP FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP11-8
HYD (1 or 2) HI TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP11-4
HYD (1 or 2) LO PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP11-5
HYD (1 or 2) OVERHEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP11-3
HYD (1 or 2) SOV CLOSED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-9
HYD (1 or 2) SOV FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-9
HYD 3 ELEC PUMP A FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP11-8
HYD 3 ELEC PUMP B FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP11-8
HYD 3 HI TEMP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP11-4
HYD 3 LO PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP11-5
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-271
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
EICAS Index
Page INX- 5 Revision
QRH170
EICAS MESSAGES (cont’d)
MESSAGE PAGE
HYD 3 OVERHEAT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP11-3
HYD 3 PUMP A NOT ON . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-6
HYD 3 VLV FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP11-5
HYD PTU FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP11-4
HYD PTU NOT AUTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-6
HYD PUMP NOT AUTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-6
HYD TEMP SENS FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP11-8
ICE CONDITION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-7
ICE DETECTOR (1 or 2) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP12-6
IDG (1 or 2) OFF BUS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-13
IDG (1 or 2) OIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-14
INVERTER FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-7
IRS (1 or 2) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-11
IRS (1 or 2) NAV MODE FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-15
IRS ALIGNING . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-7
IRS EXCESSIVE MOTION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-11
IRS PRES POS INVALID . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-15
LAV SMOKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMO-9
LAV SMOKE DET FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-7
LG LEVER DISAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP13-3
LG NO DISPATCH . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP13-6
LG NOSE DOOR OPEN . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP13-6
LG TEMP EXCEEDANCE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-7
LG WOW SYS FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP13-6
LOAD SHED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-7
MACH TRIM FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-7
MCDU (1 or 2) OVHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-12
MFD (1 or 2) FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-12
MFD (1 or 2) OVHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-12
NAVCOM (1 or 2) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-12
NAVCOM (1 or 2) OVHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-13
NO TAKEOFF CONFIG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-3
OBSERVER OXY LO PRESS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP14-4
PACK (1 or 2) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP2-9
PACK (1 or 2) OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP2-14
PACK 2 LEAK. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP2-10
PAX OXY NOT DEPLOYED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP14-3
PAX OXY SW NOT AUTO . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-7
PFD (1 or 2) FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-13
PFD (1 or 2) OVHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-13
PITCH CONTROL DISC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-7
PITCH TRIM BKUP FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-7
PITCH TRIM FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-9
PITCH TRIM SW (1 or 2) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-7
PRESN AUTO FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP2-10
PRESN AUTO FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-7
PRESN MAN FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP2-11
PRESSURIZATION CONVERSION TABLE. . . . . . . . . . EAP2-12
RALT (1 or 2) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-7
RAM AIR FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-7
RAT FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-7
RECIRC SMK DET FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP2-13
RECIRC SMOKE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMO-11
REMOTE CB TRIP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . CA-7
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 5 Emergency and Abnormal
Checklists
Section 1 Quick Reference Handbook
5-272
Volume 5
ERJ 170 Quick Reference Handbook
EICAS Index
Page INX- 6 Revision
QRH170
EICAS MESSAGES (cont’d)
MESSAGE PAGE
ROLL CONTROL DISC . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-8
RUDDER FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-10
RUDDER FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-11
RUDDER LIMITER FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-12
RUDDER NML MODE FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-4
SHAKER (1 or 2) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-8
SHAKER ANTICIPATED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP3-5
SLAT FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-13
SLAT-FLAP LVR DISAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-12
SMOKE EVACUATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . SMO-10
SPDA FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-8
SPDBRK LEVER DISAG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-8
SPOILER FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-15
SPOILER NML MODE FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-4
STAB LOCK FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-16
STALL PROT FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP3-6
STALL PROT FAULT. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP3-6
STALL PROT ICE SPEED . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP8-17
STEER FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP13-7
STEER FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-8
STEER OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-9
SYS CONFIG FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-13
TAT (1 or 2) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-8
TCAS FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-8
TERRAIN FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-14
TERRAIN NOT AVAILABLE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-8
TRU (1 or 2) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-14
TRU ESS FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP5-14
VALIDATE CONFIG . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-14
VHF (1 or 2 or 3) OVHT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-14
VHF 3 FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-14
WINDSHEAR FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP9-14
WINDSHIELD (1 or 2) HTR FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . EAP12-6
XBLEED FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-8
XBLEED SW OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-8
XPDR (1 or 2) FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-8
YD FAIL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-8
YD FAULT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-8
YD OFF . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .CA-8
01, 15 SEP 2008
REV. 8, 15 SEP 2008
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 1 Starting Engines
6-1
Volume 5
Chapter 6
Abnormal Procedures
Section 1 Starting Engines
A. Engine Start Abort
1. The FADEC will shut down the start sequence automatically
for various abnormal conditions. However, safety
considerations dictate that the First Officer must keep one
hand on the START/STOP switch during all starts in case of a
malfunction of the controlling FADEC.
2. Abort the engine start by selecting STOP and accomplishing
the Aborted Engine Start checklist. If the reason for the
aborted start is a start valve stuck open, accomplish the ENG
1 (2) START VLV OPEN Checklist.
B. Hung Start
If a hung start occurs, abort the start following the approved pro-
cedures. Start the opposite engine if not yet running. Consider
starting the affected engine with a different air source.
C. Engine Dry Motoring
The Engine Dry Motoring procedure must be performed for at
least 30 seconds after any aborted start to assure that no
unburned fuel remains in the combustion chamber and/or reduce
residual ITT prior to attempting another start.
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 1 Starting Engines
6-2
Volume 5
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 2 Takeoff Emergencies
6-3
Volume 5
Section 2 Takeoff Emergencies
A. Rejected Takeoff - General
1. Use the 80 knot check as a type of decision speed for a
rejected takeoff.
a. Prior to 80 knots, the Captain can safely reject the takeoff
for virtually any amber light, any EICAS Caution message,
or any other abnormality where the Captain is not certain
that the aircraft can be safely flown. In this case, the most
conservative action is a rejected takeoff.
b. At or above 80 knots, the Captain should reject the takeoff
only for a major malfunction such as an engine fire, engine
failure, or loss of directional control.
1) In the case of the illumination of an amber light after
80 knots, the most conservative action is to continue
the takeoff unless the Captain is not certain that the
aircraft can be safely flown.
2. Guarding the Thrust Levers - Since the normal takeoff
profile involves the use of the autothrottle system, only the
Captain should have his hands on the thrust levers.
a. There is no need for the other pilot to guard the thrust
levers during the takeoff roll.
b. Whenever the First Officer is making the takeoff, the FO
will push the thrust levers up, call “TOGA” and move his
hands off of the thrust levers.
c. The Captain will then place his hands on the thrust levers
until V
1
is called by the PM.
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 2 Takeoff Emergencies
6-4
Volume 5
B. Rejected Takeoff Actions & Callouts
C. After a Rejected Takeoff
1. Consider the condition of the aircraft and the reason for the
rejection.
2. If the situation is stable, clear the runway before stopping the
aircraft.
3. Stop on the runway if the potential for an evacuation exists.
4. The runway provides crash, fire, and rescue vehicles better
access to the aircraft.
5. Consider requesting assistance from the tower, ground
personnel, or the Flight Attendants in evaluating the situation.
Use all available information in formulating a response plan.
D. Communications
1. Notify the tower of any rejected takeoff. Communications with
the Flight Attendants and passengers must be considered.
E. Rejected Takeoff PA Announcements
1. A rejected takeoff can cause a great deal of anxiety among
passengers.
2. A prompt and professional announcement will reassure the
passengers and may prevent an unwarranted evacuation
initiated by Flight Attendants or passengers.
Rejected Takeoff
CA FO
“Reject”
• Retard thrust levers to IDLE
• Disconnect AT
• Ensure maximum braking, if
necessary
• Set maximum reverse thrust
consistent with conditions
• Callout “2 (1) (No) Reverse”
• Monitor deceleration
throughout the reject
• Notify tower, when able
• Notify passengers when able
“80 Knots”
“60 Knots”
Check brake temperature indication on MFD status page
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 3 Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
6-5
Volume 5
Section 3 Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
A. General
1. In the event of a single engine malfunction accompanied by a
loss of thrust at or above V
1
, follow the “Loss of Thrust At or
Above V
1
” procedure. If the engine is still producing normal
thrust (such as an engine fire or compressor/stall), clean up
using the normal takeoff profile except fly:
a. the runway heading or
b. follow the applicable Special Departure procedure (DP) if
published.
c. Call for the “ENG (1 or 2) FAIL” checklist.
d. If the failure was due to an engine fire, or engine seizure,
call for “ENGINE FIRE (1 or 2), SEVERE DAMAGE, OR
SEPARATION checklist.
B. Considerations
1. The PF must fly the aircraft and not be distracted trying to
analyze the problem while the aircraft is in a critical phase of
flight.
2. Normally, the safest course of action is to accomplish the
appropriate non-normal checklist after the flaps are up and the
desired climb speed has been attained.
3. However, under compelling circumstances such as severe
vibration, adverse flight characteristics, etc., it may be
necessary to accomplish the memory items as early as 400 ft.
AFE.
C. Takeoff Performance
1. Takeoff performance using an assumed temperature is
predicated on an engine failure with ATTCS on. ATTCS is on
for every takeoff and through the FADEC will automatically
produce 14,200 pounds on the remaining engine whenever
the FADEC detects a loss of power on the opposite side.
Thus, trying to advance the thrust levers during the takeoff roll
with a power loss will not be necessary to maintain safe flight.
2. In the event ATTCS does not adjust to Max Thrust, manually
advance the thrust lever to the firewall to achieve Max Thrust
on the remaining engine.
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 3 Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
6-6
Volume 5
D. Engine Failure
1. An engine failure is an engine malfunction accompanied by
thrust loss without any apparent damage. The potential for a
relight, inflight start, or continued operation at reduced thrust
exists.
E. Engine Fire
1. If the engine is on fire and is still producing normal thrust,
aircraft performance should not be adversely affected.
2. However, if the engine has lost thrust, the performance loss
necessitates the use of the “Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1

procedure.
Engine Failure without Severe Damage
Initially identified by: • increasing yaw and
• decreasing N
1
/N
2
indications
Airborne indications: • N
1
rotation, FAIL icon on N1 gauge and
• N
2
rotation, and
• oil pressure may indicate zero even though
no damage exists
Follow: • “Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
” procedure
and
• QRH “ENG 1 (2) FAIL” procedure
Engine Fire
Initially identified by: • engine fire warning indications
• little, if any, yaw will occur (if the engine is
still producing thrust)
After airborne: engine failure/severe damage may be imminent
Follow: • normal climb profile except fly the runway
heading or follow the Special Departure
Procedure (DP) if published.
• or if loss of thrust occurs follow “Loss of
Thrust At or Above V
1
” procedure and
• QRH “ENG 1 (2) FIRE” or “Engine Fire,
Severe Damage or Separation” procedure
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 3 Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
6-7
Volume 5
F. Engine Severe Damage
1. Engine severe damage may be due to turbine seizure or
failure. Seizure may not occur until the engine is shutdown. If
the engine has separated: fuel flow, N
1
, and N
2
will drop to
zero with associated hydraulic, pneumatic, and electrical
system non-normal indications. The potential for further
damage or fire exists.
Engine Severe Damage
Initially identified by: • decreasing engine N
1
/N
2
and vibration
indications on EICAS
• vibration/noise from the affected engine, and
• yaw (may be rapid)
• surge/stall
Confirmed after air-
borne by:
• seized N
1
or
• seized N
2
or
• zero oil pressure
• ITT rise
• vibration indications on EICAS display
Follow: • normal climb profile except fly the runway
heading or follow the Special Departure
Procedure (DP) if published.
• or if loss of thrust occurs follow “Loss of
Thrust At or Above V
1
” procedure and
• QRH “Engine Fire, Severe Damage or
Separation” procedure
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 3 Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
6-8
Volume 5
G. Compressor/Engine Stall
There are three (3) types of compressor/engine stalls:
1. Single or multiple compressor/engine stalls prior to self
recovery.
a. During takeoff, a single stall will be followed by a loud
bang, yaw, vibration, and engine instrument fluctuation.
b. The engine normally recovers so quickly, if no engine
monitoring message is received, it may be difficult to
detect which engine stalled.
c. For multiple stalls, the loud bang, yaw, vibration, engine
instrument fluctuation, and ITT increase will repeat with
each stall until self recovery.
2. Multiple compressor/engine stalls requiring pilot action to
recover.
a. The loud bang, yaw, vibration, engine instrument fluctua-
tion, and ITT increase will repeat with each stall until thrust
is reduced.
3. Multiple compressor/engine stalls requiring Pilot Action Non-
Recoverable
a. The loud bang, yaw, vibration, engine instrument fluctua-
tion, and ITT increase will repeat with each stall until the
engine is shut down or fails.
b. Compressor/Engine Stall Considerations
c. Multiple compressor/engine stall events increase aircraft
handling difficulty.
d. The magnitude of the symptoms are difficult to simulate
and have distracted crews from flying the aircraft in the
past.
e. The loud bang, yaw, and vibration associated with the stall
have been misidentified as tire failure, a bomb, or more
frequently, severe damage
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 3 Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
6-9
Volume 5
Compressor/Engine Stalls
Initially identified by: • loud bang and yaw (may be repetitive)
• vibration,
• engine instrument fluctuation,
• ITT rise, and
• flames from inlet and tailpipe
Confirmed after air-
borne for:
Single/Multiple with Self Recovery
the engine returns to normal or close to normal
parameters
Multiple Requiring Pilot Action
stall symptoms cease when the thrust lever is
retarded (ITT may not decrease immediately)
Non-Recoverable
stall symptoms do not cease until the engine is
shut down or fails
Follow: • normal climb profile except fly the runway
heading or follow the Special Departure
Procedure (DP) if published.
• or if loss of thrust occurs, follow “Loss of
Thrust At or Above V
1
” procedure and
• QRH “Engine Fire, Severe Damage or
Separation” procedure
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 3 Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
6-10
Volume 5
H. Engine Failure Recognition
1. An engine failure due to turbine failure or other internal causes
at or after V
1
will initially affect yaw much like a crosswind.
2. Vibration and noise from the affected engine may be apparent
and the onset of the yaw may be rapid.
I. Engine Failure Callout
1. The first pilot recognizing the engine failure will make the
callout “Engine Failure”, but will not identify the engine.
J. Thrust Requirements
1. The PF will continue the takeoff roll and if an assumed
temperature (Flex thrust) has been used for takeoff, the
ATTCS adjusts for loss of thrust. The PM verifies this
compensation by verifying T/O-1 RSV is displayed on the
EICAS.
2. Engine-out takeoff performance meets or exceeds required
climb gradients even at FLEX thrust settings.
K. Directional Control Prior to, and During, Liftoff
1. To counter the thrust asymmetry due to an engine failure
between V
1
and liftoff, maintain directional control by
smoothly applying rudder proportionally to thrust decay;
thereby, maintaining the desired ground track.
2. Use aileron to keep wings level during the liftoff. Anticipate
additional rudder displacement when the nosewheel leaves
the runway.
L. Rotation
1. At V
R
, the PM will callout “Rotate”.
2. The PF will rotate with one continuous motion at a rate slightly
less than for a normal takeoff, or approximately 2° per second.
3. After liftoff continue the rotation rate as follows:
a. With the flight director operative, fly the flight director pitch
commands.
b. With the flight director inoperative, fly a maximum deck
angle limited to 8°.
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 3 Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
6-11
Volume 5
M. Directional Control After Liftoff
1. The first indication of engine failure will be a bank towards the
failed engine. If an engine failure occurs after liftoff, apply
rudder in the direction the control wheel is displaced.
2. Inflight, correct input will approximate the leveling of the
control wheel.
N. Initial Climb
1. When safely airborne, with a positive rate of climb on the VSI;
the PM will callout, “Positive Rate” and the PF will command
“Gear Up”.
2. When time and conditions permit, the PM will notify ATC.
3. When at or above 400 feet AFE, the PF will
a. fly the runway heading or
b. call for the appropriate ‘FD roll mode’ to comply with airport
specific Special Departure procedure (DP), if published.
O. Ground Track Consideration
1. If an engine failure occurs after turning from the runway
centerline, the crew must determine the safest lateral
flightpath.
2. As a guide, the closer the aircraft is to the runway, the more
likely the extended runway centerline is the safest lateral path.
a. As altitude increases and ATC/departure procedure turns
are accomplished, other lateral flightpaths may be the
safer option.
b. Where a Special Departure Procedure (DP) is published,
follow the DP as the safest lateral flightpath.
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 3 Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
6-12
Volume 5
P. Acceleration and Clean-Up
1. At Engine Out acceleration altitude, the PF will
a. call for “Flight Level Change, V
FS
”,
b. accelerate, and retract the flaps on schedule.
c. The PM will select the proper flap setting when requested.
d. At the last flap retraction, the PF will respond “Flaps UP”
and the PM will retract the flaps.
e. As the flaps are retracted and the aircraft accelerates,
adjust the rudder pedal position to maintain the control
wheel level and apply trim to relieve rudder pedal pres-
sure.
Q. Max Continuous Thrust
At V
FS
the PM will select CON on MCDU and verify CON is dis-
played on the EICAS.
R. Follow-Up Actions
1. The PF will accomplish the memory items and then call for the
appropriate QRH procedure if immediate actions apply.
2. If no memory actions, the Captain will assign the PF, and then
the PM accomplishes the QRH procedures.
3. Climb to the assigned/safe altitude at the Flaps UP maneuver
speed.
4. Autopilot Usage (if desired) - Whenever possible, delay the
use of the autopilot until V
FS
.
5. Autothrottle Usage
a. The autothrottles must be disconnected in accordance
with the Engine Failure procedures in the QRH.
b. Once the affected engine is secured, the autothrottles may
be re-engaged with one engine inoperative.
6. Notification - The failure or shutdown of an engine inflight
must be reported to the appropriate ATC agency and the
controlling dispatcher. ATC and the controlling dispatcher
should be kept informed of the flight progress, work load
permitting. Immediately after landing, the Captain will:
a. Call the dispatcher (if not previously done).
b. Enter the discrepancy in the logbook.
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 3 Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
6-13
Volume 5
c. Complete an Irregularity Report
1) Irregularity Reports are required to be completed
within 24 hours of the incident.
S. Landing
When one engine of a two engine aircraft fails or is shut down
inflight, an emergency will be declared and a landing shall be
made at the nearest suitable airport.
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 4 Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
Profile
6-14
Volume 5
Section 4 Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
Profile
T
a
k
e
o
f
f

R
o
l
l

A
f
t
e
r

V
1

t
o
4
0
0

f
t

A
F
E
4
0
0

f
t

A
F
E
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 4 Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
Profile
6-15
Volume 5
A. Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
Actions & Callouts
Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
Trigger PF PM
Loss of thrust First pilot recognizing engine failure
“Engine Failure”
• Verify TO-1 RSV
V
R
“Rotate”
• Rotate to F/D
commanded attitude
After liftoff • Verify positive rate of
climb on VSI
“Positive Rate”
• Verify positive rate of
climb
“Gear Up”
• Maintain FD
commanded attitude
to maintain V
2
to V
2

+10
“Gear Up”
• Position gear lever up
• Monitor speed and
altitude
At or above
400 ft. AFE,
or altitude as
specified in
the Special
Departure
Procedure
(DP)
Comply with airport specific Special Departure
Procedure (DP), if published; otherwise, fly runway
heading
“HDG” or “FMS NAV” • Select HDG or FMS
NAV
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 4 Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
Profile
6-16
Volume 5
At or above
1000 ft. AFE,
or altitude as
specified in
the special
Departure
Procedure
(DP)
“Flight Level Change,
V
FS

• Reduce Pitch and
accelerate to V
FS

• Select FLCH
• Set Speed Bug to V
FS

• Advise ATC, when
able
Flap
retraction
schedule
Check airspeed Check airspeed
“Flaps __”
• Select Flaps__

Check airspeed
“Flaps UP”
• Select Flaps UP
“Flaps __”
(Retract flaps at or
above F Bug)
Check airspeed
“Flaps UP”
At V
FS
• “CON”
• Climb at V
FS
speed to
assigned/safe altitude
• Select CON on MCDU
• Verify “CON” displayed
on EICAS
At or above
1500 ft AFE
Accomplish appropriate memory items and
non-normal checklist
Loss of Thrust At or Above V
1
(Continued)
Trigger PF PM
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 5 Inflight Emergencies
6-17
Volume 5
Section 5 Inflight Emergencies
A. EICAS Abnormal or Emergency Crew Coordination - Actions
and Callouts
B. EICAS Advisory Crew Coordination - Actions and Callouts
Trigger PF PM
EICAS Warning
or Caution
occurs
“Identify and Cancel”
• Identifies the EICAS mes-
sage.
• States message.
• “_____”
• Cancels the Aural Warning or
Caution.
• Captain assigns the flying
pilot and the PM accom-
plishes the QRH procedure.
• Completes the checklist
called for by the PF.
Trigger PF PM
EICAS Advisory
occurs
• Either pilot identifies the EICAS message.
“_____”
• Calls for the appropriate
checklist.
• Completes the checklist
called for by the PF.
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 5 Inflight Emergencies
6-18
Volume 5
This Page Intentionally Left Blank
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 6 Rapid Depressurization / Emergency Descent
6-19
Volume 5
Section 6 Rapid Depressurization / Emergency Descent
To prevent making an unnecessary emergency descent, the air-
craft condition should be verified. If a rapidly rising cabin altitude
is brought under control, an emergency descent may not be
required.
This maneuver is designed to provide a smooth descent to a safe
altitude, in minimum time, with the lowest possible passenger dis-
comfort.
A. General
1. The autopilot should remain engaged and used to accomplish
the descent.
2. If structural damage is suspected, limit airspeed as much as
possible, and avoid high maneuvering loads. An acceptable
technique with structural damage is to maintain the initial
indicated airspeed throughout the descent rather than
accelerating to V
MO
.
3. When turbulent air is encountered or expected, reduce to
turbulent air penetration speed (270 KIAS/ .7 MACH).
4. Rapid Depressurization - When a sustained or high rate of
cabin pressurization loss occurs and cannot be controlled,
both crewmembers should don oxygen masks simultaneously
and establish crew communications.
B. Use of Flight Level Change (FLCH)
1. Use of autopilot with FLCH mode is the recommended
technique for rapid descents.
a. Reduces pilot workload and provides airspeed and altitude
protection.
b. Do not use vertical speed (V/S) mode.
2. Initiate an emergency descent:
a. Set a lower altitude in the altitude window (spin).
b. Engage FLCH (Push).
c. Retard thrust levers to idle (Pull).
d. Smoothly open the speedbrakes to the FULL position
(Pull).
e. Ensure altitude window is correctly set for level off.
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 6 Rapid Depressurization / Emergency Descent
6-20
Volume 5
f. During descent, the IAS/MACH speed window changes
from MACH to IAS at approximately 300KIAS.
g. Manually reset V
MO
as desired.
C. Level off
1. Level off at 10,000 feet or safe altitude, whichever is higher.
2. At 1,000 feet above the level-off altitude, the speedbrakes
should be closed and manually reset speed to an appropriate
airspeed below V
MO
(such as 250 KIAS) and verify SPD
T
is
annunciated on the FMA.
3. Safe Altitude is:
a. On an airway the Minimum Enroute Altitude (MEA), or
Minimum Obstacle Clearance Altitude (MOCA), whichever
is higher
b. Off an airway Minimum Off-Route Altitude (MORA), or
other altitude based on terrain clearance, navigation aid
reception, or
c. Within the terminal area, the highest Minimum Safe Alti-
tude (MSA)
4. After Level Off
a. Determine a new course of action based on weather,
oxygen, fuel remaining, and available airports
b. Obtain new ATC clearance
D. Manual Flight
1. Disconnect the autothrottles and retard thrust levers to Idle.
2. Smoothly OPEN the speedbrakes.
3. Disconnect the autopilot and lower the nose to initial descent
attitude (approximately 10 degrees nose -down).
4. Approaching level off altitude:
a. Adjust pitch to reduce rate of descent.
b. Close speedbrake lever approximately 1,000 feet above
level off altitude.
5. Add thrust to maintain desired speed.
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 7 One Engine Inoperative (OEI) Approaches
6-21
Volume 5
Section 7 One Engine Inoperative (OEI) Approaches
A. General
1. Engine-out approach procedures are identical to those for a
two-engine approach, except Flaps 5 is always used for
approach and landing.
2. An ILS approach is recommended for any engine-out
approach and landing as it provides a stable framework and
familiar cues for configuration, deceleration, and descent.
3. Prior to commencing the approach, the Captain should
request a straight out missed approach from ATC along with
the assignment of a safe altitude. If a straight out missed
approach is not available due to obstacle clearance, then the
Captain should review the missed approach instructions from
ATC to ensure they are reasonable for an aircraft with one
engine inoperative.
Note: If compliance with the missed approach instructions or
the published missed approach procedure is in doubt,
notify ATC prior to commencing the approach.
4. During any abnormal or emergency situation, the approach
must be stabilized no later than 1000 feet above the airport or
TDZ elevation even under VMC conditions.
B. One Engine Inoperative (OEI) Visual Approach Procedure
1. The OEI visual approach procedure is the same as the two-
engine visual approach procedure. Plan a base leg a
minimum of 1.5 miles from the end of the runway. Ensure that
all applicable emergency and abnormal checklists are
completed prior to starting the approach. Remember to call
for the One Engine Inoperative Preliminary Landing Checklist
as well as the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist
when appropriate.
2. A good technique on a OEI visual approach is to have the ILS
for the landing runway tuned and identified to assist in
maintaining the appropriate glide path to the touchdown zone.
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 7 One Engine Inoperative (OEI) Approaches
6-22
Volume 5
3. Autothrottles may be used, however, it is an acceptable
technique to manually control the operating engine by
disconnecting the autothrottles just prior to intercepting a
normal visual glide path.
4. The autopilot may be used, however, it is an acceptable
technique to manually control the aircraft by disconnecting the
autopilot just prior to intercepting a normal visual glide path.
5. Rudder trim should be zeroed out prior to landing. It is an
acceptable technique to zero out the rudder trim once
established on final, on a normal visual glide path, and above
1,000 feet AFE. It is not recommended that the rudder trim be
zeroed out close to the touchdown zone.
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 7 One Engine Inoperative (OEI) Approaches
6-23
Volume 5
C. One Engine Inoperative Visual Approach Profile
M
I
S
S
E
D

A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H
4

n
m
T
U
R
N
I
N
G

B
A
S
E
·

F
L
A
P
S

3

·

G
E
A
R

D
O
W
N
A
B
E
A
M

T
H
R
E
S
H
O
L
D
·

F
L
A
P
S

2
·

F
L
A
P
S

1
E
N
T
E
R
I
N
G

D
O
W
N
W
I
N
D

1
.
5

n
m
1
5
0
0

F
T
·

P
U
S
H

T
O
/
G
A

S
W
I
T
C
H
·

G
O

A
R
O
U
N
D

T
H
R
U
S
T
·

G
O

A
R
O
U
N
D

A
T
T
I
T
U
D
E
·

F
L
A
P
S

2
·

P
O
S
I
T
I
V
E

R
A
T
E

/

G
E
A
R

U
P
·

C
O
M
P
L
E
T
E

G
O

A
R
O
U
N
D

P
R
O
C
E
D
U
R
E
·

A
F
T
E
R

T
A
K
E
O
F
F

C
H
E
C
K
L
I
S
T
1
0
0
0

F
T
F
I
N
A
L

A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H
·

F
L
A
P
S

5
·

O
E
I

L
A
N
D
I
N
G

C
H
E
C
K
L
I
S
T
E M 1 7 0 A O M 9 8 0 0 2 3 . D G N
O
N
E


E
N
G
I
N
E


I
N
O
P
E
R
A
T
I
V
E

A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H
C
O
M
P
L
E
T
E

O
N
E

E
N
G
I
N
E

I
N
O
P
E
R
A
T
I
V
E
P
R
E
L
I
M
I
N
A
R
Y

L
A
N
D
I
N
G

C
H
E
C
K
L
I
S
T
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 7 One Engine Inoperative (OEI) Approaches
6-24
Volume 5
D. One Engine Inoperative (OEI) Precision Approach Procedure
1. The OEI precision approach procedure is the same as the
two-engine precision approach procedure. Ensure that all
applicable emergency and abnormal checklists are completed
prior to starting the approach. Remember to call for the One
Engine Inoperative Preliminary Landing Checklist as well as
the One Engine Inoperative Landing Checklist when
appropriate.
2. Autothrottles and autopilot procedures are the same for the
OEI precision approach as for the OEI visual approach.
Autothrottles may be used to touchdown. Autopilot must be
disconnected at or above 200 feet AFE.
3. Prior to commencing the approach, the Captain should
request a straight out missed approach from ATC along with
the assignment of a safe altitude. If a straight out missed
approach is not available due to obstacle clearance, then the
Captain should review the missed approach instructions from
ATC to ensure they are reasonable for an aircraft with one
engine inoperative.
REV. 1, 15 MAR 2006
ERJ-170 Pilot Operating Handbook
Chapter 6 Abnormal Procedures
Section 7 One Engine Inoperative (OEI) Approaches
6-25
Volume 5
E. One Engine Inoperative Precision Approach Profile
A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H
I
N
G

I
N
T
E
R
C
E
P
T

H
E
A
D
I
N
G
·

F
L
A
P
S


2
A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H
I
N
G

F
I
E
L
D
M
I
S
S
E
D

A
P
P
R
O
A
C
H
L
O
C
A
L
I
Z
E
R

C
A
P
T
U
R
E
G
L
I
D
E

S
L
O
P
E

A
L
I
V
E
·

W
A
I
T

F
O
R

1

1
/
2